USU General Catalog 1962 by USU Libraries

UTAH STAT UNIVERSITY LOGAN-UTAH

1962-1963

LAND-GRANT UNIVERSITY CE NTENNIAL 1862-1962 USU DIA MOND JUBILE E 1888-1963

1962-63

Crda!nrJ-

USU Calendar, 1962-63 Summer Quarter, 1962

June 11, Monday F.irst Session Begins July 13, Friday Fi11st Session Ends

July 16, Monday Second Session Begins August 17, Friday Second Sess ion Ends Fall Quarter, 1962

September 10, Monday AU Staff on Campus September 12, Wednesday General Staff Meeting September 13, Thurs.; 14, Friday Uta h Conference on Higher Education September 17, Monday University Faculty Meeting September 22, Sat.; 23, Sunday Orientation, New Students September 24, Monday Registration, New Students September 25, Tuesday Regi stration, Former Students

September 26, Wednesday Olass Instruction Begins September 27, Thursday Late Regi stration Fee Effective October 16, Tuesday Last Day for Changing Registmtion October 27, Saturday Homecoming November 22, Thurs.; 23, Friday Thanksgiving 'R ec es s December 10, Monday Cl,asswork Ends December 11-14, Tuesday-Friday Final Examinations

Winter Quarter, 1963

January 2, Wednesday Orientation, New Stud ents January 2, Wed.; 3, Thurs. Registration January 4, Friday Olass Instruc1tion Begins January 7, Monday Late Registration Fee Effedive

January 24, Thursday Last Day for Chan ging Registration March 12, Tuesday Classwork Ends March 13-16, Wednesday-Saturday Final Examinations

Spring Quarter, 1963

March 19, Tues.; 20, Wed. Registration March 21, Thursday Class Instruction Begins March 22, Friday Late Registration Fee Effective April 10, Wednesday Last Day for Ohanging Registra.t ion May 29, Wednesday Classwork Ends

May 30, Thursday Holiday May 31, Friday; June 1, Saturday; June 3, Monday; June 4, Tuesday Final Examination s June 4, Tuesday Baccalaureate June 5, Wednesday Commencement

Summer Quarter, 1963

June 10, Monday First Session Begins July 12, Friday Fi11st Se.s sion Ends

July 15, Monday Second Session Begins August 16, Friday Second Session Ends

Your Guide to Catalog Contents Goard of T rustecs and Administration, 4 Departments w1th Their Office Location, 5

Tuition and Other Fees, 6 Campus Photographs, 8 General Information on the University, 9 University L1brory, 12

Catalog Numbering System, 13 Admissions and Records, 15 Adm1ssion: Entrance Requirements, 18 Regis trot1on and Credits, 20 Lo;'.er Division Requ~rements, 25 Upper Divis1on Requirements, 27 Graduation Requirements, 28

College of Agriculture, 31 Dep t. Dept Dep t . Dept Dept. Dept. Dept

of of of of of of of

Agn cultu ro l Economi cs, 37 Agronomy, 39 Animal Husbandry, 43 Doiry Industry, 46 Horticulture, 48 Paul try Husbandry, 51 Veterinary Science, 52

College of Business and Social Sciences, 55 Dept. of Bus111ess Administrat ion, 58 Dept. of Business Education and Office Administration, 64 Dept. of Economics, 70 Dept. of History and Political Science, 72 Dept of Sociology and Social Work, 77

College of Education, 81 Dept of Agri cul tural Educat ion, 85 Dep t of Educat ion, 86 Dept. of Health, Physical Education and Recreation, 94 L1brary Science, I 02 Dept. of Psychology, I 03

College of Engineering, 109 Dept of Civil and Irrigation Engineeri ng,

11 5 Dept. of Electrical Engineering, 124 Dept. of Mechanical Engineering, 128 Dep t of Too l and Manufacturing Engi neer ing, 132 Dept. of Industrial and Tech nical Education, 134

College of Family Life, 149 Dept of Dept of Dept. of Dept. of Dept. of men t,

College of Forest, Range and Wildlife Man agement, 165 Dept. of Fares Management, 169 Dept of Range Menage men t, 17 3 Dept of Wildlife Resources, 176 Col lege of Humanities and Arts, 179 Liberal Stud1es, 182 Dept of Engl1sh and Journali sm, 184 Dept. of Fine Arts, 19 1 Dept of Landscape Archit ec ture Environmental Planning, 203 Dept of Languages, 205 Dept of Speech, 21 0

and

College of Science, 215 Dept of Applied Statistics and Computer Science, 218 Dept of Ba cte riology and Public Health,

221 Dept Dept Dept Dept Dept De:Jt.

of of of of of of

Botany and Pla nt Pathology, 224 Chemistry, 227 Geology, 231 Mathematics, 232 Physics, 235 Zoology, 237

Division of Military and Air Sciences, 245 Dept of Air Science, 250 Dept of Military Science, 255

School of Graduate Studies, 259 Summer School, 271 Branch Colleges, 273 College of Southern Utah, 275 Snow College, 276

Extension Services, 277 Cooperative Extens ion Service, 279 Extension Classwork and Home Study, 280

Informo tion Services, 283 Research Programs, 285 Division cf University Research, 287 Agricultural Experiment Sta tion, 289 Engineering Experiment Sta tion, 292 Utah Scientific Research Foundation, 294 School of Graduate Studies, 295 Utah Cooperative Wildlife Research, 295 Utah Cooperative Fishe ry Research, 296 Bureau of Educat ional Resea rch, 296

Student Services and Activities, 297

Clothing and T ex ti les, 152 Family end Child Development, 153 Food and Nutrition, 156 Homemaking Education, 159 Household Economics and IVanoge-

Alumni Assoc iation and Unive rsi ty Development, 319

161

Campus Mop, inside back cove r

University Faculty and Collaborators, 323

Index, 345

Utah State University Board of Trustees Alma Sonne Logan Chairman Fern B. Ercanbrack Provo Vice Chairman

Henry R. Hun·en Logan

N. D. Salisbury Logan

Ralph S. Blackham Moroni

Lamont F. Toronto Salt Lake City S ec1·etary of State E x-o jj'icio member

David W. Evans Salt Lake City

N ewell V . Sanders Kaysville

Phi ll ip A. Bu llen Salt Lake City

R. J. Potter Garland

Reed W. Farnsworth Cedar City

Eve S. Ashton Vernal

Sid H. Eliason, Sr. Salt Lake City

Joseph E. Whites ides Salt Lake City P1·esident, Alumni Assn . E x-officio membe1·

S ecretary to the Boanl L. Mark Neuberger Logan

Officers of Administration Daryl Chase P resident M. R. Merri ll V ice President Dee A. Broadbent Vic e President Sylvan Erickson Contr-oller Cla ude J . Burtenshaw Dean of Students Leah Dunford Dean of Women J. Stewart Wi ll iams Dean, S chool of Graduate Studies Robert P. Coll ier Dean, College of Business and Social Sciences John C. Carli sle Dean, College of FJducation Dean F. Peterson, Jr. Dean, College of Engineering Phyllis Snow Dean, College of Family Li f e J . Whitney F loyd Dean, College of For est, Range and Wildlife Management

Carlton F. Culmsee Dean, College of H umanities and A rts L. Mark Neuberger Dean, Admissions and R econls Royden C. Braithwaite Director, College of Southe1·n Utah Floyd S. Holm Dir-ector, Snow College LeRoy A. Blaser Di1·ector, Information Services D. Wynne Thorne Direc tor, University Res ea1·ch Director, Agricultun~l E x periment Station Vaughn E. Hansen Director, Enginee1·in g Experiment Station William H. Bennett Director, E x tension S ervices Direc tm·, Coopen~tive E x ten sion S ervice Mi lton C. Abrams Li bmrian H. B. Hunsaker Di1·ec tor of Athletics

University Departments of Instruction Department Agricultural Econ omics Ag ricultural Education Ag ron omy Air Sci ence Animal Hu sbandry Applied Statist ics and Computer Science Bacteriolog y, Public H ealth Botany a nd Pla nt Pat hology Business Administrat ion Business Education an d Office Administration Chemistry Civil and Irrigation Engineering Clothing and Textiles Dairy Industry Economics Education Electrical Engineerin g Engli sh and Journalism Family and Child Development Fine Arts Food and Nutrition Forest Management Geology Health, Physical Education and Recreation History and Political Science Homemaking Education Horticulture Household Economics and Management Industrial and Technical Education Landscape Archit ecture and Environmental Planning La.n guages Mathematics Mechanical Engineering Military Science Physics Poultry Husbandry Psychology Range Management Sociology and Soci.a l Work Spee0h Tool and Manufacturing Engineering Veterinary Science Wildlife Resources Zoology

De partment Head

Office Location

George T. Blanch Stanley S. Richardson Howard B. Peterson Lloyd R. Pugh, J r . James A. Benn ett Rex L. Hurst

Ag Science 133 Ag Science 15 Ag Science 225 MS 104 Animal Ind . 307 Main 15

Lewi s W. Jones (Acting) Orson S. Cannon Rob ert P. Collier Robert E. Wiper

Plant Incl. 310 Plant Ind. 201 Main 181 Main 376

Melvin C. Cannon Cleve H. Millig an

Widtsoe 111 EPS 150

Haruko Terasawa (Acting) George E. Stoddard Evan B. Mu rray J ohn C. Carlisle Larry S. Cole King Hendrick s Don C. Car ter

Family Life 204 Animal Ind. 101 Main 315B Education 203 EPS 130 Library 320 Family Life 118

Twain Tippetts Inez L. Schoulte J. Whitn ey Floyd J . S tewart Williams H . B. Hunsak er

Main 333 Fam. Life 104-D FBS 101 Main 182-F Smart Gym 26

M. R. Merrill Virginia H . Harder Leonard H. Pollard Edit h Nyman

Main 103 Family Life 209 Ag Science 204 Fam. Life 204-B

William E. Mortimer

Mech. Arts 105

La val S. Morris

Main 34

Austin E . F ife (Acting) Nevil!e C. .I:Iunsaker Reynold K. Wâ&#x20AC;˘a tkins Chest er H. Anderson John K. Wood Car r oll I. Dr aper Arden N. F randsen L. A. St oddart R. W elling Roskelley Rex E. Robinson Frederick Pr ea tor

Main 360 EPS C-306 EPS 168 MS 101 EPS 201 Animal Ind. 203 Education 302 FBS 122 Main212 Main 77 Mech. Arts 101

Merthyr L. Miner Willia m F . Sigler Datus M. Hammond

Vet. Science FBS 131 FBS 105

Tuition and Other Fees The Univers ity rese r ves t h e righ t to alte r any of t h ese charges without n otice.

Resident Students Student's. Student's Student's Third First Second Quarter Quarter Quarter

Tuition a nd Registr at ion Fee .. $52 Bu ilding Fee 6 Studentbody Fee Athletic Fee Olass Fee Alumni Fee 2.50 T ota l

Fees

$71.50

$52 7 5 5

2.50

$7 1.50

$71.50

Student's S tudent's Student's Third Second Fir.st Quarter Quarter Quarter

T ot a l Fees

... $ 12 6.50

Qualify in g E'x a minatio n- Graduate School 1 P art..................... 3.~ 2 Parts 5.50 Graduation Fee

$52 7 5

Non-Resident Students

Tui t ion and Registratio n Fee .. $52 55 Non-Res ident Fee Bu ild in g Fee 6 Stud entbody Fee Athletic Fee Class Fee 2.50 A lumni Fee

Vis itor Fee--Reg istration as listener or v isitor in lecture course o nl y in w hich no cred it is desired, per quarter, per sub ject ........... ....... ... . ...... ..... $1 0.00

$52 55

Teacher Supervision Fee Teach e r P lacement Fee

5.00 25.00 5.00

Teac h er Placement re-registration

2.00

Locker R ental- Fall, Win ter a nd Spring Fifty cents of t his f ee is refunded to stud ents u po n returning t h e key accompanied by receipt, prior to t h e first Friday fo llowing Commencement exercises.

1.50

Transcript of Credits. Each stud e nt is entitl ed to one t r a n script free. Add it ion al tra n sc ript (Extra copies 25c) ........ .. .................

1.00

Progress Report. Adviser furni sh ed one copy free. Additional copies ... 25c to 50c Note fee, on in div id u a l loans

2.00

5 5

Cap and Gown R e ntalBachelor of Scie n ce ...... ······ ·--------·-··-Master of Science

3.00 6.50

2 .50

2.50

Mas ter's Degree Fee for binding a nd p r oofin g t hes is ............................

5.00

$ 126.50

Special Fees .. .. $5.00 Application Evaluation Fee ....... . This fee w ill be applied on tu it ion w h en st udent r egister s at the Univers ity. Excess Registration Fee : For each excess h our (except two h ou r s of Military Science, Air Science, or one h our of P h ysica l Educat ion ) ... .. ................. $10.00 Students may reg ister for 19 h ours pet· quarter w i l hout paying excess registration fees. Automobile Parking Permit : $1.00 per year . LATE RE GISTRATION FEE: $5 beginning second day afte r speci fi ed Reg istration Days : add itional $1 for each additional day up to a maximum of $10. A stud ent whose c h eck is di s honored by his ban k w ill be charged the late fee in effect w h en the ch ec k is redeem.ed. Chan ge in Co ur se of Study List: No charge for t h e first week of t h e Qu a rter. $1 for each change made t he r eafter. Final Deadline for Course C hanges : Course ch a n ges, ad ds or d r ops, may be made t hrough t h e t hird week of the Quarte r. . .. $10.00 Special Students- Registration fee .. Plus $4 pet· credit hour ( maximum credits)

College of Humanities and Arts-Students u s ing the la n guage labo ratory eq uipment are requ ired to pay a fee o f $2 per quarter. College of Business and Socia l Sci e n cesStud e n ts u s ing bus iness machines will b e required to pay a fee of $2 per quarter. Coll ege of F01·est, Rang e, and Wildlife ManagementSen ior Field proble·m s : 35.00 Forestry 146 30 .00 Range Manage m ent 196 35.00 Wildl i fe Manage ment 171 A m inimum excess breakage fee of $5 may be required fo r Laboratory c la sses . 5.0 0 Military Uniform Fee ... Mu s ic- Individu a l Ins tru ction with m embers of t h e College Staff: One lesson pe r week (10 lesso n s) per Quarter (1 c redit ) 30.00 Fees must be pa.id a t b eginnin g of quarter before instru ction begins. Individual instructio n w it h a ddi tiona l authorb:ed teach ers is r egistered fo r at th e college an d given like cred it, but paid f or b y private a r ran gement w ith t h e teach er concer ned .

Fees 7 Practice F ees : Practice Room w ith Piano, 1 h our pe r d ay per Quarter 2.50 Practice Room w ithout Pia n o, 1 hour per day per Quarter . 1. 75 Organ, 1 hour per day per qu a.rtt!r 5.00 Speech- Th e fee for Speech 11 2 is $20 p er credit h our per quarter, con s ist.ing of 10 private lesso n s. Authorized in structor s are : Burrell F. Hansen, Floyd T. Morga n, Ches ter J. Myers, Gwende!la Thor n ley, R ex E . R obinson. Registration is not complete un til students ha ve presented the fee card at th e Cashier's Window, office of the Contro1Ier, and have paid f ees, and filed the registration cards with the Registrar's Office. R efunds. All f ees pa id, with th .e e xception of t h e $10 registration fee, m ay b-e refunded to a n y student in r es iden ce w h o withdraws

f â&#x20AC;˘Âˇom sc hool before t he end of the seven t h week, in proportion that the number of in~ s t r uctional weeks s u bs equent to withdrawal bears to the numb er of instructional weeks in t he per iod cover ed by the fees paid. Accord ing to t he constitutio n o'f th e Associated Studen ts , a regularly en rolled student mu s t obta in , at t i.me of r egistr ation, a Student Body card w hi ch w ill ad mit him to a ll activit ies controlled by t h e A ssociated Students: athletic eve n ts- f ootba ll, bas k etball , te nnis and t rack- drama t ics an d mus ica l entertainments, soc ia ls, lectures, etc. ; w ill g ive him a copy of t he yearbook if student body fee was paid fo r all quarters, and a subscription to the U niver sity newspaper. The system ha.s been found to be a great saving to the students a nd an excellent m ean s of fostering proper interest in studen t activ it ies.

1JniverJifg

Pfwfot,~raphJ on following eight pages (Photos by Arlen L. Hansen)

Utah State University Uta/is State-wide University History and Organization. Utah State University and its two branch colleges belong to that great family of educational institutions known as Land-Grant Universities. Each state has a least one of these collegiate institutions that had their origin in 1862 when Abraham Lincoln signed the Morrill bill. This bill provided for establishment of Land-grant institutions by the grant of federal lands for their material support. This 1962 year is the Centennial of the Land-Grant University system. USU operates under the constitution and laws of Utah, under which it and its Agricultural Experiment Station were established in 1888 as a part of the public educational system of the state. These Land-grant institutions are characterized by the philosophy that through applied education most of the ills of mankind can be eliminated. In part, they had their origins in a protest made against the narrow curriculum found in the colleges and universities of a hundred years ago. A visitor to a Land-grant institution is impressed by the breadth of its academic offerings and the high quality of its teaching and research. Land-grant institutions have been given special assignments to study problems connected with water, soil, plant and animal life. There was little human progress until man began mastering the physical world around him and improved, through the science of plant and animal breeding, the species of life about him and brought new, improved varieties into existence. Rivers, weeds, pests,

flo<'ds, diseases, or deserts have little interest in the welfare of man. Some elements in nature man must control, improve and adapt to his needs. Others he must destroy or they will destroy him. USU, from its origin in 1888, has been faithful to its Federal and State charters in providing the practical and applied aspects of the physical and biological sciences, social sciences, the humanities, and the arts. Utahns have wanted their sons and daughters skilled in the sciences of making a living, but not at the expense of the creative arts which enrich life with meaning and beauty. A student at USU may study agriculture in all of its many branches. He may also study art and music and literature. He may study forestry or floriculture, business or political science, engineering or English. He may study the origin of streptomycin, which was discovered at a Land-grant college, or he may chose to play an instrument in the University symphony orchestra. A mother may enter her three-year-old child in the nursery school. At the same time the father may be completing his studies for the Doctor of Philosophy Degree.

A Land-grant university is characterized by its broad curriculum, its democracy and by its basic structure. It rests upon a firm educational tripod of teaching, research and extension. Utah State University is not a single-service educational institution, nor is it an aggregate of several individual schools or colleges. It is an institution of higher learning which provides technical, scientific and

10 Utah State University professional tra inin g. It is an agency offering scores of refresher short courses to thousands of Utahns dail y engaged in the arts of homemaking and sciences of makin g a living. It is a multiservice univer sity preparin g people for the several pursuits and professions of life. A progressive and dynamic industry mu st frequently re-tool and constantly stud y its markets. Schools should freq uently make self-eva luation studi es of their organization and educational objectives. Pruning and replanting are essential in in stitutions of hi gh er learning as well as on the farm. Colleges and univers iti es, li ke government itself, tend toward unn ecessary proliferation in or ganization and programs. Vested interests costly to the state take root on campuses as well as at centers of government. Th e University, following a critical post-war, self -directed stud y, underwent important and bas ic reorgan ization in ord er that it might better se rve the state in its three major assignments. With the welfare of students and the geneml public in mind, significant chan ges have been effected r ecently at Utah State U ni vers ity through th e cooperative action of t he Board of Trustees, the adm in istration, and the facu lty. Mounting ev idence presented by g radu ates of recent years mad e apparent this fact: that the in stitution should be officia lly recognized for what it has been for a long time, nam ely, a f ullfl edged university. Th erefor e, what was originally (1888) known as Agricultural Coll ege of Utah, later ( 1929 ) as Utah State Agricultural Co llege, became Utah State University on its sixty-ninth birthday (March 8, 1957). Utah State now

cons ists of eight resident colleges, a graduate school , an d two branch colleges- Snow College at Ephraim, and the Co ll ege of Southern Utah at Cedar City. For eign T echnical .4 ssistance. The international influence of USU has best been demon strated through its program with the government of Iran. The University has a contract with the International Cooperation Adm., of the U. S. State Department, to give technical assistance to the people of Iran in the fields of plant science, agricu ltural engineering, animal science and agricu lt ural extension work. In a ddition, the University serves in an advisory capacity to Karadj Agricu ltura l College to aid in its program of services to the agricu ltural interests of Iran. The Univers ity ha s suppli ed nearl y three dozen technician s to work in Iran. USU students f rom fore ig n lands are being trained for leadership pos ition s in their respective coun tries, in agricu lture, engineering, drainage and farm mechanics, humanities, social sciences, natural and physical sciences, bu s iness admini stration and education. A fourt een-memb er路 Boar路d of Tr 路us t ees is the govern in g body of the U nivers ity. Twelve of these members are qppointed by the Governor and ratified by the State Senate. Two oth ers serve as exoff icio members : These are the Secretary of State and the President of the University Alumni Assn. All Board members serve f r ee gratis. Th e Board elects its own chairman and vice-chairman , and appoints a secretary. Dr. Daryl Chase is the tenth president of USU. He was appointed in 1954. Prev iou s presidents, and the year of their a ppointment, have been as follows:

Introductory 11 J. W. Sanborn , 1890; J. H. Paul , 1894 ; J . M. Tann er, 1896; W. J. Kerr , 1900 ; Joh n A Widtsoe, 1907: E. G. Peterson , 1916 ; Franklin S. Harri s, 1945 ; Louis L. Madsen, 1950, and Henry Ald ou s Dixon, 1953. A ccredi tation. Th e Un iver ity and a ll its departments are fully accr edited. Th e Univers ity is accredited by the Northwest Associ ation of Secondary and Hi gher Schools and is on the accepted list of the Association of American Univers iti es and of the American Association of University Women. Th e University is a member of the American Coun cil on Educat ion and is also li sted by oth er accredi ting agencies.

College of Engineering is a membPr of the American Society for Eng in ee ring Education, Engineering College Research Council and Eng in eering Co llege Admini strat ive Co un cil. Its curricula in civi l engi neering, electrical engineering and mechanical engineerin g are accred ited by the Engineerin g Council for Professi on a l Development. College of Forest, Range and Wi ld life Managem ent is accred ited b~r the Society of Amer ican Foresters and shares the University accreditation. The Co ll ege of Scie nc e shares in the acc reditation of the University, an d in addition its Department of Chemistry is accredited by t he American Chemica l Soci ety.

12 Utah State University

University Library LIBRARIAN Milton C. Abrams; REFERENCE LIBRARIAN Ida-Mar-ie Logan; ASSISTANT REFERENCE LIBRARIANS KaTlo Mustonenl, Anna Mar-ie Smith; C IRCULATION LIBRARIAN Ann M. Caine; CATALOGING LIBRARIAN Dixie Drage; SERIALS LIBRARIAN Jeanne Chapin; DOCUMENTS LIBRARIAN Vilate Ransom; ANNE CARROLL MOORE CHILDREN'S LIBRARIAN Pear-l Carter; AUDIO-VISUAL AIDS LIBRARIAN G. Leon Beutler-.

Office on Library Mezzanine The University Library maintains a program consistent with the growth and increased demands of the faculty and studentbody. The organization of the Library system is as follows: (I) Branch LibraTies, located in the colleges they serve: (A) Engineering. (B) Forest, Range and Wildlife Management. (II) Special Libraries. (A) Anne Car-Toll Moore LibraTy,

in the Edith Bowen Elementary School. A special collection of children's books and a working laboratory for the train in g school. ( B ) Audio-Visual Librar-y, in the basement of Old Main. Provides film services on and off t he campus. (C) Claypool Map Libmry, in the Geology department in Old Main. Features geo logic maps as well as several other types which a r e ava ilable for general campus use. (D) Hatch Memorial Librar路y, represents an authentic Sixteenth century setting. It hou ses the Library' s collection of rare books alon g with the most valuable books on art and architecture. lQn leave.

( III ) Resour-ces of the LibmTy include: (A) Approximately 300,000 volumes; (B) 2,600 periodical subscription s; (C) Depository for Un ited States Government documents; (D) Selective depository for Un ited Nations publications; (E) Exchange holdings of state, territorial, and foreign documents; (F) A grow ing collection of documentary micro-films and micro-cards.

(IV) Teaching P1路ogmm. The Library instructional program serves two f unction s: (A) It stresses the use of Library resources through cooperation with a ll teaching and research programs; ( B ) It provides courses in a separate cu rri cu lum in the College of Education. Under this latter program the requirements for a Class A Library certificate issued by the Utah State Department of Public In struction may be filled. A Library minor may be completed in conn ection with a major in Education , and the courses can be used to meet the Library r equi rements of the Northwest Assoc iati on of Secondary a nd Higher Schools.

Explanation of

Catalog Nun1bering System: Courses, Quarters, Credits USU operates on a quarterl y system- four quarters or period s of classwork: Fall, Winter, Spr ing, a nd Summer. Each quarter is of nine to twelve weeks durati on. Summe r quarter is divided into two sess ion s, first and second. Th e oth er three qua rter s are not so divi ded. Most classes give either one, two, three, four or fiv e credits for successful completion of the course. Th ese cred its are frequently ref erred to as "quarter hours." For example, a class offering five credits is said to be "five quarter hou rs." As a general rule, a class is attended t he same number of times per week as the credits or quarter hours offered. For example, a threecredit or three-hour class generally meets three times a week; a onehour class, once a week ; a five-h our class, five times a week. Each course listed in the catalog has a number, given immediat ely before the name of the co urse. For example in the English Depar tment there appears: 4.

E lements of Grammar.

That means t he course, Elements of Grammar, is Engli sh 4. Th e numbers a r e useful for reference and r ecords. Courses numbered 1 thr-ough 99 a1·e L ower Division cour-ses; th at is, courses ordinari ly taken either the Freshman or Sophomore year. Cour-ses numbered 100 through 199 are Uppe1· Division cours es; that is, courses ordinarily taken eith er the Junior or Senior year. Courses numbered 200 m· above m·e Grad-

nate cou1·s es; t hat is, co urses taken by Graduate students. A F1· eshman o·r Sophomo·r e 1nay take any L ower Division course. If there is a prerequi site for a part icular co urse, it will be so stated in the course description . He may take an Upper Divi sion Course if he obtain s in advance the consent of the in structor a nd hi s adviser. A Junior or S enior may take any Lowe1· or Upper Di vision course . Any pr ereq ui s ites to a course will be mentioned in the course description. H e may take certa in Graduate courses if he obtain s in advance the consent of t he instructor and hi s adv iser. A Graduate student may take cmy course, but on ly Graduate courses and individually approved under graduate courses yield Graduate credit. At the end of each course description are listed the number of cr edits given f or the course, the quarter /s it wi ll likely be taught, and the name of t he in structor. Th e credits and the quarter /s it will be t a u ght are indicated in abbreviated form in parentheses. For example: (3F) indica tes that the course offers three cr edits and will likely be tau ght F a ll Qu a rter. (5F, w, s. S u ) indicates t hat the course offers five cred its and wi ll likely be tau ght a ll fo ur quarters: Fall, Winter, Spri ng, a nd Summer. It does not mean t hat a student has to take t he class all four quarters, but rather

14 Utah State University tha t he has hi s choice of a ny qu a rter. In some cases, such as (5F, w, S) even thou gh more than one qua rter is indi cated, th e course will not be given each quarter, but onl y one of th ese qu a rter s, th e exact on e yet to be decided. For more definite, up-to-date information, one should refer to the Class Schedule published just prior to the beginning of each new quarter. All Catalog listings are subject to change.

Occas ionally two or more closely r elated cour!les will be li st ed under one entry, such as Engli sh I. 2. 3. Basic Communi cation. Th e cr edit en t r y will r ead: (3F, aw, 3S). That means that each of th e three courses, 1., 2., a nd 3., offer s t hree cr edits. Wh er e a s in gle course, f or example Mu s ic 133. Choir. has such an entry : ( I F, 1 w, IS) it indi cates that th e same course may be taken for credi t more t han just one quarter . Choir, for exa mple, cou ld be taken all three qu a rter s, giving on e cr edit each quarter. Such courses, however , are th e exception. Most

courses can be taken only once for credit. In some classes the a mount of cr edi t for which students r egis te r can be indi vidually a rran ged. One student ma y take two hours credit, a nother student three hours, etc. On such courses t he notation appea r s ( Cr. Arr. ), meanin g th e cr edit is individually arran ged, bet ween student a nd instructor, the a mount of credi t dependin g upon t he amount of time a nd effort one wish es to devote to it. Five is the maximum number of cr edits that may be ea rn ed unless otherwise specified. Precedin g t he number of some cou rses will be either a single aste ri sk (""路) or a double asteri sk c路->:路) . Such courses a re taught only on alternate years. Those with a sin gle asteri sk a r e ta ught durin g th e current ca talog year; t hose with a double as terisk are ta ught th e followin g year. Again, it should be remember ed that this may be only t entat ive; it is well to ch eck th e Quarterly Class Sch edule or to con sult the course in structor or department---h ead to verify thi s.

16 Utah State University

Office of

Admissions and Records Admission: Entrance Requirements, 18 Registration and Credits, 20 Lower Division Requirements, 25 Upper Division Requirements, 27 Graduation Requirements, 28

Admissions 17

Office of

Admissions and Records DEAN L. Mark Neuberger; RECORDS OFFICER COUNSELOR Thelma B. Waddoup s.

A s a L. B eeche1路;

ADMISSIONS

Office in Main 131 The office of Admissions and Records is the official guardian of all permanent academic records of the Univer s ity. It performs t he following academic services:

(3 ) Records: Processing registration ma terial ; course changes; recording grades; progress reports; transcripts; microfilmin g.

(1) Admission of Students: Interviewin g prospective students; evaluation of freshman credentials; evaluation of a dvanced standing credentia ls; processing permanent r ecords; student deferments; r eports to governm ent agencies.

(5 ) Scheduling: Sch edule bulletin; assignment of rooms ; record of approved courses.

(2) Registmtil()n: Preparation of

r egistration registration

material proc~ e dures.

(packets) ;

(4 ) University Records IBM.

(6 ) Gr-aduation: Checkin g and summariz in g g r aduation requirements. ( 7 ) Veter-ans' Affairs.

(8) Statistics: Periodi cal ports; special reports.

re-

Admission: Entrance Requirements Admi ssion to Utah State University is granted upon th e basis of an official application which includ es transcripts of credi t from schoo ls previou sly attended. Th e Uniform Application for Admi ssion to Utah Collegiate In stit ution s may be obtained upon r equest from any Utah high school principal, or fro m t he Office of Adm iss ion s and Records of Utah State Un iversity . Effective with the publication of the 1962-63 catalog, a fee of $5.00 will be charged for the evaluation and processing of each undergradu at e and graduate application fo r admission to Utah State University. If the applic.a nt emolls at th e University, this $5.00 f ee will be credi t ed towards his tuition. I f the applicant f ails to em路oll at USU, the f ee will be f orf eit ed. Students will no t be permitted to r egister until all admi ss ion r equirements have been met. App li cation s for admi ssion and credential s f rom schoo ls previously attended mu st be received two weeks prior to r eg istration day. If hi s applicat ion is rece ived after t his deadlin e but prior to r egistration da y, a student will be sch eduled t o r eg ister after t he r eg ular r eg istra t ion sch edule is completed. If one r eg ister s late as a r es ult of late application he is subject to the late r eg istration fee. Th e standard minimum r equirement for admi ss ion to any co llege of t he University is graduation from an approved high school in th e Un ited States or equi va lent tra ining in a country whose educational systems differ fro m that in t he United States. Graduates of Utah hi gh schools will be admitted to the Univer sity

if t hey are enterin g Utah State directly from hi gh school. Students with grade point averages below 2.2 will be referred to the dean of the college of their choice for consideration. If th e dean accepts such students, they wi ll be placed on warn ed status or proba tion. Students not acceptable to a co ll ege wi ll be admitted to general registration, but such students will be placed on warned statu s or probation . Graduates of non-Utah hi gh schoo ls will be accepted in f ull standing if t hey present a g rade point average of 2.2 or above and a re enterin g Utah State directly from hi gh school. Studen ts who present a grade point average below 2.2 wi ll be referred to the Academic Standards Committee and wi ll be acce pted or rejected on the bas is of approved test scores an d oth er informat ion. Requi red test scores mu st be provid ed by the student. Adm iss ion to th e Un iver sit y does not imply permission to r egister for any course for whi ch there is insuffici ent preparation. Deans a nd department heads may r equire prerequi s ites for certa in courses. A candidate for any degree or diploma f rom any of t he coll eges of t he Uni vers ity must include a mon g the units pre sented t hose preparato r y courses specified as prerequi sites to beg innin g U niver s ity courses in t h e var iou s fi elds. Students are urged to g ive serious tho ug ht t o the selection of a major fi eld of in terest. In this regard, t hey, in cooper ation wi th parents, hi gh school prin cipal or oth er school adviser , shou ld plan th eir school program so as to meet t he specific r equirements for admission . Fail-

Admissions and Records 19 ure to do thi s may dela;, starting work at Uta h State Uni vers ity unti l t he prer equ is it e courses r e made up . Not a ll of the colleges a nd departments of the Uni versi ty have spec ifi ed prereq ui s it es, but those wh ich do ha ve li st t hem in t heir co llege and depar tmenta l sec ti ons in t hi s catalog . Even thoug h a st udent is not a hi gh schoo l g rad uate he may be ad mitted by presenting sati sfactory evidence of abi li ty to do U ni ve rs ity work. Thi s evidence may be demonstrated by presentation of an official t r an script showin g colle· g iate work previous ly taken as an unmatriculated student, mr by exam in ation t aken in ad vamce of r eg istrat ion . Such examimatio ns as Coll ege Entrance Exam imation Boa rd, th e School and C oll ege Abi lity T est, or other ap]proved sta ndard ized tests which p1r ovide appropriate a ppraisal of schcolasti c abi li t ies of th e ap pl icant sma ll be accepted for f ulfillin g this r e•quirement. Stud ents who have beel!1 admi tted by t he Univers ity bu t who do not have permi ssion to enter on e of t he profess ion a l co lleges or spec iali zed depa r t ments may, with th e approval of t he Aca demi c Sta nda r ds Commi ttee, enroll in t he Genera l Reg istrati on U ni t of the Counse lin g Ser vice. (See "Low Schola r ship a nd P r obation" )

Tm nsf eTs f rom othe1· Colleges . T he U niver sity does not grant coll egiate cr edi t for hi gh school wor k in excess of grad uation r equi rements. Tran scripts of cr edit mu s t accompan y a pplications fo r admi ss ion when submi tted by st udents wh o have attended other co lleg ia te institu t ion s. T ranscripts submi tted for eva luation become t he property of th e Uni versity, a nd are not ret urn ed. A student w ho

fai ls to submit tmnscripts /Tom all institutions, previously at tended, is liable to suspension j? ·om the Unive1·sity . If t ra nsf errin g to US U from a U tah j uni or co ll ege which has genera l g ro up req ui rements, st udents will be cons id er ed as hav ing complet ed USU g roup req uirements if t hey present evidence of an associa te deg r ee. W ithou t th is ev idence, they may be r eq uired to comp let e gener a l lower di vis ion req ui rements.

Credit will be g r an ted for wor k of sat isfacto r y g ra de do ne in ot her acc r edit ed in st it utio ns. Tran sf er r ed cr edit may be acce pted fo r sa ti sfaction of specific r equirements if sat isfactory evid ence is presen ted t haJt t he work co mpleted is equivalent t o th e wo r k to be substit ut ed. Stud ents who t ra nsfe r t o U ta h State Un iver sity afte r ha vin g had one or more quarter s of college work a t a noth er accredited institut ion will be accepted in good standin g if t hey have a cumula t ive g rade po in t aver age of 2.0 ( C) or better. Except ions may be mad e by t he Aca demic Stan da rds Comm ittee. Tes t scores, r ecom menda t ion s of coun selors and oth er s, and exper ience in no n-academi c pur s ui ts will be con s idered. S tud ents who ha ve a g r ade point average below 2.0 wi ll be adm itted on ly upon r ecommendation of the Acad emic Sta nda rd s Com mi ttee. A ll subj ects t a ken, wh ether in hi gh school or in coll ege, will be co ns ider ed in determ inin g t he eligib il ity of students app lying f or admiss io n to Utah State U ni ver s ity . The Office of Adm iss ion s and Records w ill es tab li sh t he g rade poin t in a ll q ues tio nable cases.

R eadmission. F ormer st udents of

20 Admissions and Records the U niver s ity r eturnin g after absence of one or more quar ters r equired to fil e application s for admiss ion at least two weeks in

an are read-

vance, except t hat for the a utumn qu a r te r appli cations are not r equ ired of those in attendance the previous sprin g quarter.

Registration and Credits Quct1·te1· C1·edits ( Definition). A qu a rter hour credit is the cr edit g iven f or on e hour of lecture or three hours of laboratory work each week for 12 weeks . H er eafter, for brevity, this uni t wi ll be known as a "credit." Class Standing. Forty- eight cred its of approved college work in addition to the prescribed entrance r equirements are r equi red f or Sophomore rank; 96 credits fo r Junior and Upper Div ision rank ; and 136 cr edits fo r Sen ior rank. These fi g ures include the required credi ts in Ph ysical Education , Military Science, or Air Science. R egistmtion. On each r egistration da y, students are permitted to r eg ister a ccording to an alphabetical schedule to be announced later. Ass·i gnment of Advise1·. Wh en students have been admitted to USU and have indicat ed their proposed ma jor field of stud y, t heir name is forwarded to t he dean of the college co ncern ed. H e wi ll ass ig n an a dv ise r who will ass ist in r eg istration and vocational pla nning. Students remain w ith t he same adviser throughout th eir univers ity prog ram un less in consu ltation with t heir dean a new a dviser is ass ign ed or unl ess t heir major fi eld is changed. In case a stud ent ca nn ot ca ll for hi s r eg istration material s at t he hour schedul ed for the ir re lease, h e may rece ive t hem at a later hour. But in fairn ess to oth er students,

registra tion mate ri a ls cannot be r eleased earli er than the t ime sch eduled. Observance of t hi s fact and r espect for the ri ghts of other s w ill g r eatly faci li tate r egistration procedures for a ll concern ed. Registr ation is not compl ete until th e fee card is pr esented at the cashi er's w indow, offi ce of t he Controll er, and f ees have been paid and r eg istration cards fil ed w it h the Off ice of Admiss ions and Records. Stud ents wi ll not r ece ive cr edit for r es id ent work unless t hey are officially r egister ed for the spec ific courses involved. Th e program of co urses li sted on the r egistration card , app roved by t he dean a nd fi led in the Office of Admi ss ion s and Records, is the official r eg istration for th e quarter. Stud ents a r e held r espon s ibl e for t he sat isfactor y compl etion of the entire pro gr a m unless an official chan ge-of-registration form is filed with the Offi ce of Adm iss ions and Records. An "F" g r a de w ill be r ecorded in case of fai lure to obtain a passing g r a de or an incomplete in any course fo r which students are registe red, r ega rdl ess of the r easo n f or the fa ilure .

Penalties for L ate Registrntion rmd Lnt e Registmtion Fee. $5 beg innin g t he second day after specified Regi stration Days; addit iona l $1 fo r each add it ional clay, up to a max imum of $10. Th e a mount of work fo r which stud ents are allowed to r eg ister w ill

Registration and Credits 21 be reduced by one and one-half credits for each week, or fract ion thereof, t hat they are late in registering.

to notify the Office of Admissions and Records so that t he students be properly withdrawn from the class.

Chnnges in Registmtion. Any change in original regi stration , deletion s or additions, must be recorded and appropriately approved on the official change-of-registration form. During the first three weeks of any academic quarter registration may be changed on the stud ent's own initiative, he may add or drop classes by obtaining t he approval of the teacher concerned, the faculty adviser, and the dean of his college, so indicated by their signatures on the change-of-registration form. Th e dean of the college in which a student is registered considers each case on its merits. The signature of approval from the dean, in addition to the signatures of the instructor and the adviser, must appear on the change-of-registration form before it is accepted at the Office of Admissions and Records.

Change-of-R egistration Fee. No charge for the first five days. $1 for each class change mad e thereafter.

A student mny ndd clnsses up to nnd including the end of the second week of each quarter- and he may be per-mitted to drop da,sses up to and including the end of the thir-d week of each quar-ter. After the third week changes in registration may be made only for extraordinary reasons beyond the control of the student and upon initiation of the dean of the college in which the student is registered. Students who have valid reasons for changing registration after the third week should discuss them with the dean. In the event students regi ster for a class which is later cancelled, it is the responsibility of the teachers

Procedure for- D1路opping Classes or Withdrawing fr-om the University Afte1路 the Thir-d W eek of the Quar-ter. If for any reason it is necessary to leave the campus before the end of t he quarter, take the necessary steps to withdraw from the In stitution officially. Dr-opping Classes. ( 1) Obtain change of registration card from Office of Admissions and Records; (2) Obtain the signature and recommendation of the adviser. (3) Obtain the s ignature and recommen dation of the dean. (4) Pay chan ge fee at Controller's Office. ( 5) Take card to instructor for signature and grade. ( 6) Instructor returns card to dean who sends it to the Office of Admissions and Records. W ithdrawal fr-om the Univer-sity. (1) Obtain withdrawal forms from the Office of Admissions and Records. (2 ) Obtain the following signatures on Withdrawal Interview Record card: (a) fac ulty adviser (b) dean of college (c) Office of Veteran's Affairs (if applicable). (3) Pick up yellow class card from each instructor. ( 4) Return to the Office of Student Services for termination interview. (5) Take class cards, Withdrawal Permit, and Withdrawal Notice to the Office of Admissions and Records . ( 6) Take Withdrawal Notice to Controller's Office for refund. Students, who withdraw after the third week of the quarter, will have grades of WP (passing) or WF

22 Admissions and Records (fai ling) recorded on their official records.

Visitor's Permit. If students wish to attend regularly any class for which they a r e not registered they must obtain a visitor's permit from the Office of Admissions and Records. No credit will be allowed for such attendance. A fee of $10 per class is charged for the privilege of auditing. Visitor's permit forms may be obtained from the Office of Admissions an d Records. These forms include an a uthorization to the instructor for admittance to the class. These forms, properly executed, must be submitted to the Office of Admissions and Records before attendance at a class is permitted. Imp ortance of Submitting Forms to the Office of Admissions and Records. The special change-of-registration form, properly executed, must be filed at the Office of Admi ssions and Records before any change becomes effective. Withdrawa l from a class without adherin g to the regulations specified above and before t he deadline makes it mandatory upon t he instructor and t he Dean of Admissions to record an "F" grade. Attendance at classes w ithout proper approval and without official registration as defined above, a nrl before deadline as specified above, will resul t in forfeitu r e of any credit for such attendance. Responsi bil-ity of Instructors. Instructors a r e charged with the r esponsib ili ty of denyin g students the privilege of attendin g classes if they have not complied with r egulations for admission to classes. N oTmal Registration. Fifteen credits, excl usive of two credits in basic Military Science or Air

Science or one credit in Physical Education, is the normal registration for any quarter.

Maximum R egistr-ation without approval for excess credit is set a t nineteen quarter hours exclusive of two credits in basic Military Science, or Air Science, or one credit in Physical Education. Only t he dean of t he college in which t he student is r egisterin g has authority to app rove registration in excess of t hi s maximum. A student is not allowed to register for less credit than that li sted for a course in order to bring the total registrat ion within the maxi mum limit as h er ein defin ed . No cr edi t arran ged may exceed five credits unless otherwise specified. The registration is construed to include any extens ion , correspondence, institute, or other work carried for credit, or for removal of hi gh school deficiencies, durin g the period of the school year. Minimum Registr-.a.tion . The minimum r egistration for a full-time student load is consider ed to be twelve credit hou rs. To be eli g ible for stud ent body offices students are required to be registered for twelve quarter hours or more. Veterans a r e req ui red to be registered for fo urteen quarter hours or more to qua li fy for f ull subsistence. Stude nts deferred by the Selective Service system under 1 SC status are required to carry fifteen credits per quarter. Incomplete Work. Students ar e r equired to complete by t he end of the quarter a ll courses for wh ich they have regi ster ed. This includes corr espondence courses on the residence registration fees. Incomplete g rades can be gr anted by an instructor only wh en permiss ion

Registration and Credits 23 is granted by the dean b~ f o r e th e close of the quarter. Th e :1ecessary petition fo rm may be obtained at the Office of Admissions and Record s or the dean's office. Incomplete work mu st be fini shed, and a passing gra de g iven in the course, within one year of t he close of the qua r ter; otherwise t he credi t is forfe ited.

Low Schola1'ship and Probation. If a student has not maint a in ed an average grade of "C" or better, or if h e is fa iling to obtain passing grades in twelve or more credits during t he preced in g quar ter, he is a utomatica lly placed in th <e low schola rshi p gro up. No per s;on in t he low scholarship group shtall be eli gib le to be elected, appo int ed, or to hold office in the stu demtbody organization . Low scholarship students shall be placed on "warned status" at the end of the first quarter t hat hi s average is below "C." If a student does not t hen attain a "C" av erage in the n ext s ucceed in g quart er he will be p laced on probation . He may also be placed on prob ation at th e di scr etion of hi s dean if the dea n feels hi s over-all achievâ&#x201A;Źment is un satisfactory. Parents or g uardians will be notified of th e probational status by the Dea n of Students Office. Notation of probation sha ll be entered on th e transcrip t of credits by the Office of Admi ssions and Records. If a student does not main t ain a "C" average durin g t he next succeeding quarter after being placed on probation, he wi ll be suspended from hi s academi c coll ege. If a studen t is deni ed permi ssion to re-register in any co ll ege of the University after t wo successive quarters of "warned" and "probationa r y" status respectively, he

wi ll be officia ll y dropped from t he Un iversity a nd will be required to remain out of t he in stitut ion for a period of one fu ll quarter before an app li cation from him for permiss ion to re-register will be cons ide red. A stud ent who fee ls that ce r ta in extenuatin g circumstances precip itated hi s low schola rship, and who can show some evidence that he may do better academica lly in s ucceedin g quarters may petition to the Academic Standards Commi ttee for permission to cont inu e in the General Registration Un it without the int erven in g one quarter di scontinuance. In t he event that a stud en t is g ranted permi ss ion to register, he must r egister in the General Registration Un it, and will be cons id ered on a probationary status. After a student who has been dropped for low scholarship has been out of the In stit u tion for on e q uarter or more, he may apply for re-adm iss ion . S uch application is made to t he Academ ic Standards Committee. If perm itted to r egister, he may register in t h e Genera l Reg istration U nit on probation ary status. A student on probation in t h e General Registration Un it who does not main ta in a "C" average may be denied permission by the Academi c Standards Commi ttee to r e-register in that uni t. In such cases t h e Cha irman of the Acad emic Standa rds Commi ttee wi ll r ecommend to the Pres ident t hat t he stud ent seems unable to profit from t he U niversity experi ence and should be dropped fro m t h e Un iversity. If a student is adm itted on probation an d fai ls to maintain a satisfactor y gra de poin t average for two quarters, he may be suspen ded at t he end of t he second quarter

24 Admissions and Records if coming directly into the University from high school. Students transferring from another coll egiate institut ion , who are admitted on probation, may have only one quarter in which to remove probational status. Students in the low schola r ship group may not r egister for more than 15 credits per quarter exclus ive of one hour of Physical Education, or two hours of Military Science or A ir Science.

Credit by Special E xamination. In special cases, students may be permitted to obtain univer sity credit by passing examinations in subj ects not taken in classes. Credit for a subj ect taken in a course for which a grade other than passing has been received cannot be acquired by means of special examinat ion. Thi s privilege does not permit the comb ination of "visiting" or "auditin g" a class with a request for a special examination as a means of acquirin g credit. Neither does it co ntemplate outsi de assign-

ments or outlines on t h e part of the instructor be in g combined with an examination to acquire credit. This privilege is intended to measure information and training ga ined from practical experience t hat may be considered the equivalent of th e experience a nd training r eceived by students in an organized course given in the University. A maximum of 18 quarter hours' credi t can be acquired by special examinat ion . None of the last 30 credits presented for a Bachelor of Science degree may be obtained in this mann er. Unless the examination is taken prior to the close of the second week of any quarter for which a student enrolls, the cr edits ga in ed will be included as part of the loa d for t h e quarter. Cr edits earned by special examination cannot be used for satisfying t he requirements for a gra duate degree nor for certification. Request for permiss ion to take special examination s should be made to the Office of Admissions a nd Records.

â&#x20AC;˘ 1

Lower Division Requirements The Lower Division comprises ( A ) English Compo sition. the work of the Freshman and (1 ) A placement examination in Sophomore years. The main pur- Engli sh is required of a ll freshmen. poses of this division are to provide (2 ) Beginning freshmen are rea broad and integrated background quired to take Basic Communicain the principal fields of human tion 1 and to continue through knowledge, and to prepare for the Basic Communication 2 and 3. Stumajor work upon which a student dents who enter with transfer will concentrate m the Upper credits shou ld consu lt with the Division. Engli sh Department concerning the Provision is made in several de- Basic Communication course that partments for t he issuance of they may be required to take. Certificates of Completion for two Note: For graduation all stuyears of work as prescribed by dents must present nine hours in t hese departments. Basic Communication or its equivTo become a candidate for the alent. See Paragraph 6 under Bachelor of Science degree a stu- "Summary of Requirements for dent shou ld plan courses with great Graduation." care t hrou gh consu ltation with fac( B ) Group R equirements. ulty adviser, major professor, and A total of 40 credits must be dean, to ass ure the best choice of courses for filling the groups and selected from the fo llowing four group s with not less than eigh t to provide the proper fo undation for advanced work. Failure to do credits nor more than 12 credits this may necessitate an extra year being counted in any one group. (1) Biological Science. This to complete the work for the desired group requirement may be satisfied degree. To complete the work of the by taking any one of the following Lower Division the following re- combinations of courses: quirements should be satis fied: (a ) Biology 1 and either 5 hours of lower division Bacteriology or (1) Remove any deficiencies that may exist in the entrance require- Physiology 4 or 30. ments . (b) When more technical courses (2) Complete 96 credits (quarter are required they may be used to hours) of work (including Military sati sfy this group requirement if Science, Air Science, or Physical taken in any of the fo llowin g seEducation) with an average of "C" quences : or higher. (1) Botany 24 and 25. (2) Zoology 3 and 4. (3) Prepare a foundation of at (3 ) Any two of the fo llowing least 15 credits for the field of specia lized study in the Upper Di- three series : vision. (a ) Bacteriology 10 or 70 and ( 4) Satisfy the (A ) English, 71; (b) Botany 24 or 25; (c) Zool(B) Group, (C) Military Science, ogy 3. If a student already has a satisAi r Science or Physical Education factory knowledge of general bioirequirements, as follows:

26 Admissions and Records ogy, as demonstrated by examination, he may satisfy this group requirement by taking Bacteriology 10 or 70 and 71 and Physiology 4 or 30. (2) Exact Science.

Chemistry- any course of Lower Division grade. Geology 1 or 3 or 31, 4, 5. Chemistry 31, Geology 31, Physics 31 are designed and integrated for general education. Mathematics - any course of Lower Division grade except t hat Mathematics 20 may be used for Elementary Education majors only. Credit will not be given for both Math 24 and 34. Physics-any course of Lower Division grade. ( 3) Language and Arts. Visual Arts 1, 10, 11; Music 1, 25, or 26, 27 or 28, 33. Theatre 1. English- any literature course of Lower Division grade. Upper Division literature courses may also be used for group-filling purposes if instructor of a desired course approves enrollment. Landscape Architecture 3. Language- any beginning course in Latin or in any modern foreign lan g uage offered in the University. Speech- any course of Lower Division grade. (4) SocialScience. Agricultural Economics 71, 72,

73, but only one of these courses (3 hours ) can be counted. Economics 51, 52. History - any course of Lower Division grade. Political Science 1, 10, 70. Psychology 53. Social Science 1, 5, 6, 7. Sociology 10, 70 . Majors in departments in the College of Humanities and Arts shou ld see the introduction to the College of Humanities and Arts section of this catalog for suggested courses with which to fill group requirements. Students in divisions that prescribe the curriculum for a full fo ur- year course (as Forestry, Agricultural Education, and Engineering) are exempt from group requirements li sted above . If a student transfers from one of these divisions, he is responsible for fulfilling all of the course requirements of the new division. (C ) Physical Education.

Six quarters of work in Physical Education activ ity classes are required of all women students. Members of th e Sponsor Corps may substitute Sponsor Corps credit (not to exceed three cred its) for Ph ysical Education credit. All men students are required to take six quarters of work in Military Science, Air Science, or Physical Education.

Upper Division Requirements Sixty credit hours of upper division work are required for graduation. The completion of the group requirements in any accredited collegiate institution having a similar pattern of general education wi ll substitute for the completion of the group requirements at this institution, as prescribed in the section Lower- Division above. This does not apply to students who have been pursuing prescribed courses which do not include the group requirements. If they change from a prescribed course to a major under the group elective system they must complete the basic group requirements as specified in the section on the Lower Division. Transfer students who continue in a prescribed course will be held for t\"le completion of the Lower Division courses as prescribed at USU, except as equivalent courses may be accepted as substitutes for our own courses. A freshman or sophomore may register for upper division classes and receive credit toward senior co I I e g e requirements, if such courses are recommended by his adviser and approved by the instructor. Courses so taken will count in the 60 credit hours of upper division required for graduation. Major- Subject. Students should select a major subject upon entering the University or early the first year, but not later than entrance in the Upper Division. As soon as the major subject has been selected, he should consult the head of the department in which he has de-

cided to major. The head of the department will assign an adviser. Registration in each succeeding quarter should be carefully checked and approved by the adviser (called the major professor) to ass ure proper selection and sequence of courses for satisfying institutional and departmental requirements. Major departments have the authority to prescribe not fewer than 30, and not more than 50, credits in the major subject (exclusive of any courses which may have been used to satisfy Lower Divis ion requirements in any of the groups) . Major departments and the deans of the colleges shall also prescribe such other related courses as may be considered desirable, provided a lways that free electives may not be reduced below 36 credits. Special consideration is granted students who pursue prescribed pre-medical, pre-dental, pre-veterinary, pre-osteopathy, pre-legal, and child development programs for three years at this University. If students successfu lly pursue further prescribed work in one of these fields for an additional year at an approved in stitution, they may be granted a Bachelor of Science degree by this University. Students need not comply with general major-minor requirements as previously outlined. M inor- Subjects. Students are permitted to choose their own minor. The minor consists of 18 credits either in one department or in two departments closely related in subject matter, provided that a minor

28 Admissions and Records taken in more than one depa rtment has the approval of the dea n and t he major professor. Courses used to satisfy the Engli sh composition, the basic groups, Military Science, Air Science, or

Phys ical Education , a nd fres hmen orientation requirements as specifi ed under th e Lower Divis ion, cannot be counted in the minimum 30 credits for a major or 18 credits for a minor.

Graduation Requirements Th e Unive1路sity offers Certificates of Completion for two year s of stud y in certain departments; the degrees of Bachelor of Science, Master of Science, Master of Bus iness Administration, Mast er of Education, Master of Forestr y, Master of Industrial Education, Civi l Engineer, Irri gation Engineer, Doctor of Education, and Doctor of Philosophy ; and g ives work to fulfill t he requirements for all profe ss ional certificates issued by the State Board of Public Instruction. Th e University reserves the right to change at any time the requirements for graduation, and candi dates for a certificate, a diploma, or a degree, are held to compliance with such ch anges, so far as t he uncomplet ed part of the course is affected. Students are expected to familiarize themse lves with in stitutional rules and reg ulat ion s. Th e respons ibility for sat isf ying th e requirements for graduation r ests upon them. If students do not graduate in t he class with which they entered they are held to the requirements, including entrance, of the class with which they do graduate. Two-Year C ertijicat e The Colleges of Agriculture, Engineeri n g, Bus in ess and Social Sciences, and Humanities and Arts

offer two-year courses in practical studies leading to a certificate of completion for t hose who are not in ter est ed in th e r egula r four-year course leading to the B.S. degr ee. In most cases th e courses are arran ged so t hat, at a later date, t he fo ur-year course can be completed with a minimum los of time. While t hese short courses are des ig ned t o deve lop a broader under stan din g of the science underlyin g t hese fi eld s and to lay the foundation s f or good citi zenship, they offer a considerable range of selection of practical courses in both the Lower and Upper Division. To qualify for a Cer tificate: ( 1) Sati sfy the Entrance requirements. ( 2) Complete 96 credits, includin g the r equired work in Ph ys ica l Education, Mili ta ry Science, or Air Science. (3) Complete a ma jor of 30 credits in on e or more closely related depa rtments of the college in which th e Certificat e is granted. ( 4 ) Complet e a minor of 15 credits closely r elated or basic to the major subj ect. This need not be in the same college. ( 5 ) Complete 29 cr edits in the bas ic groups, as fo llows: Lang uage, five; Bas ic Communication s, 1, 2, 3, nine; Exa ct Science, five ;

29 Biological Science, five ; and Social Science, five. (6) Complete 21 credits of elective work. For additional information, see description of work in the college concerned. In t he College of Engineering definite programs of study are prescribed lead ing to Certificates of Completion within definite field s of appli ed indu stri al work. These curricula may be found in the catalog section on College of Engineering.

Bachelor of Science Degree

Summary of

Graduation Requirements For s tudents who will graduate at the next commencement, the. foladditional requirements lowing must be met after the requirements-for-admission have been satisfied. Respon s ibility for satisfying the r equirements for graduation rests upon the student. (1 ) For women, six quarters of work in Physica l Education, provided that candidates officially excused from Physical Education present one credit of other work for each quarter that they have been excused.

The University confers the degree of Bachelor of Science upon stud ents who meet the spec ified re(2) Men must complete s ix quarquirements of any of the eight ters of eith er Physical Education, resident colleges. Military Science or Air Science. If Before one can become a candi- exempt from Air Science, Military date for a baccalaureate degree, the Science and Physical Education, abstract of hi s record in the Uni- they must present one credit of versity mu st show : first, that h e other work for each quarter they has satisfi ed the entrance require- have been exempt. ments prescribed for the class with ROTC is a four-year program which he expects to be graduated; cons isting of two two-year courses: second, that the collegiate work for Basic and Advanced . Entrance into which he has credit, hi s conditional th e Basic Course is elective, adand other pending credits, the commission to the Advanced Course is pletion of which he is reasonably both elective and selective. Upon assured, and the work for which he enterin g either course, completion is registered or is planning to reg- thereof becomes a prerequisite for ister, together satisfy the require- grad uation, unless one is disments for graduation, includin g charged in accordance with the proPhys ical Education, Military Sci- visions of Army Regulation 145-350 ence, or Air Science, as prescribed or Air Force Regulation 45-48 and for hi s class. AFROTC Manual 46-1. If a student is planning to grad(3) One-hundred-eighty-six creduate at the next Commencement he its of acceptable collegiate work, should consult hi s major professor and jointly prepare the "Admission including the r eq uired credits in to Candidacy" form not later than Physical Education, Military Scithe fourth week of the fall quarter. ence or Air Science, of which a He is admitted to candidacy when minimum of 150 credits must be the plan of course work presented "C" grade or better. is found to fulfill all remaining re(4) Sixty credits of Upper Diviquirements for graduation. s ion work.

30 Admissions and Records ( 5) Th e completion of a major, a minor, a nd related work as outlined under Upper Division. (6) The completion of the group requirements and of nine hours in Basic Communication or its equivalent. For students who entered th e University prior to 1955, the completion of English 10 and 110 or of English 17, 18, and 19 will be considered as the equivalent of nine hours in Basic Communication. (7) The maximum amount of home study credit which can be applied toward a Bachelor's degree is 45 credits. (8) Applicants for degrees who have taken courses for cred it through extension classwork or home study courses are subject to the regular University instruction requirements and must file transcripts of credit with the Office of Admissions and Records. (9) Candidates for a Bachelor's degree must complete at least 45 credits in residence or off campus work at Utah State University, exclusive of any home study credit as provided in No. 7 above. Of these 45 credits, a minimum of 15 must have been earned in residence at the Logan campus w ithin one quarter or two Summer School sessions, not necessarily consecutive. ( 10 ) No more than 108 hours of transfer credit will be accepted toward graduation from junior colleges. (11) Four passing grades, "A," "B," "C," and "D" are employed in reporting credit. No credit with a grade lower than "D" can count toward satisfying credit requirements. Grade points have been assigned to grades as follows: 4 grade points for each credit of "A," 3 for each

cred it of "B," 2 for each credit of "C," 1 for each credit of "D," and 0 for each credit of "F." For g raduation, one mu st have twice as many grade points as he has credits for which grades of "A," "B," "C," "D," and "F" have been assigned. Credits of "P" grade a re disregarded in computing grade point averages. (12 ) The candidate mu st file an "Application for Admission to Candidacy" not later than the fourth week of t he fall quarter preceding graduation. Thi s application must show the course of study to be fo llowed in order to complete all requirements for graduation and must be approved by: (a) the professor in charge of the major subj ect; (b ) the dean of the co llege in which the major work is done. (13) The candidate should file an "Application for Graduation" with the Office of Admissions and Records and pay hi s graduation fee at the Cashi er's office as soon as possible after the first day of the winter quarter. Late fee will be charged if application is made after January 15. If he fai ls to file application for graduation by May 1 he will be held over to the next year's commencement. (14) Th e candidate must have discharged a ll University fees. ( 15 ) Attendance at Commencement Exercises is expected of a ll candidates. If unable to attend one mu st notify the dean of his college and be officially excused in advance. ( 16 ) Second Bachelor's Deg1路ee. A student who wi shes to quali fy for a second Bachelor's degree must complete a minimum of 45 credit hours beyond those required for the first degree. He must, also, meet the requirements of the major department.

32 College of

Agriculture Curricula in Agriculture, 3 5 Agricultural Science, 3 5 Agricultural Business, 3 5 General Agriculture, 36 Agricultural Education, 3 6 Two- Year Program in Agriculture, 36

Department of Agricultural Economics, 37 Department of Agronomy, 39 Agronomy, 40 Crop Science, 40 Soil Science, 41

Department of Animal Husbandry, 43 Department of Dairy Industry, 46 Dairy Production, 46 Dairy Manufacturing, 47

Department of Horticulture, 48 Department of Poultry Husbandry, 51 Department of Veterinary Science, 52 Degrees Offered: Bachelor of Science Master of Science Doctor of Philosophy

College of

Agriculture Office in Agricultural Science 131 Agriculture today is a dynamic, rapidly changing industry. There are few fi elds of work that can offer such interestin g and cha llenging opportunities. Agriculture in cludes much more t han farming or producing food and fibre . It includes a ll the occupations connected with the production, process in g and di stribution of far m products. Agricul t ure is the nation's largest industry. Of t he 65 million people employed in the United States, about 26 million ( 40 percent ) work in ag riculture: nearl y eight million (12 percent) work on far ms, seven million produce for an d serv ice far mers, and 11 million process and distribute farm products. In addition , abo ut a ha lf mi llion scienti sts serve agriculture directly or indirectly. The ag ricult ural indu str y is t he bi ggest buyer, se ller and borrower in the U. S.a nd it has the bi ggest investment. It uses more stee l, rubber, petroleum, trucks, tractors an d more electricity t han an y other industry. Today 's agriculture offers students unlimited opportunities. But it is hi gh ly competitive and to be fu lly successfu l one must be well trained . There are seven depart ments in the College of Agriculture : Agricultural Economics, Agronomy, Animal Hu sbandry, Dairy Indus try, Horticulture, Poultry, a nd Veterinary Science.

Th e programs of study of the College of Agricul ture are des igned to provide the training needed to enab le a student to: • Become a research scient ist in indu stry, in an agricu ltural experi m ent station , or in a government agency. • Qualify for employment in agricu lt ura l indu stry: farm equipment, fa rm building, water and irri gat ion, agricu ltural chemica ls, ferti li zers, f ood process in g, grain and seed process ing, meat and poultry packing, feed ma nufacturin g, dairy processing, fats and oi ls, t exti les and fibers, floriculture, and hatcheries. • E nter publi c an d private services: U.S. Government, foreign agri cultura l service, city, county, a nd regiona l planning, agricultura l cons ul ta nt work, private business. • Make a career in agricu ltura l communication s: radio, television, publi cations, a dverti sing news, agencies, photogr aphy. • Becom e a successful farmer or ra nch er. • Become a teacher of a griculture in high school or college, a co unty agent, or an extension specia li st in a la nd-g r a nt uni vers ity. • Become a conservation specialist, to help conserve a nd rebui ld our nat ura l reso urces.

34 College of Agriculture â&#x20AC;˘ Become a leader in the community in which he lives so he can intelligently serve his fellowmen and fulfill his obligations as a citizen of a free world . Utah State University, Utah's land-grant institution, is equipped to help one qualify for these special positions as well as to gain a broad general education in the basic sciences and in the humanities. Its staff and facilities provide an opportunity for preparation for an interesting and profitable career. Staff members of the Agricultural Experiment Station are devising better methods of feeding and cropping and are developing more valuable strains of fruits, crops, and livestock, and more remunerative systems of marketing agricultural products. These activities are studied by the student first hand, and student employment enables many to take active part in the research work of the Experiment Station. This arrangement gives a clear insight into scientific methods and valuable practical experience. Attention is given to improved methods in farming operations, in use of tools and machinery, and in management of livestock and crops. The great practical value of the various curricula of the College of Agriculture is shown by the records of graduates who have gone back to the farm, or have become specialists and teachers or investigators, and have become leaders in their chosen work.

The Departments of Agricultural Economics, Agronomy, Horticulture, and Agricultural Education are also housed in this building, where modern class rooms and well equipped laboratories are available for teaching and research. The Animal Husbandry, Dairy Indu stry and Poultry Husbandry Departments are housed in the Animal Industry Building.

Th e Animal Hu sbandry Farm is one-half mile north of the campus. Facilities are available for housing of livestock and for animal research work. These facilities include equipment for the study of animal metabolism, physiology, and nutrition. This farm is being taken over by married student's housing. A new Animal Husbandry Farm, located five and a half miles south of Logan, has been purchased. This will be developed during the next two or three years. The Dairy Farm is one mile north of the campus. Here are modern facilities for housing dairy cattle and for research in dairy cattle management, nutrition and breeding. Milk is transported from the dairy farm to the processing plant on the campus by a large refrigerated tank truck.

Facilities and Equipment

The Poultry F arm is one mile north of the campus, adjacent to the Dairy Farm. The poultry plant is well equipped for im;truction and research in poultry husbandry. Extensive investigations are under way on methods of feeding, housing, and di sease control, to obtain the most economical production.

Th e AgrÂˇicultural Science Building houses the administrative offices of the College of Agriculture, the Agricultural Experiment Station, and the Extension Services.

Th e Turk ey Farm is one mile north and east of the campus. Research in turkey breeding and management is conducted at this farm.

General Program 35 Th e V eterinary Science Building has well equi pped laboratori es, isolati on rooms, and f acili t ies f or teachin g and r esear ch in an imal a nd poult r y phys iology, hygiene, a nd di s ease. A veterina r y clinic is ma inta ined f or diagnostic service for livestock an d poultry producer s.

Curricula in Agriculture Students may work towa rd the Bachelor of Science degr ee in one of f our di visions or a r eas of int er est as f ollows: (1 ) Agricultural Science, which will prepa r e a candidate for g radua te work in on e of th e basic ag ricultural sc iences a nd f or a career in scientific or technical ag riculture . He may select between Biological Science or Applied Science (Animal Science, Plant Science, Applied S ta tis tics) .

( 2 ) Agricultum l Business, which will give con siderable trainin g in the business phases of agriculture. (3 ) General Agriculture, which will give a broad, gen eral training in scientific and practical agricult ure and prepa r e a s tudent fo r gener a l farmin g, agricultural ser vice work, etc. A major in Genera l Agricu lture is offered in the departments of Agricultural Economics, Husba ndry, Agronomy, Animal Dairy Industry and Horticulture. ( 4 ) Agricultum l Ed uca t io n, which will prepare the student to become an agricultural t eacher. Minimum r equirements for the B.S . . degree under each of these divi sions are listed below. In addition candidates must fill U niver s ity requirements and the r equirements of the department in w h ich they major.

A gricultural Science (a ) Biol ogical Scien ce Hours Exact Scien cel ···· ·· ·· 30 Biolog ical Scie nce!? 15 Soc ial Scie nce . 8 La ng uage a nd Arts Basic Commu n ications P.E. or M.S . Meet a ll departme n tal requ i rem e n ts fo r ma jor. and U n ivers ity requ iremen ts for graduation.

Fo r many students th e 30-hour r equirement in exact sci ence is not enou gh, but in fields like t axonomy, some courses other t han exact sc ience a r e more helpful. The department decides what additional courses are r equired. Applied Scien ce (Anima l Scien ce, Pla nt Soien.ce, A pplied Statisti cs) H ours ....... 45 Exact Scien cel Biologica l Sc ience!? 15 La n g uage a n d Arts 8 Socia l Scien ce . Basic Comm unications P .E. o r M. S. Meet a ll de partm.e n ta l requirem.e n ts for maj or, a nd Uni vers ity requ irem e n ts f or gradua ti on . ( b)

1 Exact Scie nce requirements must be fi lled fr om t h e f ollo wing courses : Ma th 35, 44 or 46, 97, 98, 99 ; Phys ics 17, 18, 19 o r 20 a n d 21 a n d 22; Chemis try ·a, 4, 5, 12, 11 5 (und er excep ti o na l c irc um,stances 10 a nd 11 may be a uth orized by t he head of th e m a j or depal·tmen t). Geo logy 3, a nd any upper div is ion courses auth ori zed by the studen t's ma jor department. 2 B io logica l Scie n ce requirem ents m us t be fi ll ed f r om t he fo llow ing courses: Botany 24 , 25 ; Zoology 3, 4, 11 2; Bact eri o logy 70, 71.

Agricultural Business H ours Freshman a n d Sophomore Years .. 23 Exact Sc i ence'~ .... 10 B iology' 32 Socia l S cie n ce 8 Lan g uage a nd Arts M .S. or P .E . Bas ic Commun ication s .. 7 El ectives Meet a ll depar tme n t requ irem e nts for m ajor, a nd Univers ity requirements f or g raduation.

~add ition to the courses listed a bove Math 24 , 25 , 26 a nd Geology 31. 32, 33 will be a llowed. 4l n addition to the courses lis te d above Zoology 1 a n d Phys iology 4 w ill be a llowed.

36 College of Agriculture General Agriculture Hours Exact Sciencel Biological Scienc~ Language and Arts Basic Communications Irrigation and Drainage General Agriculture" P.E. or M.S. Social Science ..

... 23 ········ 15 9 3

1 Exact science requirem.ents should be filled from the follow ing courses: Chemistry 10, 11, 12 or equivalent; Math 24, 25, 26, 34, 35, 44 or 46, Geology 3. 2Biological science requirements s hould be filled from the following: Botany 24, 25; Zoology 3, 4; Bacteriology 10 or 70 and 71. 3 Limited to new freshmen in Agriculture.

Two-Year Program In Agriculture A two-year course in practical agricu lture may be taken if students do not wish to take more than two years of college work. They may register for any of the regular non-prerequi site production, marketing, and management courses in the College of Agriculture. Practical farm problems are emphasized.

In addition to completing a 20 credit major in the plant sciences, the animal sciences or agricultural economics, students must take six In addition, under th e General credits in the groups in which they Agriculture curriculum students must take Agronomy 56, Agricul- do not major. For example, a matural Economics 71, 72, and 73, jor in animal science must complete, (nine hours), or the equivalent, in addition to 20 credits in the and a minimum of one three-credit course in each of two departments major field, six credits in plant in appli ed animal science and one science, six credits in agricultu ral three-credit course in each of two economics and six credits in agridepartments in applied plant sci- cultural engineering. He must also ence. Any deviations from these re- take the following courses: Basic quirements must have the approval Communications, nine credits; Biof the Dean. ology, five credits; Physical Science, five credits, and Social Science, five Agricultural Educationcredits.

Four Years

H ours Biological Sciencet Exact Scien ce!! Agriculture Educ atio n Language and Arts Social Science Basic Communications M.S. or P .E.

············ 20 .......... . 23 .... 84

... 35 8 .................. . 10 9

Meet all departmental requireme nts for major a nd Un ive rs ity requirements for graduation. 1 B iologica l

Science requirements must be filled from the following courses: Botany 24, 25 ; Zoology 3, 4 ; Bacteriology 70, 71 ; Zoology 12. 2 1n addition to the courses listed above, Math 24, 25 or 26 and Geology 31, 32, 33 will be allowed.

Students may also take the following courses: Agricultural Economics 71, 72, 73; Agricu ltural Engineering 1, 14, 15 ; Agronomy 7, 8, 56; Animal Hu sbandry 1, 10; Dairy Hu sbandry 2, 6; Horticulture 1, 2, 4; Landscape Arch itecture 3; Poultry Husbandry 1; Veterinary Science 20; Irrigation and Drainage 10. To obtain a certificate, 96 credits mu st be completed. I.-General Agriculture. Open only to freshmen students in Agriculture. A course to assist Agricultural fres hmen in adjusting to college l i fe and to acquaint them with our changing Agriculture. (1F) Dean and Staff

Agricultural Economics 37 Agricultuml Curricula Compatible with ROTC Tr路aining. Wh ere ver p ossible, students in agriculture re encouraged to take advantage of the Military Science trainin g offered at USU. Under present programs a number of courses in t he Co llege of Agriculture wi ll be accepted for ROTC credit, and stu-

dents in agricu lture should not find it too difficult to complete requ irements for a degree in Agricu lturE. and at the same time meet the ROTC requirements. The t rainin g in leadership t hat comes through ROTC is some of the most va lu ab le training in college.

Department of

Agricultural Economics PROFESSORS GeoTge T. Blanch, H EAD, Roice H. Anderson, Earnest M. Morrison; ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Lynn H. Davis, Ellis W. LamboTn, N. Keith Rob er路ts, MorTis H. Taylor; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Rondo A. Christensen, Lloyd A. Clement, E. Boyd W enneTgTen; RESEARCH ASSIST ANT Stuar路t Richards ; COLLABORATOR Clyde E. Stewart.

Office in Agricultural Science 133 Agricultural Economics is a study of economic and business principles and problems involved in producing an d marketing agricultural products. A well trained Agricultural Economist becomes familiar with major scientific principles and practices of crop and li vestock production and principles of economics and bu siness practices. With this training a wide r ange of employment will be open. This will include t he successfu l operation of a farm, profess ional farm manager, teacher, research and extens ion worker at either state or fede ral level ; foreign service speciali st, or owner-operator or employee of any business that buys, sells, or processes agricultural products or provides supp li es or services for agriculture.

Bach elor of Science Degree. The requirements for the B.S. degree may be satisfi ed under either t he Agricultural Business or the Gen-

era ] Agriculture Curriculum . The choice of the curriculum to follow need not be made before t he begin nin g of t he Junior year sin ce t he co urses recommended for the Freshman a nd Sophomore year s are the sa me for both.

Graduate Study Mast er of Science DegTee. Th ere are excellent facilities in t he department for grad uate study in severa l divi sions of Agricultural Economics such as: agricu ltura l business management, fa rm management, land econom ics, agricultural finance, a nd agricultural marketi ng. Research in these areas is conducted by the Department Staff and the Federal Collaborators, with t h e ass istance of graduate students. The M.S. degree is accepted by other universities as work done toward the Ph.D. degree. All upper division courses in Agricultural Economics

38 College of Agriculture may be used for graduate credit in an Agricu ltural Economi cs major. Agricultural E conomics 71 , 72 and 73 or t heir eq uivalents, or upper division standing are prerequi sites to all other courses in Agri cultural Economics.

Freshman and Sophomor e Y ears

Agricultural Economics Courses 71 , 72 , 73 . Fundamentals of Agricultural Econ omi cs. A bas ic introduction t o t h e fi e ld and principles of ag ri c ultural eco n omi cs . (3F, 3W, 3S) Staff 102. Intermediate Farm Management. Princ iples a nd practices associa t ed with the s uccessful operatio n of far ms. Three l ectures. Morrison (3F)

The courses suggested for the first two years are in tended to satisfy two bas ic objectives : ( 1) to fill the group r equirements, a nd ( 2) to lay a broad and solid foundation for the more specialized and advanced courses that will be taken durin g the last two year s.

~' 105 Agricu ltural Credit. Principles of a g ric ul tu ral credi t. Emphas is o n problem s a n d m et hods of fin a n cin g agricu lt ure. (3 F) Morrison

H ou r s

112. Agricultural Coope ratives. Principles of cooperation ; or gan ization , ope rat io n a nd management of cooperative sa les, purch as in g, and serv ice associatio n s . (3 8 ) Chri s tensen

A rea of W o rk Basic Communicati o n s Language and Arts Exact Scie ncel Biological Science::! _ Social Science{ P .E. or M .S . Agricultura l Productio n Agri c ul tu r al Eco nomics Econom ics a nd Bu s in ess Adm.

23 15 10 ... 6-9

l Math , Ch e mistry

:!Botany , Zoology, Bacteriology :~To

b e selec ted fr om Hist o r y, Pol it ical Scie n ce, Psych ology, Sociology .

*106. Land Economics. Eco n o mic princi p les u nde rl y ing utilization, va lu ation and tenur e o f land and wate r. Atten t io n g iven p r eva ilin g policies, m ethods and techni ques in volved in dea ling with econo mic probl e m s of land and water u se. (3S) Staff

116. Livestock Eco nomi cs. Application of fa rm m a nagem.e n t a nd agricultural marketi n g princ iples to the eco n omic producti on of livestock and li vestock products . (3 F) Davis ** 121 , 122. Agricultural Statistics and' Resea r ch Techniques. An introduction to t h e r esearch process in solv ing proble m s in Agric ultural Eco n omi cs . Emphas is will be placed on bas ic t echniqu es used in collec t in g, analyzin g and prese n t in g r esea rch d ata. (4F, 4W) Dav is

Junior and Senior Y ears

150. Spec ial Readings . Direc t ed readings on selected prob lems fo r undergra du ates. C r ed it a n a n ged . ( F , W , S , Su) Stsff

Th e student and hi s advi sor wi ll select from t he fo llowing areas the specific courses that will best satisfy th e part icular goals of the student.

** 155. Law on the Fa rm . A non-techn ica l co n s idera t io n of some legal ri g hts, r espon s ibil iti es and lia.b ili t ies assoc iated wi t h th e operatio n of a farm i ng b u s in ess . (3F) Morrison

(a) General Agriculture

Area of Work A g ri cu ltural Eco n o mi cs Economics ..... . B u s in ess Administr ation Agri cu lt ural Productio n Irrigatio n a nd Drainage ( b) Agricultural Business

Area of W or k Agricultural Economics Economics .... Bus in ess Ad mini strati on Agr icu ltura l Production

Hours 25 18 10 12 3 H ours 25 18 20

163. Intermediate Agricultural Marketing. P rin cipl es and fun c t io n s o f marketing a nd th eir a pp lication to t h e m a rk etin g of agr icult ur a l p r oduc t s . (3 W ) Lamborn 180. Government and Agriculture. A stud y of gove rn.ment in relation t o selected eco n omic p r oblems, p ast a nd present, in ag ricul t ure. E m phas is is o n t h e p r oble ms, th e obj ectives of gove rnm e nt acti on , the a lter n ative propos a ls for action, actio n ta k e n, a nd t h e res ults , so fa r a s t h ey ca n b e in terp reted . (3 W ) Anderson *Ta ught 1962 -63. .. T a u g ht 1963-6 4.

Agronomy 39 '' *186. Land Problems and Appraisal. The ap pli cation o f e co n omi c pri n c ipl es a nd tec hniqu es to t h e app r a isal, con servation and deve lopm e·nt of la nd and water. (3S) S taff 202. Advanced Farm Management. Econom ic principles and t h e ir ap plication to s pecific production fu n ctio n s in ag ri cult ure. (3F) Davis

214.

Thes is.

Cred it a rra n ged . (F, W , S, Su) S taff

235, 236, 23•7. Student and Faculty S e m inar . Required of all seni or a nd gra.duate maj or s . N o cred it. ( F, W, S ) Staff

24,0. R esea r ch Me thod s. M eth ods a nd tec h· niqu es of do in g r esea r c h in Ag l"i cu ltura l Eco-. nomics . t3F J Roberts 25 0. Special Problem s. Directed stud y on se lected problems for ~orr a d u ates. C r edi t arran ged. ( F, W, S, Su) Staff 263. Advanced Marketing. Econom ic princip les a pplied to , h e soluti o n of agr ic ultural m arketin g problems . (5W) Anderson 280. Agricultural Policies . Appli ca t ion of eco n omi c princ iples and m eth ods o f ana lys is to the f o r·mulati o n a n d a ppraisa l of agr icultural poli c ies and p r ogTams . (5 S ) Blanch *Taught 1962-63 . ** T a ugh t 19 63-6 4.

D epartment of

Agronomy (Agronomy, Crop Science, Soil Science, Soils Irrigation ) H oward B . Pete1·son, HEAD, DeV eTe R . McA llister, Sterling A. TayloT, D. C. Tingey ; ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS K eith R. Allred, W ade G. Dewey, R aymond W . MilleT, R ex F . Nielson, R . L. Smith, Golden L. Stok er, L eMoyne Wilson; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS G. L . A shcTo ft, W. J. Derksen, Gordon Van Epps; 1 EXTEN S ION AGRONOMIST L ouis A . J ensen; EXTENSION SOIL SCIENTIST P aul D. Christensen; C OLLABORATORS John W. Carlson, John W. Cary, Douglas R. D ewey, Austin J. ETickson, Jay L . Haddock, Alvin C. Hull, L es ter N . L eininger·, ForTest V . Owen, Marion W. Pedersen, Georg e K. R yser, Cli f ton H . Smith, DaTTel M . StuaTt, J ames P . ThoTne , A. L ee UTie, R ollo W. W oodwaTd. PROFESSORS

Office in Agricultural Science 225 Study and r esearch in Agronomy focus upon problems of crop production and soil conservation in arid regions . Course offerings emphasize inter-relations of pla nts, soi l, precipitation, and irrigation water in production of maximum crop yields under a variety of condi tions. Three types of majors for JOn

leave.

th e bachelor's degr ee are offered: Agronomy, Crop Sci ence, and Soi l Science. Majors mu st have a grade point of 2.5 or better in a ll Agronomy courses. Any Agronomy course with "D" grade must be repeated. Transfer students are required to take at least 15 credits of the major in residence at Utah State Univers ity.

40 College of Agriculture Graduate Study Mast er- of Science Degree. The Department, in cooperation with r elated departments, offers master of sc ience programs in plant breeding, crop ph ysiology, crop production and management, weeds and weed contro l, soil ph ys ics , soi l chem istry, soil ferti li ty or plan t nutrition, soil genesis, so il s and irrigation, and agronomy. A Master of Science degr ee in t he department is accepted by most other un iversities as equi valent to a yea r's work toward a Doctor of Philosophy degree in the s ubj ect pursued. Upper divi sion courses acceptab le for graduate credit toward the Mas ter of Science degree in Agronomy are: 109, 110, 120, 155, and 165; in addition, for transfer majors in Crops, 107.

Docto1路

Philo sophy

Deg1路ee.

Th e Depa r t men t, in coopera tion with r elated departments, offers the degree of doctor of philosoph y in: so il physics, soil chem istry, so il ferti li ty or plant nutrition, soil genes is, so ils and irri gation , and irriga tion a nd crop ma nage ment. Detai led in f ormation may be obtained f rom the Department or f rom t he Dean of the School of Graduate Studi es. ( A lso see Catalog, School of Graduate Studies.)

Agronomy A major in Agronomy prepares fo r po s ition s in the Agricu ltural Extens ion Service; as a n agronomi st, farm planner, conservationi st, and so il sc ientist in the United States Civil Service; or as fi eld man or farm manager in the comm ercia l fi eld. In addition to t he general U nive r sity group requirements students

should take Ag. Econ. 71 , 72, and 73 ( nin e hours, or the eq uivale nt ); Ag. Eng. 10 or 110 ; Agronomy (C rops) 7, 8, 103, 109, 112, 118, and 120 ; Agronomy (Soils) 56, 107, 111, 114, and 155; Animal Sci e nces s ix hours (three hours in each of two departm ents) ; Bacteriology 10, or 70 and 71; Botan y 24, 25, and 120 or 130; Chemi str y 10, 11, and 12 ; Entomo logy 108; Gen. Agric. 1; Geology 3 ; Horticulture, three hours; Math 24, 25, and 26, or Math 34, 35, a nd 44, or 46; an d Zoology 112.

Crop Science A ma jor in Crop Science is prepared to do g r a duate work or to take techni ca l emplo yment in research and teaching in crop production, plant breeding, weed control, a nd seed techno logy. If students have spec ial aptitudes in the funda menta l sc iences and a r e inter ested in plant scie nces t hey will find unlimited opportuniti es in thi s fi eld. In addition to the general University group r equirements students should ta ke A g. Eng. 10 or 110 ; Agronomy (Crops) 7, 8, 103, 109, 112, 11 8, a nd 120; Agronom y ( So il s) 56, 107, 111, a nd 155 or 165; Appl. Stat. 131 and 132 ; Bacte riolo gy 70 and 71; Botany 24, 25, 30, 120, a nd 130; Entomology 108 ; Exact Sc ience, 45 hours to be filled from the following courses: Math 35, 44 or 46, 97, 98, 99 ; Physics 17, 18, 19, or 20 , 21, and 22 ; Chemistry 3, 4, 5, 12, 115 ( under exceptional circum sta nces 10 and 11 may be authorized by the head of the department ) ; Geology 3; and any upper divi s ion Math, Chemistry, Ph ys ics, or Geology courses authorized by the major department ; and Zoo logy 112.

Agronomy 41 Crops

Cours~s

7. Grai n C rops. The classification, histo ry, and cu l tura l m ethods in volved in t h e produ ction of gra in crops. Two lectures, one lab. (3S) Staff 8. Root and Miscellaneous Crops. Cultural me t hod s, market grades and commercial poss ib i li t ies of sugar beets, potatoes, tobacco, and other crops are studied. (3 W ) Allred 10 3. Forage C rops. A lfalfa, clovers, grasses and other farm f orages; class ification and met hods of production , h arvesting a nd storage; meadow and pasture man agement. The p lace of forage crops in rotations and soil co n servation is con s idered. Three lectu r es , one lab. Prereq uis ite: Botany 24. (4F, S) Allred 10 9. Plant Breeding. Principles, techniques, and practices in breed ing im proved var ieties of c rop plants. Prerequ is ite: Zoology 112. (5 W) Staff 112. Field C rops Seminar. R ev iew and di s cussion of current agro nomic problems. practices, and avai1ab le employment. Requ ired of all sen iors in department. One lecture. (1F) Staff 118. Weeds. Identification of weeds, the weed pro blems in agricu1l ure, a n d meth ods of control. An assessment is made for field trips. Three lectu res, one lab. (4F) Tingey

ment in r esearch, soil testing, land classification, and soil management. Students will find real opportuni ties in this major if they achi eve hi gh scholastic standin g and have a marked ab ili ty in t he f unda mental sciences. In addi t ion to general University group req uirements one should take Ag. E n g. 10 or 110; Agronomy (Crops) 7 or 8, 103, 112, Agronomy ( Soils) 56, 107, 111, 114, 155 and 165; Appl. Stat. 131 and 132 ; Bacteriology 70 a nd 71; Botany 24, 25 , and 120 ; Chemi stry 3, 4, 5, a nd 115; Geology 3; Math through 99 ; Physics 17, 18 and 19, or 20, 21 and 22; plus five hours of either Organic Chemi stry or a dvanced Physics. A minimum of 63 hours in mathematics, physics a nd chemistry are n ecessary to meet t he minimum a pproved by t he Soi l Science Society of America.

Soils Courses

120 . Field Crop Seed Production. Methods, prob lems. and commercial poss ibilities o.f field crop seed prod uction in the Intermoun ta in W es t. Prerequi s i te: Botany 24. (2F) McAllis t er

56. Introduct ory Soils. A term i na l survey course. A brief study of soi l form.atio n, classifi cation, ferti lity a nd management. Prer equ is ite: Inorgan ic C hem istry. Three lectu res, on e Staff lab. (4F, W )

121. Seed Analysis and Grading. Impurities of c r op seeds; meth ods of analysis and t esting; seed inspection; application of f ederal stan d ar ds in the grad ing of field crops. Two labs. (2W) McAllister

57. Introductory Soils Laboratory. Offers cred it for t h e laboratory of Agronomy 56 for students w h o have had a genera l soils course w it h out a laboratory. (lF, W) S taff

201. Hays and Pastures. Recent advances in current problems related to the production and use of hays and pastures. Prer eQu is ite: Agronomy 103 or equ ivalent. (3W) Allred

58. Gen eral Soils. Fundamentals of soils with emphas is o n range and forest soil problems. D es igned for students in forestry an d range man agement. Prerequ isite : In or gan ic C hemistry. Four lectures, one lab. ( 5S) Miller

208. Advanced Field Crops. R ecent advances in the improvement a nd production of cereal. potato and sugar beet cr ops. Prerequ is ites: Agron om y 7 and 8. (3S) McAllist er 213. Crop Seminar. Curren t scientific topics in farm crops. Required of all graduate majors . One con ference weekly. (1F, 1 W, 1S) S t a ff

107. Fertility an.d Managem ent of Irrigated Soils. Application of soil princip les to manage men t practices of soils incl uding water-soil relations. organic matter ma inten a n ce, f ertil izers, and reclamation and ma nagement of sa.line soils. Prerequis ite: A gronom y 56, or 58, or approval of t he in structor. (5F or W ) Staff

Soil Science

110.

A major in T echnical Soils is prepared for g r aduate work or employ-

111. Soil Seminar. Review a nd discuss ion of current soil problem s and literature. Required o f a ll s eniors in department. (1F or W) Staff

Soil Microbiology.

See Bacteriology 110.

42 College of Agriculture 114. Soil S urv ey and Conservation . A study of soil forming factors a nd of soil class ification, survey, and conservation. Prerequisite: Agronomy 56 or 58 and 3 credits in field crop production or range managem ent. Two lectures, three labs . (5S) Miller 155. Soil and Plant Relations.. Plant and so il r elations with respect to p h ys ica l environment and t he avai lability and absorption of minerals . Laboratory in soil and plant ana lys is in relation to soil productivity . Prerequ isite: Agronomy 56 or 58 . For sen iors. Two lectures, one Jab. (3 W ) Peterson 165. Physical Edaphology. The physical relations•h i ps of soil m,oistru re, temperaturre, penetrability, and aeration to p lant growth. Minera log ica l composi tion, structural condition s, ti ll age, irr igation, and other soil management practices are considered as factors t hat affect t h ese relations hi ps. Prerequisites: Agronomy 107, General P h ys ics or Chemistry . (3F) Ta yl or 212. Semina r . Review of current literature in soil scien ce. Required of all graduate majors . (1F, 1W, 1S ) Staff *214. Soil Physics. A theoret ical d iscussio n of soil as a physical body. The structu r e of clay minerals a nd their relation to absorption and other s urf ace phenomena; soil moisture and air relations; and soil stabili zation are considered. Prerequis ite : Agronomy 165. (3S) Taylor 219. Saline and Alkali Soils. Survey of literature and tech n ical problem s in t h e dev e l~ opment, evaluation , c lass ification, reclamation and manage ment of salin e and a lkali soils. (2F, or W ) Peterson

**221. Genes is, Morphology and Mineralogy of Soil s. A critical review of basic principles of soil classification, soil forming factors in relat ion to generic, morp h ological and zonal distribution of soils . Prerequisite: Agronomy 114. (3 F ) Miller **224. Soil Ch emi stry. Composi t ion and re~ act ions o f soil colloids. (3S) Smith *2 27. Chemical A n a lysis of Soils. A laboratory course in soil chem istry. Two la b periods. Prerequ is ite: Agronomy 155 and 224 . (2W) Miller a nd Smith 266. Physical Analysis of Soils. A l aboratory cou r se in Soil Physics. Prerequis ite: Agronomy 165. (2F) T aylor

Special Courses 116. Dry Farming. Principles of dry farm ing f r om p r actical and scientific stan dpoints; a s urv ey of agr icu l tura l work in t h e Great Plains and the m.ountain regions ; and a nalys is of the possibili t ies in typica l clim atic areas a nd on impoTta.n t so il types. Prerequisites: Ag 1·on omy 7 and 56. (2S) McAllister 150. Specia l Problems. Conferen ces or laboratory i nvest igations. Subject and credit arra.nged. Staff 218. S pecial Problems. Crop production, crop bt·eeding, soil fertility, or other phases of agronom ic work. Students rev iew literature on t h e problem a nd conduct experiments. Credit arranged . (F, W, S, Su) Staff 230. Resear ch a nd Thesis. Outlini ng a.nd conducting resea rch in soils or f arm crops and preparation of thesis. Credit arra n ged. (F, W, S, S u ) Staff *Taught 1962-63. **T a ught 1963-64 .

43 Department of

Animal Husbandry PROFESSORS J ames A. Bennett, HEAD, Lm·in E. Han·is, Georg e R. Henderson; ASSOCIAT E PROFESSORS John E. Butche1·, Russell R. K ee tch, Milton A. Madsen,' Dan·ell H . Matthews, Doyle J. Matthews, H yrum Steflen, J oseph C. Stree t; ASSISTA N T PROFESS OR Wan·en C. Foote; RESEARCH ASSOCIATE Dcwid 0. William son; R ES EA RCH ASS ISTAN T Milo Deu- .

Office in Animal Indu stry 307 Courses in Animal Hu sband r y are des ig ned t o trai n students to solve probl ems encountered in produ cin g beef cattle, sheep, an d sw in e. A major in Animal Hu sba ndry may obta in a Bachelor of Science degr ee in eit her General Anima l Hu sbandry or a n App li ed Sc ience Prog ram of study. A two-year certificate course in An ima l Hu sba ndry is a lso offered. A majm· in Geneml Animal Husbandry wi ll prepa r e to be a livestock operator, a ra nch manager, a coun ty agent, or to take a pos it ion r elated to livestock rai s in g with variou s oth er state and federa l agencies .

Suggested Course of Study Credit Course FRBSHMAN A.H. 2, 50 & Mat h 24, 25, 26 or 34, 35 a nd 44 or 46 9 o r 11 M .S. or P.E. ....... 3 English 1 , 2, and 3 9 Ag. Ec<Yn . 71, 72 and 73 ... ... . P.S. 10 ......... . Zoology 3 ........ ... .. ............. . Agr iculture 1 ........ ... ...... .4 or 2 E lectives 48

Course SOPHOMORE Credit A .H. 41, 42 2 Chemistr y 10, 11 and 12 or 3, 4 an d 12... 15· M.S. or P .E. ...... ...... ........... .... .. .. . 3 Botan y 24 , Zoo logy 4 or Bo tany 25, 30... 15 v.s. 20 Agr<Ynom y 56 .... ... L anguage and Arts 49

JOn leave.

Credit Course .J UN IOR 17 A.H. 150, 151 , ! 52, 155, 165 5 Zoo logy 112 3 Da iry or Po ul t r y . Agro nom y 103 Trl"igatio n and Dt·ainage 10 or 110 . Su r vey in g 8 1 Language a nd A r ts ... ............ 10 E lectives 48 Course SEN IOR A.H. 110, 125 , 160, 175 E n tomo logy 108 Ag . E d uc. 151 . Busin ess 20 or 14 7, 63 . v .s. 12 0, 150

C redit ........... ..... 12

R a n ge Managemen t 160

E lectives

8 7 6 7 48

Applied S cience in Animal Husbandry. Majori ng in t his field students wi ll be prepared for graduate work or techni cal employment in r esearch . If t h ey have hi gh scholastic standing an d marked a bility in t he fundamental sciences they find excellen t employmen t opport uniti es in thi s ma jor.

Applied Science Curriculum During the fr eshman and sophomore year, students should complete t he fo llowin g requirements: Exact sciences, a minimum of 45 hours to be selected from Math 35, 44, 46, 97, 98, 99; Physics 17, 18, 19 or 20 , 21 , 22 ; Chemistry 3, 4, 5, 12, 115 ; Biological sciences, a mmimum of 15 hours to be selected from Botany 24, 25 ; Zoology 3, 4 ;

44 College of Agriculture Bacteriology 70, 71 ; Language and Arts, eight hours to fill t he U nivers ity group r equirement; Social Sciences, eight hours to fill the University group r equirement ; Engli sh 1, 2 and 3, nine hours; P.E . or M.S., six hours. In addition , the followin g courses should be completed: Agric. Econ. 163, 180 or the equiva lent ; Agronomy 56, 103, or Range Management 160 ; An. Hu s. 2 or 165, 50, 41, 42, 150, 151, 155, 160; Chemi str y 190 ; V. S. 20, Zoology 112. To speciali ze in nutrition students should also complete eith er Phys iology 121 a nd 122 or Chemi stry 121 , 122 in a ddition to Chemi stry 3, 4, 5, and 115. Two-year Program in Animal Husbandry

A two-yea r practical course is available to t r a in students for efficient li vestock production. If one does not wish to take more than two yea rs of Un ivers ity work, the suggested co urse of s tud y is as follows: A.H. 2; 10 ; 41, 42 and 50 or 120; 11 0, 125 v .s. 120 Agro n omy 56, 103 o r Rg e. Mgt. 160 Ag. Econ. 71, 72, 73 . A g. Eng. 1, 10, 102, 103 W e ldin g 9 1 E n g lis h 1, 2, 3 ........ .......... .. ..... .... ....... ... Mat h 34 P.S. 10 , Sociolog y 10 or 70 P .E. and E lect ives

9 19 9

3 10 13 96

Graduate Study Ma ster of Science Deg1 路ee. Th e Animal Hu sbandry Departmen t offer s the Master of Science degr ee in An im al Produ ction , Animal Breedin g and An ima l Nutrition. In cooperation with other depa r tments a Master of Sc ience degree is offer ed in Animal Nutrition a nd

Biochemi str y. (See Interdepartmental Curriculum in An imal Nutrit ion and Biochemi stry. ) Doctor of Philosophy Degree. Th e Animal Hu sbandry Department in cooperation with r elated departments offers the Doctor of Philosophy degree. (See also Interdepartmental Curriculum in Animal N utrition and Bioch emi stry.) Detai led information may be obtained fro m the department or fro m the Dean of t he School of Graduate Studi es.

Animal Husbandry Courses Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry. Lives tock production in relation to oth e r phases o f agricu lture in t he Un i ted States and Utah, influence of geographica l location a nd condit io ns , var ious types of farm an im als and funct io ns performed or products pro duced, and in troduction to im portant fac tors i n successfu l li vestock productio n. (3F) Foote 1.

2. Animal Husbandry Laborato ry. Exercises in j udg ing, marketing class ifi cation and practica l problems . S hould be tak en a t t h e sam e .. im e as A.H. 1. Two labs. (2F) Madsen 10. Feeds and F eeding. Diffe re nces in digestive t racts of farm a nima ls; phys iology of di ges tion and feed u tili zat ion; compositi on of f eeds ; th e ba lanc in g of ra t io ns; an d feedin g o f farm animals . Four lectu res , o ne lab . (5W ) Foote 4 1 and 42. Livestock Practicum. D eve lopment of s kill s in th e feeding , care, fittin g and s how ing of beef catt le, s heep and s w in e. Two labs. ( 1W, 1S) Staff 50. Current Develop ments in A nim al Husba ndry . Rev iew and dis cus s ion of recent develo路pm e n ts in the fi e ld of An im a l Hus bandry. Hequ ired of all s tuden ts duri ng th e first quarter in attendance. (1F) Staff 110 . Beef Production . Factors in vo lved in econom ical p roduction of beef cattl e, in c luding organi zat ion of the enterprise, breeds of catt le, se lect ion of breedin g stock , prod uction of max imum ca lf crop, hand lin g and f eed in g an imals of differen t ages on the range a nd in the feed lot, and m arketi ng o f surplus s tock . Prerequ isite : A.H. 152. (3F ) Staff 120. Swine Producti on . Syste m s of production, with emphasis o n those s uited to weste rn con-

Animal Husbandry 45 d ition s . Breedin g , managemen t a nd f eeding o f th e breeding h e t·d . and of market s wine. P1·e r equi s ite: A.H. 152 . (3W ) Bennett 125. S h eep Produ ctio n. R a n ge Hnd farm s h e e p , w it h e mphasis o n range product ion. Methods of production of Jambs and woo l, g r a di,n g an d ma r keti n g prac t ices, feed ing and s tud ies of . h e bt·eeds and t h e i r a daptation t o t he d iffel'e n t husba n dry practices . Prerequis ite: A.H. 152 . (3S) Matthews 15 0, 15 1. A nim al Nutrition. Bas ic principl es o f th e metabolis m of nutrients a nd nu t rien ~ J• qu it·eme n t s of f a rm anima ls; nutritional is e ases; a nd a con s ideratio n o f in ves tiga t io n a l meth ods . P r e r equ is ite : C h e mi str y 12. ( 3F , :3 W ) Street

Ap plied Animal N utrition. Compos itio n s fee ds and adaptability to diff e r e nt species fa rm a nimal s ; nutri e n t de fici enc ies a nd t h e i1· co rrectio n thr ou g h f eedin g, f e edin g syste m s for fa rm a nimals a nd feed f o ,·mulat io n. Pre r eq ui s it e : A.H . !51 (3S) Butcher 152.

of of

15i'i . Anima l Breeding. Applicatio n of gene t ics to improvement of farm a nim a ls . B r eedi ng syste m s , inhe ri ta nce pt·oble m s, fe r t ili ty a nd s te l'ili ty in la r·ger farm an imals. P r ereq uis ite : Vet. Sci. 20 , Zoo logy 112. F ou r lectures, o n e lab. (5S ) Bennett 160. Live s~ o c k Production Problems. Attent io-n is g ive n va t·i ous problems in li ves t ock produ ction, especially in Utah. Prerequisite o r co n c utT e n t r egistration : A.H. 152 and 155 . (3S) Staff 165. L ives tock Judging and Selectiol}. Animal fo r m and its relat io n t o function. Emp h a s is on evalu a.t io n o f li ve an im als in terms of t he it· P l'Obab le va lu e of production of m eat. woo l or work. E mph as is o n judg ing f or both The c o mmercial a nd show ring purposes. Live stoc k Jud ging Team is se lected fr·om s tudents tak in g t hi s cou rs e. Prerequ isite: A. H . 2. Three labs . (3F ) Matthews

175. Wool Technology. Ma rketing a nd m a nufa ct urin g o f wool a nd laboratory techniques used in s t ud y in g wool. M ethods o f grad in g , s co urin g a n d m eas ul'in g length , di a m ete r, c rimp, d e ns ity, te n s il e str e ng t h a nd oth e r c h a r a.cte1·istics. Prereq ui s ite: A .H. 125. (3 W ) Madsen 185 . Meats. Gu tting, selection, a nd id e n t ifi cat io n of w ho lesa le and retail cuts of b ee f , po t·k, and la mb , w it h referen ces to p ri ces, re lat ive econom y , uses, nutri t ive va lu e , ch emical composit io n, and palatability . Preparat ion o f meats for the h ome freeze1· is Matthews e mphas ized . (3W )

201. Problems in Animal Br eeding. Read in gs , disc u ss io n s a nd lectures concer nin g g e n et ic facts antl t heor ies a s re lated to an ima l bre , d i ng. Pre1·equ isite : A. H. 155 . (3W) S taff 2 10. T echniques in Nutrition Research. An o ri g in a l p r ojec t is comp leted with th e p rim a r y objective being to o ri e n t o n e o·n how to p la n , co nd uc.t, a nd summ a ri ze r esearch in a nimal nutri t ion. P r e r equ is ite: A. H . 150 . Harris (2 -6F, W ot· S ) * *214. Advanced Animal Nutrition . The m easures for n utr itio nal va lue of feed, nut l'ient t·equi r e m ents of a.n imals , and t he ca u se, detect ion , tr eatment and prevention of n utr it ional diseas es. Prereq ui s it e : A. H . 150 . (3 W ) Harris

21 5. Nutrition Laboratory. R ev iew a nd p ra ctic e in laborator y techn iques used in nutt· iti on r esea r ch. Two labs . ( 2F) Street 220. Problem s in Animal Production. Same a s A.H. 210, e xcept work is in an jmal prod uct ion. P•·erequ is ite : A.H . 160. (2- GF, W , or S) Staff 23 0. Animal Breeding R esea r ch . Studen ts outlin e a problem, make a cri t ical review of per t in e nt li te ratu r e, co llect, ana lyze n ec essary data, a nd p r epare a r eport of t h e ir r esearc h. This wo rk may be t he th es is m aterial for t h e M.S. degree, or may be d one for graduate c r edit apart fr om t h e t h esis. (2-5F, W or S) Staff 240. A nimal Nutr ition Research . Same as A.H. 230, except that r esear c h is in some p ha s e of an im a l nutrition. (2-5F, W or S ) Staff 25 0. J\,nimal Prod'uction Re sea r c h . Same as A .H. 230, excep t t hat r esea r c h is in som e phase of a nimal productio n as ide from breedin g Ol' nutrit io n. (2-5F, W o r S) Staff 261, 262 , 263. Animal Indus try Seminar. Topics of c urrent in te r est and researc h proble ms a t·e presented by g radu a t e stud ents, staff m embers a nd g u es t s p Ea ke r s. Subjects discussed r e late t o nutriti o n, breedin g, and production . Staff ( Ma y be r e p eated. ) (I F, IW, lS) 270. Nutrition and Biochemis try Seminar. Hepo r ts and di sc ussio n of topics of cu rre n t in te r est an d importa n ce by s tud e nt s , staff , a nd guest spea kers. Philosop h y of research a nd tec hni ca l info rmati on a r e in c luded. Area of cove r age r otates each q uar te r. Course enrollment may repeat each quarter. ( IF, IW, IS ) Staff **Taug h t 1963- 64.

46 Department of

Dairy Industry (Dairy Production and Dairy Manufacturing) PROFESSORS George E. Stoddard, HEAD, George Q. Bateman, A. J. Morris, EMERITUS; ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR Paul B. Larsen; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS R . C. Lamb, Charles H . Mickels en; RESEARCH ASSISTANT L aMon P erkes; COLLABORATORS Melvin J . Anderson, Dave Kopland.

Office in Animal Industry 101 The courses in Dairy Industry offer a general curriculum for a bachelor of science degree, and an applied science or biological curriculum if one plans to contin ue toward a graduate degree. All majors in Dairy Indu stry mu st have practical experience on a dairy farm or in a dairy man ufacturing plant before grad uation with a bachelor of science degree.

Graduate Study Th e Dairy Indu stry Department offers a Master of Science degree in Dairy Prod uction and in Dairy Manufacturing. The Master of Sc ience degree is acceptable by other univer sities towa rd further study on a PhD degree. Studen ts may work on a Master of Science or a PhD degree in the Animal Nutrition a nd Biochemistry Interdepartmental Curriculum.

Dairy Production Geneml Cun路iculum. Des ig ned for a ma jor in Dairy Production to prepare for the management and operation of dairy farms and herds; or to become a county agricultura l agent or a fieldman in the dairy industry.

Students must fill the general requirements of the University and College of Agriculture. The following courses are a lso required: Dairy 6, 110, 111, 112, 120, 121, 122, and at least t hree quarters of 215; Zoology 3, 4, 112 ; Botany 24; Math 35 ; Bacte riology 10 or 70 and 104 ; Chemistry 10, 11 , 12 ; Veterinary Science 20, 120, 150 ; Animal Husban dry 150, 151 , 152 ; Agricultural Economics 71 , 72, 73; Agronomy 56, 103; Agricultural Engineering 10 or 110. The following courses are recommended: Ph ysics 6, Ag ronomy 7, 118 ; Animal Hu sbandry 155, Agricult ura l E;ngineering 101 ; Agricultural E conomics 102, Entomology 108; Business Admin istration 20. Biological Science Curriculum. Des igned for a ma jor in Dairy P roduction to prepare for tec hnical employment in da iry production and for a dvanced stud y, teachin g and research in thi s field. Students mu st fill the general requirements of the Un iversity and the Co llege of Agricul t ure. The fo llowin g courses are a lso required: Da ir y 6, llO, ll1, 112, 120, 121 , 122, a nd at least three quarters of 21 5; Zoology 3, 4, ll2; Botany 24; Math 35, 44 ; Bacteriology 70, 104 ;

Dairy Industry 47 Chem istry 3, 4, 5, 190; P hys ics 6; Veterinary Science 20, 120, 150; An imal H usban dry 150, 151, 152, 155; Agricul t ural Economi cs 71 , 72, 73; Ag r onomy 56, 103; Ag ri cultu ra l E ng in ee rin g 10 or 110. In prepara tion f or a dvanced da iry produ ction studen ts may specia li ze in one of t h ree a r eas: ( 1 ) nu tr it ion, (2 ) br eedin g or (3) ph ys iology. T o specia li ze in one of t h ese areas stud ents w ill be requi red to ta ke t he courses ind icated f or each in a ddition to t he above courses: ( 1 ) nu trit ion-Chemi stry 115, 121, 122, and 190 ; (2 ) breed ing -Chemi stry 12; Applied S tatistics 51 ; Math 44 or 46, 97, 98, 99 ; (3) ph ys iology- Ch emi stry 115, 121 a nd 122 ; Physiology 121, 122, 141 ; Zoology 11 8.

D airy Manufacturing General CurTiculum. Th is cou rse will p r epa r e students for commercia l dairying t o be a plan t oper ator, a n equipmen t and supply technicia n, a gr a der , or a sanitari an . In a dd ition to the general U niversity and College of Agricul t u re requiremen ts they w ill be r equi red to take: ' Chemistry 190, 108; Bact eriology 104, 105; Busin ess A dministr a tion 20, 63, 156 ; Da iry Industry 5, 6, 101, 103, 104, 105 , 110, 21 5, 254. Bus1:ness Course in Dairy Manufacturing. This cou rse will prepare students to be a plan t manage r , a salesman, or a dairy indu st ry admini str ator. In a dditi on to th e general U niver sity and College of Ag r icul t ure r equ ir emen ts, majors will be , r equi red to take : Bacteriology 104, 105; Business Admini stration 20, 63, 100, 15G, 170, 171 ; Dairy Indu stry 5, 6, 101, 103, 104, 105, 11 0, 21 5, 254.

Applied Sci ence Cou·rse in Dai1·y Manufactu1'ing. Thi s cou rse is taken in techni cal preparation for teachin g, r esear ch an d qua li ty cont r ol. In a ddit ion to t he gener a l U nivers ity an d College of Ag ricult u re req uiremen ts, ma jors w ill be req uir ed to ta ke: Chem istr y 3, 4, 5, 17, 18, 108, 121 , 122, 190; Bacte r iology 104, 105, 180 ; Appli ed Statistics 51 ; Ph ys ics 6; Math 35, 44, Bus in ess A dmini str ati on 63 , 156; Dairy Indu stry 5, 6, 101, 103, 104, 105, 121, 21 5, 254.

Dairy Courses 2. Introduc tory Dairy ing. Cons iders t he hi s ~ tory of \ he da iry i ndustry. An i ntroductory study is made of starti ng dairy herds ; breeds of dairy cattle; cow test ing associations; herd records, calf feeding, and genera l feed · i ng . Composition of m il k, factors that affect it; practica l composition and quality tests; farm da iry machines; production of qua li ty m il k ; dairy ar ithmet ic. Practical sk ills emphasized. (4 W ) Morris, Lamb

5. Judgin g Dairy P r od'ucts. Meth ods and practice in judg in g a n d grad in g da i ry products for m a r ket a nd s h ow . (2S) Larse n 6. Marke t Milk. Modern sanitary m.e thods of produci ng, processi ng a nd market in g m ilk, cJ·eam , and related products. (SF) La rsen ** 101. Manufacture of Ice Crea m a.nd Ices. Purchase of raw materials. Chem ica l and phys ical structure of an ice cream m ix and its re lation to th e finis hed p t·odu c t . Stan dardizing, processing, and freezing of standard commerc ia l ice cream, s herbets, a nd ices. Merc h a n disi n g a nd sell ing i n c luded. (5S) Morr is *103 . Manufa ctur e of Cheese. Factors invo lved in makin g ch eddar and other var ieties of cheese. Class ification , statis tics, cu ring, marketing, a nd factory organi zati on. (5F) Morris

*104. C<m cen trated Mil ks and Butte r . T h eo r y a nd practice of man ufacture of evaporated swee ened condensed m il k powde r and oth e r co ncentrated m ilk prod ucts . Consid eration is g i ven to plant processes, vacuu m pa n a nd d rier operation, f actors affecting qua li ty a nd use. (5 W ) Larsen

48 College of Agriculture 10 5. Man agement a nd Operation of Dairy Manufacturing Plants. Personnel problems , advertis ing , sellin g, managerial use of records , and other prin c iples u n derlyi ng s uc cessfu l management and operation are cons idered. A ll operation s of th e crea.mery are cond ucted by this class. (6F, W, S) Morris

110. Dairy Production . Growth and development of dairy h e ifers; herd m a nagement systems; hous in g and equipment; disease control; sa ni tation and quality milk production, economy in dairy farming; s i re and h eifer management. (5S) Lamb Ill. Dairy Cattle Judging and Evaluations. Types of various breeds of da.iry cattle, judg ing ind iv idu al cows, sh ow ing, judging a nd type class ificat ions, type and production rela t io ns. Vis its to da iry farms. (2S) Lamb ** 112 . Feeding Dairy Cattle. Character istics of standards and feed ing systems. Economy and comparative va lue of feed s on irrigated farms. Prerequ is ite : A.H. 150. (3 W) Stoddard

** 120. Dairy Cattle Breeds and Breeding. Stud ies of the inherited character istics of dairy cattle to be considered in selectin g breeding stock. Artificial insemination of dairy cattle , breeding programs and systems in use. Breeds of dairy ca~tle, breed organizations and th eir programs , testin g plan s ,

pedigree analys is, record keep ing and study of breeding estab lis hme nts. Prerequisite : Zoology 112. (5 W ) Lamb *121. Milk Secretion. Anatomy a nd fu ncti on of the m ammary g land, theo ries of secretio n, methods of milkin g, masti tis control , factors a ff ect in g composit ion , qua li ty an d quantity of m ilk . Prerequis ite: Organic C hem istry. (3 W ) Stodd ard 122 . Dairy Herd Management and Operation. Dairy h erd management, land -li vestock balance, operation al effic ienc ies, h erd im provements, new developments and trends, and critica l analys is of da iry lite rature. Studen ". discussions and reports . (Open to seniors in Dairy Production or by perm iss ion of instructor.) (3S) Stoddard 215. Seminar. Disc ussions and reports of cur rent lite rature a nd resea rch reports by students. At least three quarters required of all dairy studen ts . (1F, 1W, 1S) Staff 220. Re search in Dairy Indu stry , Cred it arranged . (F, W, S, Su) Staff 254. Specia l Problems in Dairy Credit arranged. (F, W, S, Su) Nutrition and Biochemis try Animal Husba ndry 270 . )

Industry . Staff

Se minar.

(See

*Taugh t 1962-63. ** Taught 1963 -64.

Departm,ent of

Horticulture (Floriculture, Food Technology, Pomology, Vegetable Crops) Leonard H . Pollard, HEAD, Alvin R. Hamson; ASSOCIATE PROK. Salunkh e, David R. Walker; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS J. LaMar Anderson, Rob ert K . Gerbe1路l; I NSTRUCTOR Otto R iethmann; ExTE NSIO N HORTICULTURIST Anson B. Call; SUPERI NTENDEN T OF HOWELL FIELD STATION Odeal C. Ki1路k; SUPERI NTENDENT OF FARMINGTON FIELD STATION Rulon Dmper; COLLABORATOR Leslie R . Hawthorn.

PROFESSORS FESSORS D.

Office in Agricultural Science 204 Th e fi eld of horticulture includes the production, marketin g a nd ut ilization of fr uits, vegetables, and ornamenta l crops and the processing of fr uits and vegetables. Th e department offers two curricula, General Horticulture and Hort icultural 1

0n leave.

Science with specialization in floriculture, food technology, pomology, or vegetable crops in eith er the science or gener a l curriculum.

General Horticulture Th e genera l horticult ure curriculum prepares the student for a position as an agricultural exten-

Horticulture 49 sion agent, civil service agent, industrial agricu ltural representative, or agricultural inspector. Other po sition s depending on the option selected include far m manager, park a nd gardens supervisor, and a number of jobs in th e nursery, florist, marketi ng, process in g, seed, fertilizer and chemi cal industries. In addition to t he University and College of Agriculture requirements t he fo llowing courses are required to satisfy department requirements for a BS degree: Agronomy 56; Bacteriology 10 or 70, 71; Botany 24, 25, 120 and 130; Ch emi stry 10, 11 , and 12 ; Entomology 108; Hort iculture 1, 2, 4, 11, 131, 153 a nd department prescribed courses depending on specialization; Math 35 and 44 or 46; and Zoology 112.

Horticultural Science The horticultural science curricu lum prepares t he studen t for graduate study, research a nd teaching a nd the more technical position s in t h e commercial fields indicated in t he general curriculum. For a BS degree in t hi s curriculum the followin g courses should be taken in addition to University and College of Agriculture requirements : Agronomy 56; Appl. Stat. 131 a nd 132; Bacteriology 70 and 71 ; Botany 24, 25, 120 and 130; Chemistry 3, 4, 5, 115, 121 and 122; English 111; Entomology 108 ; Horticult ure 1, 2, 4, 11 , 131, 153 and department prescribed courses depending on specialization ; Math 35, 44 or 46, 97, 98 and 99; Physics 17, 18, 19 or 20, 21 and 22 ; and Zoology 112.

Graduate Study The Department offers work both for the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degree in Horti-

culture in the areas of food technology, plant breeding and physiology. The outline of studies and the research program are adapted to the obj ectives of t he individual student. The general req ui rements f or t h ese degrees are expla ined in the School of Graduate Studies. (Also see Catalog, School of Graduate Studies.) If in terested in working toward an advanced degree, candidates sho uld first contact the Head of the Department. He will study their qualification s and in terests and recommend an advisor who will assist in course work a nd the research progr a m.

Horticulture Courses 1. F ruit Production. Principles and practices underlying production of trees and s mall fruits. Var ieties, soils, sites, fert ili zers, cu lture, pest control, harvesting, storage propagation and stocks. Three lectures. (3F) Walker 2. Ge neral Horticulture Lab . Requ ired for horticu lture majors, optional for others. Field trips and laboratory study on operation of horticul tural enterprise including: va rieties of fruits and vegetab les, v is its to fru it a nd vegetab le markets, agricultural chemical distributors, commercia l fruit an d vegetab le growers, processing plants and other all ied industries. Students w ill pay moderate cost of travel. (2F) Walker, H a m son 4. Vegetable Production . Princ iples and practices underlying production of vegetab le crops, var ieties, fertil izers, pest control, harvesting, storage, and processing of vegetab les. Three lectures. (3S) Hamson ** 11. Garden Flowers. Principles and practices of grow in g garden fl owers, other orna-me ntals , a nd house plants. Two lectures, one lab. (3S) Riethmann

100. Pruning and Grafting. A practical course for a ll students in t he U ni vers ity, dealing with the science and art of pruning and grafting of h orticultural plants. Specia l emphas is is placed on fruit trees, but the small fruits and ornam.e n tal trees a nd shrubs are also included. (2W) Walker â&#x20AC;˘â&#x20AC;˘Taught 1963-64.

50 College of Agriculture *1 01 , 10 2. Adva n ced Ho r ticultu re. Fundamental prin c iples rel at ing to horticultural practices; growth and development, nutrition, wate r r elat ions, tem perature, l ight, fru it settin g, a nd growth regulators. Course 101 dea ls primarily with vegetable crops and 102 with fru i t crops. These courses m ay be taken se parately or in any seQuen ce, Prereq uisite: Botany 24, 25 (Botany 120 m ay be taken con curr ently) ; Chemistry 12 or 121 ; Ag r onomy 56; Horticu lture l or 4. Three lectures , one H a mson , W a lker lab. (4W, 4S)

*"' 116. Gr eenh ouse Ma n agem en t . Pri nc iples an d practices of g reenh ouse ma n ageme n t. Prerequ is ites : Horticultu re 11; Botany 24, 25. R ieth m a nn (3W) 118. F lower A rr a n g ing . Basic pri n cip les of design a ssociated w ith techniq ues of flower arrang in g including hand li ng, care a nd conditionin g of flow ers. Tra i ni n g w ill be g iven in vase, bask et, table, dry and Ch r istmas arrangements, and constru ction of corsa ges . Emphas is is g ive n on modern desig n . A m od est laboratory fee will be required f or t h e put·chase of materials for makin g fl ower arrangements. Two lectures, one lab. (3 F) Rieth m a nn *11 9. Syst em at ic F loric ulture. Systematic study of garden fl owers. Prerequis it es: H orticulture 11; Botan y 30, 120. Systematic study of p lants grown by fl orists. Two lectures , one lab. (3S) R iethm a nn ~' 1 2 2. N urse r y Man age ment. Propagation and culture of ornamental nursery stock i ncluding sh rub s , trees, and evergreens . Two lecttu·es, one lab. (3 W ) Ri ethm a nn

*130. Vege ta bl e a nd F lower Seed P r odu ction . Meth ods and Commercial possibilities of vegetab le and flow er seed production. A requ i r ed fie ld t rip is ta ke n i nto s eed-producing areas in so u t he rn Idaho. Three lectures, one Jab. Polla rd (4F) 13•1. Agr icultu ra l Sp r ays a n d Dus ts. Preparat io n , proper t ies, a nd uses of agricultural chem icals used in disease, in sect, and weed control ; app licati o n of fruit thinning, g rowth regu lator, and nutr itional sprays. D esig n, opera t ion , and care of the application equipment. J oin t ly a dminis tered by th e De partm en t of Botany a n d P la n t Pathology, Horticulture, and Zoology, Entomology, and P h ys iology. Prerequis ites : Botany 130, E ntomology 108 or specia l p ermissio·n. T h r.ee lectures, two labs. (5S) Cannon , D av is, W a lker

** 13 ~ .

Food Tec hn ology I. Storage and tran f! po rtation of horticulture crops. Will give emphasis to post har ves t phys iology and stor - · age Cliseases of fru its and vegetables. Wil l include d iscussions of h ydrocoo li ng, air con t rol. antibiio t ics. radiations, transpo rtation, and dis tribution . Prerequis ites: Bacte r iology 10 or 70 and 7 I ; Chem is try 3, 4, 5, or 10, 11, 12; Botan y 24 , 21i, 130; Horticulture 1, 4 ; or special perm i ssi~ m. Three lectures, one laboratory. ( 4F ) S a lunkh e *14 0. Food T ec hn ology II. Processing of horti c ultural c r ops . History and meth ods of commercial preservation of fru its and vegetables by cann ing, freezing, dry ing, pick ling, and radiations, juices, concentrates, and sy rups; packagi n g , organoleptic appraisal, quality contr ol, and s a les promotion . Prerequis i tes: Bacteriology 10 or 70 a nd 71 ; Chemistry 3, 4, 5, or 10, 11, 12; or by s pecial permission . Three lectures. one laboratory . Salunkhe ( 4F) 153. Semin ar. Oral and wr itten reports o n r esearch papers a nd o·r ig i na.l work by students. R eq u ired fo r all sen io r s . (1F, 1W, 1S) S t a ff 156. S pecia l P r oblems . Advanced p r oblems i n flori cu lture, food technology, pomology and vegetable crops far qualified sen iors or graduate s tud ents. Assi g ned readi n g, or research work in library , laboratory, or field pres en t ed as term papers. Reg istration by permission o nl y . ( 1-3 , F, W, or S) S taff

201. Research a nd T h esis . Original research by g radu ate students taking a major or m inor in h o rticu lture. R eg istration by p erm ission on ly. (1-10, F, W, S) S t a ff 215. S pecia l P r oblem s . arr a n ged. R egistration

Any quarter. Credit by p e t·m ission only . S t a ff

*220. Ad'va n ced B r eed i n g. A study of specia l techniques and practices used in the breeding of h orti cultura l crops. Pre requ isite: 11 5 . (3W) Poll a rd, Ha m son ** 221. Eva luation of Hortic ultur a l Resea r ch . A c t·itica.l eva luation of p ublish ed material an d m et h ods of comp iling a n d presenting data. R eg istratio n by perm ission only. Prer equ is ites : H o r t icul t u re 101, 102; Agronomy 107; Botany 120; Applied Stat. 13 1, 132. (4 W) S t a ff 253. Gr a du ate Seminar. Oral and written r epo rts by g raduate s tudents . Regis tration r eq u i red for a ll departm ental graduate stuS t a ff dents. (lF, 1W, 1S) *Taugh t 1962-63. **Taugh t 1963-64 .

51 D epartment of

Poultry Husbandry Carro ll 1. Drap e1·, HEAD, Jay 0. Ande1·son; ASSOCIATE PRODavid Carson, Don W. Thomas; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS C. Elmer Cla1'k, D onald C. Dobson; RESEARCH AS S OCIATE Shenein Atkinson; RESEARCH ASSISTANT R obert Wamic/c. PROFESSORS FESSORS J .

Office in Animal Industry 203 A ma jor in Poul try Husbandry is expected to complete 30 credits of work in Poultry Husbandry. In addition to the courses listed under Poultry Husba ndry, courses that will also count toward a Poultry major a r e Veterinary Science 120, Animal Hu sbandry 150, 151 ; Zoology 112 an d Chemi str y 190.

Graduate Study The Department offers a Master of Science degree in Poultry Nut ri t ion, in Poultry Breeding and in Poultry Management.

J UNIO R C redit Co urse 3 Chem istry 190 or A .H . 150 Lib. Sci. 50 Zoology 112 Pou ltry Hus. 126, 107, 105, or 106, 104 ... 7-9 Vet. Sc i. 120 ............ 4 A.H . 15 1 3 ....... 22-20 E lectives 47 SENIOR Course Phys iology 121. 122 En to mol ogy 108 Poultry H us. 125, 126, 105 or 10 6 Ag. Eng r. 101 Appl. Stat. 51, 131, 132 E lectives

Credit 10 5

8 46

Suggested Course of Study Course FRESHMAN Physio logy Poul. Hus. Poul. Hus . Math 35 ... M.S. or P.E. Bactel'iology 70 Zoology 3 Ve t. Sci. 20 Englis h 1. 2, Rural Soc. 10 ... . E lectives

Credit 5

Selected E lectives : ItT. and Dr. 10; Vet. Sci. 140; An ima l Husbandry 155 ; C h em istry 115, 121, 122 ; English 5, 111.

Poultry Husbandry Courses 1. Poultry Produ cti on . A study of breeds of chickens and turkeys, incubation, brooding, feed ing, selection, marketing , an d prob lems of production of chickens and turkeys. (3F) Staff 5 9 5.

51 Course SOPHOMORE Credit Zoology 5 C hemistry 3, 4, 12, or 10, 11 , 12 15 Agronomy 56 ... ............... ......... ....... .... 4 M.S . or P .E. 3 Soc. Sci. Ag. Econ . 71, 72. 73 L.A. 3 Electives 8 50

2. Laboratory Exercise in Poultry Produc tion. Laboratory exercises in practical problems of in cubati o n, brood ing , feeding, selection and m a rketing of chickens a nd turkeys. (IF) Staff ** 104. Embryology and In cubation. EmphaM s is o n the embryology of the chick w ith con s iderat ion of p r oblems involved in incubation a nd h atchery operatio n s . Three lectures an d Carson o ne lab . (arr.) **105. Poultry Managem ent. Problems of locations of pou ltry farm, farm plan nin g, renewing the flock and management problems of t h e grow ing, layin g and breeding flocks. Prerequis ite : Poultry 1. (2W) Draper

••Taught 1963-64.

52 College of Agriculture *106. Po ult ry Breeding. Application of selection pressu re, selec tion indexes, matin g systems and heritability i n predicting genet ic gai ns. Prereq uis ite: Poultry 1, Math 35, Zoology 112, a nd Princi ples of An im a l Breeding. (4S) Car son

125. Special Problems. Selected proble ms t o meet s tudent needs . Regi stration by perm iss io n only. Pre r€q uis ite: Pou l try 1 . Cred it arranged. (F, W, S) Staff

*107. Applied Poultry Nutrition. A s tudy of t he nutrit iv e requ i rem,ents of poultry, the composition of poultry feedstuffs, meth ods of f eed ing a nd formulation of rations for spec ial needs. Prerequis ite: A. H. 150. (3 S) A nderson

Pou ltry Diseases. (See Veter inary Science 120.) (4S)

*108. Poultry Produ cts. Problem s in processing, gradin g , packag ing, tran spo rtin g , l abelin g, stori ng and marketing poul try products. (1F) Dra per

126. Seminar. Current po-u l try li terature studies, assigned proble ms an d specia l topics. (1W \ Staff

Principles of N utrition . ba nd ry 150.) (4F)

(See

An ima l

HusStaff

210 . R esearch Problem s in Poult ry Husbandry . Credit arranged. (F, W , S) Staff N utrition and Bioch emistry. An imal Husbandry 270.)

Semi nar.

(See

*Taught 19 62-63.

D epartment of

Veterinary Science PROFESSOR Mer·thyr L . Miner-, HEAD; AS SOCIATE PROFESSORS J oseph T . Blake, Don W. Th omas; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Jay W. Call, Ross A. Smart, J ohannes Stor-z, Jam es A. Thomas; RESEARCH ASSOCIATES Rob er-t Davis, Ar-land E. Olson; CO LLABORATORS Wayne B inns, J . L eGr·ande Shup e.

Office in Veterinary Science Building Courses in this department a re not desi g ned to train individual s to become a veterinarian. Rather, some of t h e courses help round out trainin g in the animal sciences. The advanced cour ses are for those in graduate studi es in the an imal sciences, bioch emistry, zoology and bacteriology. If one desires to study toward a degree in veterina r y medicine (D.V .M .), h e mu st have at least two year s or preferably three of prevet erinary training at some a uthori zed coll ege or university, completing the basic required courses . H e should then apply for entrance into a school of veterinary medicine . Enrollment in veterinary schools is limited. If ma joring in either bacteriology, zoology, an imal

husbandry, dairy hu sbandry, pou ltry husbandry, or chemi stry, h e is e li g ible for entranc e into al l veterinary school s if the requirem ents in the ba sic sc ienc es are fulfill ed. The state of Utah ha s entered into a compact with the Western Interstat e Comm iss ion for Hi gher E ducation whereby Utah wi ll subs idi ze the trainin g of five students in each of the fo ur years in veterin ary schools ope r ating under the compact. If a student is a Utah res ident and has completed the preveterina r y requirements, h E~ must apply to the Utah Commission for certification to the three Western veterinary schools cooperating under the compact. H e mu st also make an independent application t o the schools of hi s choice. Acceptance

Veterinary Science 53 is dependent on the choi ce of students by the veterinarv schools.

Suggested Pre-Veterinary Courses The fo llowing are basic preveterinary requirements of most schools of veterinary medicine : English 1, 2, 3; Mathematics 35, 46; Zoology 3, 4, 112; Botany 24; Chemi stry 3, 4, 5, 115, 121, 122 ; Physics 17, 18, 19 ; Animal Husbandry 1, 2, 10; Poultry 1 ; Dairy 2; Humanities 10 hours (literature, world civilization, speech, lan g uage, art, mu sic); Social Science, 10 hours (American hi story or American government, economics, psychology, sociology); Physical Education or Military Science. In addition, courses in the following s ubj ects are required or recommen ded by some schools of veterinary medicine: calculus, statistics, biochemistry, embryology, fo r eign language, marketing, accountin g, business, bacteriology_

Veterinary Science Courses 20. A n atomy and Physiology of Domes tic Animals. A stu dy of how the animal 's b ody is constructed and fu nctions. Each system is studied separately; emphasis o n t h e digestive and reproduction systems. Four lectures, one lab. (5 W) Blake 120 . Animal and' Poultry H yg iene. Principles o: an ima l sanitation in relation to disease contro l. Federal and state disease control pro-

grams and the etiology, symptoms, a nd control measures of the more prevalent diseases are also stud ied with demonstrations of first aid and t h e co mmon farm operat ion on an im a ls. Three lectures. one lab. (4S) S mart *140 . Veterinary Parasitology. D e tailed study of the scientific na.m e , comm.on name, c lass , rang e, pathogenes is, life cycle, methods of control, and t1路eatment of common in terna l and external parasi tes of domestic anima ls. Miner Four lectu res. one Jab. (5F)

150. Artificial In semination of Animals. A study of the basic concepts of the science of r eproduction as related to artificial inseminati on , tra ining in the art of art ific ial insem in a the management of artificial t ion , and insem ination organizati o n s. The course is for majors in the an imal sc ience field who have had courses in anatomy and p h ys iolog路y, bacter iology, nutl'ition, and breeding. One lecture, two Jabs . (3S) Call 200. Special Problems. Open to upp e r divis ion or graduate students majoring in subjects r elated to Veterinary M edicine and w h o w ish to study a particular phase of disease in animals. ( 1-3F, W ,S) Staff 210. Research. Outlining and conducting research on animal diseases . Any quarter. Credit arranged . Staff **2 30. General Pathology . An introduction to the cau se and mechanism of disease processes: degenerati ve changes, circulatory disturbances, inflammation, regeneration, neoplasms , and food deficien.cy a lteration s . Prerequ is ites: Zoology 11 8 a nd 128. Three lectures, two Jabs. (5W) Miner

** 231. Systematic Pathology. A study of t h e diseases of t h e card iovascul a.r, blood and hemopoietic, respiratory, digestive, urinary, gen i ta l , endocrine, nervous, locomotor a nd tegumentary system s. Pre requi s ite: V.S . 230. Three lectures, two Jabs. (58) Miner *Tau g ht 1962-63 . **Ta ug ht 1963-64.

College of

Business and Social Sciences Department of Business Administration, 58 Accounting, 59 Finance, 59 Marketing, 59 Personnel and Industrial Relations, 59 Production Management , 59

Department of Business Education and Office Administration, 64 Business Education, 64 Office Administration, 67 Combination Major in Office Administration and Family Life, 69

Department of Economics, 70 Department of History and Political Science, 72 History, 72 Political Science, 7 4 Pre-Law, 76

Department of Sociology and Social Work, 77 Sociology, 77 Social Work, 79

57 College of

Business and Social Sciences Robert P. Collier, Dean Office in Main 181 Th e American economy today provides an unus uai opportunity for enterprisin g ma nagers and bu sinessmen. In a fr ee enterpri se economy such as ours, the decis ions of the business world are made by individual managers and owners of business. The very course of our national progress a nd prosperity is determin ed by the decis ions and actions of businessmen . As never before, we need leader ship in this area. We are currently challenged by an alternative approach- totalitarian state plannin g. If our system is to survive and grow, dynamic, imaginative leadership is needed in the bu siness world, and great rewards await those who can provide this leadership . Throughout all history man has been faced with certain crucial social problems which have never been solved : crime, poverty, tyranny, pr ejudice, war, injustice-th e li st is legion. Th e Social Sciences take as their specia l province the study of individual and group relationships and behavior, and thus attempt to expla in , understand, and provide solution s to these great prob lems. Political Science explores the methods of government, or group law and order, vitally necessary for the preser vation of our democracy and personal liberties. E conomics analyzes the production and utilizat ion of goods an d services and the allocation of our scarce resources which set a ceaseless limitation on our abilit ies

to f ulfill man's aspirations. History studi es the f ull sweep of man's experience with t he hope that we can learn from our forefather's experience and rise upward to new heights of human ex istence. Sociology deals with t he group relat ionships within the f a mily, subcultures, work environment, a nd other groups. Special attention is given to social work, crime, population problems, women's role in society, and t h e great sociologic problems wh ich beset us. Many of mankind's greatest problems lie in t he field of the Social Sciences. The challenge, as well as the opportunity, for significant breakthroughs has never been better. Th e purpose of the College of Business and Social Sci ences is to provide a n education that is practical and realistic, preparing men and women to take an active part in t he main stream of our society so t hat our progress and prosperity wi ll grow ih the years a head. At least a minimal in trod uction to social science is required of all students in the University. In a ddition, the five departments in the College offer the f ollowing ma jors: The Department of Business Admini stration offers Accounting, Finance, Marketing, P ersonnel and Industrial Relation s and Production Management. Th e Department of Business Education and Office Admini stration offers: Business Education and Office Administration. The Department of E conomics of-

58 College of Business and Social Sciences fers a major in Economics. The Department of History and Political Science offers majors in History, Political Science, and Pre-Law, as well as excellent training for the Foreign Service. The Sociology Department offers majors in Sociology and Social Work. Opportunities for rewarding careers are excellent in all these fields . Successful bu siness executives earn the largest financial rewards that our system has to offer, while the demand for social scientists is ever increasing as our society grows in complexity and size. Many significant scholarships are available to students majoring in Banking and Finance, Economics, Transportation, Social Relationships, Accounting and other areas in the Coll ege. The top ten per cent

of the graduating class are awarded membership in t he honorary scholastic fraternity of Phi Kappa Phi. Courses in the College of Business and Social Sciences provide the foundation upon which to build significant careers in such occupations as the following: business executive, accoun tant or C.P.A., social worker, sec retary, lawyer, salesman or marketing expert, personnel manager, historian, high school teacher, banker, economist, poli tician or government worker, foreign service, juvenile court worker, criminologist, welfare worker, production manager, financial wizard, college professor, public administrator. Graduate work is avai lable in all departments of the College of Business and Social Sciences.

Depart11zent of

Business Administration (Accounting, Finance, Marketing, Personnel and Industrial Relations, Product Management) PROFESSORS Robert P. Collier, HEAD, William H. Bell, NormanS. Cannon, V. D. Gardner, L. Mark N eu berger; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Ho'WaTd B. Calder, Donald W. Dobler, Raymond J ames, Lyle Mclff, William V. Tezak; LECTURERS Charles P. Olson, D. E. Robinson.

Office in Main 312 The basic objective of the first two years' program in the Department of Business Administration is to provide a broad and sound foundation upon which to build in the last two years of stud y when the more spec ia lized courses will be taken. The following program is r ecommended for Business majors to provide such a broad basis:

FRESHMAN Basic Communica.tions Biology 1 Physiology 4 (or oth er scie nce) Math 24, 25 and 26 or P o litica l Science 1 ot路 Hi stor y , S'ociology or Approved Electives . P.E., M.S. , or A.S. . T otal

.... .

Credits . 9

........ 5 biolog ical . 5 34 a nd 35 .. 9 o r 8 10 ... 5 P s ychology 53 .... 10 ........ 3 . ....... 3 - 6 ... 48 to 52

Business Administration 59 SOPHOMORE B.A. 1, 2 , 3, Introd uctory Accounting .. .12 B.A . 4, 5, 6, Bus in.e ss Law .. .. ... ....... ..... . 6 Economics 5 1, 52 ... .10 L a nguage Arts ....... ........... 10 Approved Electives (p hys ical science, math) ................ 8 P.E., M.S., or A.S. . ............ 3 - 6 TotaJ

... . .. ...... .. ... .. . ..... ... ........ ....... .... .48 to 51

This program for the first two years includes few business courses and definitely stresses the soc ial sciences and gi·oup requirements. Advi se r s can coun sel students in th e specific scheduling of these classes or in a lterations of this basic program to fit a particular situation. This basic program will, however, fill all of the group r equirements, phys ical ed ucation requirements, and lay a solid basis for later specialization in any field of the College. After a broad foundation durin g the first two years' work, specialized majors are avai lable in the following fields in the general area of Business Administration:

Accounting Accounting is part of the ancient and honorable profession of record keeping, but now emphasizes the interpreta tion and analysis of data. A major in this area should take the fo llowing courses, in addition to the general lower division requirements : J unior year-: B.A. 101, 102, 103, 111, 131, 132, 133, 134, 151, Economics 165. Senior- y ear- : B.A. 121, 122, 127, 143, 149, 171, 181, Economics 107, 108, as well as additional Business Law. Accounting majors customarily take a minor in Economics.

Finance Finance concentrates upon the management of money in the financ-

in g of business a nd investments. If a student is in terested in this

fi eld, he should t a ke the following courses: Junio1· y ea1·: B.A. 131, 132, 133, 134, 150, Economics 165, 171, 172, English 112. Senior year-: B.A. 149, 151, 181, 182, E conomics 139, 155.

Marketing Marketin g is con cern ed with the di stribution or "cash - register" phase of business . Without sales a nd di stribution, our entire system would immediately co llapse. If interested in Marketing and Selling, take the fo llowin g courses during the last two years: J unim· y ear: B.A. 131, 132, 133, 134, 151, 152, 153, 171, and Economics 107. Senior year: B.A. 143, 149, 150, 161, 181 and Economics 171, 172.

Personnel and Industrial Relations All successfu l bu s iness operations depend upon manpower, and its successful coordination is essential in a ll phases of business activi ty. If students are particularly interested in working with people in the recruiting, training, testing, and human relations aspects of ma nagement, they should ta ke the followin g courses: Junio1· y ear- : B.A. 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 143, I.E. 104, Economics 125, 126, 127, P sychology 155. S enior· y ear: B.A. 149, 150, 151, 171, 172, 173, Economics 107 and 108 (or Economics 171 and 171 ), Sociology 158.

Production Management The production activity gives shape to a firm' s physical products; production management involves the planning, directin g , and controllin g of activities related to pro-

60 College of Business and Social Sciences duction . The program of stud y provides opportunities for initial development of managerial ski lls and attitudes emphasizing application to production work. T ypical starting jobs for graduates a r e in procurement and materials control, production plann in g a nd control, quality control, cost control, and first lin e superviSIOn. R equired Courses: Junior year: B.A. 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 151 , 171, 181, TME 56. Senior year: B.A. 136, 137, 138, 149, 150, E conomics 107, 125, 171 , 172, 17 4, Sociology 158, Speech 109. Mathematics, science, and technology are r ecommended electives.

Graduate Study The Department of Business Administration offers two gradu ate programs. These progra ms provide small classes with intimate contact with the major professors, significant individual flexibility, a nd an emphasis upon individual r esea rch and development. Financial assistance is available in the form of Graduate Assistantships for outstanding candidates who lead introductory section s of accountin g or statistics, or otherwise assist the fac ulty. USU also offers a limi ted number of Research F ellowships which are open to all majors, including bu siness a nd the other social sciences. Master of Business Administmtion. Th e MBA degr ee is open to qualified graduate students regardless of their previou s major. The time necessary for completion will depend, however, on the individual backg round and preparation. One year should suffice fo r a welltrained business and economics ma jor, whi le two years may be r equired if little or no previous

business training has been taken. Th e emphas is is upon broad train in g which will integrate t he students ' knowledge of the bu si ness world, and provide a ba sis f or lon gr a nge advancement. We attempt to provide development of those attitudes, skill s, and character n eeded in top level management t hroughout th e years ahead. This program can terminate either in a thesis or series of research papers under Plan B. Considerable fl exibility is available in term s of specialization in the t hes is or independent resear ch, but the heart of thi s graduate program is a year-long semina r built upon group di scussion of indi vidual r eports, case studies, as well as di scussion of the broad social respons ibiliti es of bu s in ess lea dership . Mas ter of Science Deg1路ee in Accounting is ava ilable f or students wishing to concentrate in accoun ting or pursuing th e Certi fi ed Publi c Accounting degree. Thi s program ca n be completed in one year by students with a strong background in accountin g and bu sin ess but wou ld r equire cons iderably more t ime 拢or students lackin g t he basic background. Thi s sequence terminates in a CPA review course whi ch is aimed at guidin g and advisin g t he student to a successful completion of th e CPA examination. Dr. Norman S. Cannon is the Director of Graduate Studi es in t he Busin ess Admin istration Department, and should be consulted for a dditional information on th e specific course content r equired.

Business Administration Courses 1, 2, 3. Introductory Accounting . Accou nting concepts an d tech niques essen t ial to a n understa nding of the operation of the busin ess enter-

prise.

Open to

all

studen ts

Sophomore

Business Administration 61 stan d i ng or above. B usiness majOJ'S s h ou ld tak e t his course in t h eir Sophomore year. (B.A. 1: 4F, W; B.A . 2: 4W, S; B.A. 3: 4F, S1 S t a ff 4, 5, 6. Bu s iness L a w. Course 4 is a ge n eral su r vey. I t is a lso in troduc to r y f or students w h o tak e a ddi t io n a l Com me r cia l L a w courses. Courses 5 a nd 6 are devoted to a compJ·ehen s ive stud y of t he Jaw of co n t 1·acts a n d age n cy. Open to a ll studen ts of sop h omor·e sta n d in g or a b ove. (2F, 2W, 2S, 2Su) Ol s on 14. Electri c A ccounting Machin es . A su r vey of t h e develop m e n t a n d co n t 1·ibution of better ways a nd m ea ns of keep in g r ecords as facto r s in t h e cu ltu r a l growth of societies. T he basic p rin c iples in volved in J'eco r d keep in g and data process ing by means of moder n electric acco un t i ng mac hi nes. (3F, S) Bell

15. IBM Machin e Practice. A laborato r y cou l'Se in t h e oper at io n of electri c account ing m achin es such as t he key pu n ch , verifi e r , so r te r , in terprete 1·, r eproducing pu n ch , coll ator, and ta bu latin g m achin e. O ne hour of dem o n str at ion a nd two hours of in d i v idua l p ra ctice on t he mac hi ne eac h week. P r erequ is ite B. A . 14; or B.A. 14 a nd 15 may be taken con currentl y . (IF, W , S ) Bell 20. Introdu cti on to Bus iness. A s u rvey of t he gene r a l p r ob lems of busi ness organ ization . (3F, W ) Cald er, Tezak

10•1, 105, 106, 107 , 108. Bu siness La w . Cou1·s e 104 stud ies the law of n egotiab le i nstr ume n ts: 105 and !06 in cl ude s tudy of t he Jaw of ba ilme n ts , sales and personal proper ty, partners hi p~ . co r poratio ns . a nd ba nk ruptcy. Courses 107 a n d 108 inc lude t he law of r ea l p r operty, in clu din g esta tes, deeds, co n veya n cin g, a bs t r acts of t it le, m ortgages, w ill s . Cou rses 105 a n d 106 a ltemate w i t h 107 a n d 108; 105 a n d t06 wi ll be give n in 1962 -63 . Prerequ is ites : B.A. 4, 5, 6 or t he consent of t he in structor. i3F, 3W, 3S) Ols on 111. Indus trial Cost Accounting . J ob costing , process accou n ti n g, a nd specia l co ns id er ation s . (5W) Gardner

11 3. Bu s iness Pri nc ip les of S timulation. Model Bu ild in g a n d a s im u lation of actua l busi ness prob lems as practice i n dec is ion ma kin g. (2F, W ) Bell 116. Accountin g Machin es Wiring. Wiring of co n t r o l pa nels for t he op eratio n of t h e a ccounti ng mac hi ne, t he r eproducin g pu n ch, a n d t h e colla tor in t he p r eparation of ass igned t·eports. P r erequ is ite: B.A . 15. T wo lectu re per iods a n d two lab pe ri ods o f two h ou rs each. (3W, S) Bell 117. Introdu ction to Stored Programming. Basic Com p u te r log ic , fl ow charting , r ou t in es, cod in g , li b r a r y program s , a nd data p r ocessing app li cation to bus in ess. P r ereq uis i te : B.A. !16 or its eq ui va le n t . (3F) S taff

30. Busines s Mathematics . A n in t r od uctio n to the m ath em at ics of bus iness a n d accou n t~ in g. Desig n ed to be ta k e n p ri or to or concu r r e ntl y wi t h t he fi rst qu a rter of In tro du ctor y Accountin g . (3F, S ) Staff

11 8. Proc£dure Development. P rin cip les of job p la nnin g a nd p rocedure develop.m en t as app lied to th e elec tri c accountin g m achin e m eth od of keepi ng reco 1·ds a nd p r ocessing statistica l data . T hree lectures. (3 W ) Staff

63. Sales mans hip . T h e history, development, an d oppo r tun it ies i n sales work . T he pr in~ ciples of p r eparin g for inte r v iews, pro pe r p r ese n tatio n , ga 1nmg favo r ab le a t ten t ion, a r ous ing t he d es ire to buy, meeting bb j ecti on s , a nd creating accepta n ce. S.pecia l p rojec ts are co nd uc ted in relat ion to a pa,rticul a r type of selling . Lectu t·es and cases. (4F, S) Staff

11 9 . A ccounting S ys tems and Automation. T h e app li cation of new meth ods of processing d ata to t he va,ri ous types of account ing r ecords an d accountin g systems . (3S ) Bell

100 . Survey of Accounting Principles. For E n g ineer ing, A g ri cu ltu r e, Fam il y Life, Forestr y, a nd othe r n on-b us in ess stud e n ts. (4 F, W, S ) Tezak

101 , 102, 103. Interme<liate Accounting Principles. Fund a mental tec hniques of accou n ting. Gives a work ing k now ledge of accounting as it ser ves t he bus iness exec uti ve. V a luabl e to s t ud en.ts who asp ire to a car eer in accou n t ing , a nd al so t o teach er s , lawyers, en gi neers, and far m ers. Gra du a t e cred it m ay be allowed upo n com pensation of s pec ia l wor k. ( 4F, 4 W, 4S ) Mclff

! 21, 122. Auditing Th eory and Practi ce . A stud y of t he p rin cip les a n d p roced ures asso~ ciated w it h acco un t ing ve ri ficatio n a nd a udi t practice. Prerequ is ite : A good wo rkin g k now l~ edge of accou ntin g princi ples a nd techn iques. (3F, 3W ) Cannon 127, 12 8. Income Tax Accounting. A stud y of t h e probl ems ar is i ng w it h th e im posi t ion of taxes o n in come by t he Federal Gover nm en t, w it h em p h asis o n t he accoun tin g phases of t h ese problem s. (4F, 4W ) Cannon 12 9. Government A ccounting. Basic princip les un de rl y ing t r eatm ent of public a nd gov ~ er nrnental acco unts. T yp ical topics fo r stud y are: statuto r y f un ds, bud get s, t ru s t f u nds, a n d preparation of fi n a n cia l rep orts. (38) Cannon

62 Co/lege of Business and Social Sciences 131 , 132. B u s in ess Statistics . Appl icatio n of statistical m eth ods t o business prob le ms : graph s, analys is of t ime seri es, in terpretation of index numbe r s a nd statistics of particu lar industries a nd bus in ess i n ge n era l. Pre r eq uis ites: Econom ics 51, 52 . ( 131: 3F, W ; 132 : Tezak 3W, S) 133 . Management Con cepts. The in vest igation a nd application of fundamen ta l co n cepts of m a nagem ent and or gani zation t h eo r y . The develop m e n t of a work in g k n ow ledge o f fundame nta.l manageria l techn iques of eco n om i c ana lys is a nd control. Pre liminary s tud y of selected m a n age<ment probl em s : p la n t locat io n , product determination. Prer equ is ites : B. A. 1, 2, 3, or B.A. 10 0. (3F, S, Su ) Dobler 134 . Industrial Management Proble m s . Prov ides a n integ r ated v iew of t h e production functi o n a n d an understan din g of its p roblems as t h ey r e late to oth er bus in ess activ it ies . E mph as izes co ntt·ol w hil e studyin g t h e f ollowi n g top i cs : plant layo ut, m .e th od s improv em e n t, perfo rm ance sta nd ards, produ ction control , quality contr ol, mainte n a n ce, p r ocuremen t, inven tory co ntrol, and cost co ntr oL Prerequ is ite : B.A. 133. (3 W ) Dobler

foundat ion A 135. Industri a l T echniqu es. co urse cove ring: a stu dy of m ajor producti o n processes; basic machine processes a nd work routin g; study an d practice in s patial v is ualization s kills , and inte rpretatio n of e n g in ee rin g draw in gs. Prer eq u is ite: TME 56 or eq ui va le nt. (3S) Doble r 13,6. Production M a nage m ent I. The pla n n in g and d ir ect co n trol of ·m ateria ls a nd produ ctio n activ ities . Broad topics cove r ed inclu de : i n du s trial purchas ing, t h e p lan n i n g and co n trol o f inventori es, a nd the plann in g a nd control o r production acti vit ies . Pre r equ is ites : B.A. 133 , 134, 135, or eq ui v al e n t. (5 W ) Dobl e r 137. P r od u ction Ma n age m ent II. The p la n ning a nd indirec t co ntro l of production act ivit ies a nd costs . T opics a r e studi ed fro m a managerial point of v iew and speci fi call y include : indu strial ma in tenance, in dustr ia l s afety, pla n t layout, m eth ods a n a lys is , and performan ce standa r ds . Prerequ is ites: B.A. 133 , 134, 135 , or eq uiv a le n t. (4W ) Dobler 138. Produ c tion Management III. The qua nt itat ive a nal ys is of selected production proble m s . T opics covered include : t h e u se of sc h e m a ti c m od e ll5, app lication s o f statistical quali ty contr ol , s ampl in g inspection, oth er t echni ques of statistical inferen ce, a nd an i n troduction to t h e use of Iinea1· program min g in p r oductio n. Pre r equis ites: M ath 34, B.A. 132, 135, or equivale n t. (4S') Dobler

140. Ins uran ce. Studied from t h e stan dpoi nt of t h e co n s umer of ins urance serv ices. Topics treated in clude: types of life, property, and casua lty ins urance contracts ; nature an d uses of life a nd property ins uran ce; li fe insu r ance as a n in vestme n t; and t h e or ga n ization, m a n agem e n t, a nd gove rnm e nt s up erv is ion of insu ra n ce compa ni e<l . (3F) Calder

141. Real Estate. Introductio n to real estate co ntracts, forms, principles , and r ece n t Fede m ! h ous ing legis lation. (3 S ) D urtsc hi 143. Busin ess Communica tions . Fun dame n ta l prin cip les of effective business w ri t ing a nd oth e r f o t·ms of co mmun ication , such a s letters , memos, r ep01·ts, e t c. Not open to fres h Neub e r ger, L und strom men. (3 F, W , S, Su) 147. Managing Small Busin ess. App li catio n of m a nagem en t princip les a nd tec hniqu es to t h e indepen de n t, owner-man ager t ype firm. (4W) Calder 14 9. B u sin ess Policy. A co-ordin atin g course to develop p erspective, judgment, a nd facility in solving problem s in production , distribu t i o n , perso nnel. finance, control , a nd socia l aspect s o f busine<;s. Pre requi s i tes : B.A . 131. 132, 150, 181. R equ ired of a ll Bus in ess Administration majors . (5S) Gardne r 150. Managerial Acco untin g. Emphas izes t h e u se of accountin g as a too l of control for managemen t. M ajor aspects inc l ude budget and managerial cont r ol , break -even charts , selection of alte rn atives. R eq uired of a ll Bus in ess Admini s tr at ion m a jors. (5F) Gardner 151. Marketing Pri n cipl es. A im s to descr ibe, ana lyze, and e valuate our prese nt m arketing system. Provides bas ic tools a nd background for under stan din g mark e tin g principles . (5F, W, S ) Calder

152. Marketing P r oblems a nd to the analys is a n d solution p r ob le m s by bus in ess firm s . Prereq u isite : Marketin g 151 o r t h e in structor. (5 W)

Cases. D evoted of m a rketing Case s t u dies. perm ission of Calder

153. Ma.rk etin g Readings a nd R esea r ch . Prov ides p erspective by studyin g b oth t h e ch angin g m a rket e n v ironm e n t a n d outl oo k as cond itioners of our materia l welfare. Pre r equ is ites: M arketin g 151 and 152. (5S) Robinson 154. P urc h as ing. T h e s ig nifi can ce of purch as ing as a maj o r activ ity in m oder n bus in ess . Cons ide1·ation given organ ization , p olicies , and contr ol o f th e proc urem ent fun ction. Lectures a nd probl em s . ( 3F ) Doble r

Business Administration 63 Prin c iple ~ of Ad ve rti s in g . In ten ded for t h ose w h o as bus iness exec u t ives may di r ect a d ve1·tis in g p r og r ams. In c lud es s tu dy of t h e s tr u cture o f advert ise m e n ts fo r diffe r e n t products , c h a ice o f m e dia, consu m er researc h, a n d t h e wo rk of adve1·tis in g depa r t m e n t s a nd age n c ies. (5 F') Robin so n

J 56.

160 . Sa les Manage ment. A b r oad v iew of impo r ta n t p h ases o f sales ad mini st rat io n , p lan n ing, an d exec uti o n a ppli ed to m anu fact urin g an d w holesa le concer n s. D ea ls s pecificall y w i t h the str u ctu re a nd f un ction ing of sal es orga ni zat ion and co rrel at ion of its act ivi t ies w i t h t hose of p r o du ction an d oth e 1· departStaff m e n ts o f t h e bus in ess e n t erprise. (3 W ) 161. Principles and Problems in R e t a ilin g. The mark eting process fr om t he v iewpo in t o f t h e r e ta il distributor : types of r eta il institut io n s , acco un t in g a nd statistics, 1oca ti o u , sto r e layou t, m e r c h a ndise c lass ification, se1·vice policies , pt·icing , brand polic ies , buying, m e r ch an di se co ntr ol. adve r t is in g a nd sales p r omotio n , gen era l or ga nizatio n and administra t ion policies . (5F) Sta ff 164. C r edit Administration . N a ture a nd fun c ti ons of cred it : forms of cred it in st ruments, sou r ces o f credit info rma t io n orga nization a n d manage m e n t of cred it operating f un ctions, tech nical and legal aspects of collec t io n s, c r e d it and coll ection co ntrol. (3S) Sta ff 171. P e r sonnel Administration. Cr it ica l ana lys is of prob le ms o f labor m a n agem e n t that co nfront t he mana ge 1· of a bus in ess e nte rpt·ise a nd o f poli cies a nd m ethod s of d ea lin g e ff ectiv e ly wit h t hese p1·oble m s . L ec tur es, proble m s , a nd select e d cases. (5 F, S) Neuberger. Marston 172 . P e r so nn e l Practices. App lica t io n of p e rso nn e l t ec hni ques in t he in dustr ia l set t ing. The ap p li cation a nd stud y of job eva lu ation, wage admin is tration , testing and selection , t r ainin g prog- r ams, e mpl oyee be ne fit programs , etc. (3 W ) Marsto n

173. Case Problem s in Pers onnel Managem e nt. T h e ap p licatio n of prin c ip les of p e r son n e l a dm inis tra tion to s pecifi c per so nne l problems co mm o nl y fo und in in du st ry . Case s tudi es w ill be used. (38) Marston 18 1. Corpo ration Finance. H ow does t h e co rporation r a ise i ts ca pital? A stud y of m oder n fin a n c ia l p rinciples, m eth od s , p o lic ies, and ins t it uti o n s .• Corporate o r ga ni zation, c r eatio n , a nd reorgani zation . Prerequis ites: Eco n omi cs 51, 52 ; B . A. I. 2, 3. (5 F, W, S) Collier

182 . Proble m s in Finance. The applicat io n uf basic pr in ci p les of fin a nce to s pecific cases a nd pro bl ems o f a typ ica l n atu r e. Prere quis it es : 11.A . 181, Eco nomics 165 . (3S) Colli er

I 85 . Managing PerSonal Fin a n ces. D esig n e d to a id in m eeting t h e Jn·ow in g co mp lex ity of pe rsona l fin a n ce : H ow to avoid f-inancial e n tang leme n ts, in sta llm ent bu y in g, bonow in g mo ney , ow nin g o r r e n t i ng a h om e, investing an d s peculation in sec u ri ties, e ve r yday legal p l·ob le ms dea lin g w ith illn ess, dea t h, persona l ta xe3 . ( 5 W ) Staff 199 . Internship in Acco un t ing. P ra ctical exP€·r ie n ce w it h p ubli c account in g firm s and ap proved bus i ness in t he In te rm ou n ta in and Pac ifi c Coast' Reg io n f or selecte d se ni ors. Cred it ar r a n ged. not to exceed 7 ho urs. ( W ) Sta ff

Graduate Courses 201 , 202. Advanc ed Accounting Principles . Th e s tu dy o f s pec ia l account in g problems . (3 F , 38) Ca nnon 20 7. C. P.A. Review. A cou t·se ai m ed at gu idin g t he student to t h e successfu l co mpletion o f t h e Ce r t i fied P ub lic Acco unta n t exa min at io n . Th e staff w ill rna intain ad v isory co ntac t w it h st ud e n ts unt il t hi s goa l is 1·each e d . (3 8') Ca nnon Ad va n ced Cos t Accou ntin g. Special cases in esti m at ing costin g, s ta nd ard costi n g, direct costin g, and adva n ced th eo r y i n cost accou ntin g . (58) Gardn er 2 I 1.

23•0. Business Research Methods . Meth ods a nd tec hniqu es of coll ectin g, a n a lyz in g, and in te rp1·etin g bus in ess data. (3F) Staff 250 . Managerial E uonomics. The integ r atio n of econom ic theory wit h bu s in ess p 1·actice and poli c ies f01· t h e purpose o f f ac ilitat in g decis io n-makin g a nd fo r ward p lann i n g . ( 3W) Durtschi 290. Thes is . For st ud e n ts p 1·epa rin g a mas tel''s deg r ee t h es is . Cre di t ananged. ( F, W, S ) Staff 29 1, 292, 29 3. Graduate Sem in ar in Bus iness Administration . Di scuss ion and indi vidu a l r e p o r ts o n var iou s p h a ses of llu s in ess Admin is t r at ion. R e qui 1·ed of a ll m aste r 's candi dates. bu t ma y be ta k en by su p e d o r se ni or s, w ith t h e in s tructo r 's a pp r ova l. N in e un its of c r ed it m ay be co unted in t hi s seq uence. (3F, W , S) S taff

295 . Indep end e nt R esea r c h Credi t a rran ged . ( F , W , S ) 29 8 .

(S)

Accounting

Seminar.

a nd

Reading. Staff

Cred it

a rra n ged . Ca nnon

Depart11zent of

Business Education and Office Administration Rob ert E. Wiper, H EAD, L eah Dunford, H elen Lundstr-om, Floris S. Olsen; INSTRUCTOR Annette B. P eter-sen.

ASSISTANT PROFES SORS

Office in Main 376 Th e dual Department of Business Education and Office Administration (formerly known as Secretarial Science) provides the students with an opportunity to pursue a degree that eith er prepares them to teach or to work in top-level off ice positions. Th e Busin ess Education curriculum gives a broad backgrol.lnd in the major field of bu siness a s well as a ll owing students to pursue a minor field of th eir choice. In add iti on they will be takin g all necessary courses lead in g toward a t eaching certificate as establi shed by the Utah State Board of Education . In Office Administration studen l:s will have an opportunity to take all th e courses n eeded to prepa r e them in the Secretarial field as well as purs uin g a minor field of their own choice. Thi s progr am will lead to a highly r espected, topleve l office position.

Graduate Study Th e Department of Bus in ess Education offer s courses lead in g to th e Master of Science degree and provides a minor for the Doctor of Education degree. The program establi shed will lend itself to a c!esirab le workin g relationship with ma jor professors and a llow sufficient flexibility in the program to provide t h e necessary emph as is needed for individual r esearch a nd

development. Financial assistance is available to outstanding students in the form of graduate assistantships. See catalog, School of Graduate Studies for further information.

Business Education Th e College of Business and Social Sciences and the College of Education cooperate in the preparatio n of stud ents for a professional career in Bus in ess Education . Both a n undergraduate and a graduate program in Bus in ess Edu cation are availab le for students preparing to teach, as well as experi enced teachers of bu sin ess subj ects . See catalog, School of Graduate Stud ies, for detai led r equirements fqr completing t he Master's degree. 路 Th e fo llowing cur r icu lum is suggested fo r students preparin g to enter the bu sin ess education profess ion. It should be r ecogni zed t hat cha nges in the suggested program may be worked out with advisers. The program of studi es for t ransfer students mu st be adjusted to meet the minimum profess ional requ irements and a llow for acceptance of tPansfer cred it. Compos ite maj or (l3.E., O.A. , 13.A.) minim_um 60 h ours Maj or 30-50 h ou r s Minor ( if 路d es ired ) mini mum 18 hours Required Courses ( R ) S uggested Courses (S)

Business Education and Office Administration 65 FRESHMAN YEAR Fall Eng li sh 1, Basic Commun ications Biology 1 ..... ......................... .. . B.A. 30 Bus in ess Math or Math Cou J·se . S.S . 65 Records Admin istration S.S. 41 E lementary Type or equivalent . P.E. or M.S.

R R R R· R R

J UN IOR YEAR Fall Economics 52 Econom ic Probl e ms P s ych o logy 100 Human Growt h a.nd De ve lop m e n t "B.E. 179 Method s of Teac hin gTypewriting and Office Practice S.S. 167 Off ice Practice E lective or minor ....... ........ 3-4

5 2

R R R

16-1 7

Winter

English 2, Basic Commun ications Physiology 4 P h ys ics o r Bacteriology 10 Math or Exact Science Elect. S.S . 42 Intermediate type P .E. or M.S.

R R R R

W inter B.A. 185 Manag in g Pers onal Finan c es P s ych ology 102 Elemen tar y P s ycholog y for S.T. B.A. 143 Bus in ess Commu ni cation s ' B.E. 180 Methods o f T each. S horthand a nd Transcriptio n S'.S. 186 Secretarial Procedures

R R

R R R

16 Spring

English 3, Basic Commun ications M'ath or Exact Science E lect. S'.S. 43 Advanced Type Psychology 53 Elementary General Psychology P.E. or M. S. E lectiv es

R R R R R

s 16

S pring

' B.E. 178 Meth o ds of Teaching Business- non skill ed R Education 111 Principles of Secon dary Education R Sociology, History or P .S. elect. ... 3-5 s Ed ucation 114 Org. and Adm. 3 R S.S. 187 Secretari al Procedut·es 3 R E lect ive o t· minor

SOPHOMORE YEAR

17-19

Fall B.A. 4 Business Law 2 R B.E. 85 Consu m er Ed ucati on 3 R S.S. 75 or 141 Shorthand I and Dict-Tran. .... ............. ...... 3-5 s B.A. 1 Introductory Accounting 4 R Speech 21, Inter m ed iate Public Speaking .. 3 B.E. 35 In t. & Field Exp. in Bus. Edu 3 R R P.E. or M.S.

16-18 Winter

B.A. 2 Int1·oductory Accounting B.A. 5 Bu s iness Law Language 0 1· Arts Elective 5 S.S. 76 or 142 Shorthand II and Diet-Tran. .. ................. .... .... ..... ............... .. 3-5 S'.S. 92 Business M achines P.E. or M .S.

R R R

B.E. 189 Pdnciples of Bus in ess Educatio n B.A. 140 Insuran ce or Econom ics 127 Socia l Security or Upper B.A .. elect. P.R. 155 Public H ealth B.A. 14 E lectric Accountin g Machin es ... .... ... .. ...... ...... ..... ...... . B.A. 15 IBM Machine Practice 13.A. 161 Principles and Probl e m s in Retailing .

3 3

R R

s s R 18

Winter

S R R

17-19 Spring

B.A. 6 Business Law R S.S. 77 O l' 143 Shorthand III a nd Dict-Tran. .. .......... .. ......... ..... .. .... ..... ......... .. .. 3-5 S Language or Arts Electives 2 S Economics 51 General Economics R B.A. 3 Introductory Accounting S P.E. or M.S. R 17-19

SENIOR YEAR Fa ll

B.A. 171 Personnel Administration B.A. 127 I n come Tax Accounti ng S .S. 175 Office E lectives 'Education 11 5 Seco ndary School Curriculum

R 4

R 19

Spring 1Educat io n 129 Studen t Teaching Education 127 Secondary School Methods ..................................... .. Education 130 Student Teaching

R R R

66 College of Business and Social Sciences Students who have taken bu sin ess skill courses such as typewriting and shorthand in high school will be placed in the appropriate level course by means of an evaluation of their proficiency. Courses bypassed in this manner should have elective courses substituted for t hem. 1 The three senior quarters s hould be cons idered as inter changable so t h at studen t teaching may be taken in any quarter. Perhaps t he most desirable t im e for enrolling in stu den t teaching is t h e Fall Quarter s in ce students will get t h e experience of seein g c lasses start at th e firs t of the school year. Methods courses s h ould be taken in the junio r year if s tudent teaching is to be tak en in th e fa ll or winter quarters. 2 S'tuden ts may count eithe r B.E. 178, 179, or 180 toward t he 33-credit profess io n a l r equ irem en t if needed. A n y one of th ese courses w ill substitute fm路 Education 115 for cer t ificat ion requirements.

To en roll in any skill course the student mu st have a grade of " C" or better in the preceding course in the same skill. Transfer students are permitted to make reasonable substitutions by departmental approval.

Business Education Courses 85. Con sumer Education. The general problems of earnin g a nd spendin g a n in com e . Aids to t he wise buy ing of a hom e, transportation, insuran ce, a n d other major consu m er item s . N o p rer equ is ites. (3F) Staff 178. Methods of Teaching Business nonskilled. A study of t h e m ethods of teaching as appl ied to basic courses: General Business, Business Law, Busin ess Principles, B us in ess Arithmetic, Economic Geog t路aph y, etc. Also, a study of methods app licable to r ecordkeeping a nd bookkeep ing. This course is de路 s igned for the inexperienced bus iness teacher education s tudent. (3S ) Tezak 179 . Methods of Teaching Typewriting and Office Practice. Instructional m eth ods a nd new developm.ents in teachin g of typewr iti n g. Methods f o r building accuracy, speed, and increasing production ; work s t an dards ; classroom equipment and materials . Also, inc ludes instruction al m ethods and m aterial s i n teaching of office practice and business m a chines,

class o rgan ization plans, eq ui pm en t n eeds, cooper ative t r a in ing, sta n dar ds a nd evalu ation . For the inexperi enced bus in ess teach er education studen t. (3F) Wiper 180. Methods of Teaching Shorthand and Transcription. In struc t iona l m eth ods and materials in the teac hin g of s hor thand, transcrip t ion , bus in ess English , filin g a nd secretar ia l procedure. Includes factors a ffecting speed build ing and standar ds and g r a din g in sh orthand, and t r a n scriptio n. F or the inexperienced bu s iness teacher educa t ion student. (3W) Olsen 189 . Principles of Business Education. The study of current pr ob lems in Business Ed ucation and a survey of t h e recent literature in the fi eld. ( 3F) Wiper 210. Improvement of Instruction writing. A study of t he basic typewritin g skill a nd improvemen t a n d techniqu es in typewr iting f or e nced bus iness teach er. (3S u and

in Typefa.c tor s of of m eth ods t h e experias n eeded) Wiper

220. Improvement of Instru ction in S horthand and Transcription. D es ig n e-d for in -serv ice teacher s of shortha nd and t r a n scription. A stud y of imp roved methods a n d techniques appl icable to t he teac hin g of sh orth a nd a nd related courses in the high school a nd junior co llege level. (3S u and as needed) Staff 230. Improvement of Ins truction in Bookkeeping and Accountin g. Designed for t h e in-service teacher of bookkeeping a nd accou n t in g. A stud y of improved m eth ods and techniqu es for in-ser vice bu sin ess teach ers at t h e secondar y a nd at the college level. (3Su and as n eeded ) Wiper 240 . Improvement of Instruction in Basic Bu s in ess. An a n al ys is of m.e th ods an d tech路 ni ques employed in the teachin g of basic busi ness courses. Also, stud y of t he fu n ction a nd purpose of t he bas ic business courses. (3Su an d as n eeded) Wiper 250. I ssues and Trend s in Bus iness Education. An a n alys is of the pertinent issues and t r ends in education t h at pertain to a business as well as those iss ues an d trends t h at are inheren t in bus in ess ed u cation i tself . (3S u a nd as needed) Wiper 260. The Business Curriculum . An analys is of th e princip les, concepts, m ethods, a nd procedur es of studyin g, chan g in g a nd cons truct ion of bus in ess off ering in the secondary schools a nd colleges so as to better meet th e needs of studen ts. (3 Su and as n eeded ) Wiper 270. Workshop in Business Education. Specia l workshops o n pressing issues, trends, and p rinciples in Business Education. (1-6Su) Staff

Business Education and Office Administration 67 :280. Semin ar in Business E du cation. An ra nalys is of research methods applicable to lb us in ess education. (2Su and as needed ) 'Viper :290. Researc h in Business Education. Se lec "ttion a.nd researchi ng the prob lem or probl ems ~·equired under Plan A or P lan B of th e Jg" raduate study requ i rement. Credit arranged. Wiper (F, W, S, a nd Su) :2 95. Ind ependent Resea r ch a nd C redit ananged. (F, W , S, Su)

Fa ll Economics 5 1 L a nguage Arts e lec t ive S.S. 141 Dictation and T1·a nsc ripti on I. .

Th e program of Office Admini stration is arranged on a four-year degree pattern. Students who init ially enroll for only two years may c hange to a fo ur-year degree prog ram by makin g up degree requirements. Th e fo llowing s uggested program fo r t he Bachelor of Sc ience degree with a major in Office Adm ini stration may be ad justed by adv isers so as to more spec ifica lly meet individual needs. Transfer students' programs wi ll be adjusted to provide for transfer of credits. FRESHMAN YEAR Fall Englis h 1 ( Bas ic Com.) B iology 1 S .S. 75 Shorthand I S.S. 41 Elem. Type or equiv. or B.A. 20 Int. t o Bus . ................................ 2-3 E lective

........ .... ...... ........... .

R R R R

s R•

s·.s.

s R

R·

B.A. 30 Bus in ess Math

R 18

W in ter

Econo mics 52 Lang uage Arts e lective S.S . 142 Di ctation and Tl'ans cr iption IT.. P.E.

s :;. R R

16 Sp rin g

E'xact Science e lect. En g lis h 5 or L .A. elect. S.S. 143 Dictation a.nd Transcription JTl.. S.S. 65 Records Adm in is tration

S' R

R R

P.E . 17 J UN IOR YEAR Fall B.A. 1 A ccounting B.A. 4 Bu s i ness Law S.S. 94 Posting and K ey Drive n Calcu lators B.A. 140 Insurance E lectives or Minor

R R

2 3

R R

16 Winter B.A . B.A. B.A. B . A. B.A .

2 Accounting 5 Business Law 143 Business Communications 185 Managing Person a l Finances 151 Marketing Principles

R R

R• 5 R R

16-1 7 Winter English 2 (Bas ic Com.) Physiology 4 or Bacteriology 10 S.S. 76 Shorthand II S.S. 42 Intermediate Type . 92 Business Machines P.E. ......... ......... .

P.E.

Reading. S taff

Office Administration

P.E .

SOPHOMORE YEAR

S pring

. 2

R R R R R R

R R R

Psychology 53 ........ ............. B.A. 6 Bus i ness Law s.s. 167 Office Practice . B.A. 3 Introductory Accounting Electives or Minor

s 17

16 Spring Engli sh 3 (Basic Com .) Math or Exact Science elective S.S. 77 S horthand III . S.8'. 43 Advanced Type S.S. 51 Introduction to Secretarial Tra ining

SENIOR YE·AR R R R R R R

P.E. 16

Fall B.A. 161 Princip les and Problems i n Retailin g B.A. 171 P e 1·son nel Administration (or 151) s.s. 175 Office Management Electives or Minor

5 3

R R

68 College of Business and .Social Sciences Winter R R R

B.A. 14 E lectr ic Accou n t in g Machines .. B.A. 15 IBM Machine Pract ices S,S'. 186 Secretarial Procedures B . A. E lective Electives or Min or 16

51. Introduction to Secreta ri a l Training. D e·s igned to develop secr etar ial effic ien cy through stud y of requ i r em ents, duties , a nd persona l quali ties of a secr etar y, w"i t h s p ecia l emphas is on personal appearance, ma nner, a pply ing for and obtainin g a pos ition . Requ ired of all lower-div is io n o ffi ce administr ation students . Peterson (2 S)

Spring S.S. 87 IBM K ey Punch Speedhuildin g.. . Eco n om ics 127 Soc ia l Securi ty or B.A. elect. S .S. 187 Secretaria l Procedu res E lectives or Minor

3 3 8

R R·

Students who have taken bu siness skill courses such as typewritin g and shorthan d in hi gh school will be placed in th e appropriate level course by means of an evaluation of t heir profici ency. Courses by-passed in t hi s manner shou ld have elective courses substit uted for t hem. T o enroll in any skill course the student mu st have a grade of " C" or better in the preceding course in the same skill. Tran sfer stud ents a r e perm itted t o make reasonable substitution s with departmental approval.

Office Ad ministration Courses 41. E lementary Typewriting. For s tudents w it h no f)l"ev io us t rainin g in ty pew t·itin g. D es ig n ed to develop a t h or ou gh kn ow ledge of t he keyboard a nd mac hin e parts. Persona l-u se typ in g prob lems , centerin g , Jette!' s ty les. (2F, W, S) S t a ff 42. Intermediate Typewriting. A ss um es p r ev io us t raining in typewriting. Emp has is on s kill build i ng, typ in g o f letters, en velopes , m anusc ri pts , bus in ess form s a nd ta bulat io n exercises. Prer equ is ite: S.S . 4 t o r equival en t . (2 F, W , S') Lunds trom Advanced Typewriting . The developmen t of numbe r pro fi c ien cy, statis t ica l tabul atio n a nd typ ing on busi ness form s , rou g h drafts , stencils for d uplication. Prerequ is ite: S.S. 42. (2 W , S) Lu nds trom

43 .

45. S kill-Buildin g Typewriting. Remedial t ype writing, with emph as is on i mprovem ent of accuracy a nd speed. ( IF, W , S) Wipe r

65. Re cords phabetical, g rap hi c, a nd in g, cod ing, (3 F, W, S )

Administration. T ra inin g in a l numeric, s ubj ect, decima l, g eo sou ndex methods of fi ling . Index a n d filing of letters and cards . Lundstrom

75. Fundamentals of S horthand I. A ssum es n o previous t r aini n g in shorth and. Study of fundame n ta ls of s imp li fi ed Gregg s h or t h a n d . Peterson, Olsen (3F, W ) 76 . F undamentals of Shorthand II. Contin u at ion of cou r se 75. Introdu cti on of n ewPrerequis ite: S.S . 75 o r m atter di ctation. eq ui valent. (3 W , S) Olsen, Peterson 77. Fundamentals of S h orthand III. Contin u a.tion of course 76. Intensive practice in n ewPrerequ is i te : S.S. 76 or matter di ctation. Olsen , Peterson equivalent. (3 F , S) 87. IBM K ey pun ch Speedbuilding. Three oneh our lab periods per week. Prerequis ite: On e year of typ in g . (1F, W, S) Bell 92. Bu siness Machin es. Bas ic t t·a ining in t h e use of ten-k ey add in g -listing machi nes, prin tin g calculatot·s, a nd r otary calcul ator s . (2F, W, S ) P et erson 94. Posting a nd Keydriven Machines. P ra ct ice in ad di tion , mul t ip li cation, s-ubtract io n, an d div is ion of k ey -d ri ven calcu lator s and appl ication of t he machin es to s uch busi ness co mpu t.:'l.tions as per centages, disco un ts , d ec imal equ iva len ts , a nd co n sta.n t.'-3. Applicatio n o f t he ten -key a n d fu ll-k ey boo kkeeping rnach ines to bus in ess and fin anc ia l i nstitut ions. Ol sen C2 F, W, S ) D ictation a nd Transcripti on I , II , III. A co n t inu ation o f t h e st ud y of sh orthand fundamenta ls a nd a devel opmen t of transc rip t ion s kill. Admission to 141 sh oul d 1·equ ire a minim u m di ctation s peed o f 8 0 words a. m inute and a minimum grade of "C' ' i n t h e co u1·se i mm ediately precedin g t h e co u1·se in w hi ch a s tude n t wis hes to enr ol L Prer eQuis ite: S.S. 77 or equ ivalen t , a n d S.S'. 42 . (5F, 5W , 5S) Olsen , P eterson 14 1, 142, 14 3 .

167. Oft"ice Practice. Train ing in u se of dictati ng and trans cri b ing mac hin es, spiri t dup licator, mi m eograp h , mimescope. P r erequ is ite: S.S. 43 . (2F, W, S ) Lundstrom

Business Education and Office Administration 69 175. ci ples

Office Management. of

office

Emphas is on prin-

managem ent,

duties !1-nd

re-

s pons ibilities of the office manage r, types of organization , methods of con tro l, office arrangemen t an d equ ipment, job analys is , selec tion , e mploy me nt and training of empl oyees. P r e requis ite : B .A. 20, Economi cs 51, 52. (3F) Neuberger 186, 187. Sec reta rial Pr,o cedures. Off ir.e rout in es are studied, w it h special emphas is o n use of reference books, tran sportation and b路a vel , use of te lephone, telegraph , and cablegram services , fi nancial records, writ in g for publi cat ion, minu tes a n d meetin gs . (3W, 3S) Olsen

Combination Major Combination Major in Offic e A dministration and F amily L ife. Thi s

cur riculum is design ed for women who des ire sufficient secretarial t r a inin g to provide professional opportunities outs id e the home as we ll as a bas ic t r ain in g for famil y li vin g. Th e Secretarial type program may be comb in ed wit h t he F ami ly Life program. The four-year degree program on t he previous page may be ad justed to emphasize a clerical type program, if desired. Completion of these requirements, in addi t ion to Uni versity and group requi rements, leads to a Bachelor of Sci ence degree. Family Life Courses

Forty-two hours with not fewer than nin e in any department:

Household Eco!l o mi cs and Management ..... 3 HEM 65 Hou si ng HEM 75 Hom e Fur ni shin g s .... .. .... .. 3 .. 3 HEM 10 0 H ouseho ld Equ ipm en t HEM 149 H om e Man agement .......... .... 3 HEM 150 Home Managemen t House ..... ... ..4 HEM 155 Fam il y Fin a nces ..... .. .. 3 Clothing and Textiles CT 8 Bas ic Clothin g Con st 1路uction .... .. .. .. .. 3 .. .. .... ...... .......... 3 CT 24 Textiles C'I1 25 l ntermediate C loth i ng .. ... .. .... 3 Construction . ...... 3 CT 105 His tory of Costume ...... ...... 3 CT 125 Draping ... .... ..... 3 CT 165 Tail orin g .... .. .. .. ..3 CT 17() Flat Pattern Designing .. ........... 3 CT 185 Fa.mil y Cloth ing Foods and N utrition ... ..3 FN 24 Prin c iples of Nutrition 24a Principles of Food Preparation ...... 3 FN 25 Meal Prepar ation f o r t h e Fam il y .... 3 ...... .. ..... 3 FN 107 Experimental F oods .... ... 2 FN 135 Weight Contro l .. 5 FN 140 Nutrition . .. .... ...... .. ...... 2 FN 141 Child Nutrition .... 2 FN 14 6 Food Techno logy Fa mily and Chil d' Developmen t F CD 20 Preparation for Marriage and: Ol" Fam ily Relatio ns .. .... .... .3 FCD 120 Marriage .. ...... .... 3 .. .3 FCD 67 Early Chi ldhood ......... 2 FCD 68 Preschool :J_rabo ra to ry ... . 3 FCD 77 Child from 6-12 FC D 100 Hum.a.n Growth a.nd D ncl~ ~~t .... .... ........ .... .. 3 FCD 108 Gu ida n ce of th ~ You ng Child .... ... 3 FCD 11 5 Growth of th e Infant ...... .. .. .. .... .... .. 3 .... 3 FCD 130 P lay and P lay Material s FCD 18q Family in Mid(ll e and Later .. ........ ............ 3 Y ears

A two-year secretarial course is a lso offered to prepare students for a secretarial or clerical posit ion m t he shortest period of time.

70 College of Business and Social Sciences Department of

Economics PROFESSORS Evan B . Murr-ay, HEAD, L eonard J. Arrington, Rob ert P . Collier, V ernon L. l S1'Ci,elsen; ASSISTAN T PROFESSORS Re ed R. DuTtschi, Glen F. Mar ston.

Office in Main 315B The Department of Economics offers the Bachelor of Science and Master of Science degrees. To complete a major one should register with the head of the department after achi eving junior stand ing. A prospective . major should take classes in Business Statistics a nd in Accounting. Any stud ent who plans to do graduate work in Economics should have good training in Math ematics and in Languages. Th e followin g upper division courses in Economics are required of a ll E conomics majors: 106, 107, 108, 165 , 171; additional courses will be added from th e specialized and appli ed areas as determined by specific interests of the prospective major. Economics 51 and 52 are prer equi sites fo r all of the upper division th eory courses.

Economics Courses 51. General E c onomics. Fol' a n y uni vers i ty s tud e nt regardl ess o f maj or. Principles a nd in stitutio n s un derly in g opera ti on s of th e eco n o mi c system. (5 F, W , S) Staff 52 . E conomic Problems. n o mi cs 51. T h e e mphas is is on t h e e co n o mi cs of a com m od ity markets a nd ana lyzed . (5F, W, S)

Co n t inua t ion of Ecoin t hi s s eco nd co urse com p etit ive m a rk et ; f actor mark e t s are Staff

106 . History of Economic Thought. S'tud y o f and developme n t of eco n o mi c t h e o ri g in th eo ries of leadin g t hink ers in W es tern c iv ilization fr om 17 50 t o now. (3 F ) Arrington 107 . Micro-economic Theory. Theory analyzing t h e economic behavior o f h ouseh olds and bus in ess firm s w ithin t h e f r a mew o rk of private cap it ali &m. ( 4F, W ) Durtschi

10 8. Income and Employment Theory. An ana lys is of th e un de rl y in g causes of u n e mpl oym e nt eco n omi c in stability, inflatio n a nd ecoDurtschi n o mic g 1路owth. (3 W , S)

12 5. Trade-Unionism and Collective Bargaining. Development, stru ctur e, fun ctia n , gover nm ent, and philoso phy of trade union s in United States; making and a dm.ini stering coll ective a.g r ee m e nts ; impact u pon the economi c and p olitica l system . (3 F) Murray 126. Trade-Unionism and the Law. The l egal framework of t h e t r ade uni on activity; rest r icti ve, p e rmi ss ive, an d promotiona l legislati o n; the judicia r y and labo r . (3W ) Murray 127. Social Security. Su r vey of t h e main di vis ion s of socia l securi ty legislation ; workm e n' s compe n sation, lega l m inimum wage, r egu lation o f h o urs, un e mp loy m e nt compe nsation, old age in s urance, fami ly wage systE:路m s an d h ea lth in s urance. (3S) Murray

13.5 . Transportation Economics. The emphas is is up on railroad tr a ns portation in the Un it ed States . Eco n omi c principl es that underlie r ate st ru ct ures a nd work of regu lator y Israelsen a ge n cies. (3 W ) 139 . Economics of Security Markets. A n a lys is of o rganiza t io n a nd o p e ration of s t oc k a nd b o nd markets, secu ri ty s p ecu lation , brok erag e h ouses , exc h ange r el ations w it h oth e r in sti t ut ion s, security price b e h av ior, exc h ange regula ti on . (3 F ) Collier 140 . Internation a l Econo mi c Relations . Bas ic econ omic r e latio ns hi p b e t wee n indus tria l nat ion s, t r ade r estri ction s , in tern at io n a l debt and fi n a n ce a nd m ea n s o f pro m oting progress b ased o n sound econo mics . (58) Israelsen 147 . Public Uti lities. A study of t h e characterist ics of public util i t ies, r egu latory com missio n s, 1路ate s tructures , rate di s crimination, fin a nce, and r ates of r eturn s . (38) Israelsen 15 0. Co mmunist Economics. History a nd econ omic t heori es of Marxis m, t h e o r gan izatio n of Communist eco n omi es, a nd t h e eco nomi c polic ies and problem s of Russ ia, China, and Arrington oth e r Communist countries. (3W )

Economics 71 155. P u b lic F in a n ce and F iscal P clic ies. Principles involved in esta blis h i ng ihe genera l property tax, inco m e t ax, d eath :axes, taxes up on bus in ess , social in s urance taxes; e ff ects of taxes in th e American Econom y ; wa r· and p ostwa r finance. (3 W ) Is r ae lsen 156. Spec ia l Prob le ms in Stat e an d Local F in a n ce. A c l'itica l exa.mi n atio n of the t ax s tructUI·e of Uta h and its ability to finance pub lic serv ices . Alternative so urc es of rev~nue and the sch ool fin a n ce p rogram will receive s p ec ia l co n s ide ratio n. (2 W ) lsraelse n 165 . Mon ey a nd Bank in g. Deve lopment of o ur present m on eta ry and bankin g system; a cr it ica l a n a lys is o f central bankin g. (5 F, W) lsraelse n

170. Eco n omi c His t o ry of t he U n ited States . D evelopment o f agr icu lture, indw;try, labor, transportation and finance from col onial t imes to now. (5 W) A rrington 171. Bu s in ess Cycles. The econom itCS of cyclica l fluctuati on s . Cr itical examinati!On is made of t he m ore s ign ifi cant theories o ff~C: red in expla nation of the cycle. A s urvey of ex isting and proposed m ea n s of pon trol. (3 W. S) Collier 1 72. B u s in ess Forecasting. This ccourse will e mphas ize sh ort run f orecasting an\d a nalys is, but some con s ideration will be giveen to longrun f or eca s t ing. (3 W . S) M a rston 1 74. B u si n ess a n d Government. T"he l'O ie of t h e g iant corporation in modern\ economic life ; public r egulati on s of montopoly a nd competitive practices; in ternati 1ona l and d omes ti c cartels ; alternative poli 1CY toward bus i ness . (3F) Arrington 180. Econ om ic D evelop m ent. Tht:eori es an d principles of eco n omi c dev e lopmen t , character-

istics and p r oblems of und e rd eveloped and developing co un t ri es, a lter n at ive techniques and policies for t h e prom otion of growth and deve lopmen t. (38 ) A r ri n g t on 200. Researc h i n Econ om ics. In vest igations by g 1·aduate stud e n ts. C red it g r a nted accordin g to work don e. (F, W , S) S t a ff 201. Read ings a nd ra n ged . (1' , W , S)

Co n fe r ences.

C r edit

arSta ff

205. P ri ce T h eory. A c r itica l review of a few major top ics in price a nd d istribu t ion theory. Open to graduate s tudents an d seni o r s w it h a dequate preparation . (2F) D u r tsc hi 206. In com e T h eo r y. A co.m pr e hensive rev iew of the literature and methods of macro-econ o mi cs, and a study of the public policies based thereon . ( 2W ) A rr in g t on 207. P r oble m s in Econo m ic T h eo r y. A rev iew of c urrent lite1·ature in s elec t ed fields of econ o m ics. Open to grad u ates and s en iors with a dequ a te prepa rat ion. (2S) S ta ff 209. Probl e m s i n Econ1omi c R esea r ch. An intent; ive study of the m eth od s, tools, a nd object ives of econom ic research: s tat istics, economic ana lys is, and econom ic histo ry. Permi ssion of instructor requ i red. (2 W ) A r r ing t on 211. L itera ture o f Econ omi cs. An inte n s ive study of t h e bibliog raphi cal .materials and literature o f econom.ics. Permission of instru cto r req ui red. (2W) Is r aelse n 212. Semin a r in Inq ustri a l Rela ti on s . Application of p r incip·les and p -r ac t ices of Amer ican trade- unionis m brO'Ugh t to light t h rough individual and group resea r c h proj ects ; ana lys is and evaluation of current issues i n l a bor activities. (2W) Mur r a y

72 College of Business and Social Sciences D epartment of

History and Political Science (History, Political Science, Pre-Law, Social Science) PROFESSORS M. R . Merrill, HEAD, Joel E. Ricks, EMERITUS, Brite; ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Wend ell B. Anderson, S. George

J . Duncan Ellsworth,

M. Judd H armon, Brigham D. Madsen, Edwin L . Peterson; AssiSTANT PROFESSOR Phillip Spoerry; INSTRUCTORS StanfoTd Cazier, Jay A. Emenhiser. Offices in Main 103, 210, 274, 275, 276, 277, 279, and in Old Forestry 107, 206C

History Th e Department offers work leading to the Bachelor of Science and the Master of Science degrees in Hi story. Major in Histor路y . For a ma jor in Hi story the student mu st complete forty hours in Hi stor y. The minor (a minimum of eighteen hours) should be in a closely related field . The student should complete as soon as possible survey courses in the Hi story of World Civilization, Hi story 13, and 14. History 190 is recommended for the Junior year and Hi story 201 for the Senior year. Those who plan to obtain a teaching certificate should register early with the College of Education to assure the r ig ht courses for cert ification. Those who plan to do grad uate work in Hi stor y are encouraged to complete two year s of French or German as an under graduate. History constitutes the ma jor stud y in the subject matter of the Social Studies curriculum of the secondary schools. Those who plan to teach should either (1) pursue work lead ing to the major in History and the secondary certificate, or (2) pursue work leading to the teaching major in History and the

secondary certificate. The former plan is regarded as preferable. The History faculty advises Hi story majors; teaching majors may be advised by either the History faculty or the Education faculty. Teaching MajoT in HistoTy. For a teaching major in History, the student mu st complete a minimum of 36 hours in History, and a minimum of twenty hours in a minor. Hi story 4, 5, 13, and 14 are preferred courses for this program. Hi story 190 should be taken before practice teaching. A teaching major in Hi stor y should include a broad foundation in the Social Sciences and therefore the minor should be in one of the Social Sciences. All upper division courses in History and work in the minor and alli ed fields should be selecte d in consultation with one's adviser. Minor in History. A minor in History consists of 18 or more hours. Hi story 13 and 14, and History 1, 2, a nd 3, or Hi story 4 and 5 are recommended. A member of the Hi stor y faculty will be pleased to advise concerning the minor.

Institute of Utah Studies By virtue of its Library holdings, its faculty, and its research pro-

History and Political Science 73 grams, Utah State University is a leading center for the stud y of all phases of Utah's historic and contemporary development. Th e Institute of Utah Studies, estab li shed for t he purpose of encouraging and assistin g a ll persons interested in any phase of Utah's development, offers assistance from t he fac ul ty, research opportunities, and courses in regional history. The Institu te appeals especially to teachers desi ring to specialize in the teachin g of Utah History, and to writers of historical and analytical studi es of a regional nature. Students with this interest should give special attention to History 135, 137, 226, and 237.

Graduate Study Mast er of Science in History. Th e progra m of studies for the Master of Science degree in Hi story is described in the catalog of the School of Graduate Studies. Those who are interested in this program should obtain a copy of the Graduate catalog and consult with a member of the History fac ulty. American Studies . The Department of English and Journalism and the Department of History and Political Science cooperate in administering the graduate program leading to the Ma ter of Science degree in America11 Studies. See the catalog section on Engli sh for a ~ tatement of that program.

History Courses 1. Man and Civilization I. A survey of the major civilizations of the world, with em phasis on the European tradition, primarily concerned with the cultural development of man a nd the arts of civili zation. P olitica l, econom ic, and social institutions of m aj o r

significance are studied, as well as the development o f the arts and sciences. From the earli es t times to about 1500. N ot open to those w h o have had History 4. (3F, W , S ) Staff

2. Man and Civilization II. Continuation of History 2. From about 1850 to t h e present day. Not open to those who have had History 5. ( 3F, W, S) Staff 3. Man and Civilization III. Continuation of History 2. From about 1850 to t he present day . Not open to those who ha ve h ad His tory 5. (3F, W, S) Staff

4. World Civilizations I. The cultura l history of the world from earliest t imes to the end of the seventeenth century. A more detailed course than History 1. N ot open to those w ho h ave had History l. (5F, S) Ellsworth 5. World Civilizations II. Continuation of History 4. From about 1700 to the present day. Not open to t hose who have h ad Histo ry 2 or 3. (5 W ) Brite 13. Early American Civilization . The rise of American civiliz ation from colonization through the Civil War. (5 F, W , S) Cazier, Madsen 14. Modern American Civilization . C ont inua~ ti on of Histor y 13. From the close of t h e C ivil War to the present. (5F, W, S) Cazier, Madsen

21. Latin America to 1800. Geograp hy, p r eColumbia n peoples, conquest an d colonizat ion by European powers, inter national rivalries, poli t ica l, social, a nd economic developments. (3 W ) Peterson 22. Latin American velopment and their (3S)

America Since 1800. The路 Spanishrevolution s. The grow th a nd deof t he Republi cs of Lat in America role in the co ntemporary wor ld. Peterson

History of Europe and Asia 105. Greek History. Greek civili zat ion to the Rom a n conquest, 14 6 B.C . Emphasizes politi cal, social, intellectual, a nd artistic developm ents a nd contributions. (5F) Ellsworth 106. Roman History. From the earliest t im es to t he decline of the Roman Empire in the W es t in the fifth century A.D. (5 W) Ellsworth

Ill. Medieval Europe. (500-1500 A.D.) Politica l, economic, socia l, and cultural developments during th e Middle Ages. (3 S') Brite 124 . Renaissance 1600 ) (5F)

and

Reformation .

(1250Brite

126. French Revolution and Napoleon . (1789Brite 1815 ) (3F) 127. Nineteenth Century Europe. P olitical and econom ic developments between 1815 and Brite 1914. (3W)

74 College of Business and Social Sciences 128.

Twentieth Century World. Political and deve lopme n ts in E ur ope, Amer ica, As ia, a n d Afr ica s ince t h e e nd of W orld Wa r I. (3S) Brite

econ o mi c

138. Histor y of Russia. From tim es to t he present day. (3 W )

the

earlies t Spoerry

161. England to 1603. Fmm t he earliest t im es to the death o f E lizabeth . (3F) Brite 162. England s ince 1603. From Kin g J ames I t o t h e present day. (3W) Brite, Madsen 166. European C ultural Histo r y I. M od er n European inte llectual histo ry to t he nineteenth century, with em phasis on t h e relat ions betw ee n patt er ns of th ough t and society. (3F) Cazi er

167. European Cultural History II. E u r op ean socia l a nd intellectual history in the nine teen t h a nd twentieth centuries with emphas is on t h e development of social in stituti on s and ideas. (3 W ) Cazier 176. History of the Far East. Emphas is on Chin a , J apan, a nd Rus sia s in ce 1900. (3 W ) S poerry

History of the United States 135 . His tory of the Far West. D ea ls with the r eg ion f r om t h e R ockies to the Pacific Coast, w it h emphas is up on t h e Inte rmountain W es t. (5W) Ricks 13•7. History of U tah. Geograp h y a nd n a ti ve peoples, ea rly explorations, poli t ica l, s ocial, a nd eco nomic developments to t he prese nt. (5S) Ellsworth 143. The Jacksonian Era. Political, econ omic, a nd cu ltural develop m en ts , 1815-185 0. (2) E lls worth 144 .

Civil War and Reco n struction . (3S) Cazier

152. The American R evolution . Th e background , p hil osop h y, na ture, ca mpaig ns, and conseq uen ces of th e American r evo lu t io n . (3F) Madsen 156. Cultural His tory of the U nited S t ates I. A social a nd in.tellectual his tory of t he United States to 1865 w ith emphas is on t h e developm e nt o f major t h oug ht pattern s in r elation to t h eir s ocia l-eco nomic context. (3F) Cazier 157. C ultural History of the U nited States II. A social and inte llectual his tory of t he Un i ted States s ince 1865 . (3 W ) Cazier 159. Recent United States History. Dom es t ic a nd for e ig n a ffa irs of t he United States s in ce W orl d W ar I , emp h asiz in g th e d evelopm ent of m odern Ame ri ca and her r o le in wor ld affairs. (3W) Madsen

171. Constitution a l States . (5 F )

His tor y

the

Unit.ed Madsen

190. Sources and Literature of History . Eur opean, As ia n, a nd American stud ies . For a ll pe r so ns pre par in g t o teach o r wr ite history. Recomm end ed to histor y maj o r s in th eir Junio1· year. (3 W ) Ellsw•o rth

Graduate Courses and Seminars 201. Historical Method. Semi nar in t h e bas ic techni ques of histo ri cal resea r ch. His tory 190 r ecomme nd ed bu t n ot required as a prerequ is ite. Ope n to sen iors. R ecomm end ed t o graduate s tudents in other fi elds makin g use of t h e historica l m eth od in t heir r esear ch . (3F) Madsen 203. Historiogra phy. T he history of hi s tor ica l writin g . (3) Staff 205. Philosophy of His tory. Interpretations, causati on and interrelat ion s in histor y. (3S) Caz ier 222 .

Seminar in European History. (2F) Staff

224.

Seminar in American History . (2S ) Staff

'·

226. Seminar in Wes t ern American History. Staff (2W) 237. Teaching Uta h His tory. Sem in a r in t he sou r ces and literature of Uta h Histor y, exercises in the preparation a nd presen tat ion o f m ater ials . (3Su) Ellsworth 239. Readings and Conferences in Area•. Credit a rran ged. (F, W , S') 298.

Special Staff

Thesis. Credit a rran ged. (F, W , S) Staff

Political Science Students who ma jor in Political Science should have at least 35 hours in the fi eld . E xception s a r e made in certain cases and particula rl y for t hose who plan to enter law school. All major students should complete successfully Political Scien ce 10, American Government. Students mu st have grades of "C" or a bove in all courses counted toward th e ma jor. Before being certified for graduation by the depart ment th e student must pass a comprehens ive examination in t he field . Students will be notifi ed of t he time a nd place of examination s. All students who wi sh to graduate in Poli tical Science should have

! f

History and Political Science 75 a member of the department as an adviser . M aste1· of Science in P olitical Sci ence. The program of studi es for the Master of Science degree in Political Science is described in th e catalog, School of Graduate Studies. Students interested in the program should obtain a copy of the Graduate Catalog and must a lso consul t with a member of the Political Science fac ulty.

Political Science Courses 1. Government and the Individual. The course proposes to introduce the student to the political w orl d of American de m ocracy. T ot a litari an governments and t he p hil osophies of f ascis m and co m.munis m t hat form the t h eoretical bases of these reg im es a r e also s tudied. D e m ocracy as p-r acticed in t h e U ni ted States a nd Great Br ita in is contrasted. with t h ese systems. (5F, W, S ) Emenhiser, Me rrill

10. American b as ic course of des irable th at upper di vis ion (5F, W , S)

NaHonal Government. The t h e department. It is highl y this co urse be take n b efore courses in P olitical Sc ience. S taff

15. American State and Local Government. The emp has is is on Utah state, municipa l and co unty gove rnments. It follows Am e rican govern,m e nt. (3W) Anderson 101. American Foreign Policy . The p lac e of th e United S tates in the world of nations as a ff ec ted by ou r traditions, inte r ests, and in ter ~ p r e tation s of i nternatio nal affairs . (3F, S ) M e rrill 102. Inte rnational Political Relations. Psy ~ ch olog ical , eco n om ic, racia l, and ot h er obsta ~ cles to in te rn ational cooperation, a s exemp litied in r ecent events. Attenti on is g iven t o various proposals that attempt to solve t h e dilemma of our time. (3W ) Merrill 110. Basic Problems in International Rela tions. Exam ines current inter nation a l d evelopments wi th emp h as is on t h eir relati on to the United States. (3S) Merrill 111. International Government. Exam in es briefly the attempts t o achieve som e type of inte rnati onal organization . M ajor em phas is is on the Leag u e of Nations and Uni ted Nation s, including such organizations as United Nat ion s Educational , Scientific a nd Cultural Orga nization , W orld Health Organization, Food a n d Agricultural Organization, International Labor Orga.nizatio n , the World Bank, and the W orld M onetary Fund. (3S) Anderson

117, 11 8, 11 9. American Politi ca l Thought. A s ur vey of Amer ican politica l ideas and t h e m e n w h o developed them. The historical a pp roa c h is u s ed, beg innin g in coloni a l times a n d carryi ng t h e deveJop m e n t of American poli tica l thought t hrough to t h e presen t . E mph as is is on ideas t h at h ave been s ignifi can t in s h ap in g the fO'rm a nd actions of Amer ican government t oday . Studen ts m ay r egister f o r one, two, or three q uarters . (2 F, 2W, 2S ) Harmon 125. Political Parties and Practical Politics. Organization a nd p t·actices of politi ca l parties. (3F) Emenhiser 127. Con s titutional Law. A f oundati o n course in American Constitutional Law. The case m eth od is used extens ively. Prer eq uis i te: Political Sce nce 10. (5F ) Anderson 128. International Law. A b as ic co urse in the law of n at io n s . Studen ts s h ould, h ave had a t least one course in internati0'11a l r e lat io n s or foreign pol icy. (3S) Anderson 13•1 . Administrati ve Law. Constituti onal limi tat ions, legis lati ve s•uper vis ion, an d judic ial co ntrol of adm in is trative agenc ies, and the forms of adm inistra.tive acti on appropr iate for American economic a n d poli t i cal institution s . (3 S ) Anderson 140. American Legis lation. I n clud es a study of the orga ni zation and p·roced u re of legisl a ti ve bodies and the influences at w o rk in and t h e character of the output of n ation a l a nd state leg is lat u res. Th e laboratory m ethods of approac h a r e used as f a r as is feas ibl e. Parlia m e nt ary l aw is emp h as ized. (3W) Anderso n 14 5, 146 , 147. History of Political Thought. Course 145 co ve rs politi cal t h oug ht from its beg inn.i ngs in the Greek p e ri od t o M achia ve lli. Cours e 146 carries on t h e stud y fr om J ea n Bodin t o Bentha m. Course 147 e mph as izes the m odern period and g ives co n s ideration t o democratic, fascis t, a nd co m.munist theories. (3F, 3W, 3S') Harmon 15 0.

World Political Geograj>hy.

(4)

Staff

151. Introduction to P ubli c Administration. D e·fin es th e s ubjec t matte r of public admin istra tion, concentrates upon ana lyz in g the proble ms of governmental ad m.inistrative organization and manag-e m e nt, a n d ex plo r es th e methods of securing r es pon s ible perfo rma nce from t h e bureaucracy. (3 F ) Em enhiser 152. Public Personnel Administration . Rev iews the trends and tech niques of recruiting and developing the public service a nd calls atten t ion t o t h e mac hin e ry establis h ed for these purposes. Prerequis ite: Political Scie nce 151. (2 W ) Emen hiser

76 College of Business and Social Sciences 153. Public Fina nc e Ad ministr a tion. Describes national, state, and local governmental budgetary and accou n tab i lity processes i n relation. to policy f orm Ulation. Prerequisite : Poli t ical Science 151. (2S) Emenhise r 154. Public A d"minis tr a tion Intern ship . Offers the student t he opportunity to observe a n.d, w ithin li mjts, practice w h at he h as learn ed from his class -room experience. The studen t will be p laced in a nearby govern m ental office w here h e will be expected to spend t h e eq ui valent of one day per week performin g administrative tasks or conducting an administrative survey. Prerequis ite: Politica l Science 151, 152, a nd 15 3. (2F, 2W, 2S) E menhise r 160. Theory and Practice of Gove rnm ent. This course is designed to satisfy the demand f or a n offering in general gover n.ment on the upper di v is ion level for n on-political science majors, particularly t h ose in education, fores try, and t h e exact sciences. The course w ill dea l with the important th eor ies underlying t h e var ious governmental forms and w it h the practical operation of government. T h e em p h as is wi ll be on the natio n a l govern m en t of Harmon t h e Un i ted States. (3F, W, S) 170. Major Gove rnments of Europe. A comparative study of t h e governments of Gr eat Britai n, France, Germany and the Soviet Union . (3F) Anderson 171. Major Govern ments of Asia. Principal attention w i1l be given to t he governm ents of Japan , C hi na, and India, but other Asian governments w ill be consider ed. (3W) Spoer r y 172 . Major Governments of Latin A m eri ca. A comparative study of t he gover nm ents of Argentina, Brazil , Mexico and other selected Latin American countr ies. (3S) Porte r 17 3. Soviet Gove rnment and Politics. Des igned to presen t the structure and functioning of the Soviet government an.d Com mu nist party. Attention is g iven to t h e t heoretica l background of Communist government and party practices in modern times. (3F) Spoerry 180, 181, 182. Current Political Problems. Any quarter may be ta ken without the preceding Quarter or quarters . L ower divis ion students mus t receive consen t of the i nstructor. (2F, 2W , 2S) M errill 201. R esea r ch in Political arra n ged. (F, W, S) 203~. Readings and ranged. (F, W, S)

Science.

Conf er en ces.

Cred it S t a ff

Credit ar S t a ff

205. Methods in Political Scien ce. Methods the politica l scientist must use t hat are co mm on to a ll scie nces, the particular problems w i t h which t h e soc ial scientist is confro路nted, and t heir app li cation to specia l problems of political scien ce. (3 W ) S taff

207, 208, 209 . Semin ar in Politi cal Scien ce. A two-cred it course each quarter with emph a s is oh one branch of political sci-ence each quarter. Only sen ior s and. grad uate students with a maj or in one of the social scien ces may register. (2F, 2W, 2S) Staff 211 . Thesis. For graduate students prepar ing a master's d egree thes is. Cred it arra n ged. (F, W, S) Sta ff 250. Graduate Social Sc ien ce Sem inar. For graduate students in t he social sciences. Programs and procedures devised by socia l science graduate students a nd department staffs. (1 W ) Staff

Pre-Law USU has been very successful in preparin g students to enter professional law schools. Th e success of t h ese students both in the professional training period, and thereafter, indi cates t he hi gh quali ty of th e prepara tion. Some law schools admit only college graduates. Other s a dmit students with lesser train in g . College g rad uation is recommended even though it may not be req uired for adm iss ion . Those who plan to enter law school should take the Law School Aptitude test several month s pr ior to th e time entrance is des ired. Many law schools now r equire t hat test sco res be includ ed in th e application s. Appli cation s for the test should be ma de to the School of Graduate Studies, in Main 182. Followin g is a recommended cur ric ulum for Pre-Law students. Thi s has been carefu lly prepar ed to con fo rm to the recommendations of t he law schools themse lves. Some modification is poss ible. Pre-Law students should register with a member of t he Political Science staff.

Requirements for Pre-Law Majors American Ins titu t ion s: P.S . 10 and P.S. 14 0 are required. Optional selectio ns fr om t he following: P.S. 15 , 125, 129, 180, 181, 182. Tota l m in imum hours- 15.

Sociology and Social Work 77 Comparative Government: Optional select ions fr om t h e fo ll ow i ng: P.S. 7(}, 75, 126. T ota l m i nimum h ours-3.

Social Science Courses

Inte rn a tional Relations : Option a l selections from the f o ll owing : P.S. 101 , 102, 111. T ota l minimum hours- 3.

1. Ge n eral Social Scien ce. A basic gene r a l educatio n course giving sy n thesis of t he socia.I scie n ce d isc iplin es. (5F, W , S) Peterson

Po litical Thought: Optional selec t ions f r om t he foll o win g : P.S. 117, ll 8, 119, 145, 146, 147. Total minimum hours- 5. Public Law : Op t iona l selectio ns from t he fo ll owing: P .S. 127 , 128, 131. T ota l m i n imum hom·s- 5.

A1'eas of Emphasis in Othe1· D epa?·tments. Th e lawyer mu st be fami li ar with as man y a reas of human endeavor as poss ibl e. It is r ecomm ended t hat t he Pre-Law student emphas ize t he fo llowing a r eas : English, American and Eu r opean Hi story, Literature, P sychology, a nd Economics. Law s tudents should be skilled typ ists a nd fa miliar w it h accountin g procedures.

5, 6, 7. Ge ner al Geograp h y. Eu r ope, Af r oAs ia , t he Ame ri cas . A s ur vey of geog raph y w it h emphas is on t he social viewpoin t. T he influen ce of geography o n domestic a n d in ternational problems: cu lt ural, ethnic and li nguistic back g r oun ds, bounda ri es , pop ulat io n tre nds, n ational eco nomic a nd gover nm e n ta l sys tems as they may r efl ect fo r eig n policy. Students m ay r eg ister for one, two o r t h ree q uarte r s . FaJl quarter, 5 and 6; wi n tet· quarter, 6 and 7; sp rin g qua r ter, 5 a nd 7. (3F, 3W , 3S) Peters on 105, 106, 107. Geo politics : Europe, Afro-Asia and The Americas. A s urvey of wo l'ld geog l'a phy, wi t h emp h as is on in ternationa l "p rob le m" r·eg io ns. The c ul tu t·al backgr·ou nd , language, race, relig ion , and tec hn o logy of specific geog r ap hi c a reas w ill be exa min ed to prov ide a better understanding of cu rr en t tens io ns . (3F, 3W, 3S) Peters on

Department of

Sociology and Social Work PRO~'ESS OR R. W elling R oskelley, HEAD ; ASSOCIAT E PROFESSORS Th e1·el R. Black, Willian!- A. DeH art, Ca1'men D. F1·ed1·ickson, Evelyn H. L ewis; ASSISTANT PROFESSOR J ohn A. P ennock .

Office in Main 212

Sociology A major in Sociology mus t, in add ition to meetin g the g roup requirements fo r graduation, complete a minimum of 47 credits in Sociology. Specific required co urses will be suggested by the advi ser at the time of reg istration. Either Sociology 10 or 70 is a suggested prerequi site for a ll upper divis ion courses in Sociology. Students are required to com-

plete a t least four hours of Sem inar 190 for g raduation. In add ition to the minimum 47 hours mention ed above students are r equired durin g each quarter in res idence to part icipate in a number of projects spon sored by the staff . These projects are des ig ned to provide laboratory experiences in which students may obtain practical experience diagnosing social s ituations and developin g programs to r esolve problems.

78 College of Business and Social Sciences Graduate Study The Department of Sociology a nd Social Work offers courses leadin g to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degr ees. Resear ch is promoted throu gh departmental relation shi p with t he Agricul t ural Experiment Station , with the Division of U niver sity Resear ch, a nd w ith state a nd fe deral agencies.

Doctor of Philosophy Deg1·ee. Thi s degree is offered in the Department of Sociology and Socia l Work through collaboratio'n with closely related departments in the Social Sciences. Candidates for a degree are req uired to spend one year as a student in f ull t ime r esidence at some other univers ity approved for stud y by t he USU Sociology Department.

75. Effec ti ve Community Living. U n dersta ndin g t h e commun ity we li ve in . P r act ical experi ence in lear nin g fundame n tal too ls for socia l actio n by individua ls, organi zations, a nd group s. (3S ) Fredri ck son 100. Educational Sociology. T h e g r oup and h uman re lations f acto rs w i t hin t h e school system, and between t h e sc h ool sys tem, t h e hom e, a nd t h e co mmunity. (3 W ) Bla ck

110. Uta h Social Proble m s. A n aJys is an d field study of Utah socia l p1·oblems a s they affect communi ty li v in g. (3) D eHar t 130 . Introdu ction to Cultura l A nthropology . Attitu des, ideas, behavior, socia l or gan ization and mater ial resu lts of selected p rimi t ive and co n tem porary c ul tures. (3F) Black 140. Soc ia l Psychology . T h e cu l tu r al and so cial determ in a n ts of pers onal ity g r owth . The app lication of s uch kn ow ledge to t h e under s ta ndin g of group p r ocess, mass beh av ior a n d t h e human r e latio n s problems t h at ch arac te ri ze ou r society . (3F) DeHart 14 1. Rural Co mmunity Organization and Leadership . Forces a nd proced ur es wh ich are e ffective in o r ga ni zi n g or di sorga ni z i ng communities . Techn iques of tra ining leaders to help mak e the co mmunity m o re effective.

(3S)

I nstitutiona l r equirements for the PhD degr ee a re explain ed in t he Gr aduate School section . Also see cata log, School of Graduate Studi es.

Sociology Courses 5. A m e ri ca n Cultur e. Ua s ic be liefs, va lu es, c u stoms, a nd institution s o f Amer ica. Problems of cu ltura l lag. New knowl e dg e , based upon a cha n g in g cu lt u re, t h at s h o u ld r ed i rect in stitut io nal life to m e t t h e ch ang in g n e eds of p eop le. i3F) Ros k elley 10. Rur a l Sociology. Th e infl ue n ce of g eog r ap h y upon ru 1·a l cu lture . Pattern s of sett lem ent and t h e it· influe n ce upon r u r a l li fe. Popu lat io n growth a n d mi g r ato r y patte 1·n s of t·ura l peo ple. Con fli ct, co-op e ra t ion and ot h e r in te r act io n p r ocesses. Rural in stitutio n s and a d j u stme nts to meet ru r a l probl ems . (5F, W , S) Rosk ell ey , B lack 70. Introdu c t ory Sociology. How does biolog ical man become human 1 The way m e n of differen t cu ltures control the ir soc ie ties and eval uate t h ei r behav ior . H ow and why men orga ni ze as t h ey do to exp r ess t h e ir love, h ate, a n d fears or acqu ire mon ey, e d ucat ion , or secu rity. (5F, W, S) S t a ff

Ros k elley

144 . Woman Today . T h e n ew a nd ch alle n g ing roles of women in adjust in g to a modern society. (3 S ) Fredrickson 145.

Alcoholism . See HP E R 145. (3S) Nelson

153. Histo r y of Social Thoug h t . D evelopment of socia l t h o u g h t f 1·om ea d y peri ods to A u g ust Com t e. I m.portant developments in Eu r ope a nd America aftet· Comte: especia ll y ea l'ly Am e rica n t h oug h t. (5 W ) Ros kell ey 154. Population Proble m s. H ow com muniti e~. states, and natio n s are affected by in c rea s in g or decrea s ing populat ion s. T h e s ignificance of t h ese tren ds o n today's Ji vi ng a nd plannin j.{

f or the futu 1·e . (3 W )

Pennoc k

156. Social In s tituti on s. S imil a1· it ies a nd differe n ces i n in stitut ion s as they e merge, g r ow and declin e. P 1·ob le m s o( keeping in sti tutional object ives attun ed to t h e fu lfill m e nt of t h e n eeds of a n evolv in g soc ia l orde 1·. (3 F) DeHart 158 . Human He la tion s in Indus tr y. Human re latio n s philosop h y and s ki lls app li cab le to p r ese n t -day manageme n t p r act ices . Th e con t ribu t ion o f soc ia l scie nce in building a human r e lat ions p r ogram in industry . (3S) De Hart 160. The Famly in Vario us Cultur es. H b tot· ical a n d in stitutional app r oac h es to fam il y functi on s ; analysis of co mparati ve fam il y systems: fami ly t h eo ry and id eolog ica l cons ide rations. (3F) S taff

Sociology and Social Work 79 161. Modern Social Problems. Majm· American social prob lems. Adjustment and in s trum ents of chan ge as mean s of min im iz in g d iso rganization. (3) Fredrickso n

2 10 . Adva n ced Rur a l S-ociology. A n aly s is of majo r deve lopments in rural soc ia l thoug h t, r esea r c h a n d app l ication of bot h toward solution of socia l pt·ol>lems t hroughout t h e world . (3) Ros kelley

170. Inte rm ediate Sociology. Bas ic p ri nc iples of sociology a t·e cons ide r ed in t h e it· theoretica l a nd ~methodol ogica l settings, as a body o f facts. a method of in ves ti gation, a nd a n exp lanat ion of associate li vin g. t5) Black

24 1. Rural Organization . S'o'Cia l o rgan ization in areas larger than t he local comm uni ty: di s trict, stat e, r ~g i o nal, na t io n a l. and in tel· nation a l. 12) R os kell ey

171. Juvenile Delinquen cy . H ered ity, env iron mental, cultural a nd social co nd itio n s w hi ch are ca usative factors in de li nqu e n cy . (3) Pennock

28 7. M ethod s of Soc ial R esearc h . Historical development of Socia l Research . Meth ods and tec hni ques of f ormulat in g problem s, coll ect in g, a n alyz ing, and interpretin g data in soc ia l Ros kelley resea rch . (3 F )

172. D elinqu en cy Preventi on. M odern philos ophies about behavioral c haracteristics of childre n . Co mm u nity a nd orga ni zational pt·og ram s o f delin quen cy prevention. (3) Pennock

288 . Practic um in Sociological R esea r ch . Supervised app lication of socio log ica l r esea r ch in fi eld stu di es. Cred it a r ran ged. (F, W, S ) Staff

173·. Trea tment of Delinquency. Police meth ods; juvenil e cou rt o ri g in a nd fun ction; d ete n t ion, p robat io n, a nd institut ion a l care o f t he delin q uent child. (3) Penn ock

Social Work

174. C riminology. Extent crime, and var iou s factot·s in a l behav ior. T h eories of Meth ods of law e nforcement.

a nd na t ure of related to cri mcrime causation . (3) Pennock

176. Treatment of th e Adu lt-Crimi n al. Mode rn philosop h i€-5 and met hods in the t r eatme n t of the ad ult criminal ; jails, a nd priso n s, probatio n , parole, and oth er commun ity ser v ices . (3) Pennoc k

180. Group Dynamics. Group processes fro m the point of view of im proving indi vid-ual partic ipat ion as m e mb e r s and leaders of g r o ups . S'ocia l act ion as a g r oup process. (3 W ) DeHart 190 . Seminar in Sociology. Selected soc iolog ical co n cepts or problem s. ( lF, W, S) S taff 201. Research in Sociology. A p r oject f o t· o l'igina l stu dy is organized and field work is carried on unde r s u per v is io n. Prerequis ite: Sociolog y 287. C redit a rra n ged. (F, W , S) S taff *2 02. Advanced Sociological Theory. ical a n a lys is of c urre nt sociologica l abo ut hu man society. (5)

C ri tt h eory Black

203 . Indepe nd ent R eadings in So ciology. R ead ing a nd co nfe r enC€5 on topi cs selected b y t he stude n t a n d t h e adv iser. Cred it arra n ged. (F, W , S) S t a ff 207. G r ad uate Semin ar. S h o rt s ubjects w it hin th e fi eld of Soc iology a n d pe r tinent to but n ot avai lable in reg ular courses . (2) S taff

The deman d for qua lified Social Worker s exceeds th e s upply. The opportunity in Soc ia l Work is steadily g rowing, not on ly because t he mountin g complex iti es of modern li fe bring abo ut a n increasing number of personal difficulti es, but beca use methods of con s truct ively dea lin g with t hese difficu lties a re becomin g more fully known. As the profess ional conten t of positions in Socia l Work has become clearer, added emphasis has been given to adequate education and trai nin g. Wi t h t he establi shment of the Counci l on Social Work Ed ucation , in 1952, the g radua te schools and un dergrad uate depa r tments of Socia l Work joined forces with other segments of the pr ofession to provide more effective r ecrui t ment a nd trainin g of a larger number of persons for th e expa ndin g position s in Soc ial Work. Undergraduate edu cation in Soc ial Work is not r ega rded as a substitute for graduate tra in ing, but as t he pest preparation fo r employment in those position s for whi ch g raduate tra inin g is not req uired, as well as t he best preparation for grad uate stud y in Soc ia l Work. More than 100 under-

80 College of Business and Social Sciences g ra duate depart ments of Soci al Work have been approved f or con stituent member ship in th e Counci l on Socia l Work Educa tion, of wh ich t hi s depa r tme nt is a charter mem ber. Coun e r equirem ents fm · a major lead in g to a BS deg r ee in social work in clud es : 49 cr edit hours selected from courses in social work, sociolo gy, psychology, econom ics, and political science. Majo r prof essor s wi ll a id in th eir selection. S.W. 173 is a su gges ted prer equi site to other social wor k courses . In add it ion to th e minimum 49 hours li st ed above, student s are r equ ired, dur in g each quarter in r es idence, to participate in a number of proj ects spon sored by th e staff. Th ese projects are des igned to provide laboratory experiences in which th e st udents may obta in pr act ica l experi ence diagnosin g socia l s it uation s and develop ing programs to r esolve problems.

Social Work Courses 50. Social Welfare Agencies. Age n c ies a nd i nstitu t io ns whi c h pro vide socia l se r v ices s uc h a s ch ild we l fa r e, famil y co un selin g, sc h oo l soc ia l w o rk , a nd public ass ista n ce. (3 W ) Lewis 162 . Mental Health . T he p r eve nti o n a nd t reatm e n t o f m e nta l illn ess and t h e m a in t e n a n ce of m e n ta l h ea lth in mod e r·n society . (3 W ) L e wi s 165 . Cultur e a nd Personality. T'he p 1·ocesses o f p e t·son a li t y de ve lo pm e n t in te r·m s of c ultur e a n d soc ia l class . The n atur e a nd inte rp r e t a ti o n of p e r so nal e xpe ri en ces in d iffe re n t cultul"eS. (3S") Hos k e ll ey

1 70. Child W elfar e. Evo lu t ion a nd c url"ent develo pme n ts in p r og r a m s fo r· m eet in g nee ds of c hildr e n : s u bs ti tu te pa1·entaJ ca r e a nd

a do p t io ns, chil d labo r laws , j u ve nil e cou r ts. p r ov is ion s f or unm a rri e d pa t·ents, t h e h a ndicap pe d c hild a nd t h e excep ti o nal child . (3S l Lewis 1 73. The Field of Soc ia l Work. Socia l c a s ew o rk , socia l g r oup w o rk , and commun it y or gan iz a t ion . Ob ject ives , p r ocesses, a nd p e rs on n e l w o rk. ( Maiol"s s h o uld ta k e S . W. 173 a n d 175 co ncu r r e ntl y . ) (3F) L ew is 174 . Introd u ction to Case W •o rk. Theo ri es and practices of social casewo rk, w it h e m.phas is on p r oble m s and t e chni q ues of in t er vie win g . (3W ) Lewis 175. Introducti on to F ield Work. V a ri ous ag enc ies dealing w it h social wo rk a nd r e late d a r eas . Includes fie ld t ri ps . (T ake n co n c urrent l y w i t h S. W. 173. ) (2 F ) Lewis 177. Tre.atment of Childr e n with Problems. An a lys is and tre atment of p r·o bl e m s of ch il dr e n wi t h specia l n eeds . (3 S) Lewis Ad ol escen ce . Social a d j u st m e nt of t h e ado lescent, a s i nflu e n ced by t h e na t u re of th e c ul t u re in wh ic h h e li ves. M e th ods of wo rkin g w it h a dolescen ts . (3) S t a ff

17 8 .

180.

Group Dynamics.

See Socio logy t 80 . D eHart

18 2. Children in Ins titutions. Priry c iples u nde l'l y ing care and t r ea t m e n t of c hild re n in in stitutio ns a.nd tre nd s in institu t ion a l ca r e . (3S ) Lewis 195 . S ocial Work Semin ar 1. S'ocial Work publ icat ion s a nd ot h e r so urce m ate rial appli Lewis c abl e t o t h e fi eld. (1 W ) 200 . Social Case Work I. P rin c iples and m eth ods . In vestiga ti o n , d iagnos is, a n d t rea tm e n t. (3 F ) Lewis 203. Independent Readings in S ocial Work. R ead in gs a nd co nf e r ences o n top ics selected by t h e stud e n t an d adv iso r·. C r e di t ar r a n ged. (F, W, S) Staff Orga ni zation . 240. Com muni t y ope r at ing in rur a l a nd ur·ba n commun it ies a n d d evelop m e n t of m e an s fo 1· co-ordi nat in g t h e m. (3 W ) Sta ff 25 0. Public \ Ve lfa r e Serv ices I. Th e ope ra t io n o f a m o de rn publ ic we lC ar·e se r v ices prog ram. in c lud in g : p u blic ass is t a n ce. socia l sec uri ty , pub li c se rv ices fo 1· c h ild r e n. (3S) Lewis 287. Me thod s of c iology 287 . (3 F )

S oc ial

Hes earc h.

See SoHoskelley

College of

Education Department of Agricultural Education, 8 5 Department of Education, 8 6 Teacher Education, 86 Graduate Study, 89

Department of Health, Physical Education and Recreation, 94 Library Science, 102 Department of Psychology, 103 Degrees Offered: Bachelor of Science Master of Ed ucation Master of Science Doctor of Education

83 College of

Education John C. Ca rli sle, Dea n Office in Education 203 The College of Education has as jts prima r y f unction the preparat ion of teachers, admini strators, s upervi sors and other professional personnel f or the public school s. The College cons ists of t he Departmen ts of Ag ricultural Education; Education ; H ealth, Phys ica l Education and Recr eation ; P sychology; a nd a pro gr a m in Library Science. In addition to offering majors and minors, each department offers c ourses contributing to gener a l educ ation as well as courses des ig ned t o supplem ent the major work of o ther departments in the Univers ity. The Departments of P sychology and Health , Physical Educa tion a nd Recreation a lso prepare indiv iduals for professional car eer s other than in education. The College of Educa tion is a m ember of the American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education and is fu lly accredited through the Master's Degr ee by the National Counci l for Accreditation of T each er Education. The Doctoral program in Education will be eva luated by the National Council during the academic year 196263. Admission R equirements . Enrollment in the lower division of the College of Education is dependent upon meeting the general admission requirements of the University. Each application is reviewed by the Dean of the College. However, admission to the professional education cu rricu la r eq uires formal action by a faculty committee on admi ssion t o teacher ed uca-

tion . Th e latte1· p1·ocedw·e applies

to all cu?Ticula leading to graduation, wherein recommendations jo1· p1·ojessional ce1·tijication in education are concerned. App li cation for a dmission to professional curricula should be made before the end of the sophomore year. Transfer students who have ha d one year of collegiate work may apply during the first quarter at USU . T eache1· Education. The Univers ity offers complete programs of teacher education in all phases of public school work. Cooperative programs w ith other departments of the in stitution provide for teachin g majors and minors r equired of a ll prospective school teachers. Simi larly, general a reas of concentration in subject matter are required of a ll elementary teach er s. Car eful attention is given to both staff and faci lities in teacher education. E s pecially selected per sonnel at a ll trainin g levels g ive students individual a ttention . Facilities in a ddition to the r egular College of Education classrooms include the Nursery School, operated on the campu s by the Department of Family and Child Development in the Co llege of Family Life. Here teacher education foc uses on the pre-school child. The Edith Bowen T eacher Education Laboratory School is a functioning elementary school on the University Campus. The teach er s of the school are member s of the Univers ity faculty. This school serves as a center for teacher education for those students pre-

84 College of Education paring to teach Kindergarten and grades one through six. Here chi ld understanding and behavior are studied and desirable school practices are developed.

The University Council on Teache1路 Education coordinates all activities dealing with the preparation of teachers and other professional school personnel. Members of the council are appointed by the President of the University from the College of Education and other departments offering courses included in teaching majors and minors. The Dean of the College of Education serves as Chairman of the council. The council is concerned with (1) development of teacher education curricula; ( 2) approval of all teacher education curricula; (3) election, admission, and counseling procedures for students entering teacher education programs; ( 4) graduation requirements and the recommendation of students for professional certification, and (5) the continued improvement of graduate programs in professional education. T eacher Certification. The College of Education is des ignated by the Utah State Department of Public Instruction as its official representative in administering certification requirements for students. The University provides training to prepare students for any of the professional certificates issued by the Utah State Department of Publi c Instruction. Specific requirements for each certificate may be obtained from the office of the Dean of the College of Education or from the department in which the major work is offered.

As a valuab le and integral part of teacher education for the elementary or secondary certificate , a closely supervised program of student teaching is conducted. In elementary education this student teaching is carried on in the Edith Bowen School, and in nearby public schools. In secondary education, all student teaching is done in selected public school s. Contractual arrangements are made for these services with the schools concerned. The Bach elor of Science degree with a major in elementary or secondary education, is designed for the student preparing to teach in either of these field s. Those students majoring in other departments of the University who wish to prepare for teaching, are ad mitted to teacher education curricula as heretofore described.

On the gmduate level, programs are offered for students who desire to meet r equirements for administrative, supervi sory, teaching or other advanced professional certificates. The MEd, MS, and EdD degrees are offer ed. More detailed information concerni ng graduate work is found in the Graduate School section of this catalog. A separate catalog is a lso issued by t he School of Graduate Studies. Teacher Placement S e1路vice. The Uni ver sity is interested in placing its grad uates in professional positions. To accomplish this purpose in the Coll ege of Education, the Teacher P lacement Service has been organized. If students qualify for teaching or other professional certificate they should register with the Service as a h elp in compiling the proper credentials to be used in placement. Regi stration should be completed in the winter quarter or earl y part of the spring quarter.

85 Department of

Agricultural Education PROFESSOR

Stanley S. Richardson,

HEAD.

Office in Agricultural Science 15 A student preparing to teach vocational agriculture will register in the Department of Agricultural Education. In the cu r r iculum planned for preparing teachers of vocationa l agricu lt ure, emphasis is given to practical farm experience, a broad background in the major fi elds of human knowledge, general trainin g in agriculture, and a program of teacher education for youth and adu lts in the vocation of farming. This curricu lum meets minimum req uirements for the general secondary a nd vocationa l agriculture certificates as set by the Utah State Board of Education. Counseling service is avai labl e to assist students in se lecting courses throughout four years of College work.

Graduate Study Opportunity is offered for research and grad uate stu dy in Agricultural Education. In grad ua te work, select a coordinated program of study in t he Colleges of Agriculture and Education.

Social Sciences: Psychology 53, Soc iology 10 or 70 1 or P o li tical Sc ience 10 1 or History 14 1 Exact Science: Chem istry 10, 11, 12 ' . Ma t hematics 34 1 P h ys ics 6 or 7, Geology 3 or Ma.th 35 .

Biological Science: Cr. Total B tany 24' . . ······ ·· ······· ····· ····· .. ..... ········ · 5 Z o logy 31 ... ... ......... .. . . ........... . 5 ....... 5 Zoology 112 (Genetics) Bacteriology 10 or 70 , and 711 .... .... ..... 5 20 Language and Arts: E:1v ironmental Planning! . Speech, or Mus ic, 1 or A rt o r Literature1 ....

English B as ic Communications 1, 2, 3

Cr. Total .. 3 .... 5 Cr. Total 9

.... ... ... .... 5 10 Cr. Total .. .. 15 ... 3

. ........ 4

Tota l

Basic and Minimum Requirements in Agriculture, Agricultural Engi neering, and Education Animal Industry: Cr. Total An . Hus. 10 .... . 5 E lect ive ... .... 15 20 Plant Indus try: Agron. 56 or 58 Soils) .......... .. .. 4 Elective ................... . ................................. .. .16 20 Agricultural Economics: Agr. Econ. 71, 72, 73 .... ...... .................... 9 .... ........ . 3 E lective Agriculture : E lective . .. .... 8 Agricultural Engineering: Irrig . 10 .. .... ..................... Ag. Eng. 1, 101. 102, 103

T otal

Prescribed Courses for Majors in Agricultural Education

Cr. Total

.. ... 4 .. .... 20

24 .. 84

Education: Cr. Total Education 112, 114, 124, 125, 126 ........... 22. Psychology 100, 102 6 Pub li c Health 155 (or 154- 3 cr.) ....... 4 E lective ................................ .. .. .. .. .. ........... 3 35 Total Minimum Requirements For BS Degree Instituti o nal and General 69 Agriculture 84 E du cation .... . 35 Mili tary Science or P.E. T otal

194

Courses which meet lower divis ion gro up requirements. 1

86 College of Education Ag Educ ation Courses 112. Principles of Vocational Education. F un dam e n ta ls in gene1·al and vocational edu cat ion. Socia l and eco n omi c bas is f or vocati ona l edu cation. (2W) Richardson 124. Met hods of T eachin g Farm Mechanics. S co pe of mechanics in agricu lture , lesso n plannin g, co urse o f study preparatio n , shop equipm e n t and manageme nt, s k ill requirem e nts , and s upe r vised practice. (3F ) Ri c h ar ds on 125. Me thod s of Teaching Agr iculture. Fundam e n ta l prin c iples and prac t ices of t e aching. S pecia l atte n t ion is g ive n t o selection, or ga n iza t ion, a nd t eachin g a g riculture and s up e r ~ vi s ion o f ag 1· ic ultura l activities on t h e farm. Richardson (5W, S )

126 . Directed Teaching in Agriculture. Stu den ts obse r ve and teach under s up e rvi s ion in approved local vocational agri cu lt ur e departm e nts . Stud e nts will leave t he cam p u s t o teach f o r fi ve or s ix w ee k s . (4 - 9W, S) S taff

15 1. Extension Methods . F or pros p ective h ome d e m o n s tr a tion a nd co unty ag ri c ul t ura l age nts . Histo r y, obj ecti ves, o r ga ni za t io n a nd ac complis hm e nts of ex t e n s ion wo rk in t h e Un it e d Sta t es . Farm a n d hom e probl e m s, you t h and adu lt educa t ion, a n d exten s ion m e t h ods . (3S) Extension S taff 205. R ea ding and Co nf e r en ce. 205 . ( l-2F, W , S, Su )

S ee Education Staff

225. S p ecia l Probl em s in Agricultural Educa tion. A co n s ide ration o f n eeds and special ty p es of se r vice in FFA, Yo un g F a rmer and Adul t Prog ram s . F or upp e r d iv is ion a nd

g radu a t e stu de n ts . (2-5F, S ) Richardso n 271. Resea r ch and Thes is \Vritin g. See Edu ca ti o n 27 1. C r edi t armn ged ( F , W, S, Su ) Staff 290.

S pecial Problems for Agricu lture TeachFor t e ach er s of v ocatio nal agricu lture wh o d es ire to devel o p a more pract ical progra m for future, youn g and adu lt farmers . (2S u ) Staff

CL.

29 1. S p e cial Problems. F or t e a ch e r s who par~ t ic ipa t e in th e A nnu a l Summ e r C onfe r e nce f or T eac h e l's o f V ocati onal Ag ri c ultur e. ( 2-5Su) Ri chards on

D epart nunt of

Education J ohn C. CcLrlisle, HEAD, Walter R . Bm·g, B asil Hansen, Ellv e?·t H. Him es, L ee Grande Noble ; ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS L eRoy A. Blaser, Eldon M. Dmlce, T ermnce E. Hatch, H elmut Hoffmann, Edith S. Sh aw; ASSISTA N T PROFESSORS E. Malcolm Allred, A. L. Bmsw ell, P em·l S. Budg e, Robe1·t G. Hammond, A1·t hw· Jackson, I van P ede1·sen, D. J ean Pugmi1·e, Thoma s Tayl01·, E velyn Wiggins, JohnS. Willia.?ns ; INSTRUCTORS L eon B eutle1·, Jo an C. Bowden, H . Dale Rasmussen, Kath1 ·yn Salisbw·y, H elen Tanner, Ey1·e Tw ·n e1·.

PROFESSORS

Office in Education 203 The Department of Education is organized in to two main a r ea s : Teach er Ed ucation and Grad uate Program s, in E lementary Education , Secondary Education a nd Ed ucation Admini stration.

Teacher Education Teacher Education offers prog ram s of stud y leadin g to t h e Bachelor of Science degree in Ele-

mentary Education an d in Secondary Education, and to completion of certificat ion req uirements for teach in g in the elementary a nd secondary schools of Utah. In trod uction to Education (E ducation 50 ) helps t he st udent explore the teachin g profess ion, and is designed mainly for t he p erson who is not sure he wants to become a teach er and wou ld li ke further in -

Education 87 for ma ti on and g ui da nce bef ore makin g hi s decision . Those wan t ing t he cou rse should take it durin g t he fres hma n or sophomore year . Students a r e not permitted to <enroll in profess ional courses in <edu ca tion unl ess th ey ha ve been .admi t ted to th e Teacher Education prog ra m, nor will a s tudent be admi tted to student teachin g in eit her s econda r y or elementa r y edu cation unl ess hi s to tal g rade poin t is 2.0 or a bove, a nd t he g rade poin t aver age in t he t eachin g ma jo r and min or a nd pr of ess ion a l certification subj ects , 2.5 or above. Th e studen t should be financially prepared to spend a qu a rter off campu s stud entteachin g.

Th e Progmm in Elem en tary Education. To obtain th e Bachelor of Science Degr ee in elementa r y educa t ion and qualify for t he Utah T eacher's Cer t ifica te for elemen tar y schools, st ud ents mu st meet the f ollowing minimum requirements : (1 ) Cow·ses designed to provide a lib e1·al back ground : See Univers ity lower di vision r equirements. ( 2 ) S pecial certification r equirement: Si x qua r te r hours of fin e a rts. (3 ) A r·eas of academic concentration. Thirty-six cr edi t hours in one fi eld of concent r ation or eig hteen hours in each of two f1eld s. ( 4 ) A m ajor of 45 fl, ours in pr of essional education as f ollows : R equir ed Courses I Underst anding the Child (minimum of 9 credits) P sychology 100 or C.D. 100 .......... 3 Public Health 155 (or 154, 3 cr. ) 4 Two additional hour s selected from P sychology 108, 181, 182, 183, 123, 145, Speech 167, Child Development 67, 68. GROUP

II Und erstandin g t he School ( minimum of 7 hours) E du cation 103 ·-···--··· ·····-·· ··--··-··--· ·- 4 E du ca tion 114 -··· ·-··--····--···--···--·-··- - 3 G ROUP III Curriculum a nd Methods a nd Student T eachin g (minimum of 23 hours) E ducation 104 -· ·-· ··· ······· ··· ···-······- 5 ····· ·· ··--··- ----···-·-··-- 3 E duca t ion 105 Edu cation 106 -·· -···-···--····--·-····-·-- -12 E ducation 107 . -······-·-·----- ·-····· ··-·-·- 3 P sychology 108 ··· ···--··-····· ·-· ·-···-·-··- 3 Elec tive Cou1·ses ( Minimum of six hours ) Education 102 -······-·-· ··- ··- -· -··---······· 3 Educa tion 108 ···-· ··-····· ··-··· --·· 3 Education 109 -·· ·· ·--·· ···-·-···--·········- 3 Educa tion 110 _ ···---···--·········-····-- ·-- 3 Education 133 -·· ·· ----·· ·-······ ··· ····--··-- 3 E du cation 136 ······-- ···--·---···--········-- 3 Education 159 -····- ·-······· ·········-·-- -··· 3 Education 161 ······-······· ····-·- -- ·---····· 3 Education 182 ···-·-· ·-·············-·-· -· -· ·· 3 P sychology 127 ····-···········-··---- -· ·· ·- - 3 P sychology 161 ····- ······-······· -- ·-· ······ 3 En gli sh 122 -····---·--··· ··-·-··--··-·- ·····- - 3 Mu sic 150 --····-·· ··--·······-···--··-·· ···· --·- · 3 Art 151 ···--·-·-· ··-· ··· --- -···-·····--·-- ·· ······- 3 Phys. Ed. 177 ······- -· ·····- ·· ·-···-·······-- 3 Phys . Ed. 182 -· -····-··---·····-···--··· ·· ·· - 3 Su ggested Se quence of Courses Fi1·st and Se cond Y ears G ROU P

Concen t ra te on fillin g lower divi sion r equirements, a nd beginnin g work in th e ma jor or minor fi eld s. E du cation 50 Third Y ear P sychology 100 Public Health 154 or 155 Education 103 Education 114 Courses to till th e major field of concentration or two minors Electives in educa tion a nd r elated a r eas. Four th Y ear P sychology 108 Education 104

88 College of Education Education 105 Education 106 Courses t o complete the ma jor field of concentration or two minors. El ective courses in edu cation and r elated a r eas.

KindeTgarten Certification. Havin g completed the r equirements for the elementary school certificate, a student may obtain t he kindergarten certificate by completin g Education 133 and 106a. Application f or 106a mu st be made at least one quarter in advance. Dual Certi fication. A student desirin g to obtain both the elementary and the secondary certificates should consu lt with an advi sor in the Education Depar t ment earl y in hi s program. Ordinarily, dual cert ification will r equire at least on e additiona l quarter of work. Th e P1·ogram in S econda1·y Edu cation. To obtain t he Bachelor of Science degree in secondary educa tion and qualify for t he Utah T each er 's Certificate for secondary schoo ls, th e s t udent mu st meet the fo ll owin g minimum r eq uirements : (1 ) Counes desi gned to p1·ovide a lib e1·al background : See Uni versity lower divi sion r eq uirements. ( 2 ) T eaching Major and MinoT. A teachin g ma jor of not fe wer tha n 36 cr edits, of whi ch 15 mu st be U pper Division , a nd a teachi ng minor of not fewer t han 20 credits, mu st be compl eted. In li eu of a teachin g ma jor a nd minor, a composite t each in g ma jor con sis t in g of not fewer than 60 credi ts in two or more r elated subj ects may be selected. Th e teachin g major and minor or courses in t he compos ite teachin g major mu st be in spec ific subj ects ta ug ht in Uta h secondary school s. Courses r equired or r ecommended are agreed upon by the

variou s subj ect departments, th e Department of Education, and t he Council on Teach er Ed ucation. Students completin g a t eaching major and minor may g raduate in either t he depar tment offering t hat major or the Depa rtment of Education . Indi vidual s completing a composite major usua lly g ra duate from the Department of Education. Rega rdless of the department in which t he student majors, he mu st apply an d be granted permission to enter t he teach er edu cati on program by t he admi ssion s committee of the Departm ent of Education. It is advisa bl e for the student to make this appli cation as early as possible in hi s college pro gram because he will not be ad mitted to an y course in t h e profess ional curriculum withou t fir st hav ing been approved by the adm iss ion s committee. (3) PTofessional courses in edu cation. For a Utah T eacher's certi fi cate for secondar y schools students mu st complete 33 required hours, and if majoring in seconda ry education, an a dditional 3 hours. Th e professional courses are to be taken in th e various divisions as fo llows:

Required Courses I. Understan din g the Pupil (minimum of 9 cr edits) P ubli c H ea lth 154 (or 155- 4 cr.) 3 P sycho logy 100 ······ ····------ ----- --- ------ 3 P sychology 102 ------ -- -------------- -------- 3 GROUP

II. Understandin g t he School (minimum of 6 credits ) Ed ucation 111 --- -------------·---·-----·-- --- 3 Ed ucation 114 -----·------------- -- ------ ----- 3 GROUP

III. Student T eaching, Method s a nd Curri culum (minimum 15 cr edi ts) Education 127 --·---------------·--·-- -------- 3 Education 129 -------------··--- ·-------- 5 Education 130 -- -------- ---·---- -- -- ---------- 4 G RO UP

Education 89 Special Methods Students are required to take the s pec ia l methods co urse in a teaching majo r if it is offered. If it isn't offer ed, Educat ion 11 5 is r equ ired . Th e special meth ods course in t he minor f ield is a lso recommended. Dual Certification. A student des irin g to obtain both t he elementary and the secon dary certificates should consul t with an advisor in the Edu·cation Department early in hi s prog ram. Ordinarily, dua l certification wi ll r equire at least on e ad dition a l quarter of work.

Elective Courses Additiona l co urses may be elected in each of the three groups li sted a bove. Th ese co urses are included on th e sh eet li s ting certification req ui rements for teaching in secondary school s, which may be obtained from the Department of Education. To quali fy fo r a secondary certificate, in ad dition to meeting r equirements in elementary, candidates mu st (1) complete t he requirements fo r a composite teachin g ma jor or for a teachin g major and minor as indicated above; and (2) comp let e 15 cr edits r equired for cer t ification in secondary education , in clu ding P sycho logy 102, Ed ucation 127 or 138, a nd 130. H omenwking, Indust?·ial Arts, Business Education, Ag1·icultw·e. Students desiring to major in Homemakin g Education, Indu strial Ar ts Ed ucation, or Agri cu ltura l Education shou ld consul t the professional edu cation req uirements li sted under th ese departments.

Gra duate Study See School Th e vid es

statement of the Graduate in thi s catalog. Coll ege of Education proprogra ms leading to t he

g radu a te degrees of Doctor of Education , Master of Sc ience, and Master of Edu ca tion. The gradua te program s are des ig ned for teachers, s uper visors and admini strators who demon s trate by aptitude and experi ence the capacity to ben efi t from g raduate stud y. Specia l co urses are set up fo r teachers who wi sh to impro ve the ir competence and deepen t heir und er s ta ndin g of the subj ect they teach. Specia lized t rainin g in va riou s fi eld s is offered to those who wish to prepa r e fo r adm ini strati ve a nd s uper visory pos it ion s. Prospective graduate s tu dents a r e in vited to write or cons ult t h e Coordin ator of Gradu a te P rograms in Ed ucation for g uidance in initiatin g a program of studi es, information on details of procedure and r ecords, or r eferral to fac ulty members who se r ve as advisers in specific academic areas. Addi tiona! inf ormation may also be fo und in t he Cata lo g, Schoo l of Graduate Studies, and in the handbook iss ued by t he Graduate School.

Education Courses 50. Introd uction to Education. A s tudy of the l' eq ui reme n ts f o r becoming a teach e r and of t.he va lues of teac hin g a s a p rof ess ion. Expe ri e nce in th e co urse w ill a ssis t each ~t.ude nt to eva lu ate his potentialities for teachin g a nd w ill ass is t the depart me n t in selec t ive admi ss io n of candidates f or t h e t each e r education prog ra m . (2F, W , S) William s I 02. Tea(:hing th e La ng uage A rts . A study of language devel opment in chil dren and its im plicati on f or classroom pra ct ice : l istening, speakin g, w riti ng and read in g. (38, Su) Shaw 103. Principles of E le mentary Education. An introductio n to the e le menta ry school; its Uac kgT o uncl and deve lopment, ph ilos ophy, personn e l, pra ct ices, achi evem e n ts , and its place in the Am e dcan system of educat ion. (4 F, W, S, Su) Allred 104. E le menta ry S c hool Curriculum . Familiarizes p t·ospective teac he rs w ith the nature a nd conte nt o f the e lementa ry curriculum and factors that infl uence its developm ent. Inc lud es a n introduction to the teach in g g u ides fo r Utah e lementary schools, and cons iders

90 College of Education som e of lhe obj ectives, m et h ods of instruction, teaching a id s an d materials, a nd sources of in fo rm at ion related to t he cu rri culum . Wiggins, Pugmire (5F, W, S', S u) 105. Principles of Teaching in the Elementary School. The purposeful act ivity of t h e child a s t h e bas ic factor d eterminin g teach i ng procedure. Significan ce of indi v idual differences in app lication to sch oolroom practices. Con s ide r a tion of class r oom planning, or ga nization a nd e n v ironment. To be take n concu!Tenll y with student teaching. (3F, W, S) Shaw, Pugmire, Wiggins 106. Student Teaching in the Elementary Schoo l. For ju ni or s and seni ors w h o h ave h ad a s ubs ta n t ia l amount o f p r ofessio n a l cours e wo rk in cl ud ing Prin cip les of E lementa r y Education , Ed ucation a l Psychology, a nd Elementary Sch ool Curricu l um. The appre ntice p la n is f oll owed which requ ires a n initial p el'iod of obse ,·vatio n wi t h minor r espo n s ibi li ties but w it h g radu a l in crease of work and r es pon s ib ili ty a s t he stu de n t's ab ili ty is demo ns t r ated . App licat ion for stud ent teaching s h ou ld be ar ran ged two qua r ters in advance of r eg is trat io n f or stu d ent teac hin g. Stud ents who have credi t for oth er cours es in student t eaching, or who ha ve s uccess fu l teachin g experi en ce, may register, by special permis s ion of t h e in s tructo r , for less than twelve c r edits . I J2F, W, S) Shaw, Pugmire, Wiggin s. Allred and S up erv is ing Teachers 106a. Stu dent Teaching in the, Elementary School. For experienced teachers or individuals who h ave completed requirem e nts for the secondary certifi cate and are preparing also fo1· element a ry. At least one-ha lf day is r eq uired for one fu1l qu ar ter. The stud ent w ill be ass ig ned to a spon s or teach er in the campus laboratory school or in the public sch ools. Education 136 must be taken or aud ited co n cu rrently. (5F, W, S ) S haw , Pugmire and Supervi s in g Teachers 107 . Teaching of Readin g . Cons ide r s the obj ectives of the reading prog 1·am, stages o f r ea din g dev e lopment, sk il1 s and att itudes to be ga ined , t h e m ate rials of in stru ctio n, and th e ex pe l'iences of chi ldren that co n t ribu te to the ach ievemen t of the objectives in read ing . Oppo r tun ities f or observation of r eading s itua t io ns in e lementary sch ool c lass room s . (3F, W , S, S u ) Shaw, W iggins

108. Socia l S tudies in the Elementary School. Organizing t he elem entary cu r r icu lum to provide soc ia l s tud ies experien ces cons is te nt w i t h the n at ure of t he child a nd t h e democratic soc iety in w hich h e li ves . (3W , Su) Shaw, Wiggins

109 . Scien ce in th e E lementary Grades. I nves t igation o f t he aims of sc ien ce progTams . Acquain tance w i th the materials , techni ques of i ns tt·uction, and exper iences that may help childt·en ga in the s kill s , und erstanding , 2nd att itud es des irab le in t his s ubject area. (3S, Su) Braswell 110. Diagnosi s and Treatment of Learn ing D iffi culties. A s t ud y of methods o f dealin g \Vith learni ng- diffi cullies in bas ic edu cational s kill s o f pup il s i n the elem e ntary a nd secondary sc hools. Th e emp ha s is is upon develop m en t al and cm-rective meas ures in t he typi cal clas"·oo m. <3F, W, S, Su ) Stone

Prin ciples of Second ary Education. The and s tatus of t h e Am eri can seco ndaJ·y s choo l. Problems con cer nin g des irable obj ectives a nd functions are ana lyzed. An in troduct ion to va ri ous type cu rri cu Ia an d method s. (3 F , W , S, S u) Carlis le, Hatch 111.

ba ~ k g round

11 :3. Principles of Guidance. E mph as is g ive n t o orga ni zation o f gu ida nce a s a ser vice, in c lud in g individual and occ upat iona l di fTe ren ces , tes ts , m eas ur ements , and coun selin g. (3F, S, S u ) Himes 11 4 . Organization and Administration . F u ndam en ta l princ ip les of operating publ ic sc h oo ls wit h em p h a s is o n Utah co n d iti on s. t3F , W , S, Su ) Hansen, Noble 11 5. Secondary School C urri culum. A s tudy of t he seco nda r y s ch ool c urri c ulum , j uni or

an d sen ior hi g h sch ool, as i t n ow ex is ts in t ypi cal sc hoo ls, wit h spec ial r e ference to Utah. (3F, W, S, Su ) Hatch, Staff 11 8. Social Studies in th e Secondary School. A m eth ods course for s econ d ary sch ool t eachers w it h teac hin g m ajors or min ors in any of the soc: ial sc ien ces. (3F, S, Su) Budge

Ex tra-curri cular Activities. Des igned to a cqua int prospective teac h ers a nd adm inis trators w ith extr a -cu r ricula r programs in s econdary sc h ools, and the p lace of su ch activities . (2S, Su ) Drake 119.

124. The Teaching of English. Con s iders what research says about methods o f teachin g Engli sh and w hat the content of the language arts progra m s h ould be. Also a review of s om e fundam enta ls. (4W, Su) Budge 127. Secondary School Methods, Considers th e probl ems a ri s ing during student teaching. Discusses planning, t eachin g procedures, adaptin g classroom practices to indiv i dua l diff ere nces, t esting, and evaluation. To be taken durin g the sam e quarter as Education 129 a nd 130. (3F, W, S) B ud ge, Drake, Braswell

Education 91 129-130. Stud ent Teaching in the Secondary Schools. Th ese cou r ses mu st be tak en co ncur~ l'e n t ly w it h E d ucation 127, con stitutin g a b lock of t w e lve c r ed its . Fiftee n qu a rter h ours o f cr edit is co ns ide r ed th e max im um load whi1e doing s tud e n t t each in g . Stud ent teach er s s h ould plan to s pe nd a h alf-day at the school tO w hi ch t h ey a r e a s s ign ed. The appli cation for stud ent teac hin g mus t be approved the preced in g qu a rter. Pre requis it es : Educa tion 111 a nd P sych olog y 100 and 102. An y d eviation fr om t he a bove prog ram must be a pproved by t h e D i•·ector of Student Teachi n g . Member s of th e class a r e ass ig ned to a spon so r t ea ch er in secondary s chools fo r studen t t eaching in t h eir m a j o r a nd min or s ubj ect s. A brief per iod of obser vation is f ollowed by gradually in cr eas in g 1'es po ns ibili t ies until. upon completi on of th e quar te r , t h e s tudent has had g uided ex perienc es in all pt·ofession a l r es ponsibilities of th e t y pical fa culty member in t h e s econdary sch ool. (5-4F. W , S ) Budge, Drake, Braswell, H a mmond, Noble, Ra s mussen. 131. S tudent Teaching in Higher Education. Enro llment by permiss ion o nl y. E spec ially a da pted t o ins truct ional assig nments of g rad· u ate ass is t a nts, laboratory ins tructors, or oth e r g radu a t e s tude nts who might be s pecific a ll y pre pa r in g f or colleg e teachin g . (4W, S) Himes U2. Curri culum for the Mentally Handica pped. A s tud y of c urricula and a d apta t ions in m et h ods o f te a chin g es pecially s uited to th e n eed s and abi li ties of mentally reta rd ed chil dr en . Provides helpfu l gu ida n ce both for t eac her s of classes for t h ese children and for t eac he t·s who provide fo r them in regu lar s chool cla sses. P s ych ology 123 is a prer equ is ite or shou ld be taken concurre ntly. (3Su) Sharp 133 . C urri culum and Methods for Kind'e rgarten. T he s tudy of t h e kindergarten program with emph a s is on the influence of r ecent r eseat·ch in ch ild developmen t and human r elatio ns . Special atten tion w ill be given to pl a nning t h e curriculum, methods, mate rials and equ ipme n t us ed in t h e kindergarten. (3F) Pugmire 136. Improving Instruction in th e Elementary School. An a n a lys is of t he newer concepts of .methods and of t h e basic factors which contribute to effective learn ing . Mot ivation , problem solv ing, laboratory techniques, a nd materials of lear nin g will receive attention. (3 W , S) Shaw, Pugmire 138. Improvement of T eaching in the Secondary School. Designed to meet the needs of teachers , supervisors, a nd admi nis tra tors. E m phas izes recent developments in the im~ provemen t of teachin g in classrooms a nd activ it ies, from t h e junior high school to the junior college. (3Su) Budge

139. Modern Practices in the Teaching of Reading. In a dd it ion t o a co n cern for an adequ ate d evelopme n ta l r ead ing prog ram, .m ajo r e m p h as is w ill be pl ace d o n hel ping the ch il d who is h av in g r eadin g d ifficulti es. For both t he el em entary a nd secondary teach er. Staff (3S u) 141. Socia l Fo und ation s of Education. The soc ia l s ig nificance of cun·en t edu cat ional t h eories a nd pra ctices . (3W ) Hansen 142. Rem edial Reading. A co urse design ed f or teach er s , r em ed ia l tea cher s, s u perv is ors , a nd othe r s in te t·ested in t h e r ead i ng process. It emphas izes t h e developm e n ta l seq u ence in r eadin g, w i t h s tud y o f eva lua tive dev ices to dete rmin e th e place of the s tud ent in th e sequen ce, and g ives s uggestions f or r emedial wo rk. Educat ion 107 is recomm ended prer eq uis ite. (3Su ) Stone 151. T eaching Science in Secondar y Schools . Aim s a nd objectives of s cience edu cation in t h e seco ndary s ch ools and t h e development of curri c u lum mate rials t o a chieve t h ese a im s . Class m ember s develop t each ing units in sc ien ces ta u g ht in t he second a ry s chool. (3F, S, Su ) Braswell 152. Ut ilizing Community Resources in Scien ce Education. W a ys of utili zing communi t y reso urces, n a tural , indu stri a l, reso urce per so ns in prov idin g sc ie n ce ex pe ri en ces . The or ga niza t ion o f s cien ce clubs , seminars, hon o r groups , fairs, science t a lent s earches, con tes ts and s imilar sp ecial activities . (3S u) Braswell

156. Student T eaching in S pecial Education. D es ig ned to help the t each er a pply methods and t echni ques f ound to be s uccessful \vith s low -l earnin g children. The apprentice plan is f ollowed wh ich requires an initial period of observation with minor res pons ibilities w hich i n crease as the s t udent's ability is demons tr a ted. Enrollment is limited t o experienced t eachers or s tuden ts who have completed Education 106. Students must have completed or be concurre ntly tak ing th e course in P sychology 123 and Education 132. (3 or 5F. W, S) Sharp 159. Arithmetic in the Elementary School • The place of arithm etic in t he elementary sc h ool curriculum a nd methods of teaching it i n t he several grades. (3F, W. S, Su) Staff 161. Audio-Visual Materials. Studies the building of a program in w hi ch the newest m aterials and techn iques are ut ilized. Preparation of audio-visual material. (3F, W, S, Su ) Drake, Beutler 162. Audio- Visual Techniques. An advanced course des igned to prepare studen ts in the operation, care and maintenance of Audio-

92 College of Education Visual equipment. The con struction and proper utilization of teaching aids in the classroom will also be emphas ized. (3Su) Staff 182. History of Ed ucation. Major educational movements from earl y Greek to th e present, w it h emph as is on purposes, organization , ins tructional proced ures, cur riculum, etc., and their bearing on today's education. (3F, S, Su) Hansen, Noble Other Methods Courses in Secondary Education: Teaching of Art. (See Visual Arts 152) Teaching of Business Subjects. (See Business Education 178, 179, 180) Teaching 191)

Journalism .

Teaching of Languages. German 112, Spanish 112. )

(See J ournalism (See French 113,

Teaching of M a th . (See Math 175) Teachin g of Music. (See Music 151, 152, 153) Teaching of Physical Education . (See Physical Education 120) Teaching of Speech. (See Speech 123) 202. Philosophy of Education. An analysis of the major philosophies of education and their implication s f or current education a l practices. (3F, S, Su) Hansen 203. Comparat ive Education. A study of t h e school system and educational problems of Europe, Latin America, t h e Middle East, Far East, and Russia. Students from foreign la n ds and resident faculty members personally acquainted w ith various education a l programs are utilized as resource person s. (3W, Su) H a nsen 204. Elementary School Curriculum . An advanced course in elementary sch ool curriculum for g radu ate students, including experien ced teachers, s uperv isors, and admi nistrators . (3S , S u ) Allred, Sh aw 205. R eading and Conferen ce. Provides fo r individually directed study in subjects of special interest a nd preparation. (1-2F, W, S, Su) Staff 207. E lementary Sch ool Administration. Operation and management of the elementary sch oo l. (3F, Su) A ll red 20 8. Sc hool Supervision. Pri nciples an d prac ~ t ices of sch ool supervis ion, in clu ding qua li fi ~ cations a nd respons ibilities of supervisors of instruction. (3 W, Su) Allred , Shaw 211. Educational Measures. Princip les of measurements, tests and test construc ti o n~ statistical analysis, a nd evaluation procedures in education . Prerequisite: Psychology 112. (3W, Su) Himes 213. Organization and Administration of Guida nce. (See Psychology 213.) (3W , S u) Himes

217. The J unio r High School. A study of the jun ior high sch ool as a distinct segment of th e American pub1ic school system, its funct ion s, organization a nd curriculum w ith emp has is upon th e core curricul um and common Hatch learnin gs . (3Su) 218. Public R elations in Education. Objectives, guiding prin cip les, techniq ues a nd media for a n im proved sch ool public relations program . (3S, Su) Drake 221. School Administration. The work of t he school admi nistrator and the principles upon w hi ch the profession of school administration is practiced. Federal state, and local rela tions to education. (3F, S, Su ) Staff 223. Legal Aspects of School Administration. Emph asizes respon s ibilities a nd functions of local and district sch ool administrators. Interpretation of lega l status, form and procedure, as established by statutes, legal op inions, and cour t decis ions . (3 W, Su) Hatch 236. Secondary School Administration . Topics in secondary school admi nistration, including problems of teacher-pupil personnel, the principal as superv isor, and managi n g the activity program . Des igned for experienced school principals , and t h ose preparing for t h e adm inistrator's certificates in secondary education. (3S, Su ) Hatch 237. Seminar in Secondary Education. For gradua te students in secondary edu cation a nd those preparin g for school adm inis tration or supervis ion in j un ior or sen ior high school. Rev iews current research in areas of interest to class members. (3F, Su) Carlisle

245. Seminar in E lementary E du cation . Cons iders t h ose areas of elementary ed uc a tion in w hi ch members of th e class desire to gain modern authoritative viewpoi n ts. Opportunity for both indiv idual and group work. (3 W, S u ) Allred, Jackson 246. Semina r in Scho ol A dministration. Has two purposes: (1) to a ssist students with the completion of graduate research problems in school ad ministration; and (2} to serve as a seminar in school administration in wh ich curr en t problems in the field are analyzed. (3S) Staff 247, 24 8, 249 . Ed ucation Semina r . Opportu ni ty for investigation and report of indi vidual prob lems a nd for group discussion and criticis m on t h ese reports. Mi nimum of one quarter requ ired of all Education majors. ( lF, lW, 1S, 1Su ) Staff 267. Introdu ction to Research. Deals with identifying a problem for t h e t h esis or seminar report, rev iewing and evaluating research li t-

Education 93 e 1·atUJ·e, a n d d es ig n in g and carrying out the r esear c h pro j ec t. A portion of t h e stud e nt's t h es is or se mi n a r repo r t is prepared HS t h e term PHP C I'. T h e in s t r uc tor sc h edules i nd iv idua l con fe ,·e n ces to ass ist t h e stu de n t in t h e initia l p iHnn in g o f hi s thesjs o r sem in a r repo r t. Preo·equis ite: P syc h ology 11 2. (3F, S, Su) Borg 268. Me th od s e>f Educational Re sea r ch . D es ig n ed for t h e Ed D candidate and for t h e M.S. cand idate w ho desires a dva nced tra in ing in r esearch . Prerequ is ite : E du cation 267. (3S) Borg

R e.!;ea rch and Thes is Writing. I nd iv idua l work in t h esis w l"i t ing w it h gu idance a n d c r itic is m. Cred it a r ra n ged. (F, W , S, Su) S taff

2 71.

28 1. Sc ho ol Fin a n ce. Histo ri cal background of s choo l finance: p 1·in c ip les an d practices in~ vo l ved in co ll ec t in g a n d dis trib ut in g sc h ool revenues , w it h s pec ia l r ef e r ence to co nd it ions i n Uta h . (3 F', Su) Staff

Fi eld Exp e riences in School Admini s tr a tion . P r ovides i nt r od uctory experie n ces in sc hoo l ad ministrat ion . Stu d e n ts work a m in imum of fiv e hours week ly u nd e r t h e di r ection of an admi n istrator i n t h e pu b lic sc h ools, eit h er elementary o r seco nda r y. The U ni ver s ity s uper v iso r w ill d ir ec t prog rams a nd m eet in semi n ars peri od ica ll y. Credit a r ranged. (F, W , S) Hatch , A llred 2H8.

299 . Inte rn s hip in Sch o.ol Adminis tration . P 1·ov ides exte n s ive e xperi e n ce fo r t h e adva n ced st u dent wo r k ing o n t h e D octor of Education Degree in Sch ool A dministr ation . Stu d e nts wo rk a mi ni mu m of o ne q u at·t e r fu ll tim e und e r t h e di rect ion of a n ad mini str ato r in t h e pub lic sc h oo ls. Cred it arranged . (F, W , S) S taff

302 . R eadin gs in Fo und a ti on s of Educati on. Co n s ide rs prob le ms o f edu cat io n in terms o f their soc io log ica l, h isto r ical, and p hi losop hi ca l foundat io ns . f3W ) H a nse n Curri c ulum D e velopm ent. Advan ced prob le m s in cur ri cu lu m b u ild in g . P hil osop hi c ba ses of t h e cu rri cu lum, current practices, a n d orga ni z&tion fo 1· curriculum st u dy. (3S) Carlisle 3 15.

322. Adminis tration of S chool P e rsonnel. P ri n c ip les and prac t ices in manageme n t of teacher s, ot her sc hoo l employees, and s tudents . f3S , S'u) H imes 342. High e r Edu cati on. A st udy of the deve lo p m e n t a nd curre n t status o f education beyo nd t h e h igh sc h ool in A m erica, w it h e mphas is upon t h e ro le of t h e ju n io r college. t3F ) Himes

355 . Schoo l Building Progra ms . Sc h ool h o u s ~ in g s u 1·veys , location a n d capacity of s ch ools, in str uc t iona l n eeds a s a bas is f or p lan ni ng, standa r ds fur eq ui p m ent, c heck in g p la n s a nd s p ecificati o ns, busi n ess and lega l prov isio n s gove rn i ng finan c i ng a n d constructio n of new bui ld in g s , b ids and co n t l'acts . (3S) S taff 375 . Fie ld S tudi es and Thes is. J nd iv idual wo r k on resea r c h proble ms in t h e Ed D prog ram. Cred it arranged . ( F, W, s. Su) Staff 382 . School Uus ines s Manage m ent. A stu dy of the f acto r s ip vo lved in the efficie n t bus in ess ma n agem e n t of sc hool systems a n d indi vidu a l sc h oo ls . Fo r sc h ool a dmini str ato r s , sc h ool b us i n ess m anage rs, c le rk s , a n d students p r e ~ pa ri ng fo t· t h ese posit io ns . (3W , Su) S taff

94 College of Education D epartment of

Health, Physical Education and Recreation PROFESSOR H . B . Hunsaker, HEAD ; ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS H. Cecil B aker, EMERITUS, Lois Downs, Dale 0. Nelson; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Pauline Fuller, Cla.yne R . J ensen, Lincoln H . McClellan, Arthur- H. Mendini; INSTRUCTORS George Nelson, EMERITUS, J acqueline W. Fullmer-, Janice P earce, H. Dale Rasmussen.

Office in Smart Gym 26

Intercollegiate Athletics Staff DIRECTOR H. B. Hunsake1路; H EAD BASKETBALL COACH L aD ell Ande1路son; HEAD FOOTBALL COACH John Ralston; COACHES Clayne R. J ensen, Tony Knap, Ralph Mau ghan, Lincoln H. McClellan, Evan J. Sm路enson, Everett C. Thorpe, Calvin K. W oodwor-th, Fmnk Williams; ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT Dale Gardne1路; TRAI NER No lan K. Burnett.

Office in Fieldhouse In the activity courses opportunity is giv en to develop skills in some p h ys ical activity that will help establish a perman ent interest in h ea lthful recreation, promote physica l fitn ess , build mora le, a nd m a intain hea lth. Wom en mu st take Ph ys ica l Education activ ity courses any six quarters. Cla sses are selected by the stud en t. No course can be repeated for crediL Men mu st ta ke eith er Physical Edu catio n, Mi li ta r y Sci enc e or Air Sci ence. Numero u s courses in a quatic s, dua l, team, individual and outing activities are offered each q ua rter in P .E . lntmmuml A ctivities are conducted by the departm ent. The intramural program is planned to g ive mora l, social, p h ysical a nd edu cational va lu es derived from comp etitive spo rts. This progra m

provides for both in dividua l a nd t eam endeavor, and the department attempts to make it possible fo r a ll students to participate. Th e Women's Intram ura l Assoc iation offers a va ri ed program of activities. Al l women a r e eli gible a nd encouraged to pa rti cipate in a n y of t he activities off er ed. The depa r t m en t off er s an extens ive intra mura l spor ts p r ogram for men. Comp etit ion in a variety of activities is co ndu cted in separa te leag ues: fraternity:., department, c lub, and a ll-ca mpu s. All men are encouraged to partic ipate in one of t h ese league s. R ecreation. Th e departm ent a tte mpts to meet recreational interests of t he total stud en tbody. 1 hrough intra mural s ports, student clubs, rec r eation periods, and spec ial events, a variety of r ecr ea tional opport unities are offered.

Physical Education 95 The purpose of these activities is to deve lop a love for wholesome r ecreation, a nd suffici ent skil l to a ll ow individuals to participate with satisfaction and en joyment in various activities. Clubs are organized in hiking, water sports, winter sports, dancing, archery and badminton. The physical ed ucation facilities are avai lab le to students at certain times of the day, and the intramural sports program is open to the who le studentbody. Professional prepamtion in physical education. A student may major in Physical Education with specialization in Elementary Physical Educatio-n, Secondary Physical Education, Professional Scouting or Pre-Physical Therqpy. Selection of a program of study in these areas should be car eful ly p lanned under the gu id ance of advisors. The following courses, in addition to the six cred its required for graduation, are suggested for each of t h e above areas: As a Non-c ertifying Physical Education majm路 complete Physical Education 17 A, 18, 20, 21, 22, 30, 31, 75, 83, 84, 85, or 92, 106, 107, 108, 183; six credi ts in Sports Techniques and ten credits from approved electives. If spec ializing in E lementary Physica l Education you should complete Physical Education 24 , 55, 75 , 81, 83, 84, 85 or 92, 106, 120, 177, 182, 183, 184 ; six credits in Sports Techniques and , six cred its from approved electives. If specia lizin g in Dance a student shou ld comp lete Ph ysical Education 21, 24, 26, 77, 78, 79, 83, 102, 103, 104, 106, 107, 111, 120, 121, 140, 150, 151, H?3, and 14 cr edits se lected from the following courses in Theater Arts: 50, 52, 55, 57, 59, 152 and 154 . P.E. 165, 183, 192.

For a composite major in Dance and Physical Education a student should complete Physical Education 20 24, 26 , 74, 75, 77, 78, 79, 81 or 111, 83, 92, 102, 104, 106, 107, 108, 120, 121, 122, 140, 150, 151, 160, 161 or 162, 165, 183, 184, and 192. If planning to enter a Physica l Therapy School with a major in Physica l Education a student s hould complete Phys ical Education 17 A, 18, 55, 74, 75, 83, 106, 107, 108, 183; four credits in Sports Fundamentals, Sports Techniqu es, and 12 hours of approved electives. Ph ysica l Therapy stu dents work closely with their advisors in selecting courses to fill groups and minor requirements.

For Secondary Physical Education majors the following four year programs are suggested. MEN FRESHMAN Course

Credit W S

P .E. 20, 21, 22 P.E. 75 2 . .. ... .. ...... Any Quarter P.E. 17A . Group Req.l . ....... All Quarters Minor . . .. .... . ... .... ......... .... ... ........ Any Quarter Eng lish 1, 2, 3 . 3 3 3 Electives .... All Quarters SOPHOMORE Course

F P .E. 30 , 31, 32 P.E. 74 . P .E . 83 P.E. 84 P.E. 85 . Education 50 _ Minor . Group Req.

Credit W S

. ....... Any Quarte1路

....

3 .... .... ..Any Quarter .. .. Any Quarter .. ... ..... All Quarters

Electives ( include Physiology 20Human Anatomy)

3 ....

1 Recommended Group Requirement. Ex. Sc.: C hern . 10 and Physics 3 or 6; Bioi. Sc.: Zoology 1 and Phys iology 4.

96 College of Education JUNIOR

SENIOR

Course

Credit F W S P.E. 120, 121, 122 . ............ .... ... . 2 P .E. 106, 107, 108 .. . ...... .... ...... 3 P.E. 189, 188, 190 . 2 P .E. 132 . ........ ...... .... ... ...... ......... Any Qua rter E ducation 111, 114 . ............ ........ An y Quarter Psychology 100 and 102 ......... .... ... An y Quarter P.H. 154 or 155 ... ..... .. .......... . .... ...... Any Quarter Minor . ....... Any Quarter Elective ........ .... .. ...... .. .......... ... ............. All Quarters SENIOR Course

Credit F W S P.E. 130, 131 ............ .. ..... 2 2 .... P .E. 183, 192, 184 3 3 3 Educa t ion 127, 129, 130 .... A ny Quarter P.E. 132 ......... ......... ..... ....... ........... ... ... Any Quarter Minor _ ... ...... ..... ....... .... ... Any Quarter Electives ...... .............. All Quarters WOMEN FRESHMAN Course F

Credit W S

P.E. 75 P .E. 20, 21, 22 P.E. 24, 26 ............ ...... . 1 .... P.E. 98 P .E. 17 A 2, 182 ••....... .. . ... ..... . .....•••. . ... • Any Quarter Bas ic Communications . 3 3 3 Group Req. . . ............ . .... . .. All Quarter• Electives ....... .... .. All Quarters SOPHOMORE Course

F 832

Credit W S 3

P.E. 8 1, P .E. 92, 842 . P .E. 77, 78 , 79 . P .E. 94 , 95 , 96 . P.E. 74 2 ..... An y Qu arter Education 50 ........................... ..... .. An y Qua r te r Group R eq. ..... . ............... All Qua r te rs Electives .......... ......... All Quarter s JUNIOR Cr edit W S P .E. 106, 107, 108 . 3 P .E. 120'. 121, 122, 165 . 2 2 1 P.E. 132 ......... ... Any Quarter P.E. 150 . ...... .... ... ............. ....... . ............... . 4 Education 111 ... An y Quarte r Education 114 .......... .... .. ............... Any Quarter P sychol ogy 100 and 102 ............ ... An y Quarter Minor .................. All Quarter s Elective ....... .... ... .... ................ All Quarter s Course

2 Courses

year.

taug ht more t han one quarte r each

Course

Credit F W S P.E. 160 , 161, 162 .. .. 2 2 P .E . 183, 192, 184 .... 3 3 Pub . Health 154 (or 155- 4 cr.) ... Any Quarter Educat ion 127 ... .Any Quarter E ducation 129 .......... Any Quarter E ducation 130 ..... Any Quarter Minor ...... ..All Quarters Electives ..... .. All Quarters

Professional Preparation in Health Education The following foundation science courses are recommended for a Teaching Major or Minor in Health Education: Biology 1, Physiolo gy 4, Psychology 53, Sociology 70, Chemistry, and Ph ys ics. Health Education Major : For comp leti on of a Bach elor of Science degree with a Teaching Major in H ealth Education, a student sha ll complete a minimum of 45 hours of approved co urses selecte d from t h e following gro up s : (A) Required Courses: Bacteriolo gy 10, P .H. 15, P.H. 150, H .E. 55, H .E . 135, H .E. 145, Food s 5, F&CD 20, a nd P sy. 145 or S.W. 162. (B) Recommended Courses (A minimum of 10 hours mu st be selected from this group ): Zoology 102, P .E . 84, P .E . 106, P.H. 50, Psychology 140, and Psychology 202. (C) Th e fo llow in g courses w ill also coun t towa rd completion of a Health Education major: P.H. 152, F&CD 120 or F&CD 125, Psy. 123, a nd Phys. 20 . Health Education Minor: For a minor in Health Education a student must compl ete 20 hours of approve d co urses including the following: P.H. 15, P.H. 150, H.E. 55, H.E. 145 , Foods 5, and Psy. 145 or S.W. 165 .

Professional Preparation in Recreation Education A stud ent m ay earn a Bachelor of Science degree with a ma jor in Recreation Education. Th e major

Physical Education 97 <cou r se requirements for such a de:gree are as follows: P.E. 74, R.E. 183, P.E. 85, P.E. 106, P.E. 120, P.E. 153, R.E. 157, R.E. 179, P .E. 183, R.E. 196, Theater Arts 158, Speech 118, Ind. Arts 180, Landscap e Arch. 130, Pol. Science 15; plus 4 <Cr edits from the following: P.E. 177 or 182, P.E. 175, P.E. Sports Fund . Courses, P.E. T ec h. T echnique Courses, Forestry 137, 138 o r 139, Soc. 141 , C.D. 100 or P.E. 4, Bus. Admin. 100. For a minor in Recreation Educ a tion a student must complete: R.E. 83, R.E. 179, P.E. 183, R.E. 196 a nd seven additional credits sel ected from those prescribed for a major in recreation.

Health, Physical Education and Recreation Activity Courses Activity Courses for Men 2.

Freshman Football (lF)

Boxing ( Beg innin g) (1F, 1W, 1S)

Boxing ( Advanced ) ( 1F, 1W, 1S )

Football ( Non -V arsity) ( 1W )

Wrestling (Beg inning) ( 1F, 1W, 1S) G. Nelson

Wrestling ( Advan ced ) ( IF, 1W, IS)

G. Nelson G. Nelson

10.

MasteT of Science DegTee . The department offers courses leading t o the Master of Science degree in Health Education, Physical Education, or Recreation. Before admission to candidacy for the degree, a student must complete the equivalent of a Bachelor's Degree in physical education at USU and additional requirements as prescribed by the School of Graduate Studi es . R eq uired courses are: P.E. 250 or 294, 271, 295, 299. Education 267, English 211 , P sychology 112.

Ralston

Indoor Track and Field (1W )

Staff

Maughan

]],

Baseball (IS)

Williams

12.

Track ( 1S )

Maughan

15.

Softball ( IS)

16.

Swimming

17.

Swimming (Intermedia te ) ( 1F, 1 W, 1S ) Staff Bas ketball ( 1F, 1W, 1S ) Baker

23.

Graduate Study

Staff

(Beginning )

( 1F, 1W, 1S) Staff

27.

Weight Training (1 F, 1W, 1S)

29.

Varsity Football (I F )

Staff Ralston

34.

Soccer ( lF)

35.

Volleyball ( lW )

Staff

36.

Sel f Defense (l W)

Staff

37.

Trampoline ( lF, IS )

38.

Tumbling and

64.

Cross Country ( IF )

Gymnastics

Staff (1 W )

Staff

Maughan

Activity Courses for Women 39.

Soccer-Speedball (1 F )

40.

Volleyball (lF, 1W)

Staff Staff

41.

Baske tball ( lW )

Staff

42 .

Softball (l S )

Staff

43.

Field Hockey ( 1S )

Staff Staff

44.

Tumbling and Stunts ( 1W, 1S)

52.

Swimming (Beg inning) ( 1F, 1 W, 1S )

56.

Swimming (Intermediate) (IF, 1 W or 18 )

60.

Body Condition ing ( 1F, lW, 1S)

Staff

If entering the department for

graduate study, a student shou ld select supporting fields from two other areas of the University, closely al lied to Physical Education and Recreation. Graduate courses should be elected from such areas as Education, Public Health, Sociology, Psychology, Biolo,g ical Science or others acceptable to the graduate committee.

Staff 152.

Staff

Synchronized Swimming (lF)

Staff

Activity Courses for Men and Women 3.

Skiing (Beg innin g) ( 1W )

Fencing (IF, l W, 1S)

Staff

Downs

13.

Bowling ( IF', lW , 1S )

18.

Swimming (Advanced) ( 1F, 1W, 1S )

Staff Staff

98 College of Education I9.

Sk iin g ( Inte rmediate) ( 1W)

28.

D iving. Pt·e,·equ isite: PE MW 18. (1S) Staff

Staff

4-5, 46, 47 .

Adapted Physical Education. D e s igned to meet the needs of indi viduals who are un a ble to participate in th e r equ ired program of Phys ica l Education. Students must obta in perm ission of the head of t he departm e nt before reg istering. (IF, 1 W, IS) D . Nelso n 48.

Modern Dance (Beg inn ing) ( IF, 1W) Fulle r

49.

Modern Dance (Intermed ia t e) (1 W , IS') Fuller

51.

Modern Dance (Advance d ) (1W , 1S) F ull e r

53.

S quare Dancing ( 1F, 1W, 1S)

61.

Arc h ery ( Beginning ) ( 1F, 1W, 1S )

Jen se n Staff

62.

Arc h e r y (Advanced)

66.

Badminton (Begi nnin g) ( 1F, 1W, 1S)

(1 W, 1S)

Staff Staff

67.

Tennis ( Beg inning) ( 1F, 1S )

68.

Folk Dance (Beg innin g) (lF, 1W )

Staff

69.

Badminton (Advance d ) ( 1F, 1W , 1S)

70 .

Tap Dancing ( Beginnin g) (1F, 1W, 1S) F ull er

71.

Tap Dancing (Intermediate) (lF, 1W) F ull er

12.

Social Dancing ( Beginnin g ) (lF, 1W, 1S) Staff

73.

Go lf (Begin ning) (1F, 1S)

F ull er

Downs

Staff

74. Life Saving. Prerequ is ites: Red Cross Sw imme rs Card or permiss ion of instr uctor. Am erica n Red Cross Certificatio n is g iven to st ud e nts wh o pass the exam ination . (2F, 2W) Rasmussen 76 .

S ocial Dance ( Advanced) (IF, 1S)

Staff

8 0.

Go l f (Advanced ) ( 1S)

S taff

82 .

Tennis (2 nd quarter)

(IS)

Staff

90.

Tennis ( In termediate ) (1S)

Staff

Professional Courses in Physical Education 17 A. Swi mmin g. Fot· fres hm e n and tra n sfe t· students m ajoring in Physical Education . (1F, 1W) R as mu ssen *20. l<' und a m e nta ls of Sports. D es igned to d evelop the fundamental s kill s of t e nni s and arch e r y. ( IF ) Staff *21. F und a m en t a l s of Sports. D es igned to d evelop the funda m ental s kill s of social and square danc in g . ( I W) Staff

*22. F und ame nta ls of Spo rts. D es ig neri t o deve lop the fundam e nta l s kills o f badm inton a nd go lf. (I W ) Staff *24. Dance Laboratory . Folk dan c in g for f r eshma n and sop h o m ore wom e n majoring or min o ring in Phys ical Educatio n. (IF) Fuller *26. Dance Laboratory. Tap dancing f o r fres h man a nd sophomo r e women majoring or minor ing in P hys ical Ed ucation. (lS ) Fulle r ** 30. F und a m enta l s of Sports . Des ig n ed to d evelop t h e fundamental s kills of boxi n g, weig h t tra inin g and wrestling. ( lF } S taff ** 31. F und amenta ls of Sports. D es ig n ed to develop fun d a m e ntal s ki lls of tumblin g, gy m n ast ics an d tt·ampo lin e. ( I W) Sta ff **32. F und amenta ls of Sports. devel op the fundamental s k ills and speedba ll. (IS)

Des igned to of volleyball S taff

75. Introdu ction to Physical Ed u ca tion . An in t r oductio n to th e histo ry, p hil osophy, t heo ry and practice of Physica l Education. ( 2F) S t a ff **7 7. Dance Laboratory. T ec h n iques of E l ementary moder n d a nce for fres hm a n and sop h omo re women ma jorin g ur min o ri ng in Sta ff Physical Education. ( IF ) ** 78. Dance La b oratory. T ec h n iques of med iate m o de rn dan ce for freshman and omore women major in g o r m inorin g in ica l Education. (1 W )

intersophPhysStaff

=:=* 7~).

Dance Labora,t ory. T echniques of ad vance d mode rn danc e fo 1· f r eshman an d sop h omore wom e n majot·ing O l' minoring in S taff P h ys ical E du cation. ( 1S)

8 1. Rh y thms and Dramatic Games. R h ythms fo1· yo un g chi ldren; its use in creative mov~ m e nt. Meth od s of prese ntin g and deve lopin g rhythms a1·e st udied. (2F) F ull er 8 4. P r obl e m s in P h ys ical Growt h . The in d iv idual is t1·aced through t he various stages o f deve lopment, w it h emp h as is on th e p hy s ical aspects o f g rowth. Prin ciples a n d funct ions of activity a re app li e d. (3W, 3S) D. Nelson 85 .

Orga ni zation of Intramural Sports. Orand adm inistration of intramural s po rts in seco ndary sc h oo ls. Sports, tournaments, units of competi t io n , sco rin g sys tem s, and coo rdi nation of intramural spot·ts w ith Phys ical Education a n d Athl etics. (3F, 3W) Mendini g an i;~.a t i on

8 6. S ports O ffi ciati n g fo r Men . Knowl edge of the rul es and mechan ics of off iciating foot ba ll, to uch football , bas ketball, wrestlin g and *Taught I962 - 63. **Tau g ht I963 -64.

Physical Education 99 box i ng . Atte ntion is also g iven to the proper in struction of other game officia ls s uch as t im ers, sco J·e,·s a nd game adm i n istrator s. (2FJ Mendini 87. S ports O fficiating for Men. Knowled ge of the rul es a nd m echanics of offic iat in g vo ll eyball, s ki meets, water bas k et ball , badmin to n T he tec hniqu es of offici atin g .a nd softba ll. Tbasketba ll are r ev iewed. Attention is a lso g iven to the proper instruction of other ga m e <Off ic ials such as timers, scorers and game m.dminis trators. (2W) Mendini !9 2. Organization of Intramural Program s for 'Women. Organization of s p orts d ays, play (days, tour n a m ents, and adm inistration of rl ntramural activities for wom e n. (3 W ) Downs !93. Sports Officiating for Women. T ec hniqu es 10f officiat in g , knowledge of rul es, and p r act ic a l experi e n ce in o ffi ciat ing . (2F, 2W ) Pearce P h ys ical Ed ucation Laboratory For .nower divis ion women , des ig ned to develop t h e f undamental s kills of soccer-s peedb a ll and v o lleyba ll. ( 1F) Downs .,.. *94

'*':'95. Physical Education Laboratory. For l ower d iv is io n women, des igned t o develop the f undamental s k ill s of basketball a nd bas ketball offi ciat in g. (1W ) Downs * *96. Physical Education Laboratory. A profess iona l co urse f o r lower divis ion wome n designed to deve lop the fundam ental s kills of so ft ba ll a nd field h ock ey . (1S) Downs * 98 . Physica l Education Labo·ratory. Fundamenta ls o f indi v idua l spo rts for lower div is ion women majoring or minoring in Phys ical Education. (1S) D owns 10 2. Dan ce Compos ition . Composit io n based upon t h e elem ents of direction, level, a nd dim ension. Expe ri enc e in indi vidual and g rou p composing. (2 F ) Staff 103 . Dance Composition. Composition based upon the fo llow i ng m us ica l forms: AB, rondo, theme a nd variation, canon a nd round, da n ce s uite. (2S) Staff 104. Dance Production. Composition don e in~ dep e nd e ntly. Parti cipation in a perf or man ce r eq ui red. Lig h ting, staging, costume and make-up app li ed to a dance concert. (2 W ) Staff 106. Scientifi c Foundations of Physical Ed u ~ cation . Bas ically a study of kin esiology, th e science of m ovement. Includes a study of t he stru ctur e of th e human body in ter m s of its use in activity; a mech an ical analysis of all types of activ ity based upon pri nciples of good body mech a nics ; meth ods of developing and us ing th e human body. (3F ) D. Nelson

10 7. Scientifi c Fo und atio n s of P hys ica l E du_ ca tion. Bas ica ll y a s tudy o f t h e physiolog ical f u n ctions o f t he human body in va 1·ious types of act ivity. T he course includes a detailed s tudy of t he phys iological ch a n ges that occur during a ll kinds of act iv ity. P h ys io logical p1·inciples are t h en app li ed to P hys ical Edu cation . (3W) D. Nelson 108. Scientific Foundation s of Physical Ed ucation. Basically a study of t h e adapted Physical Education program . In cl udes t he a dminis tration of a n adapted Phys ica l Education program. Al so a study of abnor m a l problem s in body mechan ics, ath letic in j uri es an d their treatment, at h letic tra ining p r oced ures, and prin ciples deal ing w ith ab nor m a l co ndition s fo und in the physical ed ucatio n program . (3S) D . Nelson 111. C rea tiv e R h ythm s for Schoo ls. Meth oc:!s a nd ma ' erials used in guiding crea tive r h ythmic expe ri e nces of s tud ents. Mater ial applicab le to e le m e n tary or second ary sch ool. (3 W ) Fuller 113. Construction of Physical Ed ucation Equip m ent. Construction of and practice in t h e use of rhythmic instruments an d. play eq uipment. (3S) S taff

120. Methods in Physical Education . Student ass ists in teac hing the serv ice program under direction of a staff member. H e begins his first practica l training in teacher preparation. Classwork cons ists of methods a nd techniques of teac hin g phys ical education an d relates directly to the assistant teachin g program . (2F) Downs, D. Nelson * 1 21. Tec hniques in Physica l Education. Designed to develop t eachin g t ec hni ques in Soc ial a nd Square Dance. Open to m en and wome n . (2 W ) Staff *1 22. Techniques in Physical Ed uca tion . Designed to develop teachi ngs : echn iques in tenn is an d badm in to n. Ope n to men and women. (2S) S taff ** 1 30. Techniq ues in Physica l Ed ucation . Des ig ned t o develop t eachin g techniques in volleyball, speedball and wrestli ng. (2F) S'eniors only (28) Juniors only. Staff

** 131. T ec hniques in Physical E'ducation. D es igned to develop teachin g techniques in gy.m nastics, tumb li ng, a nd trampoline. (2S) Staff

132. Water Safety Instructor's Co urse. Prereq uis ites: American Red Cross Senior Lifesaving certificate and permission of the instru ct or. Attention is g iven m e thods of tea ~ h in g sw imming , di v ing, life-saving an d use of

*Taught 1962-63. ••Taugh t 1963-64.

100 College of Education small water crafts . American R ed Cross certification is give n students w ho pass the exam. (2 W , 2S) Rasmussen 140. Dance History. A history of dance fr om the p rimi t ive t hroug h Greek, m edi eval a nd renaissance periods into the theatrical d a nce f orm s : ba llet a nd modern . (3W ) Fuller 150 . Methods in Dance. Th e p lace of var ious ty p es of dance in the physical education program. Emp h as is given methods of t eachin g t h ese activities a nd practice in teaching class members. (2S) Fuller 151. Techniques of Dance. T ec h n iques of a variety of dance types, with emphasis on ballet and m odern. (2S) Staff }.53. Leadership in Dance. An advanced class in dan ce leadership to meet needs of stud en t s who expect to teach soc ia l or squar e danci ng in sc h oo ls or churches. Prerequis ite : one quarter of soc ia l or square dancin g . A syllabus is r equired. (2S) Staff ** 160. Techniques in Physical Education for Women. D esigned to deve lop teaching techniques in soccer, speedball and volleyb all. (2 F ) Staff ** 161. Techniques in Physical Education for Women . D esig ned to develop teaching t ech. g iven to off iciating bas k etball and pep clu b activit ies . (2 W ) Staff **162. Techniques in Physical Education for Women. Des igned to develop teaching techniques in softball and field h ockey. (2S) S taff *165. Techniques in Physical Education for Women . D es ig n ed to dev elop teac hin g t ec hni ques in stu nts and tumbling. (2S) Staff 17 7. Physical Education in the Eleinentary School. D esig ned to g ive a p hil osop h y of Physica l Education in t he elementary school. E m p h as is is on program plan ning, teac hin g tec hniques, t h e direction an d partic ipation in elementary Physical Education act ivities a nd the selection o f act iv ities t hat w ill he lp satisfy the needs of the elementary sch ool child . (3F, 3W, 3S) Downs 182. Materials and Methods in, Elementary Physical Education. D esigned to gai n an understanding of the elementary school Phys ical Education program. Curriculum, fa cilities , eq ui pmen t, and t he teac hi hg of activities are emphas ized . Emp hasis is also placed o n activ ities as s p ecified in t h e Utah State Course of Study f or the elementary sch ool. (3 W , 3S) Downs 183. Interpreta tion of Physical Education Objectives. Resu lts and values of Physical Educat ion activ ities in terms of developm en t, adjustm ent and standards. (3 F ) Hunsaker-McClellan

184. Administration of Physical Education . Admin is tration procedur es in Physical Educat ion in the high schoo l ; curriculum and pro gram planning. (3S) Hunsaker-McClellan 188 . Methods in Football. F undamentals of football, theory and practice; details of each pos ition on the team; tra inin g, and manag ing ; comp lete techn ique of developing offensive and defe ns ive tactics. (2 W ) Staff 189. Methods in Basketball. Coaching and tra ining of basketba ll t eam s ; emphasis on the psycho logy of the game; methods of defense and offen se. (2F) Staff 190. Methods in Track and Baseball. F undam.entals in track and field tra i n ing, and th e conduct of athletic meets . Fundamentals of baseball , tea m p lay, training a nd str ategy . Maughan and Willia ms (3S) 192. Te3ts and Measurements in Physical Education. Practica l s tudies of t es ts and tech nique of test construction. (3W) Hunsaker- McClellan 19 4. Problems of Athletics. Discussion prob路 le ms in athletics re lative to public relations, athletic management, adminis tration of athletics, purchases o f eq uipm ent, schedules, plant layout, etc. (3S) Gardner

Professional Courses in Recreation Education 83. Playground and Com munity Recreation Leadership. Lectures a nd practical wo rk . Lectures on selection of sui tab le m ater ia l a nd methods of handlin g various gro ups . (3F, 3S) Jensen 123 . Cub Leaders Training Cou rse. A course d es ig ned to prepa r e well qu a lified leaders in cub scou t in g, and to prepare p r ofess ional sco u t leaders in th is p hase of sco u t in g. (2Su) S taff

124. Scoutmaster ' s Basic Training EXperience. The stan d a rd tra ining co urse ap proved by th e Natio n a l ll S A Counc il a nd includes the follow in g : Plans and meth ods in o r g ani zation and leadership , program plan ni ng, m eetin gs, hiking, and camping . (2S) Staff 157. Field Work in Recreation. Practical exper ience in conducting social recreational activit ies, s uch a s for ch urch, sch ool and Civic gro u Ps. Prerequis ite: P.E. 83 . Credit arranged. (F, W, or S ) Jensen *Taught 1962 -63. **Taught 19 63-64 .

Physical Education 101 11 75 . Winter Survival a nd R ec r ea tion . Lectures :unci fi eld t ri ps to t each s tuden ts ways of li ving im the w ilde rn ess under adve r se weather condit io ns a nd how to participate a nd e nj oy out-door, 'w in ter spo rts. Stude nts must provide a dequate c:lothing f o r fi e ld t rips. (3 W ) Jen sen ll 79 . Camping a nd Camp Craft. Traini ng in tam p tec h n iques and camp leade r s hi p . Differe nt t;ypes of camps and t heit· o r ga nizatio n, s uper vr is ion, equ ipment and safety. Seve r a l s hort h ikes and a n overni g ht camp are conducted d uri n g the co urse. (2S) Mendini

n 96 . Organi za tion of Recreation . Problems of on·gan ization a nd administration of commun ity l"ecreation dep a rtm e nts, i ncludin g s taff, f ac ilities, program of activ it ies, a nd off ice managenne n t . Problems of recreation s urveys, legis lat ion, property acqu is it io n, finan ces, construc ti on and mainte n a nce, a nd securing co mmuni ty a.. nd s ch ool co-operation in a un ited recreatio n a l Jensen r og ram. (3S)

H.E . 154. Firs t Aid Instru ctors Course. Prerequ is ite, A mer ica.n Red C r oss A d va n ced F i r st A id Cert ificate. Attention is g ive n to meth ods o f teac hin g F irst A id. D etai led de m onstration a nd p r act ice is g ive n. A met·ican R ed Cross Fit·st A id Ce t·tifi cate is g ive n to stud en ts w h o pass t h e exa min at ion. (28) Staff H .E. 191. Inte rpret ation of the Health Examin ation. Exam in a t ion procedur es, t he detectio n o f p h ys ica l def ects, the gene r a l a ssess ment of the hea lt h o f t h e individua l, and t he follow -u p program. (3 S ) Staff

Graduate Courses in Physical Educ ation 250 . Heading a nd Conference. Provides f or i n di v idua ll y directed stud y . C'red i t arra n ged . Hunsaker 271. Researc h a rr a n ged.

a nd

Thes is

Writi n g. C r edit Hunsaker

2i5. Ph ilosop h y of P h ysical Education . A study of t he divergent orig ins , co ndi t ions , leaders , and f orces g iv in g ri se to current bas ic bel iefs about Heal t h, Phys ica l Ed ucation and R ecrea ti o n. Develop m e nt of indi v i dua l profes· s io n a l p hil osophies . (3) Hunsaker

Professional Courses in Health Education H .E . 55 Safety a nd First Aid Instruction. tandard and Advanced American National Red Cross courses in fi rst a id , with emphas is o n p ractica l use of t h e knowl edge in var ious occupations. D etailed demonstrations a nd practice. American Red C ross F irst Aid certificates may be obtained by stud ents w h o pass a satisfactory exam in ation. (3F, 3W) Mendini H.E. 10 9. Problems of Body Conditioning. Deals w ith problems of weight co ntrol, body m echa ni cs, postu r e and g eneral body co nditioning . It is a pproac hed t h rough lect ur e, special exerc ises and va ri ous recr eat io nal s ports. (2 F, W, S ) D. Nelson

294. Resea r ch & Evaluation in Physical Edu~ cation. Meth ods, tec hni q ues, purposes an d interpretation of var ious k inds of researc h. P r actica l app lication in t he condu ct of a resea r ch project is utili zed during the class. (3 F , 3S ) Nelson, D. 295 . Problems in Physical Education. Vru: ious selected prob lems in P h ys i cal Education are s tud ied t hro ug h the use of literature and dis cuss ion as they a ppl y to t he indi v idual and t h e g roup. Indi vi dual probl ems are emphas ized. (3F, 3W , 3S ) Hunsak er

n eeds for sch ool in a nd mar eadin gs, in many Staff

297. A n a lysis of Ath leti c Performance. A m ec h a ni ca l analys is of a ll types of athletic performance based upon pr in ciples of movem ent a nd body m ec hani cs. A d vanced m ethods o f d evelop ing and us in g t h e human bod y are emphas ized . The cou rse in cludes s low motion p hotograph y an d actua l perfo rmance for emp loyin g th e a n a lysis . (3) Nelson, D.

H.E. 145. A l coholis m and Education. The al coh ol problem is considered from the p h ys iolog ical, psych olog ica l, s oc iological, ed uca tiona l, histo1·ica l, a nd legal a spects. The development of a c orr ela ted attack on t h e problem is emph a s ized_ (38) D. Nels on

299 . P h ysica l Education Seminar. T he g roup is offe r ed t he opportu ni ty of investig ating selec t ed bo dies of kn owledge in Phys ical Educatio n and discuss ion materia ls grow from t h e depth of in ves ti gation. Credit arranged. (F , W, S) Nelson, D .

H.E. 135. Safety Education . (a ) The safety edu catio n; (b) t h e rol e o f the a prog r a m f o r s afe ty; (c) m eth od s teria ls for teaching, discussio ns, and stressi n g var ious a spects of saf ety a r eas. (3S)

102 College of Education

Library Science ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR Milton C. Abrams, UNIVERSITY LIBRARIAN; ASSISTANT PROFESSOR I da-Marie Logan; I NSTRUCTORS Vilat e R ansom, Anna

Marie Smith . Office on Library Mezzanine Library Science may be used as a teaching minor in connection with a major in Education. This minor qualifi es yo u for a Library Certificate, iss u ed by the State Department of Public Instruction, and prepares you for a position as school librarian on the elementary or secondary level. A teaching minor of not fewer than 18 cred its can be selected from t he Library Science co urses. Courses req uired for El ementary Library Certi fi cates a r e English 122, L.S. 120, and L.S. 150; for Secondary Library Certifi cate, L.S. 120, L.S. 150, and L .S. 155.

12 0. T ec hni cal Libra ry P ro cesses. F u ndamen~ ta ls of cataloging and th e bas ic techniques necessary for organ izing a library collection. Includes D ewey Decimal Classification and steps necessary to place books in circulation. (3S) Staff

Library Science Courses

155. Book Selection. Includes a study of book selection a ids for both school an.d public li braries. Book discounts and ordering p rocedures considered. R eadi n g interests of children and adults str essed. (3 W ) Staff

50. Reference Mate rials. A study of t h e essentia l reference work sources in general subject areas . Includes the uses of d ictionar ies, encyclopedia, yearbooks, handbooks, periodical in dexes, a nd t he more important subject and trade b ibliographies. (3S) S taff I 00 . Advanced Reference and Bibliography. A s urvey of the b ibliographic organ ization and retr ieval of information in the scientific and t ech nic a l literature in each of the major di scip li nes. P r erequ is ite: Library Scien ce 50. (3W) Staff

150. Librar y Administration. Techniq ues of adm i nistration including: H ow to meet standards of library accreditation, work with teach ers, read ing guidance, story hours, library displays, meth ods of teac hi ng the use of the library and planni ng libra ry quarters. (3W) Staff 151. Library Practice. Observation and supervised practice in librar ies under the direction of library personnel. Desig ned as the practice teaching experience for librarians. Prerequisite : L ibrary Scien ce 50, 120 and 150. (3S) Staff

160. History of Books and Librar ies. The his tory of bookmaking, prin ting, and librar ies. (3F) Staff

170. Readings a nd Conf eren ce. Lim ited to Library Sc ie nce m in ors. Prerequ isite: Instructor's consent. Credit arranged . Staff

103 Department of

Psychology (Psychology and Guidance) PROFESSORS Arden N. Frands en, HEAD, Ellvert H. Himes, Heber C. Sharp, David R . Stone; ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS David Glenn White, E. Wayne Wright; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Philip Lang er, Ronald P eterson, James T. Tschudy.

Office in Education 301 PsychoJo.gy- as a brid,g e between the biological and social sciencesis a scientific approach to understanding the behavior of man and other animals. Its research interests are the understanding, prediction and control of behavior. Because it has important applications to the improvement of human efficiency, health, and the development and utilization of human resources, the study of â&#x20AC;˘p sychology contributes bo.t h to professional training and personal development. A major, and preferably a Master's degree, in psychology should prepare students professionally ( 1 ) for guidance and psychological counseling in high schools as a certified counselor or school psychologist; (2) for teaching psychology, study habits, mental health, and personality developme nt in hi gh schoo ls; (3) for diagnostic and remedial teaching, and for dealing with personality and conduct problems of children in elementary schools and in chi ld guidance clinics; ( 4) (with additional courses in Education) as a teacher of exceptional children; (5) as a clinical psychologist (with additional graduate training) in mental hygiene clinics and hospitals; (6) for personnel work (at the junior professional level) in industry, U.S. Employment offices,

various Civil Service positions, and in the military services; (7) (with additional graduate training) for college teaching and for research in government, industry, or universities, and (8) for further graduate study in psychology, education, child development or social work. Psychology is also a suitable major if planning to study medicine, nursing, law, social work, or personnel work after graduating with a Bachelor's degree. The Department of Psychology has arrangements with schoo ls, socia l welfare agencies, juvenile courts, and the state industrial schoo l, by which graduate students and some seniors can have practical experience in counseling psychology. The counseling experiences include: educational and vocational counseling; diagnos is and guid a nce of gifted, subnormal, and delinquent children; diagnosis and treatment of conduct and persona lity prob lems; diagnosis and remedial instruction for achievement difficulties in school subjects; t eaching psychology in high school or college; teaching exceptional children; and various kinds of psychometric work. L owe?" Division PTeparation for Psychology. The best preparation for psycho lo gy is basic training in bioJo,g ical science, social science,

104 College of Education li terature, mathematics and physical science. In completing the group requirements, it is recommended that the following courses be included: Physiology 4; Sociology 70; English literature (novel and biography ) courses; Physics 6, 17, 19 or 31; Mathematics 34, 35, and additional mathematics courses if interested in this subject. The minimum of 40 hours in the "group requirements" might well be exPsychology courses f or ceeded. lower divi sion students expecting to major in psychology are P sychology 53, 71, and , if desired before attaining upper division status, 100 and 112. R equi1路ernents fm路 a majoT in P sychology include 40 credits of approved courses from the following: P sychology 53, 71 , 100 or 202 or 205, 112, 127 or 200 , 140 or 145, 161, 181 or 282; and approved courses from Psychology 80, 102, 108, 114, 215 , 123, 155, 171, 175, 183, 202, 205. As upper divi sion electives: Sociology 130, 153 or 170; Education 110; Speech 167; Zoology 102; Physiology 104 or 121, 122 and 261; the Education courses for teacher certi fication ; S.W. 165; and upper division courses in li terature. Undergrad uate students are urged to take courses for a strong minor rather than to over-emphasize psychology courses. A rnino1路 in P sychology (which sho uld include Psychology 53, 71 , 100 or 202 or 205, 112, 127, 140 or 145 , 170, 161, 183, and 181 ) is r ecommended for hi gh school teach ers who expect to participate in the school guidance program , social workers, majors in speech correction, bu s in ess admini stration , or other social sciences.

for this degree is planned in consultation with the student's major professor and an advisory committee . A well balanced program to meet professional obj ectives may be arranged to in clude courses from P sychology and other pertinent field s. P sychology and g uidance co urses prepare students for professional certification as a school coun selor or school psychologist, and for continued graduate study in other professional fields of psychology. Besides the courses req uired for a specific professional objective, the Master of Science degree in psychology should include, during graduate or undergrad uate study, courses in the fo llowing areas of psychology: (1) general, experimental and comparative psychology, (2) systems and hi s tory, (3) learn in g and perception , ( 4) chi ld, adolescence, and educational, (5) counseling psychology, (6) menta l hygiene, physiological and abnormal psychology, (7) social psychology, (8) persona li ty, (9) statistics, and (10) research t h esis. Besides additional courses from those li sted in each of t he above 10 areas, courses planned espec ially for graduate students a r e: P sychology 123, 175, 181, 200 , 202, 205, 212, 213, 214, 215, 217, 221 , 224 , 225 , 235, 238, 262, 270 , 276, 280 , 282, 28 3, 285, 286, 287, 288, 289, and 291. If a stud ent has not majored in Psychology, 30 hours of approved courses in Psychology or closely r elated field s are a prer equi site to begin study as a graduate student in Psychology. Master of Scien ce Deg'Y'ee in Guidance . A teaching certifiicate a nd a total of 30 cr edits in Education or/and in P sychology, makes one eligible to beg in stud y for this Graduate Study degree. Included in the r equired Ma ster of Scienc e Deg1路ee in co urses are : Education 110; GuidP sychology. A program of study ance 287, 213 ; and P sychology 123

Psychology 105 or 140, 181, 183, 200, 202 or 205, 212, 213, 280, 282, 283, 285, 287, 288, and 289; and a thesis in the field of guidance. These a re also the courses required for a Professional Counselor's Certificate. Master of Science Degree in Psychology-Speech Pathology . The Department of Speech in cooperation with the bepartm.e nt of Psychology offers a composite Master of Science Degree in PsychologySpeech Pathology. The course of study includes courses jointly approved by the two departments. Doctorate in Educational Psychology and Counseling. The Department of Psychology, in cooperation with the Department of Education, has planned a program of advanced graduate study in counseling, school clinical psychology, and educational psychology that leads to the Ed.D. degree in Educational P sychology. The program requires two years of graduate study, including supervision of individual study, beyond the M.S. degree, and an internship in school, mental hygiene clinic, or social agency. If interested, confer with Dean John C. Carlisle or Professor Arden Frandsen.

Psychology Courses 33. Mental Hygiene for College Students. Deals with the common personal and social problems of normal people. (3F, W, S) Sharp 53路. Elementary General Psychology. Principles of hum a n behavior and experience, in cluding: nature of personality; factors determining development; how we learn, observe, and think ; m.otives of human conduct; dealing with pf.ople; maintenance of personal efficien cy and mental health. For any lower division student. (5F, W , S) Staff 71. Experimental Psychology I, Sensation and Perception. A study of the scientific methods and of experimental procedures ap plied in the study of fundamental problems in psychology, with specia l analysis in s ensation and perception. Prerequisites: Psychology 53 and 112. (3 W, S) Staff

80. Reading and Study Skills. A practical course, hig hly individualized, des igned to aid in improving the e ffici e ncy of work and study habits . Individual appointments arranged. (21', W, S) Stone 100. Human Growth and Development. A study of the developmental characteristics and process es of human phYsical and psychological development from birth to maturity. For pros pective e lementru路y and secondary teachers. Prerequ isite: Psy. 53. (3F, W, S) Staff 102. Educational Psych<>logy for Secondary Teachers. A professional course for prospective hi g h school teachers. Des igned to develop in sight of conditions necessary to effective learning of junior and senior high s chool students. Prerequisite: Psychology 53. (3F, W, S) Stone !08. Educational Psychology for Elementary School Teachers. A study from the point of psychological theory and research of how children learn and of the conditions of effective learning in the elementary school. Prerequ isite: Psychology 53 . (3F, W, S) Frandsen 112. Application of Statistics to Education and Psychology. E lementary study of statistical procedures in handling test scores in schools, and of the concepts needed to read current educational and psychological literaFrandsen ture. (3F, S) 116. Research in Psychology. The course g ives any able and interested student in psychology the opportunity to conduct an exploratory, experimental study of a psychological problem in some field in which he is especially interested. Pre-requisite: approva l of the sponsoring instructor. (2F, W, S) Staff

123. Psychology of Exceptional Children. The development and behavior characteristics of exceptional children. The education, home management, social control, and psychologica.l treatment suited to their needs . Groups included are t he mentally deficient, physically handi capped, the exceptionally gifted, and children having serious personality and conduct problems. (3W, Su) Tschudy 127. Psychology of Learning. A comprehens ive study of descriptions and explanations of learn ing. (3F) Staff 140. Abne>rmal Psychology. A descriptive and explanatory study of the var ieties of mental abnormality-psychoses, psychoneuroses, and minor maladjustments-their causes, the methods of treatment, and the mental hyg iene ap_ proach in preventing psychological maladjustments. Prerequisite: Psychology 53. ( 3S) Sharp

106 College of Education 14 5. Menta l Hygien e. For teachers a n d other wo r kers in soci a l occupations. D esig ned to pro m ote Und er standin g of em otiona l a nd socia l a dj ustm ent, a nd as a bas is fo r g uidin g child ren , a dol escen ts a nd a du l ts towa rd improved m enta l h eal t h. Prer equ is ite : P sych ology 53. Sh a rp (3 W ) ! 55. P sy ch ol ogy of B us in ess a n d Ind us t r y. T he m eth ods a nd p r i nc iples of psych ology a r e ap p lied to several gene ral p r oblems in bus in ess a nd industr y, in cluding a d ver t is in g an d sell ing, selecti o n a n d p lacem ent of employees, mot ivat ion a nd m orale, tr a in ing, condi t ion s of wor k, an d p rod uctiv it y . P r erequ is ite : Psych ology 53 . (3 W ) W hi te ! 61. S ocial P sy ch ol ogy. A stu dy of b eh av ior in t h e fra m ework of socia l infl uences, includi n g co mm un ication, socia l in ter action , socia l nor m s, r oles, leaders h ip, influen ce of cultu re a n d socia l s tr uct ure on p er so n a lity, socia l a tti tud es, a t t itu de ch a n ge, a nd p r opaga nd a . (3W ) La n ge r 171. Expe r i m en ta l Psych ol ogy II, Motivation, Lea rni ng , and T hin k ing. A la boratory course i n des ign, p r ocedures, a nd report wr i t in g of exper ime n ts especia ll y in t h e a r eas of m otivat io n , learni ng, a nd t hink ing. P rerequ is ite: Psych ology 53 an d 112. (3 F ) Gorfein 175. P h ys iological Psych ol ogy. P h ys iolog ical m ech a ni sms u nd erl y ing n or m a l a n d abnorma l beh av io1路, w it h spec ia l a tten t ion to t h ose oper a t i ng in both organi c a n d non -or ga ni c d is tu rb a n ces . Pre t路eq u is ites : P sych ology 53 a nd 71. (3S) Sh a rp 181. Psych om etri cs A pplied to Guid a n ce. A s tu dy of t he selection , eva l uation , a dm in istr a t ion , in te r p r etati on , a nd p ract ical u ses of t es ts of i n te llige n ce, a.p tit ud es , interests, perso n a li ty, a nd quali t y o f pe r sonal a nd socia l a d justment. Prer equis ite : P sych ology 53 a nd E lem e n tary Statistics . (5 F ) F ra n ds en 183. P rin cipl es a n d Tech niqu es of Cou n seling . Princ ip les a n d techni ques of cou nseli ng stu de n ts on prob lem s of cu rri cu lu m p la n n i n g and vocational ch oice, on i mproving method s o f stu dy, and em otion a l and socia l a d justm e n t . App lications m a de a lso to a d m inistrat ive, s u per v isory t eachin g , a n d oth e r i n terpe r sona l r elation s it uatio n s. (3 W ) Wri gh t

200 . Pri n ci p les of Lear nin g in Teac hin g . A stud y of lea rn i ng t h eory and of experim e n ts in psyc h ology a nd edu cation fo r t he p u rpose of deve lop i ng a set of lear nin g prin cip les as a g uide to creating co ndi t io ns for effective learn ing in both elem en tary an d seconda r y sch ools. (3 W ) Staff 202. P s y ch ology of Ado les cen ce. Growth , psych olog ical an d socia l ch a r acteristics, developm en t , ed ucationa l and gu ida n ce n eeds, a nd

a dj ustment problems of ado lesce n ts as met in sch ools, h omes, an d com mu ni ties. (This course and Psych ology 200 p r ovide t r a i ni ng in advanced edu cati onal psych ology fo r g radu ate students in edu cation a nd in psych ology .) (3 S u ) W hite 205. Chil d P sy ch ology a nd Devel op m en t. T h e ro les of m aturati o n, learnin g, a nd en viro nm enta l co nd ition s i n t h e m ot or, m en ta l, soc ia l, emotional an d perso n a li ty deve lopment in chil dr en f r om b ir t h to a dolescence. P r e r eq ui s ite: Psych ology 53 . (3 F, W , S) F r a ndsen 212 . A dva n ced App l ication s of Statistics t o E du cation a nd P sych ol og y. Ex ten d ing the studen t 's u nders ta nd ing of statistics in p sych om etrics a n d in resea r ch , t his second course covers a n a lys is of va r ia n ce a n d cova ri a n ce, va ri ed co r rela ti on t echni q ues, par t ia l a nd m u lt ip le co rrelation , a nd n on -par a m etric m et h ods. (3 W , S u) Bor g 2!4. I n depend en t Rea din gs in Psych ol ogy . For studen ts w h o cann ot par t ic ipate in t h e discussion s i n Psychology 215, t his cou r se provi des opportu n ity for indepe n dent r ead i n gs and conf er ences on top ics in d iv id ua ll y selected. (2F, W, S) Staff 215. Sem in ar D is cuss ion s of Cu rren t a nd S p ecia l To pics in P sy ch ology . W eekly disc ussion s o f top ics in curr ent m agaz ines p l us in dep end en t read ing eit h er of so m e especia ll y s ig nifican t boo k or period ical li terature o n a specia li zed top ic, selected accor d in g to student's i nterest. Ma y be ta k en 1, 2, o r 3 q ua rter s . (2 F, 2W, 2S ) S t aff 217. R esea r ch f o r Ma s ter 's T h esis in Psy ch ology. C r edi t a rrange d. (F, W , SJ S taff 221. I n dividual D ifferen ces . T h e natu re, ex tent, a nd causes of hum an di ffe r en ces. a n d t h e imp li cations a nd app lication s of a r ecog n ition of these d iffere n ces i n severa l m ajo r lif e acti vit ies. (3S) Sh ar p 224 . C haracte r is t ics of t h e Men ta ll y Retar ded . A study of the ch aracter istics, ide n t ification , and t r eatmen t of t he m entall y retar ded. Emp h as is up on t h e psyc h ological, socia l, a n d ed ucationa l probl em s in th e treatm en t a nd contr ol of th e m e nt a ll y h a n d icapped. (3S ) Tsc hud y 225. C haracte ri sti cs and E d'uca t io n of the Gifted C hild . A study of t he ch aracte r istics , mea ns of identify ing, g ui dance, a nd edu cation of t h e g ifted child . (3 W ) Tsch ud y 235 . T h eo r y a nd P r a cti ce of P lay T herap y. Exp lor a t ion of t h eor ies a nd poten t ia li t ies of t h e specia l ized p lay t he r apy experien ce. Co ncepts a n d pr in ciples in t he interpe r so nal p r ocess are exami ned a nd developed. (3F ) Tschudy

Psychology 107 238. Practicum in Play Therapy. Direct ex~ perience with children in the play therapy s ituation. (2S) Tschudy

287. Occupational Information. Collection, classification, and uses of occup ational information in counseling. (2W) Peterson

262. Social Psychology of Teaching. Applications of the principles of social psychology in teaching, including study of social structures and dynamics of intructional groups i roles of teacher and students; formation and effects of group norms; and of factors affecting group learning and problem solving, dis cipline, and self and social development. (3S, Su) Staff

288. Practicum in Counseling. Supervised practice in counselin g in elementary or secondary schools, in the University, or in clinical or guidance age ncies . (2F, W, S) Wright

270. Perception. The development, structure, role in behavior, and factors affecting perceptual processes: a study of the theories and experiments. (3F) Staff 276. Comparative Psychology. A phylogenetic study of animal behavior, ir.cluding perception, motivation, learning, distinctive behavior characteristics, and the factors affecting development. (3) Staff 280. Personality. An advanced study of the organ ization, development, dynamics, and appra isal of personality. Theories and empirical investigations of personality are studied as a basis for arriving at integrated concepts of the nature and development of personality. (3F) Sharp 282. Individual Diagnostic Intelligence Testing. Techniques of individual testing, including intensive practice in the administration and interpretation of (a) the Stanford-Binet and Weschsler's intelligence scale for children, in the examination of school-age children, and (b) the W eschsler's adult intelligence sca le f or use wit h adolescents and adults. (3W) Frandsen 283. Theories of Counseling. A sturly of the theories of counseling, to develop greater understanding of and a more effective approach to counseling. (3S) Wright 285. Introduction to Projective Methods for the Study of Personality. The dynamics of human adjustment and the common projective methods (other than the Rorschach) for revealing motives, attitudes, and adjustment mechanisms of children and adults. (3S) Frandsen

289. Practicum in Psychological Testing. Supervised practice in psYchological testing in elementa ry or secondary schools, in the University, or in clin ica l or guidance agencies. (2F. W, S) Frandsen 291. History and Systems of Psychology. History of psychology and a critical comparison of t he several systematic points of view on major prob lem s in psychology. (3S) Sharp 297. Workshop in Guidance. A faculty or part of a faculty in a sch ool or school district s tudies, evaluates, and attempts to improve the u se of the school's resources for more effective g uidance in its several phases. Staff (3F, W, S) 300. Educational-Psychological Theories in Practice. From observance and wide reading of educational-psychologica l theorieg.-on motivation, learning, individual differences, personality, interpersonal relations, evaluation, ~tc. -hypotheses ru:e formulated for checking by observation in selected school s ituations, both at the elementary and secondary levels . \3 W) Langer 310. EducatiOnal Diagnosis of ~earning Difficulties. Principles from educational psychology app lied to the diagnostic study of the difficulties stll;dents have in learn ing reading and other subjects. (3W) Stone 314. Advanced Independent Study chology. Credit arranged. (F, W, S) 317 . Research for the P sychology . (F, W, S)

PsyStaff

Doctorate Thesis in Staff

386. Problems in Counseling. Individual case studies of children and adolescents presenting problems of diagnosis, guidance, remedial teaching, and psychotherapy . (3F) Wright 388. Internship in School Psychology. Supervised practice in providing psychological services in a school setting. (3F, W, S) Staff

â&#x20AC;˘

108

•

109

110

College of

Engineering Department of Civil and Irrigation Engineering, 115 Civil and Irrigation Engineering, 115 Agricultural Engineering, 121

Department of Electrical Engineer~ng, 124 Department oÂŁ Mechanical Engineering, 128 Department of Tool and Manufacturing Engineering, 13 2 Departmen~

of Industrial and Technical Education, 134

Industrial Education, 13 5 Industrial A.rts Education, 13 6 Trade and Industrial Education, 136 Technical Education , 141 Industrial Technology, 142 Aeronautical Technology, 142 Automotive Technology, 144 Welding Technology, 146

Degrees Offered: Bachelor of Science Master of Science Civil Engineer Irrigation Engineer Doctor of Philosophy

111 College of

Engineering D ea n F. P eterson, Dean Office in Engineering and Physical Science 102 Th e College of Engineerin g is comprised of th e Departments of Civil and Irrigation Engineerin g, E lectrical E ngineering, Mechanical Engin eering, Tool and Manufacturin g Engineering, Industrial and T echni cal Education, and the Engin eering Experiment Station. Unde1路graduate and graduate de g1路ees . The Engineering departments offer the Bachelor of Science degr ee in Agricultural, Civil, E lectr ical, Mechani cal, and Tool and Manufacturing En gineerin g. Th e first two years of Chemical En gineerin g may be taken under the supervis ion of t he Mechanical Eng in eerin g Department. The Master of Science a nd Doctor of Philosophy degrees are offered in t h e various und ergraduate ma jors, in Irrigation En gineering and Water Resources Engineering. In Engineering, the course of study includes Mathematics and Bas ic Science, Engineering Science, Engineering Analysis and Design, Basic Communications, and Humanistic-Social Studies. A r easonable choice of elective subj ects is allowed. If graduate stud y in Eng in eering is planned, additional mathemati cs and physics should be taken . Th e obj ectives of the undergraduate Engineering curricula are to provide thorough, fundamental, technical education necessary for professional Engineering work of the hi gh est grade, and to ass ure t h e developmen t of t hose physical, intellectual, moral, and socia l quali-

t ies essen tial to high professional achi evement. The r ecomm endations of t he Engineers' Counci l for Professiona l Development have been carefull y studi ed in planning the Engineering curr icula, and the curricula in Civi l, E lectrical, and Mechanical Engineerin g are accred ited by that agency.

Th e Department of Industrial and T echnical Education offers undergradu ate and graduate degr ees in Indu strial Arts an d Trade and Indu str ial Education. Undergraduate degrees a r e also offered in Indu strial Technology, with majors in Aerona utical, Automotive, a nd Welding T echnology. Certificates are awarded for completion of two-year technical courses in Aerona utical, Automotive, Drafting, Machine Tool, a nd Welding T echnolo gy. The Department of Indu strial and Techni cal Education h as the primary mi ss ion of educati ng teachers in t h e indu strial field s and of providin g high-level techni cal education necessar y for employment in industry. Nuclear Engineering. A senior sequence of courses in Nuclear Engineerin g may be elected by any Engineering major. See course offerings under Department of Mechan ical Engineering . Admission. For gener a l r equirements see introductory section of t hi s catalog. Fo r Engineering, the following hi gh school units are req uired for admi ss ion without deficiencies :

112 College of Engineering English, 3; Plane Geometry, 1; Algebra, 2; Trigonometry, Yz ; Phys ics or Chemistry, 1. One unit each of Physics and of Chemistry and Yz unit of Mechanical Drawing are recommended. Foreign language in junior or senior high school is desirable. More than four years will be required for deficient students, except that minor deficiencies may be removed by attendance at Summer School. If attended prior to Freshman Fall Quarter, Math 46 should be taken to satisfy a deficiency in Trigonometry; Math 34, to satisfy one in Algebra. If attended prior to the Sophomore year, Math 98 may be taken if deficiency was in Trigonometry only. In any event, students must complete Math 98 prior to entrance to the Sophomore year. Students having minor deficiencies not made up during Summer School, will be admitted conditionally until these are satisfied. Such students deficient in high school Algebra B, register for Math 34, Fall Quarter. Studepts having major deficiencies may be placed in a pre-engineering program agreed upon by the Dean. Such students may write to the Dean regarding this program. Based on the entrance examination and high school record, the Dean may waive Math 35 for outstanding students regularly admitted. H e may also waive Math 34 for otherwise well qualified students having only one and a half uni ts of Algebra. Fo r Industrial and T echnical Education admission requirements are the same as for general admission to the University. Scholarship. An average of "C" or higher is required to r emain in good standing in the College of Engin eering and to be eli gible for graduation. The faculty r eserves the right to accept toward gradua-

tion only credits with a grade of "C" or higher. Prior to continuing the sequence, students must r epeat Mathematics or professional sequence courses in which a grade below "C" is received. It is strongly recommended that Physics courses with "D" grades be repeated. The general University scholastic policy governs the College of En gineering. See "Low Scholarship and Probation" section of catalog. After the first quarter, students who do not maintain a "C" average are placed on probation after one quarter's warnin g. Failure to achieve a "C" average after one quarter probation ordinarily r esults in suspension. Graduation. Candidates for graduation must satisfy the general University requirements listed in "Academic Regulations," except, for Engineering students, those pertaining to group requirements. In addition, they must satisfy the requirements of the prescribed curriculum of their major. Humaniti es Requirements. Effective with the Class of 1963, graduation in the professional Engineering programs (Civil, Agricultural, Electrical, Mechanical, Tool and Manufacturing Engin eering) will require completion of 27 hours in Humanities courses, with a maximum of 10 credit hours in each of not more than four of t he following groups: ( 1) History: 1, 2, 3 or 4, 5, 13, 14, 166, 167, 176 (2) Political Science: 1 or 10, 111, 117, 118, 119, 147, 150 1 (3) Literature: English 34, 35, 36, 40, 41, 46, 53, 54, 60, 61 (4) Fine Arts: FAA-1, FAM-1, FADr.-1 (5) Economics: 51, 52 (6) Sociology: 5, 70 (7) Philosophy and Religion:

College of Engineering 113 Philosoph y 45, 50, 140, 141, 142, 160 ; all courses in non-sectarian r eli g ion ta ught by Church gr oups a nd accepted for credit by Utah State Univer s ity; Honors l11 , l12, and 11 3. Computer Center. Th e University Computer Center maintain s a modern electroni c digi tal compu ter (IBM 1620 ). Th e services of t hi s compu ter are ava ilabl e fo r classroom in struc t ion as well as fo r research . Engineering students a re in troduced t o computer programmin g du r ing t heir Freshma n year and a re required to program a nd compute a number of exerc ises in their regu la r profess iona l courses usin g this machine. Opportunity for Gmcluates. Rapidly in cr easin g indu strial development, t he nee d for control and deve lopment of natural r eso urces a nd rapid advances in transporta~ tion, manufacturing a nd communi cation assures a continuing stron g demand for g raduates in En gin eerin g and the Indu strial and Technical Arts and Sciences, and fo r teach ers in these fields. Graduates of the Engineering Coll ege may expect ample opportunity for satisfy in g and remunerative professiona l employm ent. Professional So cie ties. Th e College holds institutional membership in the American Society for Engineering Education, American Society for Testing Materials, American Concrete In stitute, Hi ghway Resear ch Board and oth er s. Official student chapters of the American Society of Civil Engineers , t he American Institute of Electri ca l En gineers, Th e In stitute of Radio Engin eer s, The American Society of Tool a nd Manufacturin g En g in eer s, American Society of Mechanical En gineer s, the Sigma lA ir Sc ience officer candidates only

Ta u (honorar y Engineering society ) a nd Theta T a u (professiona l Engineering fraternity ) a r e on campus. Other student organizations includ e Indu strial Arts Club and Society of Automotive Engineers. Other professional organizations r epresented by fa culty members include, among oth er s, A merican Assoc iation for Advancement of Science, American Geophys ical U nion , Amer ica n Road Builder s Association, American Society of Ag ricul t ural En g in eers, American Society of Mechani ca l En gin eers, Nat ional Society of Profess ional Engin ee rs, Am erican Vocational Association, American Indu stri al Arts Association, American Weldin g Society, and other s. Students are encouraged to affiliate with the appropriate student societies and pa rti cipate in t heir activit ies. Engine ering Council. Th e Engineering Council is the over-all student professional En gineerin g organization. Representa tives to the Council are elected from each student profess ional organization and a chairman is select ed from the group. Thi s organization is associated with the Utah En gineering Counci l and has t he responsibility of coordinatin g a ll En gineering stud ent activities. It, along with other student chapters, maintains an office in Room 263, Engineering and Ph ysical Science Building. Honor Societies ancl Scholarships. Th e Alpha Delta Chapter of Sigma Tau was in stalled a t Utah State Un iver sity in 1951. Member ship is elected from junior and senior Engin eerin g students whose schola rship is in t he upper third of their class. Graduatin g seniors in the upper ten percent of th e class are eligible f or membership in Phi Kappa Phi. Graduate students may be elected

114 College of Engineering to Sigma Xi, honorary scientific society. A number of scholarships are available to Engineering students, including freshmen. Outstanding high school scholars should write directly to the Dean of the College of Engineering early in the senior year regarding these scholarships. (See "Scholarships, Fellowships, Awards" section in this catalog.)

Comrnon Freshman Curriculum in Engineering. The curriculum for all Engineering majors, except for Tool and Manufacturing, Engineering is the same for the Freshman year and nearly the same for the Sophomore year. A student may thus readily delay choice of his Engineering major until completion of his Freshman year; serious loss of credit does not result by such a change as late as the end of the Sophomore year. ROTC. Many Engineering College graduates have effectively served as reserve officers in the armed forces of the United States and the College is proud of this tradition. Participation in ROTC not only provides an opportunity to meet military obligations, but Junior and Senior ROTC students draw pay and allowances equivalent to a fine scholarship as well. Inactive reserve service after graduation may profitably be combined

with a professional career. On active duty ROTC-trained officers can effectively serve their country in peace or war. To assist and encourage Engineering students who desire to consider ROTC, the faculty has designated a faculty adviser who will help with schedules and advise regarding other ROTC matters. This advi ser is Assistant Professor Arnold Finchum, Department of Electrical Engineering. Students in Industrial and Technical Education should contact the Head of the Department regarding ROTC. Graduate A ssistantships and Fellowships . A number of excellent graduate assistantships, fellowships and scholarships are available in all departments giving graduate work. Assistantships are available both for teaching and research. Application should be made directly to the department concerned. Concord, Massachusetts, Branch of Electrodynamics Laboratory. A branch of the USU Electrodynamics Laboratory is maintained and operated at Concord, Massachusetts, under an arrangement with the Air Force Cambridge Research Center. This Center is operated by staff members of the Department of Electrical Engineering and Engineering Experiment Station.

175 D epartment of

Civil and Irrigation Engineering PROFESSORS Cleve K epner, EMERITUS,

H. Milligan, HEAD, Orson W . l smelsen, Harold R. A . Alvin Bishop, J emld E. Chris tiansen, Vaughn E. H ansen, Deem F . P eterson; ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS J. M. Brtgley, W illiam A. Cordon, Spencer H. Daines, Gm路don H. Flamm e1路, L. Ellio t Rich; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS B ruce H. Anderson' , W. 0. Carter, Vance T. Christiansen, Von H . J.axTett, Jack K eller, FT ed W. K ief er, W illis A. T ingey; INSTRUCTOR AND PROJECT LEADER FOR UN IVERSITY-INDUSTRY FARM ELECTRIFICATION COMM ITTEE Paul P eterson ; IRRIGATIO N EXTENSIO N SPECIALIST T errel To vey; FARM BUILDI NGS EXTE NSIO N SPECIALIST W ayne R inger; RESEARCH ASSOCIATE F mnk W. H aws; COLLABORATORS C. W. Lauritzen, Lyman S. Williardson; RESEARCH ENGINEER Earl I smelsen. Office in

E&PS

150

Thi s department offers the Bachelor of Science degree in Civi l En gin eering and in Agricultural Engineering, and collaborates with the Ag ronom y Department in givin g the Bachelor of Science degree in Irrigation and Soils. Major in Irrigation and Soils . This joint major between the Departments of Agronomy and Civil and I r ri gation Engineering is designed for students who wi sh to specialize in the management of land a nd water, in irri gation agricu lt ure, without specializing in a ll of t he technical engineeri ng phases of irri gation. Extension speciali sts, certain civil service positions, and farm managers represent some types of employment available to graduates in this field. An outline of courses with detai ls concerning course requirements can be obtained from the Department of Agronomy or the Civil and Irrigation Engineering Department. R esearch Assistantships. Thi s department conducts engineerin g research through the Engineering 1

0n leave.

and Agricultural Experiment Stations, and collaborates with the Agricu lt ural Research Service, U.S. Depart ment of Agriculture, in soi l-water research. Th ese research projects provide opportunities for qualified students to act as parttime research assistants and thereby obtain experience and compen sation for t heir services. These projects . also provide r esearch opportunities for grad uate stu dents working on their t heses.

Civil and Irrigation Engineering Civil Engineering consists of t he econom ic application of t he laws, fo rces, an d materials of nature to the design, construction, a nd operation of engineerin g structures and projects, including irrigation and drainage systems, hi ghways, railways, bridges, buildings, dams, water suppl y systems, hydroelectric plants, an d many other works which are a part of the requirements of civilization today. With properly selected elective courses Civil and Agricultural En-

116 College of Engineering g ineer in g stud ents may obtain specia l t r a inin g in I rrigation a nd Dra in age E ngineerin g in t hi s depa rtmen t .

Civil Engineering Curriculum The Civil En gineerin g curriculum has been accredited by t h e En gin eer s Council for Professional Development. FRESHMAN

Coutse

C.E . 84, 91, 92 . Math 99, 110 , C.E. 65 P h ys ics 21, 22, Econo mi cs 51 C.E. 85 . H uman it ies M.S., A.S., or P.E.

4 2 5 3

Course C.E. 1, 2, C.S . 1 M.E. 21, 22 .. .. ........................ .. Math 35 , 97, 98 . C h e mistr y 10, 11, Ph ys ics 20 ....... En g lish 1, 2, 3 .. H uma ni t ies . M .S ., A.S. , or P.E .' .

S OPHOMORE

FIRS T YEAR Course C.E. 1 Math 34 1 , 35, 46 ....... Chemistry 10, 11, Geo logy 3 ····· Englis h 1, 2, 3 Solid Geom ., H um an ities , or E lect ives M .S ., A .S., or P.E .'

C.E. 103 , 104 , 105 C.E. 140, 14 1, 142 . E .E . 104, 105, 106 . M .E . 114, 115, Engl ish 111 .. .. Hu m anit ies , C.E. 173

SE COND Y EAR Course C.E. 2, c.s. 1, C.E. 65 M ath 97, 98 , 99 M.E . 21, 22 . C.E. 84, 85 .. ··· ·· ······· ······ Econom ics 51, P h ys ics 20 Humanit ies M.S., A.S .. Ol' P.E ..... .....

S E N IOR

Course C.E. 106, C.E. 150, C. E . 190, C.E . 18 1, C.E. 198 Technica l

107, 108 . 151, A .E. 145, o t· C.E . 194 146, o r 193, 195 . 128, 129 ... ...... ...... .. .. ...... ..... .. .. .. E lec ti ves:!

S uggested Five-Y e.a.r Curriculum in Civil Engineering . Thi s cur ri culum is suggested fo r students who wish to broaden t heir education, 1

F 1 3 5 3

5 5 3

5 5

F 1 5 3 4

.. 3

JUNIOR Course

who wish to take advanced mili tar y science or air science, or f or t hose deficient in entrance r equi re ments, or who wish to obtain a better f oundation in Mathematics, Physics, or ot her bra nches of education. Some students may of necessity have t o work a cons iderable a mount of t ime to stay in school, or th ey may wish to pa r t icipate in at hletics or other extra-cur ri cula r activit ies. Th e fi ve-year curriculum is desig ned t o meet th ese special needs. Those who des ire t he five-year curr iculum should con sult t heir a dviser t o wor k ou t a sati sfactor y program.

Two cred its are g i ven for M.S . o r A.S.

T HIRD YE AR Cou rse P h ysics 21, 22 Mat h 110 . C.E. 91, 92 E lectives H umanities o r C.E . 173 H uma ni t ies, E lectives Ol' Adv. Mi li ta ry

1 See introductory section o n College of E:-ag ineering for detai ls of Mathematics and H:l man it ies requ i re ments . 2 Two c red its are g iven for M.S. or A.S.

Civil and Irrigat ion Engineering 117 FOURTH YEAR Course C .E. 103 , 104, 105 . C.E. 140, 141, 142 . E.E. 104, 105, 106 . M.E. 114, 115 , E n g li s h 111 . Humanities or Adv. Mili tary ....

S 4 3

F 4 4 3

S 4 4

1& 18

F IFTH YEAR Course

C.E. 106, 107, 108 . C.E. 150, 151, A.E. 145 or C.E. 194 C.E. 190, 146, or 193, 195 . C.E. 18 1, 128, 129 C.E. 198 . Techni ca l Electives 3 . ... ...... ............ .. . .

Gradu ate Study Thi s department offer s the Maste?· of Science degree in Civil Engineering, Water Resources Engineering, Agricul tural Engineerin g, and in Irrigation and Drainage Engineering. It also offers the pr·o f essional engineering degree in Civil Engineering and in I rrigation and Dr·ainage Engineering. Th e Doctor of Philosophy degree is offered in Agricu ltural Engineering (soil and water fi ei<:D, Civi l Engineerin g, Irrigation and Drainage Engineering, an d in collaboration with related departments the Poetor's degree in Irrigation Science is offered. Curricula and r esearch l e~d in g to an advanced degree either on t he Master's degree or Doct~r' s degree level are supervised by a Graduate Committee appointed by the Dean of the School of Gradu ate Studies. Staff members of t he major department and of closely related departments serve on these commi ttees. ~ Techn i ca l electives may be selected from tile following: C.E. 120, 121, 122 , 127, 130, 131, 132, 147, 181, 182; A.E. 143, 145, 14 8, 149, •nd 160; English 111; Geo logy 115 an d 117; <.~ dvanced Mathematics or graduate courses \il' ith approva l of instructor. (Courses w ill be taught only ' for classes of ten or mor~ st udents.)

A ll study and research programs must be approved by such a committee before adm ittance to candidacy for an advanced degree. The stud y and resea rch program for a particu la r degree mu st also satisfy a ll of the requirements li sted in th is catalog und12r th e School of Graduate Studies. Inasmuch as students enter with different background s and with different objectives, no ri gid curricu la are suggested for advanced degrees . However, some typ ical programs of study are included for information. By an appropriate selection of courses from the Agricu ltural Eng ineering, Civi l Engin eering and Agronomy fi elds a stron g and rich program in Irri gation an d Drainage may be de veloped both on an undergraduate and grad uate level. These curricula mu st contain certain basic courses in mathematics and f undamental engineering subjects. Graduate students, partjcu" larly at the doctorate level, may obtain part of their work at other accred ited u11iver sjties upon approval of the Grad uate Comm ittee .

Typical Programs of Study and R esearch 1 M.S . in Irrigation an d Drai n age F

Math 140, 141, 142 .. C.E. 260, 241, 242 .......... ........ A.E. 143, 147, 148 .... C.E. 299 .......... ............ .. C.E. 298 . .. ...... ............ .

3 4 3

....

4 3

....

M.S. i n Civil Engineering (.F lu id Mechanics)

Math 130, 131, 132 . C.E. 260, 241, 242 C.E. 211, 210, 273 .. C.E. 299, C.E . 298 . C.E. 230 ....................... .. 11 12. 12 11 l Programs s how in g s ummer cred it li st only about 12 credits or less per quarter based on the assumpt ion that the student holds a teaching or research ass istants hip.

118 College of Engineering M.S. in Agricultural Engineering (Soil a nd Water field )

F W Math 140, 141, 142 . Agronomy 107, 165 . A.E. 149, C.E. 210, A.E. 148 . A.E. 231, 232 A.E. 298 C.E. 299 .

S Su 3

12 PhD in Agr icultural Engineering (Soil and Water )

MS Degree in Water Res ources Engineering

1st Yea r Math 130, 131. 132 ...................... C.E . 260 , 241, 242 ...................... Applied Statistics 130, 131, 215 A.E. 143, 147, 14 8 ... ..... ............... . C.E. 299

F W

S Su

3 4 4

3 3

xA.E. 298-6 Languag es 2nd Year

F W Math 140, 14 1, 142 .................... . Agronomy 107, 165, 214 Agronom y 106 .......... ...............â&#x20AC;˘ 4 A.E. 149, 160 , 145 3 A.E. 231, 232 A.E. 298 ....

S Su 3 X 3 4

after t h e BS degree. Longer times; are required if students lack background preparation or if t he student must have oth er employment. Addition al informaion may be obtained from t h e Civil .and Irrigation Department or the Dean Schoo l of Graduate Studies. '

Math 140, 141, 142 C.E. 260, 241 , 242 C.E. 262, 263, 264 A.E. 149, Geo logy 117 C. E . 298 ......................... .. .... . C .E . 299

F 3 4 3 3

W 3 4 3 4 2

xA.E. 298-6 , L a n guages xxCompreh e nsive Exams

F Agron omy 155 Agronomy 219, 224 . C.E . 245, 250 English 211, C.E. 210, 273 . C.E. 298 C.E. 299

W 3 2 3

S Su

3 10

Cand idates for an .advanced degr ee are given or.a l and I or written examinations to determin e the adeq uacy of preparation. Additional co urse work may b e r equired w h ere defici encies are indicated No guarant ees can be made as to the t im e r equired to obtai n any advanced degree. Ordinari ly, h owever, a properly prepared student may obtain the Master's degree m on e year and th e Doc tor's degree in three full years of stud y

xLanguages, Research a nd C.E. 298-6 2nd Year

F W

3rd Year

4 3

PhD in Civil Engineerin g (H ydrau lics a nd F luid Mechanics) 1st Year F W S Su Math 130, 131 132 . ..... 3 X C.E. 260, 241, 242 4 Applied Statistics 130, 131, 215 4 Math 145, C.E. 273 E n g lish 211 C.E. 299 ..... .. .... ... ....... ...... l

15 16

S Su

Math 254, 255, 256 C.E. 201, 202, 203 C.E. 270, 271, 272 P hys ics 153, 154, 155 (V ector Mech.) C.E. 298

.. .. ..........

S Su X

xLanguages, Research, Compre hensive Exams and C.E. 29 8- 6 3rd Year F W S Su Math 257, 25 8, 259 3 C.E. 211. 210 , 250 Approved E lectives C.E. 298 ... ..... ............. .

Civil and Irrigation Engineering Courses 1. Engineerin g Orientation. A preview of eng in eering; what eng ineering is, w h at engi n eers do , w hat aptitudes are essen tia l to success, an d philosophy of e ngineer ing educa tion. (1F, W) Peterson

Civil and Irrigation Engineering 119 2. S lide Rule In stru ction. P1·~cti ce in t he use of the L og-Log s lide rul e. Prerequi s ite or co n currently: Math 46. ( IF, W, S) S taff 65. E n g in eeri n g Proble m s. H ow to appr oach the so lut ion of a n engineerin g prob lem. Ap p licatio n of m at h e matics to th e so luti on of e lementary e ngin eer in g problems. p,·et·equis ite: Math llO . One lecture and one lab. (2S) Ca rte r Plane S ur vey in g. Primarily for Fores try st udents . Use of ta pe, h and leve l, level, tran sit, compass, and p lane tab le. Differential and profil e levelin g, trave r s ing , plottin g, mapp in g, and care of engineering ins trum ents. Pre requi s ites: Math 35, 46 . One lecture, two labs . (3F, S ) Tingey

nomics, financi n g, s u r veys a nd p lan s, geo m etric d es ign of rura l h ig h ways, a n d h ighway drain age. Winter quarter dea.ls w ith t h e s ub -g r ade s tl'uCtUJ·e, sta bi liz ed r oad s, m ate ri a ls of hi g hway constru ctio n, and th e d es ign of flexible a nd ri g id pavements . Spr in g quarter traffic prob lem s, inc lud in g t h e ve hi c le a n d t h e driv e r, t r affic su rvey s, acc ide nts , p lann i ng an d des ig n , Ll'affic control and ,·egula.t ion s. Three lectu1·es . (3F, 3W, 3S ) V. C hri sti a n se n

8 1.

Elements of S ur vey ing. Th eo r y of survey in g. T e rminology, computations, areas , volumes , field astronomy, and general s urveying. Prerequ is ites: Math 35 , 46. Two lectures , two labs. (4F ) Daines

84.

85. Advanced S urv eying. Prob lem s in levelin g, curves, s p ira ls, stad ia, pla n e table, and c ity surveying. Prerequis ite : C.E. 84. One lecture a nd two labs . (3S) Dain es 91, 92, 103, 104. Engineering Mechanics and Strength of Materia ls. Includes statics, dynam ics, and str e n gth of materials . The f ollow ing s ubj ects are st udi ed: r e$ ul ttants a nd equil ibri um of force systems, fri,c tiom, cen ter of gravity, mom e nts of inertia, k<i n e ma t ics a nd kin e ti cs, stress and strain in temsion and compre~s i on members , s haf ts, beatms, columns, combin ed and prin cip a l stresses, fatt ig ue, impact, e ne rgy loads, etc. Prere{! ui s.ites:; : C.E. 2, Math 99 a nd Phys ics 20 . Three lec1tu r es and one Jab. (4F, 4W, 4S, 4Su) :Rich. V. Ch.ri s tiansen 105 . E le m e nta ry St ru ctu ra l AnaLysifs. Ana lysis of s tresses and d eflecti ons in :sta1tica lly inCeterminant struc tures. Prereq u ishe : C. E . 104 or eq ui va le nt. Thr~e lectures an ((} on e lab. (4S) Carter 106. E l em e nts of Stru ctures. Prin~iples and r:ract ices of reinforced concrete an a lysis and des ign. Prereq ui s ite: C.E. lOG o t' eq uival e n t. 'Th r ee lec tures and one lab. (t1 F) Carter

Ele m e nts of Structures. P t'i n c:ipl es .a n d practices of a nalys is a nd design o1 ·Steel strucbres. Pre req uis ite: C.E. 105 or equiva le nt. Carter 1'hr ee lectures and one lab. (4W) 107.

H 8. Structural Theory and Design. D es ign of Steel and Reinforced Concrete StruCtures. Prereq uis ite : C. E. 107 or equivalent. Three l•ctures and one Jab. (4S) Carter 120, 121, 122. Highway Engineering. Fall qu arter is devoted to general hi g hway engineering, including current aspects of the f ~der· a l hi ghway engineering program, eco-

127. City pl a nnin g. Maste1· plan s, c iv ic units, park s a nd playgrounds, utili ties, h o u s ing, s ub d iv is ions, zo nin g , c i vic centers and a i rports. T hr ee lectures . Prerequis i te : C.E . 120. Two lectu 1·es, one lab. (3S ) Cordon

E n gi n eering Materials. Th e nature and properties of n o n-metallic and metallic e n g ineering materia ls . In clu des test in g mate ri a ls i n accordance with ASTM sta ndards . Three lec tures . (3 W ) Cordon 12 8 .

129. Engineering Materia ls . The nature a n d properties of m eta lli c and non -m etallic e n g in eel·in g materia ls . Includes so m e t estin g of e ngin ee1·in g materia ls accol'(ling to ASTM sta ndards . Prerequis ite: C.E. 128 or equ iva le nt. Three lectures. (3S) Co rdon 130. Building Co n st ru ction a nd Cost Estima ti n g. Construction m eth ods u sed in fabrication and creation of buildings and practice in estimat in g costs. Three lect ures . (3 F) Kepner

13>1, 132 . S tru ctural Desig n Problems. Problem s in deflection of beams a n d trusses, analys is and des ig n of static.:1. 1ly i ndeterminate t 1·u sses a nd rig id fra m es. Open to se ni o l'S a nd to graduate s tude n ts in C.E. C.E . 103 is prer eq ui s ite fot· C.E. 131 and C.E. !05 a nd 106 are prereq uis ites for C.E. 132. Three lectures. (3 W, 3S ) K ep n e r 140, 141 , 14 2. F luid Mechanics and Hydr a uli cs. Properties of fluids, t he principles of h ydrostat ics, flow of ideal and r eal fluid s , principles of s imilarity, flow of flui ds in p ipes a nd open chan n e ls, meas urem e nt of fluid flow and h ydrau lic principles underlyin g the desig n hin es and pumps. Prerequis i tes o r con cur r ently: Phys ics 20, Math 110. Fall , . t hree lec tures, Winter and Sp ring , two lectures a nd one lab. (3F, 3W, 3S) Flamme r, K eller 144. App l ied Hydrauli cs and Pneumatics. Th eo r y a nd practice in hydrau li cs a nd pneu matics as they app ly t o mach in e too ls an d contro ls. Prerequ is ite : C.E. 140 . Two lectures, one lab. (3 W ) Hansen

146. Design of Wa te r Co nv eya n ce Irriga ti on flu i d, a nd soi l mechanics to the sol ution of en g in eeri n g designs for ea rth cana ls , lined cana ls, flumes, transition s, and pipe Ji nes. Prerequisites: C.E. 142, 150; concurre ntly, C.E. 106. Three lectures . (3) Bishop

120 College of Engineering 147. Des ign of Water Control Str uctur es . Des ig n of da m s, div er s ion wo rk s, dr ops a nd chu tes, s p ill ways , wasteways, h eadgates, a nd ch eck ga tes . Prerequ is ite: C. E . 146. Three lectu r es. (3S) Bishop 150. Soil Mech a ni cs. Elem enta r y phys ics of soil as applied t o en g ineerin g problem s . Moisture, plastici ty, and capillary relation ships. Percolation and t he des ign of eart h stru ctu r es and fo undat ion s. P rerequis ites : C.E . 103, 142 . Kief er T hr ee lectures, one lab . ( 4F) 151. Soils Engineering. The applicatio n of e n g ineering soil m ech an ics a nd of structural theo r y t o d esig n of foundat ions, dams , highways, and other enginee rin g problem s. Prerequ is ite : C.E. 150 or eq ui va lent. T h ree lectures, o ne lab . ( 4 W ) Kiefer 173. Hydrology a nd Meteorology. The h yd rolog ic cycle, in c luding w eath er elem ents and cl imate, precipitation, evaporation , t r a n spiration, in filtration, g round water, and runoff; methods of collection of h ydrolog ic data and t h eir use in water s u pply an d flood control studies. Prerequ is ite : C.E. 141 , or i nstructor's consent. Four lectu res, one lab. (5W, 5S) Bagley 181. Photogrammetry . The science or a r t of utilizing photographs of the ea r t h's s urface for m a king su rveys , m aps, a nd land util ization studi es. Plan imetric ma ps, m osaic an d r estituted p h otog r aph s, the ir con structi on and uses. Prerequ is ites : E .D. 63, O.E. 81 or 85 , or senior sta.nding in F or estry, Range or Wildli fe Management, Geology, L a ndscape Archi tecture, Aeronautics , or Advanced Military Sc ience. T wo lectur es, one lab. (3F) Tingey

194 . Sewerage. Principles of des ig n , co nstruct ion a nd main te n a n ce of sewer systems. T r eatm e n t of sewage b y phys ica l, chemical a nd bio路}og ical ac t ion and m eth ods of fin a l disp osa L Prerequisi te: C.E. 142. Three lectures, on e lab. (4S) Kepne r 195. Contra ct s , Speci fi cations a nd' Engineering E thi cs. Synops is o f t h e law of contracts . Wri ting of engi neerin g specifi cation s . Eng in eerin g ethics an d relatio ns hips. P r er eq uis ite : English 111. Three lectures. (3S) Cordon 198 . Senior Seminar. Disc ussion of en g in eerin g s ub jects . Provides oppo r t unity f or both oral and wri tten ex pressio n . Talks b y vis it ing engin eers . R equired of a ll Civ il Engi neerin g seniors. Two lectures . (IF, W, S ) Milligan A ll courses w i th 200 number or over are reserved for gradu ate students . Under graduate seni or students who ha ve a hi g h sch olasti c stand in g m ay reg ister for t h em onl y with app r ova l of t h e department. 201 , 202 , 203. A dvanced Stru ct ur a l Theory and Design . Advanced top ics in structura l theor y includ ing a nal ysis of i ndeter m in ate frame w ork s; model a n a lys is; indi v idu a l problem s in t h e des ig n of mode rn stru ctures . Prereq uis ites: C.E. 132, 201. Three lectures. (3 W, 3S ) Rich 210. Earth a nd Rock-Fill Dams. D esign of fl ex ible type (earth or rock-fill ) d ams, utili z in g na t ura ll y ava ilable materials . The th eor ies of soil m echan ics are used to ch eck designs aga in st criteria for structu ra l stabili ty and stab ility agai nst seepage. Attention is g ive n to foun dat io ns a nd construct ion deta ils . Prer eq u is ite : C.E . 150. (3W ) Milligan

182. Route S ur vey ing. Theo ry and practice i n hi g hw ay curves and earth work, in cluding m_e th ods used in hi ghway, street, ca n a l, pipe line a n d gen e ra l project s urv eys . On e lecture, o ne la b. (2S) Tingey

211. Masonry Dams. Des ig n of r ig id type da m s. Stress, analys is and design of grav ity, mul ipl e a rch, a nd deck types of masonry dams. T i mber, steel, a nd m iscell aneous types. Prerequis ite : C.E . 103. (3F) Rich

190. Engineering Economy. App lications of t h e mathem a t ics of finan ce a nd co mput ing t ec hni ques to t h e test in g of a lter n a ti ve en g ineer ing proposa ls. Various m eth ods of finan cin g engineering co nstruction. Pre r equ is ites : Math 110, Econom ics 51, C.S. 1. T h ree lect ur es. (3F) Co rdon

212. Appurtenan ces to Dams and Oper ation of Res e rvoir s. H yd rau lic a nd stru ctural des ig n o f t unn els, gates, outl et ch a nn els , t r ash racks, etc. Operat io n of r ese r vo irs f or flood contr or and i rr igation . Prer eq uis ite : C.E. 142. (3S) Staff

191. Senior Project. Resea r ch or test in g p roject in som e p hase of en g in eerin g . Stu den ts con duct mi nor research project under direct ion of f aculty . Con ducted cooperatively w i t h C.E . 198 and E n glis h 111. (lW, IS) S taff 19 3. Municipal Water Systems. Elem e nts of d esig n construction, an d ma intenance of waterworks system s. T reatment of public water supplies . Prerequ is ite : C.E. 142. Three lectu res . (3W) Bishop

21 5. Hydro- Electr ic Des ign . Selection of plant capacity from h ydr olog ical info rm at ion. Effect of s 路.o r age on capac ity. Economic h ejg h t of da m s . Selection of equipm ent. Layout a.nd ar r a n gement of power plants . Prerequis ite: C.E. 142 . (3 W ) Staff 22 0, 221, 222. Advanced Highway Engineering. Econom ics of locatio n a nd. des ign , select io n, im provement and maintenance, traff ic contro l, admin istr at io n and fin a n ce. and ju risdi ction as app lied to hi g h ways. Prer equ is ite : C.E. 122. (3 F , W , S) Cordon

Agricultural Engineering 727 228. Advanced Co ncr ~ t e Eng in eering. Ba s ic prope rties of co n crete and concrete material s including the st udy of admixtures and pozzolau s . S ig nifican ce of tests and analysi s of acceptance tests, pe r formance tes t s , and contro l tests. Concrete as a co n str uc t ion mate1·ial. Prer equ is ite: C.E . 12 8 o r equ iva lent. ( 3W or 3S ) Cordon 23 0. S pecial Problems in Civil, Irrigation or Drainage Engineering . Independent study of a c hosen problem under the d irect ion of a memb e r of the departme n t staff. Students are expec t ed t o d evelop initiati ve in purs u ing t hese problems . Formal typewritte n reports requir ed. Credit arra n ged. (F, W, S ) Staff

24 1. Intermediate F luid Mechani cs . Effects o f p1·ess ure, iner t ia , grav ity , viscos ity, com press ibility, and su rface tens ion on the mo t io n o f fl u ids . Stn·face r es ista nc e, form res istance, lift, and prop uls io n . P1·e1·equisites: C. E. 142 or equivalent. 14 \ V ) Hansen 2.12. Channel Fl ow. Th eory of uniform a nd varied flow in open c h Hnnels with app lications t o des ign uf hydrauli c st ru ctures, backwate r curves, drawdown cun·es, m easu ring flumes , hydraul ic jump, and s uper- cri t ica l flow problems. Prerequisite : C.E . 241. (4S) Flamm e r 243. AdYanced Hydrauli c Des ig n. Des ign o f pipe lines , spec ial flumes, s pillways, wa te r control structu1·es . and h ydraulic machin e ry. l'reo·e qu is ite': C. E. 14 2, 147. (3S) Sta ff 24;; . Advanced Design of Drainage sys tem s. Measu 1·ements o f field pe1·meabil ity, h y draul ics vf wells, p ump i ng fo1· (\l·a inag-e, l eac hi ng and r ecla m at io n of s aline s o il s , etc. ( 3VV ) Bis h op 250 . Advant·ed Soi l Mec hani cs . Theories of sEc pag·e, cap i lla l"i ty , st ress , co n su l ida t io n, and stab ili ty arc d e ve loped and appli ed to th e p ract ical de:;; ig n and constructi on of ea r t h struct ur es. ln te l'PI'Ctat io n of la borato1·y test s is g iven s p ec ial at.t e n t ion. P1·e r eq ui s ite : C.E. 150 01 it s e quivalent. t:3S) P eter son 251. Adva n ced So il M ec h a ni cs Laborator y. A 1lvan ced labo r ato r y work in soi l mec h an ics to be a JTan g e d w ith i nstructor. Pre r equ is ites : C.E. 150 and 250 ( may be taken concurrently). ( 1S) Ki e fer 260. Dim e n s ional Analys is and Sim ilitude. T he appl ication of d imen s iona l ana lys is and s imil itu de to the s olution of a variety o f p n,Ul e m s in eng in ee rin g in t h e fi e lds of fluid m ec h an ics . st r uctural analysi s , v ibratio n pro bl e~ns, e lect l'ical ;,1 nd o t h e r p h ys ical p h e n om e na. A ppli cat ion s i nc lud e des ign o f experimen ts , in :erp r etati on of cxpe1·im e n tal data, deve lopnH nt. of eq ua t ions, theory of m odels, an d u s e o f analo~i es . Prerequisite : Appro va l of in\Vatkin s, Flammer stJucto r. t4F J

262. 263, 264 . Wate r R eso ur ces Enginee ring. ln CE 262 t he histoo·ic a l a n d in stituti o na l aspects of watet· reso urce develop m e nt as they relate to e n gineering projec t develop m e nt are cove1·ed . The deve lop m ent· of ot h er related r esou r ces a ssociate d w ith water develop m en t projects a r e al so t 1·eated . In CE 263 cu r ren t p t·oblem s an d policies in water 1·esour·ce ad mini st ration i nclud i ng- water laws, com pacts, a nd auth ori t ies di scussed . I n CE 264 ge n e ra l principles a n d procedures o f mul t i p le purpose project p lann ing are covered, in c luding pt·oject f ormu l at ion and evalu ation. P r er·equ is ite: Consen t o f in st ructor. (3F, 3 W, 3S) Bagley 265. Direc ted Reading a nd S p ecial St udi es in \Vate r Resource s . I nv es tigati on in to pro blems of specia l interest in watet· resou r ces e ng in eer ing. Given appropriate direct ion by s taff. Disc uss io n periods at·e al'l·anged. A final report is requir t:!d. Prert:!qu is ites: Con se nt of instructor. Cre dit arranged. ( F, W, S') Staff 27 0, 27 1, 272. Ad va n ced Fluid Mechanics. Ad\'an ced top ics in t h eo retical fl u id m ech a nic s HTHl hydro dynamic s . Pre r e(lu is ite : C.E. 242, partial diffe,·ent ial equations and advanced ca lculus . i3 F, 3W, 3S) Flammer 2i3 . Adva'nced Hydrolog y . Application of bas ic h ych·ologic prin cip les to eng in ee ring investigatio ns . Application of the un it h ydrog r ap h , infiltra t ion anal ys is, h yd r og raph a nal ys is , strea mfl ow routing- for rese rvo ir up e t·ati o n and control, u se and storage of g-ro undwate r . P r e requi s ite: C.E. 17 3. Three Milligan lectur es . 1:lS ) 280. 281. Theory and Desig·n of Plates and Shell s . Ana lys is o[ st r esses a nd d eflections o f vax ious shaped plates and s h e lls with ap pli cation s to airc t·a ft, roofs, tank s , and lm·ge pipelin es. Pre r e(lui s ites : C. E. 132 o r equi va le nt and advan ced e n g ineerin g- m a them at ics. (3 W, 3S) Staff 295. Sa nitar y Des ign. Pr in c ipl es of d esig n , co nst ru ctio n and ope rHt ion of water ptll· ifi cat ion and sewag-e treatment p lants. Preo·equ is ites : C.E . 193, 194. (3 W or 3S) Kepner 298. G 1·a du a te Thesis. W, S) 299.

Credit arran ged.

Grad u ate Sem inar. (1S)

( F, Staff Staff

Agricultural Engineering Ag1·icultuml Enginee·r ing applies engin eerin g sci ence to the solution of agricultural p roblems in the a reas of s oil a nd water, farm buildin gs, f a rm power and machin ery, electrification, a nd process in g of agricultural products. The Agricultural Engineering cur-

122 College of Engineering riculum a t USU emphasizes irrigat ion a nd drainage and water s up ply a nd ut il ization. Serv ice courses are offer ed in fa rm m ec han ics, farm machin ery, farm povv er, fa rm str uct ures, modei· n farm a nd h o~1e eq uipment, a nd irrigation a n d draina ge. These se r v ice courses are open to a ll univers ity stud ents w it h the p roper prerequi s ites . They are particularly de s ig ned for st ud ents in Agr icu lt ur e and Agricu lt ur e Education . Acad emi c work is supplem ented by fi eld trips, w hi ch are r eq uired as a part of the co urse work. These field tri ps provide, under faculty guidance, first-hand study of en gineeri n g projects in different stages of co mpletion . The c urriculum in Agric ultura l Engin eering places s pec ia l emphasis on irri gation and drainage and water supp ly and u t ilization. It is admini ster ed by the Civil and Irrigation Engineering Department, and qua li fied staff memb ers li sted in that department teach the co urses in the c u rricu lum.

C.E. 65 C. E. 85 Hum an it ies P.E .. M .S .,

........ ... . Ot'

···-···

--- ~

A.S. 18

F 4 3

w s 4

Senio r C'uun;e

A.E. 143, 14 7, 14 8 A .E . 149, A. E . 145 A gl'onomy 106, 107, 155 ·········· ····· -··· C.E. 150, 128, 129 C.E . 198 C.E . 190, A.E. 102 , C.E. 195

F 3

w s 3 4

4 4

Ag ricultu ra l Engineering Co urses Farm Mec hanics. Use o f hand and power too ls, s har pe nin g, care, and selection of tools a nd s hop supplies . Sheet meta l work; cold metal; f o rge work; pract ical farm drawing; home farm s ho p; a nd s hop saf ety. Three lectures, tw o labs . (S F, W ) Ja r r et t 1.

10. Irriga ti on Practice. Primar il y f or ag ri cultural s tuden ts. Princ ip les a nd practices f efficient use of water, wate r measurement, fa1·m s urvey ing. Three lectures, one lab. (48) Daines

S 5

S ophomore Course C.E. H•l, C.E . 9 1, 92 M ath 99, 110, Econom ics 51 Ph ys ics 21, 22

C.E . 103, 104 , 105 C.E . 140 , 141, 142 E. E. 104 . 105, 106 M.E. 114, ds, En~~: Iis h I l l Humanities , C.E. 173

101. Fa r m Buildings. Especia ll y for agricultura l students. Planning , es timating, layout, construct ion materia ls, painting, remodeli ng, wir ing , plumbing, fencing , concre te and ma ~ sonry as related to farm structures . Thr.:e lectures, two labs. (58) Jarrett

Agricultural Engineering Curr icu lum Freshm a n Course C.E . I, 2, C.S. 1 Ma Lh 35, 97, 98 Ch e mistry 10, 11, Physics 20 M. E . 21, 22, Hu man iti es Englis h 1, 2, 3 P .E., M. S., o r A .S.

J UNIO R Cou 1· se

10 2. Farm Power. Ope rati o n, care, and mai n ~ tenance o f tractors a nd f a rm engines . Diest-1, L.P.G ., 4- cycle and 2 -cycl e e ng in es and ele.: tri c m otors. Th ree lec tur es, two lab s . (5 W, ~) J a rr e·: t 10 3. Farm Mac hine ry . Selectio n, operatio J, maintenance, and repair of farm mach i ne17 , in clu ding mate L·ials of const ru c t ion, m ec h an ic.> , tran s m iss ion of power, adjustment of t ill ag ~ . planting, sp raying, du s ting, forage, and ha:vestin g equipment, brazing cas t iron, weld in g- , hanl facing, and u:se of the carbon arc torcb.. Three lectures , tw o labs. (SF) Jarre' t 10 4. Senior Project. Involves scal ed draw in t· , cos t estimating, construction and formal l't port on student-se lec ted proj ect. Cred it a:ranged. (S) Sta'f

Agricultural Engineering 123 ll. OS. Eng in eer in g Aspects of Soil and Water C onservation . Exte n t a nd kin d-5 o f e r·os ion, r-a t e of wa t e r a bso rp t io n , soil e rodibi lity, vege t a ti o n a nd c u lt u1·a l practices. E r os io n con t r o l s; t ru ctu1·es, s urv eys for hydr·au lic des ig ns f or tr.e n· aces , te rrace o utl e t s a nd soil sav in g da m s. T illage and f a rming methods , s trip- c ro ppin g , e r osion a.nd a lkal i prob lems on ir ri ga t ed Jand . T hr ee !ec tu1· es , on e lab. (4S ) Daines 1 10 . Irrigation Principles. Prim a rily f or u pp e r di v is io n s tud e nts in a g ri c ulture a nd col leges oth e r t h a n E n g ineering . Wate r m easu r·em e nt, co nv eyan ce and applica ti o n , co ns um p ti ve u se o f wate r and w ate r require m e nts, pump in g , drain age, and s oil-water r e latio n s hi ps. Prereq ui s ite: M a th 34. Two lec tu res , o ne lab. (3F) K eller 1 43. Irrigation Principles. F or adv a nc ed e ng ineerin g s tud e nts . Soil , water , p lant r e latio n s hips; wate r r eq ui r em e nts; effic ien cy of wate r use ; fl o w o f wate r in soil. Prerequi s ite : C. E . 142. Two lectures, o n e lab. (3F ) Keller 14 5. Design of Drainage System s. Drainage des ig n in r e la t ion to s oil pro per t ies , locatio n o f drain s, fl ow of water, prop er ti es of til e , dra inag e c on st ru ction, s alinity of soil, a nd quality of wate r. Prerequis ite: C .E. 142. Thre e

lectu r es , one l a b. (4S)

Bishop

14 7. Sprinkler Irrigation Design. D esign of s prinkler i rrig a t ion s ystems including: s prinkler h ead types, cha racter is tics and des ign ; pum p a nd pumping plant ch a racte d s tics and des ign; s prinkle r s ystem pla nnin g and l a yo ut; e conomic a spec ts of d esign and ope r a tion ; s ys tem mainte nan c e, operatio n and ma.n a g emen t . Prerequ is ites : Math 98 and app r o val

of in s tru ct o r, o r A .E. 143. ( 3W )

Keller

14 8. Design of Farm Ir ri gatio n Sys tems. A ppl ica t io n o f e ng- inee rin g pl'in c ipl es to t h e p la nnin g and design o f f a r m irriga ti o n s ys te m s . In c ludes up e n d itc h and pi pe lin e d is t ,· ibutio n s yste m s for a pplicatio n o f wate r· by s ut·fa ce and sp l'ink l in g m e th ods. Pre r equi s ites : 143 a.nd C. E. 14 2. 13S,i Bishop 149. Irrigation Ins titution s . Laws gove rnin g a c qui s it io n, adjudi c at ion, and adminis trati o n of wa te r rights ; s tate wate r cod es , mutu a l co mp a ni es, comm er c ia l co m pa ni es, i rri gatio n and dr a i nage d is tri c ts; f ede ral leg is la t ion ; p r ojec t p la nnin g . Three lect ur e3 . (3 F ) Milligan

160. Management of Irrigation System s. D e t a il s o f s taff organi z a t io n f o r irrigation s ystem s . Distribu t ion of wa ter to irri g ator s; fin a n cin g f o r con s tru cti o n and ope r a ti on; maintenance of canals, flum es, p ipe lin es , dam s , we irs , a nd othe r irrig ati o n s tructur es . Three lectures . (3W) Milliga n 230. Special Problems in Agricultural Engineering. Independe nt s tudy of c h osen p r o blems in A gr icultural En g inee rin g . Stud e nts a r e exp ec ted t o develop initia t ive in purs uing the3e problems . Standard, formal t yp ewr itten reports required. Credit arran ged. (F, W, S ) Staff 231. 232. Irrigation Science. Adv a n ced study in irr ig at ion, including s u ch topics a s cons umptive us e of water, soil m ois ture , irrig at ion, eros ion, in fi l tr a t ion, permea bility, p o tentia l 1heory, well hydra uli cs, a nd othe r i rr iga t io n engineering principles and prac tices . Bis hop, Milligan (3W, S ) 29 8. Gr a du ate The3is. (F , W, S)

C r e dit arranged.

Staff

124 College of Engineering

Department of

Electrical Engineering PROFESSORS Larry S. Cole, H EAD, Clayton Clark, B e1·tis L. Embry, Bruce 0 . Watkins; ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Damn J. Baker, G. Smoot Hor sley, William L . Jone s; ASSI STANT PROFESSORS Duane G. Chadwick, W . Arnold Finchum, Rob ert L. H ey borne; INSTRUCTOR R eid J . Gardner; RESEARCH ENGINEERS W ayne K . Barlow, Fan R. Brown, Scott P . Stewa.r t, Duard S . Woffinden, Clair L. Wy att ; RES EARCH PHYSICISTS Louis C. Block, R alph Briscoe , Rog er H . Kleen.

Office in Engineering and Physical Science 130 The four-year program listed here leads to the degree o.f Bachelor of Science, with empha sis .in the field of general electronics. The c urriculum in Electcic al Engineering is accredited by the Engineers' Council for Professiona l Development. Laboratory work in small groups is an organized par.t of most co urses, to provide physical confirmation of bas.i c principles; fami.Ji a rity with commonly use d components, instruments and equ.ipment ; and to make possible clos er relationships between teacher and stud ent and among students. For .students planning to pa rticipate in the a dvanc ed military pro.gram, in athletics, work parttime, or who desire a broader a nd less intense program, a five-year course of study leading to a B.S. degree •is a lso availabl e.

Electrical Engineering Curriculum Freshman Course C.E. 1, 2 c.s. 1 . Math 35, 97, 98 M.E. 21, 22 ........... ..................... EngliSh 1, 2, 3 . Chemistry 10 , 11 . Physics 20 Huma ni ties2 ..... M.S., A.S., or P.E.3 .

.......

W, 1

5 3

E.E. 79, 80, 81 Math 99, 110 Phys ics 21, 22 E lective P hys ics 122 . Humanities 2 M .S., A.S., or P.E."

S 4

.... 5 3

1 18

Junior Course

E.E. 12 4, 125, 126 E.E. I ll, 112, 110 . C.E. 91, 92, 103 . M.E. 114, 115 . E nglish 111 . Humanities 2 E.E. 150'

Senior

Course

E .E. 139 , 141 E.E. 180, 181. 182 ., ... .. E .E. 107 , !08 , 160 ..... ... . E .E. 175, 176, 177 ................... ... .. E.E. 151 or E lective·• E lective5 Huma ni ties 2 ·····•

3 18

2 See

18 lQn leave.

Sophomore Course

College of Engineering page f or details of mathem·atics a nd humanities requirements. 3

T wo credits are g iven for M.S. or A.S .

"May be taken any quarter, omitting a humanities course. •Electives must be approved by depart ment head.

Electrical Engineering 125 Graduate Study The gra du a t e program in El ectr ica l Engineering is basica ll y genera l, coverin g circ ui ts, waves, and fi eld s, wi.th supporti n g mathematics and phys ics. Some specialization is avai lab le in t h e fi eld s of radio propagation, servo-mecha ni sms, comp u ter funda m enta ls, microwave m eas urements, t r ansistor circuitry, a nd semiconductor physdcs. A possible course of study is li sted below which will lea d to the Master of Science degree . Modifi cation may be made, dependin g on t h e stud en t's preparation and obj ectives. Extend ed programs of stud y, in cooperation wit h t h e Dep a rtm ents of Phys ics, Mathematics, and Mechanical Engin eerin g, may lea d to the Doctor of Philosophy degree in E lectri ca l Engin eering. Typ ica l course of study lead ing to the degree of Master of Sci ence in El ectri ca l En gin eeri n g: Course

E.El. EE. E .E . E. E.

211, 212 23 1, 232, 233 222, 223 298 (t h es is) Math 139, 131, 132 O L' 140 , 141. 142 Approved E lectivel

3 13

Electrica l Engineering Courses 26 . E lec tri cal Engineering Orientation. An in woduction to e ng ineerin g principles and p rob le ms ; t h e e ng ineering profess io n ; reports and com muni cation s . One lab. (1S) Staff

79 . 80, 8 1. Introduction to Electrical Engin ee ring. Fundamental s of Electrical Eng ineering: basic p h ysica l and e lectr ical e n e r gy coJ.cep ts ; definitions, term inology, e lectrical en ~ rgy sources. App lication of Ohm's Law, Ki ch aff's l aws, and network t h eo r ems to :Recomm.e nded e lectives include modern phvs ics , p hys ical chemistry, nuclear scie nce or other E.E. courses.

t h e solution of c ircuit problems. Non-linear circu it analys is. In troduction to magnetic and electri c fie lds. Introduction to tran s ie nt beh av io r . Fundamenta ls of a lter n atin g current; app li•!ations of complex quantities in AC c irc u its; app lications of netw oi·k theorems i n AC c ircu it s . S ing le p h ase and multi-phase c i1·cu its; AC power and reactive volt-amper es. E lements of com p lex wave a n a l ys is. Alternat ~ ing currents in n on-lin ea r ci r cu i ts. Prerequ is ites : E. E. 79, concurren t registr ation in M ath 98, (ca lcu lus ) and s lide r u le profic iency; E .E . 80, Math 98, E.E. 79 and concurrent registrat ion in Math 99; E .E. 81, Mat h 99 an d E.E. 80 . Three lectures, one lab. E .E . 79 (4F), E.E. 80 (4 W ) , E.E. 8 1 (4S) Heyborne 101. Elect roni cs. A spec ia l course f o r sen ior or g r a duate sc ie nce majors and n on -e lectrical en g i neers. Fundam enta ls of e lectri c an d e lectron ic circu its; app lications to t h e e lectr ical meas urement of p h ys ical quant i t ies. P r er equ is ite : P h ys ics 2 1 or equ iva lent. Three l ectu res, one l ab. ( 4F) Jon es 104 . F undam e nta l s of E lec tri cal E n gi n ee rin g -Circuits. For n on -electrical e n g inee r s . Princ iples an d a n a lysis of D C and AC circuits . E lectr ic and magnetic fields an d c ircuits. P rerequisites : Phys ics 21 and Calcul us . Two lectures, one lab. (3F) Heyborne 105 . Fundamental s of Electri cal Engi n ee rin g -Mac hin es . A conti nuatio n of E.E. 104 . Princ ip les of DC and AC machin es . Generat ion, tra n s m iss ion a n d ut ilizatio n of e lectric power. Trans f o rmers and protective equ ip H ey borne m e n t . Two lectu r es, one lab . (3 W ) 10 6. F undamental s of E l ect ri ca l E n gi n ee rin g -E lectronics. A contin uat io n of E.E. 104 and 105. Indu stri al e lect ron ic sys t e m s an d devices. E lectrical methods of m easu r e m e nts of physical quant it ies . Two lectures, on e l a b. (3S) Hey borne 107 . E lec tri cal Machinery I. An introductory course cover ing the bas ic pr in c iples of e lectl'ical mach ine r y; magnetic c ircuits; DC mac hin es; AC power circuits, polyphase c ircu its, powe t· transm issio n and d istribu t ion. Prerequ is ite : E. E . 81. Three lectures, o n e lab. (4 F ) Watkins

108. Electrical M ac hin e r y 11. A co ntinuatio n of E.E. 107, w it h specia l emp h as is on AO mac hin es . Tran sfo rmers; s ingle a nd polyph ase system s and m ac hin es; co n tro l equ ipment. Prerequ is ite : E. E . 107. Three lectu r es, one Jab. (4 W) Watkins 110. Lines and F ilters. Principles an d c h aracte ristics of transm ission li n es, n etworks , match i ng sections and fi lters. Prerequisite: E.E. 111. Three lectu res, one l ab. (4S) Cole

126 College of Engineering 111. Network Ana lysis I. Basic network conve nti ons a nd topo logy; formulat ion of n etw ork equatio n s; solut ions v ia d iffe re n t ial equation, LaPlace transform a nd operational Prerequis i tes : E. E . 81 an d Math m eth ods. llO . Three lectu r es. (3F) Cole ll2. Network Analysis II. A co nt inuatio n of E.E. 111; impedance and admittance fun ct ion s; n etwo r k funct io n s, driving point a nd tran sf e r immi tta n ces; steady stat e analysis from pole-zero configurations; a mplifier networks. Prereq uisite : E.E. 111. Three l ectures. (3 W ) Cole ll9. Applied Engineering Statistics. Applicat ion of principles of statis tical a nalys is and probab ili ty to e n g ineering problems. I n du strial expe rim entation, qual ity control, reliability, a nd operating stud ies. Prer equis ite: Upper divis ion or graduate stand in g. (3W, S) Staff 120. Antennas . Fu nd amenta ls of anten nas, radiation a nd w ave propagation; direction a l arrays; feed Jin es and m atchin g and phasing n e tworks; ante nn a and fiel d stren gth m easuremen ts. Prerequis ites : E . E. llO, 139. Three lectu res, one l a b. ( 4S) Clark 124. Fundamentals of Electronics. An a lysis of the prin c iples , c haracteristics a nd operation of electronic dev ices utilizing basic p hys ical laws and concepts of m ode rn phys ics . Includes stud y o f th e rmionic emission, vacu um a nd gas tubes, p h otoelect ric ity, semi- condu c t ors and tra n sstors. Prerequis ites: 9.9. 8 1, M a th llO; co n cu rre nt r egis tr atio n i n Phys ics 122 is des irable. Three lec tures, one lab. (4F) Chadwick 12 5. Electronic C ircuits I. Principles, a n a l ys is a nd design of tube an d trans istor voltage a mplifi er s; f eedb ac k principles and feedback a mp lifi ers . Prerequisite : E. E. 124. Three lectu r es , one l ab. (4 W ) Chadwi ck 126. Elec tronic C ircuits II. Prin ciples, ana lys is a nd des ig n of tube and transistor power a m p lifi ers; R F' powe r ampl ifie rs a nd osc illator; m odulati on and detection systems. Prerequ is ite : E .E. 125. Three lectur es, one lab. (4S) Chadwi ck 129. Electroacoustics. Fun dam entals of a r chitec tural aco us tics : Theo r y a nd princ ipl es of e lectro-mec h a ni cal transdu cers, in c lud i ng l oud s peakers , microp h on es a nd vibra t ion p icku ps; r ecording methods and equipm en t; m eas urem e nt tech n iques in acoustic a nd electr om ec h an ical sys tems. Prerequ is ites : E .E. 111, 125. Three lectures, one lab. (4S) Cole 139. Fundamentals of Electric Waves. Introduc t io n to vector analys is ; elem e n tary elect romag n etic fie ld t h eo r y; Maxwell's eq uations; radi ation a nd wave g uid es. Pre r eq uis ites : E. E . 11 0 and M ath ll O. (3F) Clark

141. Microwaves . Fundamental p rin c ip ia of mi c r owaves , ge ne r ators, cav ity resonato r s; trans miss io n lin es, wave g uides, parabo lic a n d h o rn radiators; mi c r owave propagation ; n:e a s u r emen ts in t h e m icrowave reg io n. P r enq ui s ite: E.E. 139. Three lectu r es, one lab . (I W) Clark 150. Instrum e nts and Measurements. The p rinci p les and a pp li cation of e lectrical and e lectroni c instr u m ents; m eth ods a nd 路~ ech 颅 niques of m easu rements . Prereq uis ite or co nc urrent registra t ion in E.E. 124. One lec:ure, one lab. (2F ) Heyborne, Chadwick

151 , 152 , 153. E.E. Project Laboratory. F or seniors only. Indi vid ual engin eerin g a s,ignm e n ts in vo lving des ig n, devel opmen t , con stru ction and testing of var io us types and un its of e lectronic and com munications equ ipment. A fortnal e ngineering report is r equ ired of eac h proj ect. T wo labs . (2F, 2W, 2S ) Staff 160 . Servomechanisms. Introductory t heory and a nalys is of linear c losed-loop con t r ol systems . Study of serv om echani sm syrtems co nta ining electronic, e lectro-mag netic and mechanical componen ts. P re r equis ites : E. E . 107, 108, ll 2. T hree lectures, on e lab. (4S) W alkins

165. Analog Co mputers. App lication of an a log meth ods to the solution of eng in ~ ring proble m s ; principles of in teg 1路ators, n ultip lie rs, funct io n gen e rators ; t ime and am plitude s cal e factors. Prerequ is ites: E. E. 111, M a th llO. One lect ure, on e la b. (2F, 2W, 2S) W a tkins 167. Digital Computer Programming. Discuss ion of probl em-o ri e nted programming la nguages (co mpil er s) . The use of a com piler language t o wr ite prog r ams for a com puter. Students are expected t o lear n a prog rammin g lang u age a nd solve problems i n t h eir ow n fi e ld us in g a com pu te r. Two lect ures, one la b. Pre req ui s i tes : M ath 35." A lso listed as Computer Science 167. (3F, W, S) Watkins 17 5, 176, 177. Electrical En g路in eering Seminar. A w eekl y m eeting of s t aff a nd se nior E.E. major s . R e ports a nd di scuss ion s on recent developme nts i n e lec tron ics an d communicat ions . Each stude n t prepares a nd presents technical papers on s ui ta bl e t op ics. ( 1F, 1W , 1S ) Staff

180. Transistors . An in t r oducti on t o the theor y, p rin ciples and ch aracteristics of t r a n s isto rs. F unda m e nt a l app lications of t ran s isto r s ; circ ui try, a n alys is and des ig n. Prerequi s ite : E. E. 112, 125. Three lect ures, one lab. (4 F ) Jones

Electrical Engineering 127 181. Pulse Circuits. Ana lys is a nd des ign of tube and trans istor static and regenerative c ircuits , including pu lse s haping circuits, mu l~ tiv ib rators , a n d blocking oscil lator ci rcu its. Prel'equisite: E. E. 180. Three lectures, one lab. (4 W ) F inchum 182 . Digital Circuits.. An in troductio n to counters, shift reg isters, logic circu its, and information storage dev ices used in digital systems . Prerequis ite: E. E. 181. Three lectures, one lab. (4S) Finchum 200. S pecial S tudies in Electrical Engineering. Preparatio n of professiona l papers and reports, research , and specia l prob lems . Credit arra nged. (F, W, S) Staff 211, 212. Advanced Electronic Circuits. D esig ned for g raduate students w h o h ave completed a series of courses on pulse circuits using both tubes and trans istors, s uch as E.E. 181, 182. The coverage is somewhat s imilar except that in t h is grad uate series the emphasis is on ana lyt ical methods a nd development of m ore advanced pu lse and dig ita l techniques. Prerequis ites: E. E. 180, 181, 182 or equivalent. Three lectures, one lab . (4F, 4W ) Clark 222, 223. N etwork Synthesis. The m ath ematical basis a nd design methods for two a nd four-terminal passive n etworks havin g physically realizable driving point immittances. Prerequisite: E. E. 112. (3F, 3W ) Watkins 23<1, 232, 233. E lectromagnetic Fields a nd Waves. Advanced static and dynam ic electric, current, and m agnetic fie ld t h eory; Maxwell's eq uations; wave equations ; solut ion of electromagnetic field a nd wave problems in coord inates. appropriate to various wave stru ctures ; nonclass ical electrodyn am ics. Prerequisite : E. E. 139 or Physics 175. Th ree lectures. (3F, 3W, 3S) Baker

235. R a dio P rop aga ti on . Radio wave transmiss ion t hroug h die lectric and ionized mediums. Calculation of effects of reflection and absorption of radio waves f rom t h e earth 's ionosphere w ith practical problem s encoun tered in long distance comm unication. In troduction to m agnetoio ni c t h eory. Prerequisite: E .E. 139 or equivalent. (3S u ) Clark 240. Microwave 1\'Ieasurements. Theory and pt路actice in measurem ent of i mpedance, power, frequency and wave length at frequencies above 500 me. Oscillators and detectors will be stud ied along with the characteristics of certain types of transm ission lines an d associated equ ipment in the microwave l'egion. Prerequisi tes: E .E . 13 9, 141 or equ ivalent. One lecture, one lab. (2Su) Staff 24 5. Introduction to Semi conductor Device Theory . Basic principles of sem iconductor theory; p -n junction and trans istor theory; survey of new devices. Three lectures, one lab. Horsley ( 4S, 4Su) 251. Servom echanis m s a nd Automatic Con trols. Advanced theory and design of linear servo system s. Feed-back synthesis. Transient response and s tability problems. Introdu ction to non-linear systems. Prer equ isite : E.E. 160 or equ ivalent. Three lectures. (3S) Watkins 27 5, 276, 277. Graduate E .E. Seminar. A weekly meeting of staff a nd graduate E.E. students. Each student prepares a nd presents tec hn ical papers on su itable topi cs. One lecture. (IF, lW, IS) Staff 298. Graduate Th esis . (F, W, S)

Credit arranged. S taff

128 Co/lege of Engineering

D epartment of

Mechanical Engineering (Mechanical Engineering, Chemical En gineering ) PROFESSOR Reynold K. Watkins, HEAD; ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS l zydor Eisenstein, Austin G. Loveless; ASSISTANT PROFESS ORS Russell M. H oldredge, Owen K. Shupe, Albe1路t B. Smith, Edward W. V endell, Carl R . Wallis; IN STRU CTOR Ross A. Nyman; RESEARCH ENGINEER F. Dwayne Nielson.

Office in Engineering and Physical Science 168 Mechanical engineering is t h e design a nd development of machines. Machines a r e anything from a crow bar to an inter-planetary rocket. Most of the technical staffs of industries, public utilities, and government agencies include mecha nical engineer s. Mechanical engineers specialize in such areas as aeronautics, a utomotive engineerin g, nuclear engineering, petroleum engineering, indu strial engineering, space en gineerin g, thermodyna mics, h eat transfer, machine design, power production, systems engineering, management, equipment sales, refrigeration, air condi t ioning, etc. Limited specialization in these a r eas can be achieved in t h e undergraduate technical elective program in the senior year, but most firms prefer that a dditional specialization be obtained in industry or on a graduate level. Consequently emphasis is placed on basic engineerin g fundamentals such as mathematics, chemi str y, phys ics, and basic en gi neering sciences. On graduation th e student is qualified to become a n engineer-in-training in industry or to continue specialization in graduate study.

Up-to-date laboratory faci lities, including a sub-critical nuclear reactor, are utili zed in t h e undergraduate as well as graduate prog ram. Industrial management students may obtain a min or in a specialized area of power or design by completing a total of 18 cred it hours in courses approved by the department faculty.

Mechanical Engineering Curriculum The mechan ical engineerin g curriculum is accredi ted by Engineers Council for Professional Development. Freshm an

Course Chem istry 10, 11 Physics 20 ....... ... ........ . M.E. 21, 22 .... .. ............................ .. Ma th 351, 97, 98 . .......... ......... Englis h 1, 2, 3 . C.E. 1. 2

c.s.

5 3

................ .. ................. ..... .... .... . ....

... .

Humanitiesl M .S. ," A.S .,2 or P .E . .

Mechanical Engineering 129 Sophomore Courses

Phys ics 21, 22 Mat h 99, 110 TME 14 8 , 150 C.E. 91 , 92 ..... . ....... . . M.E. 120 M.E. 3 . Human ities1. M.S. ,' A.S. ,2 or P.E.

Junior Oourse

M.E. 114 , 115 C.E. 103 , 104 E.E. 104, 105, 106 C.E. 140, 141 M.E . 150 M. E . 143 M.E. 130 M .E. 160 M.E. 161 Human it ies 1

4 4 4 4 4. 4 .... 17

Courses

M.E. 131 , 132, 133 M.E. 11 6, 11 7, 11 9 M .E. 198 Technica l E lectives3 ······ ················· Humanitiesl

4 4

Senior

4 4

4 3

Graduate Study Thi s department offers a graduate prog ram leading to t he Master of Science degree in Mechanical Engineering. The program is designed for specialization in applied mechanics, thermodynamics, or nuclear engi neering. It is understood that : ( 1) an acceptable course of study will be worked out by the student with a graduate committee 1 See College of Engineering p ....... for details of mathematics and huma nities requirements. 2 Credits for M.S. I and II (2F, 2W, 2S) and credits for A.S. I are (1F, 1W, 2S) and fo r A .S. II are (2F, 2W, 1S ) . ''T echn ical electives may be select ed from the following sequences: Math 130, 131, 132; Math 14 0, 141, 142; M .E. 190, 191, 192; or from the follow ing courses after co nsulta tion w ith your a dviser : M.E. 10 6, 135, 162, 165, 172, 183, 185, 187; Physics 122; Speech 105.

which wi ll be appointed by the Dean of the School of Graduate Studies; (2 ) the study and r esearch program wi ll satisf y all of the requirements li sted in thi s catalog under the School of Graduate Studi es. In addition to the prescribed req uirements, a minimum of 9 credit hours of mathematics beyond t ha t required for the B.S. is required . Ordinarily the advanced calculus series is recommended. Following is a typical course of study leading to the degree of Master of Science in Mechanical Engineering: Course

Ma th M.E. M .E. M. E. M .E . C.E. M .E.

F W

130, 131, 132 210, 211 , 214 240, 241, 242 . 261 ..... .... . ........................ . 230 260 298

S Su

3 3

Depending on the student's specialization some of the above courses may be replaced by such courses as: M.E . 201, 202, 203; C.E . 201, 202, 203; C.E. 270, 271, 272, and C.E . 241.

Mechanical Engineering Courses 3. Mechanical Engineering Problems. Meth~ ods of so lvin g and presenting problems in an engineering manner. Numerical and graph ~ ica l solutions of algebraic and trigon ometric eq uation s. Prerequisite: C.E. 2. One lab. (IS) Watkins

Note : Do not purchase draf ting instrum ents before first cla£s in the next three courses : 6. Elementary Drafting. Letteri ng, use of instrum ents , and fundam.entals of drafting. Open only to f orestry students. One lab . (1W ) Smith 21. Engineering Graphics. Devel<>pment of spatial v is ualization. Graphica l solutions in~ volving points, lines, and p lanes. One lecture, two labs. (3F, W) Staff

130 College of Engineering 22 . E n gineering Graphics. Revolutions, i nter· sections, and developments, vectors, alignment charts, graphs, and pictor ia l drawings. Prerequ is ite : M.E. 21. One lecture, two Jabs. (3 W, S) Staff 10 5. Special Problems in Drawing. This course is i nten ded to give uppe r di v is io n students an opportun ity to work in s pecial at·eas of archi tectura l draw ing, perspective drawing , production illu stration, machine a nd sh eet metal drawing, and other areas as approved by t h e head of the department. Prerequ is ite: M .E . 23. Cred it arranged. (F , W, S) Staff

10 6. Machin e Fram e Ana l ysis. An in t r od uction to methods of des igns of statisticall y indeterm.inate m achine f rames. Prerequisite: Watkin s C.E . 104 . T hree lectures. (3F) 110. Heat E n g in es. In t r oduction to elementary the rm odynamics and basic heat power cycles . Prereq uis ite : Physics 19. Three lectures, one Jab . (4W) Staff 114, 11 5. Engineering Thermod yn a mics. First Law , Second Law, Hea.t, W ork, Pure Substance, Perfect Gases, Mixtures, Applications, Avail able Energy, and Introduction to Heat T ransfer. Prerequis ites: M.E. 114, Ma.th 110, P h ysics 22 ; M.E. 115, M. E . 114. (M.E. 114 and 115 cannot be taken conc urrently . ) Three lectures. M.E. 114 (3F, 3W), M.E. 115 (3 W , 3S) Holdredge, Vendell 11 6, 117 . Engineering Heat Tra ns fer . One and tw o-dimensio nal steady state conduction, la min ar a nd turbu len t flo w , convecti ve heat tran sfer, n atural co n vec ti on, r ad iation, tra ns ien t and pel'iodic heat transfer, app lications an d laboratory tests. Prerequ is i tes : M.E . 115, 160 a n d C.E . 141. Cl asses must be take n i n sequen ce. Three lectures, one lab. (4F, 4W) Holdredge 119 . Th ermodyn a mi c Sys t ems. App lication of t he Jaws, concepts, a nd procedures of t h ermodynamics, heat transfer, and gas dynamics to turbo-machinery, propulsion, co mbustion, gas and vapor turb ine cycles, expanders and compressors, and other apparatus. Both analytical a nd experim en ta l approaches. Prerequ is ites : M.E. 117 and 143 conc urrently. Three lectu r es a nd o ne Jab. (4S) Holdredge

120. Engineering Measurements. Bas ic engineer in g measurem ents, t h eory and techn iques; error a n a lysis, data redu ction and r ejection ; Analys is o f data by grap hical, statistical, and mathem atical means; experi.men t planning. Prerequ isite: Math 99. Three lectures, one Staff lab . (4S) 130. Kin emati cs of Ma chines. Analysis of d isplacement, velocity, and acceler atio n in mech an isms by g r a phical and analytical meth -

ods. Velocity and acceleration polygons. K inematic design of cams, belts, tooth ed gearing, gear trains, computing m echanisms, etc. Introduction to synthes is . Com plex numb ers in kinematics. Calcu lat ion of veloci t ies and accelerations by complex numbers. P r erequisite : C.E. 102. Two lectu r es, two labs . (4F, 4S ) Eise n stein 1311. Machin e A n a lysis . Basic a n a lyt ical t ools fo r t he des ig n of machin es . Appl ication of pr incip les of en g in eer in g m ech a nics, strength of materia ls, a nd k i nematics in machine ana lys is. Combined stresses; t h eories of failure; va t·iabl e loads, repeated a nd i mpact; fati gue ; stress co n cenh·ation; statical1 y indetermin ate membe r s; deflection-energy meth ods; curved beams; t hick shell cylinders ; fla.t p lates; cr itica l speeds. Prerequ is ites: C.E. 104, M .E. 130. Eisens t ein Three lectu r es, one lab. (4F)

132 . Machine Des ig n, Application of t h e meth od of stress analys is to t he desi g n of machin e com ponents. Ana lys is of static a nd dynamic f orces a nd s tr esses in m.ach ine eleme n ts . D esign of machin e part by r ation a lization and empir icism. T he main top ics are: faste nin gs, power screws, pressure vessels , sp rin gs, shafting, coupling, clutch es and brakes, beari ngs w ith slid ing and rolling contact, lubrication, etc. Prerequ is ite: M.E . 131. T wo lectu r es, two labs. (4W) Eisen stein 133. Mac hine D es ig n Projects. Analysis and des ig n of power transm it t ing devices, gea ring, Flywheel analysis. In troduction to experimental stress ana l ys is t h eory and techni que. Des ign project a n d report cou r se covering d es ig n procedure and app li cation of ge nera l t h eories of machin e des ig n i nclud i n g desig n of m ech a ni cal systems in vol v ing str ess a.n a l ys is and dynam ic. Students work in di v id ually or in s mall groups under active gu idan ce o f staff membeL'S on substantia l approved projects. R efer·ences are made to research publications a nd exper im en tal procedures. P1·eTequ is ite: M.E. 132. Two lectures, t wo labs. (4S) Eisen s t ein

F und a men ta ls of Ma chine Desi g n. A p p lication of pr in ciples of mech an ics, strength of materia ls a nd kinemat ics to t h e design of bas ic machine elements . Force and stress a na lys is. In troductio n to genera l des ign of major machi n.e members ; faste nin gs, power tran s mi ttin g devi ces, sh afts, bea r in gs, geari n g. P r erequ is ite : M .E. 130 a n d C.E. 103. Three Eisenstein lec tures, one lab . (4 W)

134.

135. D y namics of Machinery. Analysis of motio n a ri s ing from v ibrations of systems of o ne or m ore degrees of freedom ; fr ee and forced v ibra t ion. Appl ication of t h eory to practical problems of rota t in g a nd reci p rocating m achin es; bala ncin g of mach i nery. A n a lys is of dyn a mic forces in machin ery. Two lectu res a nd one lab. (3S) Eis enstein

Mechanical Engineering 131 143. Gas Dynamics. Fundamental concepts of fluirl mechanics and t h ermodynamics, isentropic flow, s h ock waves, constant area flow, flow w ith heating, generalized o ne dimensiona l fl ow . Prerequisites: M.E. 114, C.E . 102, and C.E. 141. Three lectures, one lab. (4S) Holdred"g e 150. Science of Materials. The basic princi ples of solid state physics are used to explain t h e eng ineering properties of materials including meta ls, alloys, ceramics, plastics, etc ., w ith temperature range fr om u ltra-high to cryogenics. Prerequis ite: Physics 22. Three lectures, one lab . ( 4S) S hup e 160. Engineering Analysis. Many of the mathematical too ls whic h are used in senior and graduate courses are int rodu ced and app lied to sample problems fr om flu id mech an ics, advanced dynam ics, gas dynam ics, the rmodynamics, and heat transfer. Specifi c topics include the mean value theorems, vector calcu l us , de rivation of differential equations, l in e i ntegrals, and Fourier 'Series . Prerequisite: Mat h 11 0. Four lectures . (4F) Ve ndell 161. Introduction to Advanced D y n a mics. Motion of a particle, m otio路n of a system of particles , moving reference frames, motion of a rigid body, conservation of linear and angu lar momentum, conservative and n on conservat ive force fields, Eu ler's equations, Hamilton's principle, Lagrange's equations for h olonomic a nd non-hol onom ic systems. Free, damped, and forced vibration of a lin ear one-degree of freedom system . Prerequis ite: M.E. 160. Four lectures. (4W) V end ell 162. Mech a nical Vibrations. Free, damped, and forced vibration of systems w ith n deg rees of freedom, matrix iteration technique, the method of Hol zer, vibration of elastic bodies. Prerequisite: M.E . 161. Four lectures. (4S) Ve ndell 165. Advanced Mechanics of Materials. D evelopment of var ious t h eories of failure and stress-strain r elationshi ps as they apply to problems of direct and shearing loads, flexure, and tor路sion; and w it h special application to thick-walled cy lin ders, discs, curved beams, unsymetrically and eccentricall y loaded members : and p h otoelastic ana lys is. Prerequ is ites: Math 110 an d C.E. 104. Four lectures . (4S) Watkins 172 . Analytical a nd Graphics Methods. Analys is of mass data encountered in engineeri n g operations and research. Selected statis t ical meth ods a nd graphical presentation useful in reports f or management. Prerequis ites: Math 99 and M.E. 170. Th ree lec tures. (3W) Watkins

183. Refrigeration a nd Air Conditioning. Principles of heating, ventil ating, and coo ling systems . Psychometric processes. Bas ic refr igeration processes . Prerequisite: M.E. 11 6. T hree lectures, one lab. (4S) Holdredge 185. Rocket Engines. Basic pr inciples of rocket engines in cluding control mech anisms for both solid and liquid propellant eng ines. Prerequis ite: Chem istry 12, an d M.E. 160 or concu n 路ent registration for M.E. 160. M.E. 143 and M.E. 116. Three lectures. (4F) S taff 187. Internal Comb us ti on E n g ines. Thermodynamic analysis of cycles in internal com bustion engines. Combustion, fuel systems, and aux ili aries for both pis ton and turbine type engines. Prerequis ite : M .E. 116. Three lectures. ( 3S) S taff ! 90 , 191, 19 2. N uclear E n g inee rin g. Atomic and nuc lear t h eory ; nuclear reactions and rad iations; nu clear reactor th eory ; reactor instrumentation and control; rad iation monitor ing and safety; radiation s hieldin g; reac to r fuels and fuel process in g; thermal aspects of reactors; types of reactors. Three lectures, o ne lab . ( 4W, 4S, 4F) Shupe 198. Mechanical E n g in ee rin g Sem in ar. Selected topics of interest to Mechanical Engineers are presented and discussed by members of the class and specially qualified v is itors. PrereQu isite: Senior standing in Mechanical Eng ineerin g. Two lectur es. (2F, 2W, 2S) W atkins 199. S p ecial Problems. Formulation and sol ution of theor etical or practica l problems w h ic h re late to mechanical engineering. Compreh ensive r eport requir ed. Prerequisite: senior classification and permission of h ead of department. (3F, 3W, 3S) S taff 201. Theory of E lasticity . T he in ter-relations hip of stresses and / or strain s , properties of the materia], and the configuration of an elast ic media under a given load. Prerequis ites : C.E. 104, M.E. 160. Five lectures . (5 W) Vendell 202. Theory of Plasticity. T he ana lysis of stresses, deformatio n, and co1lapse i n devices co nstructed of plastic materia l. Prerequ is ites : Math llO, C.E. 104. Five lectu r es. (5S) Vendell 210, 211. Transport Phenomena. Systematic and parallel treatment of momentum transport (viscous fl ow), energy transport (conduction, convection, and radiation), and mass transport (diffusion). Treatment wi ll stress s im ilar ities between the three phenomena. Applications to complex engineering systems. Prerequisite: M.E. 143. Three lectures. (3F, 3W, 3S) Hold'redge

132 College of Engineering T h ermodynamics. Ad214. Intermediate va n ced First and Second Law Topics. Oomplex Equations of State, Property Determination, a nd Mathe matics of Thermodynamics. Prerequ is ite : M.E. 143 a nd M .E. 117. (Note: May b e taken as undergraduate e lective with instr u ctor's approval.) F ive lectures . (5 F) Holdredge

230. Adva n ced Kinematics. Review of vector ana lys is; Analytical methods; complex numbers and t h e ir appl ication in kinematic anal ys is and synthesis; geometry of contrained mot ion ; The Eu ler-Savary equation ; Ha.rtmann's Construction; Bloch Synthesis; Freudenstein's Theorem; The Hrones- Nelson synth esis of t h e f our-bar linkage; th e ana lys is

of space mechanis m . Three lectures. (3S)

Prerequisite: M.E . 130 . Eisenstein

240, 241, 242. In ter m ediate Gas Dynamics. Intermediate topics in the flow of compress ibl e fluids , sho ck, boundary layer theory, flow tables, t h erm odynamic co ns ide rations. Pre requ is ites : M.E. 117 and M.E. 143. Three lectmes . (3F, 3W) Holdredge 261. Adva n ced Vi brations. Analysis of mechanica1 v ibrations in e las tic media by num erical methods, models and a.nal ogies . Five lectures . (5W) Vendell , Watkins 298. Graduate (F, W, S)

Thesis .

Cred it

arranged . Staff

Depart1nent of

Tool and Manufacturing Engineering PROFESSOR Frederick Preator, Child, W. K. Somers.

HEAD; ASSISTANT PROFESSO RS

Rawson D.

Office in Mechanical Arts 101 The Tool and Manufacturing Engineering Department offers a four-year course leading to t he degree of Bachelor of Science in Tool and Man ufact uring Engineering. Thi s branch of engineerin g is devoted primarily to planning the processes of economic manufact ure; the art and science of analyzin g, planning, des ign in g, construction, and producing manufact urin g faci li ties. The Manufacturing Engineer works closely with research and deve lopment, product engineering, methods engineering, machin e des ign, tool design, plant layo ut eng ineering, gage engineering and ma nufacturing cost estimating. National surveys indicate t hat large numbers of engineers are needed in manufacturing engineerin g. As industrial production expands in our own state and across the nation, increasing opportuniti es are avai lable. The demand for Tool

an d Manufacturing Engineers is greater than t he suppl y. Facilities. Th e Tool Engineering Labor atories, the Heat Treatment, In spection and Senior Students' Design room are a ll equipped with modern facilities for T eachi ng, for eng in eerin g experimentation, and for student development in Manu facturing Engineering. A program of cooperative trainin g with Utah indu stries has been worked out for students, which recognizes their summer work done in indu stry. Fi eld trips to indu strial plants are conducted each year for junior and senior students. Student Chapter No. 2 of the American Society of Tool an d Manufacturing Engineers promotes t he professional and social interests of its engineering majors. Members of the teach in g staff are members of th e National Society.

Tool and Manufacturing Engineering 133 56. Machine Lab for Engineers . Acquaints t he student with basic machine tool operat ions . Two lectures, one lab. (3F, W, S) Staff

Tool and Manufacturing Engineering Curriculum Freshman Cou r se C.E. I , 2, c.s. 1 Eng lish 1, 2, 3 Math 35 1 , 97, 98 Chemistry 10, 11 M.E . 21, 22 ······· ···-······· ········· T ME 56 H uman it iesl P.E .. M.S., or A.S ."

F I

14 8. Manufacturing Processes. Fu ndamental s of manufacturing processes; shows poss ibilit ies a nd limi tat io n of t hese processes a nd their app li cation to f abr ication of in du strial products. (3 W, S ) Child

Sophomore Course Math 99 , 110 Phys ics 20, 21. 22 E ng lish 111 TJ\1E 57, 52 , 53 W elding 97 H uman itiest P .E., M.S., or A.S. 2

F 5

w s 5 3

··-··· -··· ·· --··· -··· ···

Junior Course TME 15 1, 152, 153 TME 150, 148 C.E. 91, 92, 103 E.E. 104 , 105, 106 . App . Stat. 131 Human it ies 1

w s 4

3 4 3

Senior Course TME 158 , 180, 183 TME 184, 181, 182 TME 187, 188 M.E. 114 M.E. 130, 134 C.E. 140, 14 4 Huma ni tiesl

w s

150. Engineering Metallurgy. A stu dy of th e physica l properties, compos ition , constituents, a nd heat treatment of metals a nd metal alloys. Material specifications, tests, an d places of ap pli cations in industry are rev iewed. Prer eq uis i te: Chemistry 10. Three lectures, one la b. ( 4F, W , S) Preator 151. Tooling Systems-Operations. Develops an unde rstandin g of th e capacity an d ver sat ile usefulness of th e fu nd a m en tal machines and equipmen t used in manufacturing engineer ing. Prerequisite: TM E 53. Two lectures, t wo labs . ( 4F) Child

152. Tooling Systems-Planning. Deals w ith t h e analys is of the p r od uct des ig n , planning procedures, routing methods, a nd the o rga nizatio n of t he operationa l sequence. Prerequis ite: TME 15 1. Two lectures , two· labs. (4W) Child 153. Tooling Systems.- Standards. Studies t he utilization of s tandard eq uipment, s tandard too lin g and standat·d gagi ng m eth ods a dapted to th e manufacturin g process. Pret·equ is ite: TME 152. Two lectures , two labs. (4S) Child 158. Manufacturing Analysis . Economics of tooling operat ions: t he productivity of machines, t ool maintenance, tool costs, a nd job estim a ting. Prereq uis ite: TME 148. (3 F) Preator

Tool and Manufacturing Courses 50. Orientation. L ectu r es, a nd film s to acquaint the studen t with the work of the Tool and Man u f act urin g Engineer. (1S) Staff 52, 53. Production Processes. Shaper, milling , and g rindin g operat ions. Prerequisite: TME 56 . Two lectures, one lab. (3W, S) Staff 1

57. In s pection and Control of Quality. A s t udy of t he t heot·y and practice o f precision measu r em.e n ts, inspection m ethods, a nd cont r o l of qua li ty of th e m a nufactured product. Pt·er equ is ite : Math 44 or 46. (3F ) Somers

See College of Engineering p. f or details of m ath ematics and humanities requ irem ents. 2 Two credi ts are given for M .S. or A.S.

180. Motion and Time Study. An a nalys is of motion an d t ime study as a man agem ent t ool. Studies job si mplifi cation and motion econo m y, time standards and perfonnance ratings. (3 F , W ) Child 181. Tool Design . The study and des ig n of p r odu ction tools s uch as gages, jigs, and fixtures. Includes tool des ig n stand a rd s, tolerances, sp rin gs, cam layout, and techniques of preparing too lin g for production. Three lectures, two labs. Prerequisite: TME 153. (5 W ) Somers 182. Die Design. Emphas izes design and application of tooling to m ateri a ls a nd products fabricated by press workin g production methods. Prerequisite: TME 181. Three lectures, two la bs . (5S ) Preator

134 College of Engineering 183. Plant Layout. A study of the ut ilizatio n o f space, machines, materi a ls hand li ng m.e th ods and equipment for econ omical production. Laboratory cons ists of organ ization and p lan ning details for l ayout of production f ac ili ties. Prerequisite: TME 148. Two lectur es, on e Ja b . (3S) Somers

184. Tool and Manufacturing Engineering Current Problem s. A rev iew of curren t technical li terature dealing with the latest p roduction m eth ods. Oral and wri tte n reports presented for disc ussion. (2F) Staff

185, 186. Co-ope rative in Plant Training . A co-operative trai ni ng course cond ucted by the u ni versity and industry to s upplement academ ic work wi th tool and m a nufactur ing experiences. A satisfactory repor t f rom indus try is required. Cred it arranged. S taff

18 7, 188. Senior Project Laboratory. Each student is requ ired to work with a manufactur ing proble m in volving des ig n , development, construction, and testin g, A f ormal tec hnical report is required of each student. Prerequ is ite: Senior c l ass ification in Tool and Manufacturing Engineer ing. (2W, S) Staff

D epartment of

Industrial and Technical Education (Industrial Arts Education, Trade and Industrial Education, Technical Education, Industrial Technology, Aeronautics, Automotive, Welding) William E. Mo rtimer, HEAD; ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Austin G. Loveless, Charles N . Merkley, Owen Slaugh, Lowell P. Summers; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Edward L . F rance , Charles W. Hailes, Dan H . Sw enson, Carl R. Walli s, Lynn R. W illey; IN STRUCTORS L eon M. Hill, Clyde Hurst; EMERITUS, Antone B . K emp, EMERITUS, Samuel W. Merrill; SUPERINTENDEN T OF PLANT OPERATIONS AND LECTURER Har-old M. Wad sworth.

PROFESS OR

Office in Mechanical Arts 105 Beginning as the Department of Mechanica l Arts in 1888, this depal:'tment has developed a nd expanded its offerings to provide for the "liber a l and pr actical ed ucation of the indu strial classes" as ou路t li ned in t he original charter for land-gran.t coll eges and universities. Through the years, U SU has r ec ogniz ed its obligation in th is r espect and h as endeavored earnestly to keep its train in g programs abreast of the times. The Department of Industrial and T ec hnical Education offers two types of train in g programs: Th e first one is a pro gr a m in Indus,tria l T eacher Educa tion. Majors in Indu strial Ar.ts Education

a nd Trad e and Indu stri a l Ed ucat ion are offered in t hi s program. The second one is the Industri al Techno lo gy program wh ich offers majors in Aeronautica l T echnology, Aut omotive Techno logy, and Welding T ec hnolo gy . Th e dep artment also h as a two-year program in T ec hni cal Education . (I) Programs for Industrial T eacher Education. Th ese programs give p rofess ional training for teachers, su pervisors, and a dmini stra,tors in Indu stria l Education positions. Courses are offered during the regu lar school year and Summer Schoo路!. The comp letion of th e under graduate curricula lead to t he degree of Bachelor of Sci-

Industrial and Technical Education 735 en ce in Indu str ia l Education with a major in Industrial Arts Education for junior a nd se nior hi gh sc hool positions, and Trad e and Indu strial Education for junior co ll ege, vocationa l, a nd tec hni ca l schoo l position s. With t he emph as is now being given to the training of technicians for indu stry, USU is givin g additiona l em ph as is to t he tra inin g of teachers in this rapidl y expa nding fi eld. There is g r eat need for them in vocationa l sc hool s, junior co ll eges, and in senior co lleges which have technician t raining programs of the tec hnica l institute type . The variou s teac her tmining cur ric ul a are desc ribed under the Indu,strial Edu cation sec,t ion. (II) PTograms of University Gracle [o1路 Industrial T echnicians. Prese nt-day indu s,try requires the services of sc ienhs ts, engineers, techni cian s, an d ski ll ed craftsmen. The se programs are planned for the hi gher level indu strial technici ans where a four-ye a r program lea din g to a Bachelor's degre e is essentiaJ! to meet the demands of industry. The training provided combines techn ical knowledge and rnanual ski ll s with a bro ad University ed ucation. Th e programs prepare students as technicians for technical, s up ervisory, or ma n agerial position s in mod ern indu stry, and provide an exce llent foundation for entrance into Civil Service indu strial positions or for private bu siness. Curricula in t hese programs are available with majors in Aeronau tics, Automotive, and Weldin g T echnology. They are described later und er the sections carrying these headin gs . ( III) Two-y ear T echnical Education program. A third ki nd of

program of a non-d egr ee nature is a lso offered by t he depar t ment. Thi s is us ually a two year program des ig ned to prepare Indu strial T ec hni cian s for mod ern indu路s,t ry. Comp letion of a ny one of th e twoyea r-curricula lea ds to a certificate of comp letion. The indu strial technic ia n program offers many di stinct a d va nta ges to students . Upon compl etin g thi s program stud ents a r e we ll prepared with the tec hnical sk ill s and knowl edge in t he field of their choi ce and thro ugh their assoc iation and activi t ies on a uni versity ca mpus th ey a r e prep a r ed to ass ume their rol e as worthy cit ize n s. Many industrial leaders of today h ave co mpl eted pro gram s of this kind a nd hav e shown t ha,t th e basic foundation they acquired through s uch programs gave them many opportunities for furth er progress and advancement. By returning to this in stitution for furth er trainin g, as a qualified student on e may apply most of the credit earned und er this progra m toward a deg re e, a nd thu,s better prepare himse lf for superv is ory and ma nageria l positions .

Graduate Study Th e Master of Scien ce degree in Industrial Education is offered wi t h ma jors in Indu strial Arts Education or Trad e and Industrial Education. Also, the Mas ter of Industrial Education degree is offered. For information on the programs for th ese degr ees see the Graduate Schoo.] Cata lo g. Programs in

Industrial Education Curricu la are offered for the professiona l training of teachers, s up ervisors, and administrative

136 College of Engineering SENIOR

staff in Indus,t ri a l Education. In addition, co urs es in woodwork, metal work, drawing, leather, electricity a nd electronics , and plast ics are offered. Upon completing und erg'r aduate courses students receive a Bachelor of Science degr ee in Industria l Education with a major in Industrial Arts Education, or Trad e and Industrial Education.

I.E. 102 I.E. 107 I.E. 110 ... ... I.E. 112 I.E. 121 I.E. 129. .................................... ............ " Depth Sequence ................... . Elective (minor) 16

The curriculum in Indu strial Arts Education is designed to meet state cei1tincation requirements for t he General Secondary and Industrial Arts Certificates, a nd is composed of courses in arts, scienc es, education, technical and prof essional industri a l a rts, and b asic shop ski l.ls.

Industrial Arts Education Curriculum F 3

W 3 5

....

The trade and indu·strial program is designed primari ly for instructors and supervisors in Vocational Technical Education and / or Vocational Indu stri al p rograms. As a candidate for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Industrial Educat io·n the student must show evid ence of s uccessfu l trade and teac hin g experience, together wi th t h e general education requirements necessary for 's tate certification in his chosen field. Observation and directed teaching in t h e ma jo.r and minor s ubj ects may be substJi,tuted for teaching experience. Th e trad e and teach in g experience mu st be approved by a committee consistin g of members of th e Indu stria l Ed ucation staff.

5 3

Co urse J UN IOR F W I.E. 14 0, 141, 142 .... .. ............ .. ......... . 3 I.E. 149 . .. ............. .. . Speech 21 P s ych ology 100 .... .. ................ .. P sychology 102 Publ ic H ealth 154 (or 155-4 cr.) .. 3 ... . Education 111, 114 . .. ..... ... ................. " I.E. 101 De pth Seq uence .......... .. ............ 5 Elective (minor) 17

3 3

Course SOPHOMORE F Exact Scien ce Group ...... . S ocial Science Group B iologica l Science Group ......... ..... .... 5 TME 56, W elding 97 , I.E . 50 . I.E. 71 , 72 , 73 M.S ., A.S. , or P.E.2

Trade and Industrial Education

Industrial Arts Education

Course FRESHMAN Eng lish 1, 2, 3 Math 34,1 35, 44 I.E . 1 ........... .... ... .. .. ....... ............ . F.A. Art 5 . .. .......... .............. . Language a nd Arts Group . L.E. 15, 16, 17 . .... .... .. .... .. ... L .E. 61, 62, 63 .... M.S., A .S., or P.E.• .... .

Course

Trade and Industrial Education Curriculum FRESHMAN F

Cours e

Trade Train ing .... English 1, 2, 3 I. E . 6, Math 34,1 35 I.E. 15, 16 , 17 . I.E. 1, Art 1 M.S. , A.S., or P.E .• ...

'.........

5 3 5

1Jf a st u den t has com p leted hig h school Algebra B and makes a s a t isfactor y grade on the mathema t ics entra nce examination , he may omit Math 34 and begin w ith M a t h 35 in t he F a ll quarter. ZTw a credits are g iven f or M.S. or A .S.

Trade and Industrial Education 137 SOPHOMORE Course Trade Tt路ainin g P h ys ics 17, 18, 19 Biological Science Group Sociology 70 Approved E lectives M.S ., A.S., or P.E. 2

1& 18

.J UNIO R Course Adv. T rade or Tech . Language and Arts Gr oup Speech 21 Econ om ics 51 P h ycho logy 100, 102 I.E. 101, Ed. 11 3 I.E. 11 8, 120 Education 114 P ubli c Healt h 154 (or 155-4 cr.) E lecti ves

16 . Technica l Drawing. Sections, aux il iaries, p ictori als, developments, d imen s ions, scr ew threads, and t h readed fasteners. Prerequ is ite: I.E. 15. One lecture, two labs . (3 W , S ) Wallis 17. Technical Drawing. Work ing drawings, limits an d tol erances , s heet metal d r a ftin g , elemen ts of archi tectu ral draw in g, a nd reproduction of draw in gs. Prer equ is ite: I.E. 16. On e lecture, two labs. (3 F, S) Wallis 19. Aircraft Drawing. A i rcraft drafting tec hni q ues, numbering system s , chan ge methods . and technica l specifications. Prerequisite: I.E. 17 or M.E. 22 . One lecture, two labs. (3S) Staff 30. Building Mainten a n ce. Dis cuss ion of m a ter ials used in ma in taining modern s ch ool buildings a nd the ir proper use. R eq uir ed of a ll perso ns do ing part-tim e custodi a l work o n cam pus . Two lectures, Jab arranged. (3 F , W , S) Wadsworth

SENIOR Course Adv. Trade or Tech. I.E. 107, 110 I.E. 121, 129 I.E. 112 .. . I.E. 102 E n glis h 111 Economics 125 Electives

w s 3 3

50. Gen e ral Meta ls. Developmen t of the s kills of ge neral metalworking. Experi e n ce in bench meta l. s heetmetal, a n d foundry. A stu dy of fini shing, maintenance, s hop safety a nd industrial practices of m etal fabrication. Prer equis ites: TME 56, W eldi ng 97 . (3S) Merkley

61. Technical Woods. Study a n d practice in t h e use an d care of h a nd tools, in cl ud ing the sh arpe nin g of tools, a nd a study of the fun damental h a nd too l nrocesses . An in troduction to t he use of com mon woodworkin g m achi nes. One lecture, two labs. (3F) Swens on

Industrial Education Courses Orientation. The study of t he var ious oc~ cupational oppo rtunities in I n d ustr ia l and Techni cal Education, in cluding the necessary preparatio n for entran ce i nto these occupat ions. (lF, W ) Staff 1.

6. App li ed S hop Mathematics. S i mp le mathematical formulas are used in solving prob lems in mechan ica l wo r k. These include speed ra t ios, steel s quare, micrometer read in g, a nd area a nd volume pt路oblem s . (3F, S) Mortimer

13. Driver Training. H ow to drive an a u tom obile correctly a nd safely. Traffic rules a nd r eg u lations esse n t ia l to sou nd dri vin g; physical qua1ifications an d tests oi dri vers ; a nd actual superv ised t r a in i ng in dual -\!ontro l cars . Two lectures, lab arranged. (OF, S, Su) Willey 15. Technical Drawing. Lettering, use of in strum enrts, s k etchi n g, mu l t iv iew drawings, read i ng a nd interpreting blueprin ts, and n o ntec hnical char ts. On e lecture, two labs. (3F, W ) Wallis

62 . Technical Woods. A stu dy of safety meas ures, use and care of a ll t he comm on woodwork ing machines, i ncluding the sha rpen in g of mach ine cutters and other machine maintenance problems . A study of woods an d va ri ous other materials related to wood construction. Prerequ is ite: I.E. 61. One lecture, two labs. (3 W ) S w en son

63. Technical Woods. The desig n a nd constru ction o f furniture a nd other advan ced projects. Provides ad di t ional experience a nd practice i n both h an d tool an d machin e processes for studen ts w h o have co mpleted I.E. 62 . Pret路equ is ite : I.E. 62. One lecture, two labs. (3S) S w en s on 68. Practical Electric Wirin g. Oovers the nati onal electl"i cal code a nd local codes in Utah communiti es . Inclu des ch o ice of mater ia ls, design of ci rcui ts a nd inspection for electrical heat, lig h t an d power installation in h omes a n d small p ubli c buildings. T wo lectures , one l a b. (3 W ) Swenson

138 College of Engineering 71. Technical Electricity-Electronics. A study of th e fundamentals of electricity and the various sources of electrical energy. Ohms law principles govern ing t h e behavior of direct current circu its a-re thoroughly covered. Practical app lications of d irect current circu its are include d. (3F, W, S) Staff 72. Technical Electricity-Electroni cs. A study of the fundamentals of alternating curren t theory including inductance , capacitance and reactance. Sources of a lternating current en ergy are covered together w it h practical app lications of alternating current circuits. Prerequ isite: I.E. 71. (3W) Staff 73. Technical Electricity-Electronics. An introduction to radio communication principles including antenn a system s, tuning systems, detectors , amplifiers, power s upplies and control circuits . A s uperheterod yne receiver is built and m iscellaneous app lications of electronics are covered . Prerequis ite: I. E. 72. (3S) Staff 74. Wood'w ork for Everyone. Open to a ll, b oth men and women , w h o have a desire to work with wood. Instruction is g iven in the fundamental s of woodwork and includes training in the use of both hand tools and woodworking machines . Projects are selected and built by students; a wide latit ude in t h e selection of projects is afforded . Emp hasis is given to wood turn in g. Instruction is also g iven i n furniture repair and in t he basic principles of wood fini shin g and r e-finishing. (2 to 5F, W, S) Staff 101. Obser va ti on s in Student T eaching. Serves as a preliminary to t he regular student teaching in Industrial Education. Students ar e assigned to various schools w it hin. t he area to observe teaching in Industrial Arts or T rade and Industrial Education. (1F, W, S) Mortimer, Hailes 102. Instructional Aids. Instruction in t h e purpose, types, sources, preparation and proper use of aud io and visual aids, including samples, models, charts, graphs, s lides , still film, movie film, sound film and oth er a ids s uitable for classroom and audito'l"ium use. Prerequisite: I. E. 10 7. (3 W) 104 . Occupational Analysis. Prin ciples and practice in anal yzi ng occu pations. Students complete an analys is of one unit for a trade or occupation. (3F, W, Su) Staff 107. Principles and Objectives of Indus tri a l Educatio n . A comprehensive study of the p hilosophy and purposes of In dustrial Education programs and thei r p lace in the total program of modern education. (3F) Hailes, Mortimer

110. Shop Organization an d Managem ent. T eaches students to organize a nd manage an Industr ia l Education Sh op of the unit, general, o r mu ltiple act ivity type. Students prepare for o ne type of shop, a complete p lan of organization and m a nagement dealing with t h e n ecessary equipmen t, materials, supplies, methods of purchasing, financ ial con trol, and problems of shop arrangem ent. Prerequisite: I.E. 107. (3W, Su) Hailes 111. The General S hop . Comprehensive study of the types of "General Shop," its advantsges and lim i tations; content a nd organ ization of subject matter; met hod of teaching a nd sh op plans. General shop projects, shop p lans a nd new trends in content and equ ipm ent are given s pecial consideration. Prerequisite: I.E. 107. (3F, W, S, Su) Mortimer, H a iles 112. Student T eaching in Industrial Education . Students observe a nd t.each in Industri a l Arts s hops t h roughout th e state. U nder close super vis ion, they do practice teachi ng in various I nd ustr ia l Arts courses recommended by the state in juni or a nd senior hi g h schools. (9W ) Mortimer, Hailes 113. Driver Education and Traffic Saf ety. To acquain t prospective teachers and oth ers w ith avail able instruction a l m ater ials for driver education and the latest m ethods of presenting these materials in t he classroom and on the road . Supervised practice is arranged f or each student. Credit arranged. (F, S, Su) Willey 114 . Problems in Driver a nd Safety Education. For teach er s, sch ool administrators, a n d oth ers respons ible for dir ecting or s upervis ing safe living programs in t he school or comm unity. T he course includes traffic and liability law , insu rance, stimulants and depressants, public relations, safety research, and applied psych ology. (4W, Su) Staff *115. Industri a l Drafting. Fundamentals and conventional draftin g practices i n architece tural, sheet metal, electrical, machine, p ic路 tor ials and technical ill ustration. Prerequisite: I.E. 17. (5F) Wallis *116 . Industrial Drafting. Techniques in basic drawing, s ketch in g, r eproduction s, visual a ids, chalkboard, evaluation, tests, and des igns f or secondary school t ea chers. Prerequisite: I.E. 115. (5S) Wallis 118. Industrial Safet y Education. The psychology and p hil osoph y of acddent causatio:1 an d prevention in sch ool, h ome, commun itJ, and industry. Stresses the various aspects of saf ety in many areas a nd includes organ 路 zation, admin istration , an d coordination of safety education programs. (3F, W, S, Su) Statl *Taught 1962-63

Trade and Industrial Education 139 120. Personnel Relations. Trainin g fo r leadership in i ndu s try as for e路m e n, s upervis ors , a nd direc tors . Proble m s in org a.nizing, s uperv ising, training, and directin g perso n nel. D irected co n f e rences based on s tud e nt e x pe riences a nd directed stud ies in leaders hi p probl e ms and pri ncip les. (3F, S ) Hailes 121. Methods in lnd'us trial E du cation . Lates t techniqu es of teac hin g applied to individual and group ins truct ion in Industrial Elducation . Studen ts have opp01:tun ity t o use t h es e different m.eth ods i n presenti ng lessons before the class. Prerequ is it e : I.E-. 10 7. (3W ) Mortimer 129 . Organization and Development of Instru ction M a t e rials. Selection and arran ge ment of t each ing material s to be used in. indu s tri a l ar ts and trade and industrial s h op wo r k . (3S) Mor t im ~r

140. Industrial Crafts- Leather. The his t or y and manufacturi n g processes of leather and le ather articles. Study of diffe r e nt leathers and t h eir app li cation in crait work. In s truc tion in fundamental ope r at ion and in s urface decoration of lea th e r including modeling, stamp ing, and carvin g. Basic des ign pr in c ip les as a pplied to leathe rcraft wi1l be emp h a s ized . Prer equ is ite: Co mp le t ion of Jowet路 division I.E. sequence cours es . (3W, S) Wallis 141. Industrial Crafts- Metal. Princip les a nd practices of industrial cr afts t h at pertai n to t h e metal area.. Design. a nd product ion of funct ional met a.l objects as well as fundamentals of lap idary processes w ill be stressed . Prerequis ite : Completion of lower division I. E . sequence courses. (38) Merkley 142. Industrial C rafts- Plastics.. Acquaints students w it h t h e n e w and important group of p lastic m ateria ls now produced and t he fundamental operations used in working these materials. Emp hasis is g iven to t h e place of plastics in modern in dustria l arts programs. Prerequ isite: Completion of l ower division I. E. sequence courses. One l ecture. two la b s,. (3F, S, Su) Hailes

144. Foundry Principles and Practices . Principles and practices of basic foundry work. Castings are made u s ing comm,on non-ferrous m etals, su c h as alum inum, copper, brass. and bronze. T wo three-hour labs. (2F) Merkley, Hailes 149. Power Mechanics. A s t udy of the operation and m aintenance of internal comb u stion engines such a s the a u tomobile, diesel, s cooter, and law n mower. E mph as is placed on factors and procedu r es in volve d in setting up and cond u cting a power unit in an ind us tri a l arts laboratory. (Not open to Auto. Tech. majors.) (5W) Staff

150. Related Tec hni ca l Training in Voca tion a l Ed u cation . A co urse prov ided for stude nts e nro lli n g in indu stry and f a cto r y s chools co n ducted o n t h e uni ver s it y level, w h erein in stru ct o1路s , co urse co n te nt, a nd f acilities h a ve been appro ved by a commi ttee func t ioning t h rough th e I ndus t ri al and T echnical Bducation. D epat路tm e n t. This co urse may b e r e peat ed for a maximu.m of nin e qu a r t er h our s c redi t , to be a cquired at a rate n ot to e x ceed one and a h a lf quarte r hour c red its per 40 clock-hour w eek . S tuden ts sh o uld not expec t t o acqu ire mor e t h a n thr ee credits in t hi s course in a ny one calenda r y ear e xcept wh e r e t eac h e r tra in ing cours es are of l on ge r durati on. Reg ular univers ity fees mu st be paid, a nd regi st r ation proce dures fo llowed . Credit arran g ed . Staff **154. Industrial Metals. Mach in e s hop practice and metal wo rk. Precis ion meas ur ing and layou t in m eta lwork. The s tud y and oper ation o f t h e e ng ine la t h e, shap e r , milling ma chin e , g rinde r, and po wer h acksaw. Prerequisite : I.E. 50. (5F ) Staff ** 155. Industrial Metals. Thi s cours e fi ll s t h e n eeds of adv a nced s hop th eo ry and tec hni cal information about t ools, m aterials, and operatio n s that are common to the m e tal occ upation s . This includes machine shop, foundry work, sheet m e tal, orname n tal meta ls, a nd indus tria l manufac turing. Me t h od s of teaching metalwork and l h e dev elopment, cons truct io n , a n d u ses of m et a l project s designed for h ig h sch oo l teaching purposes will be s tressed. Pre requisite: I.E. 154. ( 5S) Staff

**161. Industria l Wood. This is a course in advanced cabin e t and furniture making and includes work i n u pholste ry. Construction des ign is studied and opportunity for application of orig inal d esig ns is provided. Additional work in ca b in et and furniture fin ishin g is included. Prerequ is ite: I.E-. 63. (5F) Swenson ** 162. Industrial Wood. In t his course cons iderabl e time is spent in t h e development, constr u ction and uses of woodworking projec ts designed for hig h school teachin g purposes . The development of j igs and fixtures for use in hi g h s chool sh ops is in cluded. Mas s production techn iques are discuss ed and put into practice. Prerequ is ite: I.E. 161. (5S) Swenson

167. Special Problems in Industrial Education. For qualified s tudents majoring in Industrial Education who wish to do specia li zed work not covered by oth er cours es. Credit arranged. (F, W, S, Su) Staff **Taught 1963-64.

140 College of Engineering *171.

Industrial Electricity-Electronics. This course deals w ith electron ics in industry and covers electron tube a n alysis and applications togeth er with an i ntrod uction to sem i- conductors and trans istor applications. Frequency modulation and television fundamentals are also covered . Prerequisite: I.E. 73 . (5F) Staff *172. Industrial Electricity-Electronics. This course is devoted to project p lanning a nd methods of instructing electronics for students preparing to teach in the secondary schools. Opportunity is provided for original ideas to be worked out on an experimental basis . Prerequisite: I.E. 171. (5S) Staff 180. Industrial Arts for Elementary Schools. Obj ectives and theory of Industria l Arts in t he elementary school. Suitable instructional content wi1l be presented for each grade level and methods of teaching a nd oTgantz tn g instructional materials will be carefully cons idered . Instruction is g iven. on the use of tools and materials in the s h op w h ere projects sui table for the elementary sch ool will be constructed from modern indus trial materials. Two lectures , one lab. (3W, Su) Staff 181. Trends in Industrial Education. A preview of indu stria l education tomorrow; what industri a l education will do·. The evaluation of educational a nd industrial thought; the source of materials to meet present d ay trends. (3Su) Staff

182. General Shop Laboratory. Compreh ens ive laboratory course covering the manipulation areas of the General Shop. E'mphasis will be g iven in all a r eas of metal work, woodwork, a.nd crafts . Designed especially for teachers needing special work in one or more areas. (3Su) Hailes, Mortim er 185 . Industrial Education Experimental Lab. Designed tO" give selected senior students and graduate students in Indus tr ial Education opportunity for experimental wo rk with n ew tools, eQu i p.m e nt, material s , and processes for improved program development a nd teachin g techniques. May be r epeat ed up t o a t ot a l of six h ours credit. Oredit arranged. (F, W, S , Su) Staff

190. Special Industrial Education Workshop. Allows for conducting special workshops, as needed, especia lly for the in-serv ice training of Indus tr ial Education teach ers, supervis ors, a nd adminis trators. May be repeated as needed prov id ing t.he workshops are different, but if the cred it is to be used toward a Baccalaurea.te or Master's Degree, limitations shall be placed by the department or a stu den t's Gr aduate Committee. Cr edi t arranged. (F, W, S, Su) Staff •Taug h t 1962-63.

207. Philosophy of Vocational Education and th e Practical Arts. Designed to enrich and expand un derstand in g of t he nature and purposes of vocational education and practical arts , their relationsh ips and differences, and the place each phase of t he. work sh ould have in a public sch ool prog ram. Prer eq uis ite: I.E. 107 or equiva lent. (3F, W, S, Su) Mortimer 209. Curriculum Development in. Industrial Education. The significan ce, importance, and use of the course of study in industrial educat.ion. Actual construction of a co mprehensive co u rse of study for one of the p h ases of industrial education. Prerequ isite: I.E. 104. Three lectures. (3F, W, S, Su) Mortimer

224. History of Industrial Education. His torical developments of manual and indus trial education from the early leader s to the present. Emphasis is given to· the influence that var ious leaders and movements in both Europe and America h ave h ad upon present-day objectives of indu stria l arts and vocational industr ial education. (3F, W, Su) Mortimer 251. Administration and Supervision of Industrial Education . The laws, regulations, and policies affecting Indu stria l Education programs; organi zation, supervis ion , and management necessary for successful operation o f these programs . (3F, W, S, Su) Mortimer 2.54 . Measurement in Industrial Education. Construction and use of t he variou s types of tes ts and rating scales used in Indus t ri a l Education . Emphasizes measurable factors in industrial edu cation a nd the types of tests best su ited to t his field. The elements of s tatistical methods necess ary for in tell igent use of t h e tests . Prerequis ite: P sych ol ogy 112. Mortimer (3W, S, Su )

261. Problems of Adult E.ducation. Development of Adult Education movements; learning abil it ies, educational interests , need s of adu lts, o rg a ni zatio n of even in g sch ool programs, a pprenticesh ip training, and related in struct ion fo r t rad e prog ram s . (3F, W, S, Su ) Staff 267. Reading and Conference. Pro vides for study in advanced and s p ecial ized problems in Indu stria l Education. Problem s are selected w ith approva l of department head; in ves tigatio n is car ri ed on under direction of t he major professo r. Cred it arranged. (F, W, S, Su) Mortimer 270. Seminar in Indu s trial Education. Gi ves oppo r tunity for inves tigation and repo rting of individual p r oblems. (1 to 2F, W, S, Su ) Mortimer 271. Research and Thesis Writing. Prov ides for indi v idua l work in t hes is wr it ing in industrial education. Credit arranged. (F, W, S, Su) Mortimer

Trade and Industrial Education 141 Two-Year Progranis in

Core C u rriculum

T echnical Educ ation

F I RST YEAR Course E ngl is h 1, 2, 3 I. E. 6 . Math 34 I. E. 15, 16, 17 TME 56 I. E. (Orien tat io n ) Specia li zat ion ( See lists t h at follow) P .E .

Any one of t h e two-year t ec hnica l education pr o.g rams pr epares th e student for im mediate emp,loyment in any of the tec hnic a l service occupations appropriate to the training r eceived. New and expandin g indu str ies have cr eated many new job opportuniti es for technica ll y trained men. Th e tw oyear program provides a bro a d ed ucationaJ experience for tho se wh o do not p lan to obtain a Bach elor' s Degre e, yet i.t f ul fi ll s some of the r eq u irem e nts for the degree wh er e students dec ide later to co ntinue their stud ies. 'Dhe com pJetion of any program enhtles t he student to a Certificate of Completion. I n Aeron a utic s the Certificate wou ld be in Airfra me and Powerplant Mechanics and is 路b ased upo n t he 路satisfactory compl etion of the Federa l Aviation Agency written and practica l examina t ion in Ai rframe and Pow erpla.nt Mechanics. At pr ese nt the Un iversity offers techn ician training programs in Aerona u,tJics, A utomotive, Weldin g, and Dra.fting . The programs of train ing a r e bui lt ar路o und a core curricu.lum wh ich provide s for areas of specia li zatio n in th e fie lds j ust mention ed . T h e student selec.t s hi's particul a r a r ea of specialization and .t hen r egisters for the courses out lined below.

.. ... 5-8 5-8 5-8

16- 15 - 15 19 18 18 SECOND YEAR F W S Course P hyx . 31, Chern. 31, Geol. 31 (or Phyx. 6 & Chern . 10) Econ. 51 ........... .. ........ .. . I.E. 118, 120 I.E. 71, Weld. 97 C.E. 2 2 Hum an ities . Specialization (See lists t hat follow) ..... 5-8 5-8 5-8 P.E. .... 1 18- 15- 1621 18 19 S PEC I ALI ZATION Aeron a ut ics First Year 5, 5a ; 6, 6a; 7, 7a ... Second Year 8, Sa; 9, 9a; 10, lOa Au to mo tive F irs t Year 1, 2, 3 . Seco nd Year 4, 5, 6 . A uto Body Reco nditioning Firs t Year I. 52, 3 ........ 53 Second Year 12, 13, 162 62 D iesel Cu rr i culum F irs t Year Auto 21, 22, 23 .. . Second Year Auto 4, 5, 122 ...... D raftin g F irst Year Math 35, 46 LAEP 20 .... Electives .. ...... Seco nd Year C.E. 84 .. . ...... M.E. 21, 22 . M.E. 105 . I.E. 50 I.E. 68 Weld ing F irst Year 41, 42, 43 Second Year 44, 45 , 46

F 8 8

W 8

5 5

S 8

2. 4

.. ..

142 College of Engineering

Industrial Technology F our- y ear Degree Program. There a.r e three differe n t ma jo!'s o.ffered in the Indu strial Technolo gy p-ro gr a m, namel y, Aeron a ut ics, Automotive, ·and W eldin g. The curr.icu lum for Aeronautics and the bas ic co urses for the major are listed in the Aeronautics section . Students r egisterin g with ma jors in Au tomoti ve T ec hnol ogy or W eldin g Technology register in th e General Curri culum below . The ba s ic com,ses constituting t h e major area in Au,tomotive a r e li st ed in the Au t omot ive Section; those constituting the Weld ing major area are li ste d in the W eld ing Section.

Industrial Technology Degree Curriculum Course F RESHMA N Majo r Area English 1, 2, 3 . .............. ............ . Math 34 , 35, 44 I. E . 1 ( 0 tien tati on ) I. E. 15, 16, 17 M .S ., A.S ., or P .E.1 Approved Elective ... ............ ........

1 2 17

Course SOPHOMORE Majot· Area . Chem istry 10 , 11 . I. E. 71, TME 56 B iology 1 C.E. 2 Speec h 105, L ang. & A r ts E l ect .. .. M.S., A.S., Ot' P.E.1 . App roved Electives

Cou rse

JUNIOR

1 2 18

18 · 17 16 F W S 3

w footn ote page 154.

Ma j or Area . P hys ics 17 , 18, 19 Econom ics 51, Soc. 70 P hys iology 4 ...................................... .. I.E. 118, 120 ............... ......... .......... .. Upper Di v. E lectives

1 See

SENIOR Course Major Area Economics 125 Englis h 111 M.E. 110 B .A . 100, 147, 148 TME 150 . Upper Division E lectives .

Approved upper div is ion electi ves are as fo llows : Econ . 106, 126, 127, 170, 180 ; Bus . A d min. 140, 171 , 172, 185; Soc. 158 ; I.E. 102, 104, 144; Speech 109; Pol. Sci. 117, 118, 119; Psy. 155; C.E. 130; TME 148, 180 ; Pub. H ealt h 150; Chern. 121; Eng. 147.

Aeronautical Technology This program offers in struction for tho rou gh t r a inin g of skilled airframe a nd powerp lant mechan ics a nd aeron a utica l techni cians . USU 's Aeronauti ca l Technology is full y cer tified with Air Agency, comp·lying with F ederal Aviatio n Agency r eg u.la.tion s, and holds Certificate No. 1175 covering t raining of combin ed a irfram e a nd powerp la nt mec hanics. Satisfacto ry compl etion of the two-year curriculum qua lifi es students t o app ly for FAA a irfra me and powerp lant mec hanic ra t in gs. As a gra duate in the fo ur-year cm·rit:ulum stud en ts are r eq ui red to h:r1e s u ccessfull y acom pli s hed t h e writte n a nd practica l FAA examin ations fo·r these ratings. This t r ain in g prepares tec hni cia n s for ~:lot h a irframe a nd powerplant ma in ten a n ce, a nd ma nufacturin g empl oym en t. Th e degree c urri culum combines a thorou gh technical trainin g in aeronautics with a ge nera l uni vers ity ed ucation. Trainin g is ba,sed upo n the objective of sc ie nt ifi ca ll y and systematically develop ing the stud ent to a point l Two cred its are g iven for M.S. or A.S. 0 See footnote page 155.

Trade and Industrial Education 143 where he can assume responsible pos•i tions in the indu•s try. F ac ili ties inc lud e comp lete laboratori es and mo·dern equ•i pment for instruction in powerp la nts, prop e1ll ers and accessories, a ircraft cons truction, and ma intenance an d repair, including hydra uli c sys t ems and instruments.

Aeronautical Technology Curriculum FRESHMAN Course F Aeronautics 5, 6, 7 4 Aeronautics 5a, 6a, 7a ....................... 4 Math 34, 35, 46 ... ........ .... .............. 3 E 'nglis h 1, 2, 3 TME56 W elding 92 .. ..... I.E. 71 M.S., A .S. , or P .E.l T otal

....... .............. 18

w s 4

4 5

SOPHOMORE

Course Aeronautics 8, 9, 10 A eronautics Sa, 9a, lOa I.E. 15, 16, 17 C.E. 2 Physics 17, 18, 19 ..... A.S., M .S. , or P.E.1 T otal

··········

· ··· ~· · ·· · ·· · ······

F 4 4

w s 4 4

JUNIOR Course Chemistry 10, 11 English 111 ···················· Aerona utics 100, 105, 134 Aeronautics 101, 102, 126 ... Economics 125 I.E. 120 Approved Electives' .... ····················· Total ... SENIOR Course Aeronautics 103, 104, 132 .. ... TME 150 M.E . 110 TME 148 TME' 180, Aeronautics 130 M.E. 19 ............ . Speech 105 Approved Electives• .... . Total ........ ...... .................. .

w s 5;

2 3

.... 3 4 3

a 6 18

w s 4

4 3· .... 2

Aeronautical Technology Courses 5, Sa. Composite Aircraft Structure. D esign, co ns truction, repair, an d maintenance of composite aircraft, includin g woo d structu res, f a bric work a nd finis hi ng, con t r ol systems , landing gear, en g ine mou n ts, and pertinent Oivi l Air R egulations . Five lectures, five labs. ( 4 and 4F) Merrill 6, 6a . A ll-metal Aircraft Stru cture. D esig n, construction, repair, and maintenance of a llmetal a ircraft, i nclud ing layout, temp late a nd fiat plate development, bend allowance, h a nd forming, riveting procedure, spec ia l tool construction , power press a n d power sh ear operat ion, heat treatment, corrosion prevention, and pertinent Civ il Air Regulations. F ive lectures , Merrill five labs. (4 and 4W) 7, 7a. Aircraft Maintena nce. The main ten· ance, repair, and a lter ation of modern a i r craft and mis cella n eous related equ ipment, in cludin g a ircraft h ydraulics, electrical ~qu iP ment a nd installation, and general servicing of components; rigging, weight a nd ba lance computation s , periodic ins pections, recordi n g of repairs a nd alterations, t ime and material cos t estimates, m ater ial and eq uipment requirements. Pertinent Civil Air Regu lations are s tudied. F ive lectures, five labs. (4 an d 4S) Merrill 8, Sa. Aircraft Powerplants. Introduction, operation, maintena n ce a nd repair of modern a ir cooled a ircraft engines, inc luding d es ig n , disass embly and reassembly procedu res, spe· cia l tools and their application to power sect ions , accessory sections , superch a r ger sections. Basic 1·e lated material includes a study of specification s a nd tolerances, h orsepower curves, BMEP, BHP, design factors, inspect ion methods, mater ia ls and processes, volumetr ic efficien cy, compression ratios , o il and lubr ication system s , a nd pertinent Civil Air Regu lations. Five lectures, five labs. ( 4 a nd 4F) Hill 9, 9a. Aircraft Powerplant Accessories. Operation , repair and maintena nce of modern aircraft engine access ories , including design, fuel systems, carburetion a nd carburetors, fuel, injection systems, mag netos, generators, and voltage control system , batteries and starters, and fuel pumps. Application and complia n ce with pertinent Civil A,h· R egulations. Basic related material in cludes combustion a nd combustible mixtures, electricity 2 Electives must be approved b y department h ead. M ay include advan ced military or air science.

144 College of Engineering an.d m.agnetism, induction systems and superchargers, fuels and lubricants. Five lectures, five labs. (4 and 4W) Hill 10, lOa. Aircraft Powerplant Maintenance. TraininJ{ in alteration, maintenance and operation of a ircraft powerplants, including periodic inppections, servicing, diagnosis of engine rp.alfunctioning, and engine installation. Theory of operation a.nd design characteristics of controllable, constant speed, hydromatic, electric and reversible propellers. Overhaul and maintenance of propellers. Pertinent Civil Air regulations. Five lectures, five labs. (4 and 4S) Hill

31. Civil Air Regulations, Radio and Airway Procedures. Rules and regulations pertaining to operation of aircraft, radio, and airway procedures. Open to all students. (2F, W, S) Staff 34. Navigation. Maps, charts, and navigational problems. Required by the CAA for all pilot rating. Open to a ll students. (3F) , Merrill

37. Private Pilot Certificate. Flight School Primary. Flight training to meet FAA requirements. Satisfactory completion of FAA tests required for certification. Credit arranged; limit three credits. (F, W, S) Staff 100. Fundamentals of Turbo-Jet Propulsion. Histo1路y, development and general principles of jet propulsion . Thrust and performance, combustion systems, metallurgy, fuels, fuel controls, lubrication and ignition systems, aerodynamic problems, applications. Prerequisite: Aeronautics 10. (3F) Summers 101. Flight Engineering. Principles underlying relationships between altitude, power output, airplane performance, and the use of engine power curves, take-off and climb charts, cru1smg charts and flight logs. Three lectures, one lab. (4F) Summers 102. Advanced Turbo-Jet Propulsion and Gas Turbines. Extension CYf fundam ental theory, axial and centrifugal flow compressors, gas turbines, jet propulsion, turbo-prop engines. Prerequisite: Aeronautics 100. Two lectures, one lab. (3W) Summers 103. Elementary Aircraft Design. Basic constructional concepts relating to aircraft design. (3F) Summers 104. Aircraft Design and Construction. Design and m a nufacture of stressed skin aircraft. Correlation of design requirements w-ith manufacturin g practice. Pertinent Aeronautics Administration Regulations covering design. Prerequisite: Aeronautics 103. (3W) Summers

105. Aircraft Woods and Plastics. Analysis of materials as applied to aircraft. Emphasis on investigation and development of methods involving design criteria. (2W) Staff 126. Airline Maintenance and Fixed Base Operations. Administrative problems of a i rlin e and airport management; unit organizat ion; personnel problems; relationships with Civil Aeronautics Adm.; interline agreement s, promotion and publicity. (3S) Staff 130. Aeronautics Seminar. Current topics in production methods, cost, design, supply and organ ization of interest to aeronautical technicians. (2F, W, S) Staff

132. Airport Planning. The airport and t he community airway and airport traffic control. Airport types, fundamental requirements, planning and construction. Lightin g , building and hangar design. Special problems and miscellaneous facilities. (3S) Staff 134. Aircraft Electrical Systems and Equipment. The more complex electrical systems used in larger aircraft. Prerequisite : I.E. 71, Aeronautics 10. Three lectures, one l ab. (4S) Summers 13>7. Commercial Pilot Certificate. Flight training to meet FAA requirements. Satisfactory completion of FAA tests required for certification. Prerequisites: Private Pilot Certificate and Aeronautics 34. Credit arranged; limit 10 credits. (F, W, S) Staff

Automotive Technology Students majoring in Automotive or Diesel Technology will reg路i ster in the General Industrial Technology Degree Curriculum. The courses which make up the major area in Automotive Technology are as follows: Au.tomotive 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 101, 102, 103, 151, 152, 162, I.E. 113. The major area in Diesel Techno.logy consists of th e following cou r ses: Automotive 21, 22, 23, 4, 5, 6, 101, 103, 122, 151, 152, 162, I.E. 113. The followin g courses are also required .i n Auto & Diese-l: Welding 91 and 94 in the Freshman year, Chemistry 12, and Welding 190 or 191.

Trade and Industrial Education 145 Train in g programs lead in g to a Bachelor of Science degree are offered both in Automotive and Diese l Techno logy. Two-year terminal p,rograms are offered in t h ese sa me areas and a !.so in Auto Body Reconditioning. I n addition, genera l service co urses are provided for students in oth er departments or programs w ho des ir e to become familiar with various p hases of automob il e work. Courses are a-lso conducted in Driver Education T eacher Training. Faci li ties include a mod ern bu ildin g designed and built speeifically for automotive and airc r aft in stru ction . The la boratories contain -th e most modern servicing and testing eq ui pment, and provide id e&! conditions for study. The course of study in Automot ive or Diesel Technology prepares the student to be a technician well trained to interpret t h e designs of engineers and direct t h e work of skill ed crafts men. This major also prepares one to become a :>hop foreman, s hop superin1tendent, or with special preparation, a sc hoo l instructor. Excellent background is provided for entrance into civi l ser vice, private bus,iness, and man agerial positions with la r ge companies. Service Courses, open to any stu dent, are: Au to 51, 52, 53, 55, 61, 62 a nd 162.

Automotive Technology Courses Note : All co urses include technical lectures and related shop experience. Theory, construction, operational characteristics, and recommended repair procedures are emphas,i zed . 1. Steering Correction . Brakes, steering mechan isms, suspension systems, fram es, balance, and alignment. (5F, W ) Willey

2. Autom otive Engines. Covers modern automobile engines, including cooling and lubrication. (5 F, W ) Willey 3. Driving Mechanis ms. Clutches, transmissions, U-joints, dr ive lines, and rear ax le assemb lies. (58) Hurst 4. Fuel Systems . Fuel tanks, carburetors, fuel pumps, fuel lines and manifolds. Includes discussions on superchargers, governors, and fuel injection . (5F, W) Slaugh 5. Auto E lectrics. Ignition, batteries, generating systems, and cranking motors. (5F, W) S laug h

Motor Tune-u p. Trouble diagnosis and test ing procedures. Covers horns, lighting systems, and other electrical units a long with engines and carburetion units. Prerequis ites: Automotive 2, 4, 5. (58) Slaugh

12. Fen der Reconditioning. Modern processes of straightening an d priming fenders. (5F) Willey

13. Body R econditioning. Complete body rebuilding procedures. Prerequisite: AutomoWilley tive 12. (5W) 21. Heavy Duty Ch ass is. Steering devices, suspension systems, brakes , frames, and a lignment factors on trucks and tractors. (58) Hurst 22. Automotive Diesel Engines. Four-stroke cycle and two._stroke cycle Diesel engines used in trucks and tractors. (5W) Hurst

23. Heavy-d'u ty Drives . Power transmission units used on trucks and tractors. (5F) Hurst 5 1. Autom obil e Chassis . A general course on brakes and steering un its. Open to any student who wishes to Jearn minor serv ice procedures. (3F) Hurs t 52 . Automobile a nd Farm Power Plants. Provides actual experience in many of the service operations on the engine and its accessories. Includes spark-ignition and Diesel engines. (3S) Willey 53. Automobil e a nd Farm Engin e E lectricity. Stresses service and repair procedures within the reach of the average driver. Covers battery and magneto ig nition and includes the major electrical systems. (3S) Slaugh 55. Auto Mechanics for the Driver. For teachers of driver education and others interested in econom ical and prudent operation of the automobile. I ncludes: how the automobile runs ; preventive maintenance, safety inspect ion requirements, exterior and interior fin ishes and their care, fue1s, lubricants, tires, accessories, liability, insurance, drivin g economy, a nd car purchasing judgment. (3W) Slaugh

146 College of Engineering 61. Body and Fender Repair. Covers bas ic fender a nd body repair processes for insurance adjusters and t h ose who desire to do their own work. (3W) Willey 62. Up hol stering. Modern automob ile and furn iture upholstering processes . Students upholster the ir own un i ts as they lea rn. (3W) Willey

101. Frame, Suspension, and Steering Systems. An advanced course in steer ing geometry a nd steering problems . Power brakes and power steering devices are in cluded. Prerequ isites : Automotive 1, M ath 34, 44 . (3F) Hurst 102. Internal Co mbustion Engines. M a nufacturing a nd design characteristics of diff erent eng ines. A ttenti on is given to precision reco nditi onin g of cylinders, crankshafts. and other engine units . Balance and force problems are in c luded . Prerequisites: Automotive Slaugh 2, Math 44. (3W) 103. Automatic Transmissions. Includes modern automatic transmissions and torque converters, electric clutch es, and h yd r au lic systems. Prerequisite: Automotive 3. (3W, S) Hurst 122. Fuel Injection Systems. V ar ious types of Diesel and gasoline injection systems are included. M odern testing equ ipment is used . Prerequ is ite: Automotive 22. (3W) Hurst 151. Carburetion. Combustion processes, h ea t cycles, a nd fue l c haracteristics are studi ed in co nn ection w ith intern a l combustion engine carburetion problems. Prereq uis ites: Automotive 4, Math 35. (3F) Slaugh 152. Motors, Generators, and Magn etos. An advanced course coverin g techn ical phases of t h ese units. Laws of Physics are appli ed. Prerequ is ites : Automotive 5 and preferably Phys ics 19. (3W) S laugh 162 . Metal Uefinishing. Principl es a nd pract ices in metal preparation and r e fini s hin g processes are discussed. Lacquer, e n a m el , novelty finishes, and specia l protective appl icatio n s are included . Attentio n is g iven to paint mixing and color balance problem s . Prerequisite: Phys ics 19 or equ iva le nt work o n lig h t and color. (3F) Willey

Welding Technology Students majoring in Weldin g Technology will regis.ter in t he General Industrial Technolo gy Deg ree Curriculum. Th e courses which make up the major area in Weldin g Techno,Jo gy are as fol-

lows: Weldin g 41, 42, 43, 44, ·15, 46, 153, 154, 161, 162, 163. TME 57, and 148 are a lso r equired in this major. This pro g ram provides in str uction in all phases of electric a nd oxy-acety lene welding, with a curriculum leadin g to a Bachelor of Sc ience degree. In addition , general servi ce courses are offered for students in other departments who de s ire to become familiar with basic welding as it applies to their fields of endeavor.

Welding Technology Courses In each of the following courses, Welding techniques in various pos ition s are practiced. American Welding Society (A.W.S. ) tests are made on samp les weld ed in d·ifferent positions. Safety preca ution s and proper use of e quipment are emphasized. 41, 42, 43. Acetylene Welding. Principles and practices in a11 phases of oxy-acetyle ne weldin g, heatin g, a nd c uttin g ope1·ations . D es igned primari ly for t h os·e who desire to obtain the necessary kn owledge and sk ill f or welding in industry. (5F, 5W, 58) France 44, 45, 46. Electric Arc Welding. Prin ciples and practices in all phases of Electric Arc W elding . Gives studen ts an oppo rtunity to reach a high deg ree of efficien cy in t h e welding o f mild steel. Attention is g i ven to hard s urfacing, semi-au tomat ic, and submerged arc we ldin g . (5 F, 5W , 58) Kemp 9 1. Acetylene W elding. Pr inciples a nd practices in fundam e ntals of oxy-acetyl e ne weld in g a nd cuttin g. A ge nera l se rvi ce course open to all univers i t y students. Two l ectur es, two two-hour labs. (3F, W , S) France

92. Aero Welding. A bas ic course providing an in troduction to the fun dam e nt.,· tl principles of oxy-acetylene welding a nd cutting as it app1ies to a ircraft production a nd repair as set forth by Civil Air Regu lations. Sufficient laboratory practice is provided to prepaTe students for CAA T ests in aircraft weld in g . Two lectures, two two-hour labs. (3W) France

Trade and Industrial Education 147 94. Electric Arc Welding. The basic course providing fo r principles a n d practices in t he latest types of electric arc weldin g equip ment. Emph as izes saf ety measures and methods used in t he we lding of mild steel in t h e flat posi tion . A ge n eral service course open to a 1I unive1路s ity stud ents. (3F, W, S) Kemp

97. Fundamentals of Welding. A basic service course des igned to acquain t the student with the more com mon weldin g processes f or metals joi ning. Units include fusion weld ing of mild steel s heet and plate with the oxyacetylene a nd arc processes, braz ing of f errous and non- ferrous metals, silver soldering and oxy-acetylene cutting. Two lectures, two tw<>-hour labs. (3F, S) France 153, 154. Advanced Acetylen e Welding. A detailed s ur vey and analys is of the oxyacetylene we ldin g processes and procedures, together with s u ff icient laboTatory practice to qualify for welding code t es t s. Specia l cutt in g problems, in spection an d management, and welding metallurgy. Prerequisite: Weldin g 43. (3F, 3W ) France

161,

162,

163.

Advanced

E lectric

Designed fo r welding m ajors.

W eldi n g.

Cons ideration

is g iven to inspection, weldability of metals, welding metallurgy, des ig n a nd cost estimati ng.

Laboratory practice inc ludes i nert gas

weld ing , manual arc we lding, submerged arc weldi ng,

an.d

resistan ce

wel d ing.

Prerequi-

s ite: Welding 44 or 94 . (3F, 3W, 3S) !90.

Advanced Acetylene W elding.

Kemp

D esigned

to m eet the need of those desiring more information and practice in welding t h an is g iven in

Weld ing

(3S)

91.

Prerequisite:

W e lding

91.

France

191. Advanced Electric Arc Welding. A con tinuation of Welding 94. Teaches m eth ods of vertical a nd overhead weld ing an d special problems such as h ar d s u rfacin g a nd the welding of cast i ro n. Special problems in research are included. Prerequisite: Welding Kemp 94. (3F, W, S)

148

149

150

College of

Family Life Department of Clothing and Textiles, 152 Department of Family and Child Development, 15 3 Department of Food and Nutrition, 15 6 Department of Homemaking Education, 159 Department of Household Economics and Management, 161 Combination Major in Family Life and Office Administration , 163 Degrees Offered: Bachelor of Science Master of Science

151

College of

Family Life Phyl l1 s Snow, Dean Office in Family Life 102 Th e College of Family Life provides a well rounded educational program, emphasizing human relationships as well as theory and sk ill s. The major purpose of the College is two-fold: First, to help one prepare for more effective living in the home and the community; second, to help one prepare for a professional career in an area of his or her choice. Professional opportunities open to a graduate of the College of Fami ly Life include teaching, extension service, business, institutional management, dietetics, research in Fami ly Life, and working with chi ldren in nursery schools, day-care centers, and in hospitals. Th e five departments in this college are: Clothing and Textiles, Family and Chi ld Development, Food and Nutrition, Household Economics and Management, anri Homemaking Education. Bachelor of Science and Master of Science degrees are offered in each of these programs. Courses may be a rranged so that one can obtain an MS degree work in Summer School, providing that the research project is done on the job during the winter months. Curricu lum for the College of Family Life is based on the various departmental major and minor requirements together with the University group requirements. The fo llowing Family Life courses are available for studeuts in each department of the College:

5. Art in Everyday Living. principles of des ign and color the indi vidual, the home, and Recommended for all students of Family Life. (3F, W, S)

Study of the as related to famil y li ving. in the College Terasawa

105 . Demonstration Techniques . Purposes and techniques of dem.onstrations with app lication to Family Life teaching in schools , extension, business, and social service. Field trips to nearby areas may be planned. (2W, Su) Snow

190. Independent Study. For qualified otudents upon consultation with the instructor. Cred it arranged. (F, W, S, Su) Staff 290. Independent Study. For qualified â&#x20AC;˘tudents upon consultation with instructO'r. Credit arranged. (F, W, S, Su) Staff 295. Research for Master's Arranged. (F, W, S, Su)

Thesis.

Credit Staff

Since preparation for marriage and fami ly living is a real concern for students anticipating marriage, or recently married, the fo llowing general education courses in marriage and family life are provided for men and women in all colleges and qepartments of the University. Students may select those courset; most appropriate to their personal needs and interests. CT

Basic Clothing Construction 15 Clothing Selection for M e n 24 Textiles 185 Family Clothing

FCD

24 Principles of Nutrition 24a Principles of Food Preparation 25 Meal Preparation fo r t he Family

HEM

149 Home Management 155 FMnily Finance

Preparation for Marriage a nd Family Living 67 Early Childhood 120 Marriage

152 College of Family Life

Depart11unt of

Clothing and Textiles ASSOCIATE

T erasawa, Pierson.

PROFESSOR Th eta Johnson ; ASSISTANT ACTING HEAD ; INSTRU CTORS Ruth V.

PROFESSOR Haruko Clayton, Norma W.

Office in Family Life 204 Th e Department of Clothing and Textiles offers work leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in the areas of Clothing and Textiles, Fashion Merchandising, and Textile Technology and Research. Clothing and Te x tiles . The curriculum for a major in Clothing and Texti les includes the fo llowing courses : FL 5; CT 8 or equivalent, 24, 25 , 105, 112, 125, 141, 165, 170, 175, 185 and 191 and an additiona l fifteen to eighteen credits to be selected from Vi sual Arts 135; P sychology 161 ; Sociology 130, 140, 154, 165; Economics 107, 171, 172, and Political Sci ence and Hi story. Majors are a lso required to take Chemis try 10, 11, 12, a nd Philosophy 50 as part of th eir lower divis ion requirements. If students des ire a minor in Clot hin g a nd Textiles, th ey should include FL 5, CT 8 or its equivalent, 24, 25 , plus eight hours cr edit selected from oth er courses in cluded in t he CT major. F as hion Merchandising. If one is preparin g for Fashion Merchan di sin g, sh e may wish to complete a major in CT and a minor in Busin ess Administration, or a major in Busin ess Administration with a minor in CT. The curriculum in Bus iness Administration should include BA 151 , 152, 156, a nd 161. T extile T echnology and R esear ch. If preparing for Texti le T echnology and Research , one should complete a double major in CT and Chemistry.

Graduate Study Mas ter of S cience . The Clothing a nd Textiles Department offers stud y and r esearch to qualify candidates for a Master of Science degree.

Clothing and Textiles Courses 8. Basic CLothing Con struction. Ap p lication of t he prin cip les of clothin g co nstr uct ion and seleetion to t h e use of commer cia l p attern s a n d the ir a d aptation , w it h e m p h as is on t he organi zation of procedure, bas ic speed tec hni q u es, a nd fitt ing as r el a t ed to indi v idual n eeds . C lass m ay be exempted u po n departme n tal ap p r ova l of p r ev ious wo rk , o r s uccessf ul completion of a p re- test. Prer equis ite: F L 5. (3 F, W, S ) Pierson 15. Clothing S election for Men. Men's appa r el as r elate d to t h e weare r . Cons ider a t ion is g iven to fun dam en ta ls of fa bric a nd g arme n t selection . Orga ni zed to meet th e needs or me n in a ll colleges of t h e University. (2 W ) Staff 2â&#x20AC;˘1. Texti les. A study of fi bers , yar ns, f abri c construction a n d fi n is h es as r elated to sel ection, use, a n d ca r e. (3F, W ) Clayton 25. Intermediate Clothing Construction. Furt h er a pplica ti o n of t h e prin cipl es of clothin g co n s tru cti on with emphas is on t he fit t ing and a l te r at io n of co mmercia l p attern s , a nd the fi tt ing of clothin g t o vari ous ly prop o rti o ned fi gu r es . Cons ideration is g iven to t h e developmen t of g r eater dexter i ty in t h e u se of eq uipm ent. Prer eq uis ites: CT 8 or equiva lent, a nd FL 5. (3F, W, S ) Clayton, Pierson 105. History of Costu m e. A stud y of cos t u me fo r men a.nd wome n fr om anc ient t imes to t h e prese n t in re lation s hip to t he social, eco n omi c, a n d poli t ical influen ces of th e t imes a n d th eir im porta nc e in t h e evolution and in s pira tion of m odern d,Âˇess . (3F) Clayton, Terasawa

Family and Child Development 153 112. Costume D esign. A practical app lication of t h e principles of des ig n to clothing des ign a nd ill ustration. E m p h as is is placed on origin a lity and judgment in quality of design and color. Prerequis i te: FL 5. Recomm end ed Visual Arts 5, 135. (2S') Clayton, Terasawa

** 17 5. Advanced Textile Problems. Emp has izes recent textile advances a n d r esearch techn iques. Cons ideration is g iven to p h ysica l and ch em ical testing a nd use of the micros cope. Prerequis ite: CT 24 . Recommended Chem istry 10, 11, 12. O uts ide work required. (3S) Staff

12 5. Draping. Creative experien ce in dress designing by drap i ng on t he dress form . Em p hasis placed in fitting a nd u n der standin g the effect of pattern, grain, and textures on desig n a nd dress. Problems consist of making a French lining and draping two ga rments . Prerequisite: CT 25. (3W) Terasawa

185. Fa mily Clothing. A study of t h e factors wh ich infl ue n ce clothin g as it is r elated t o fami ly n eeds: the economic, sociologi cal, an d psycholog ical infl uences, and the care and ren ovation of clothin g for the f amily. (3 W) Terasawa

141. Weaving. Fundam.ental principles of weav ing. Emphasis on weaving f or practical use--plar.e mats and napkins, apron s, skirts, or blouse materials. (3F, W, S') Terasawa

191. Seminar. R eports and discussions on newer developments in t he field of clothing and textiles. (2F, S, Su) Staff

165. Tailoring. Application of techni ques used in ta iloring s ui ts and coats. Prereq uis ite: CT 25. R ecommended CT 125. (3 F, W, Su) Terasawa

170. Flat Pattern Designing. Appl ication of t h e principles of dress design to t h e constructi on of patterns by flat pattern method. E mp has is on the development and use of a bas ic s loper, a nd the interpretation of a des ig n in r elation to t he principles of clothin g co nstruction . Prereq uis ite: CT 25. (3S) Terasawa

190. Independent Study. See Family Life 190. Cred it arranged. (F, W, S, Su ) Staff

204. Clothing E 'co nomics. A study of the f acto r s w hi ch influ ence economics of clothin g; analys is of t he fas hion industry ; econ omics of manufacture and marketing clothin g . Taug ht as r eq uired. (3) Staff 290. 290.

Independent Study. See Family Life Credit arranged. (F, W , S, Su) Staff

291. Graduate Seminar. Open to graduate stu dents in CT. Credit arranged. Taught as requ i red. Staff

295. Research for Master's Thesis. S'ee Family Life 295. Credit arra n ged . (F, W, S, Su ) Staff ** T aug h t 1963-64.

D epartment of

Family and Child Development PROFESSOR Don C. Carter, HEAD; ASSOCIATE PROFESS ORS Dorothy B. L ewis, C. Jay Skidmore; IN STRUCTORS Marilyn Blaylock, Can路oll C. Lam bert; HEAD TEACHER IN CHILD DEVELOPMENT LABORATORY AND CoOPERATIVE NURSERY Valera G. Holman.

Office in Family Life 118 The Department of F amily and Ch ild Development offer s work leading to the Bachelor of Science and Master of Science degrees. See the Graduate School catalog for th e Master's degree program. Three separate majors are available for either graduate or under-

graduate stud y. Students may select the one in which they are most interested: (1 ) Ch ild Development; (2 ) Composite major in Child Development and Elementary Education ; (3) Marriage and Family Relations. Each major represents a desirable area of study if one is

154 College of Family Life interested in children or fami ly life, either professionally or as a parent or future parent. The major in Child Development should prepare one for a more satisfyin g role as a parent, and professionally for: teaching in and conducting a nursery school; teaching in kindergarten or elementary school ; extension service positions in child development and parent education; play director in a children's hospital; study toward an advanced degree. The major in Marriage and Family Relations should contribute to one's happiness in family living and, professionally for: teaching in a Family Life and Social Science program; extens ion service work in family relations; study toward an advanced degree in marriage counseling or family relations. Child Development Major. The curriculum for a major in Child Development includes: FCD 108, 130, 174, 175 with an additional eighteen credits to be selected from FCD 67, 68, 77, 100, 115, 120, 125, 150, 158, 164, 180, 185 187; FL 5; CT 185; Engiish 122 ; FN 24 and 24a, 141 ; FAA 50; HEM 149, 155 ; P. E. 81, 83, 84; Psychology 112, 123, 135, 145; Sociology 130, 156, 171, 172; Social Work 165, 177; Speech 118, 167; Zoology 102.

Composite Major in Child Development and Elementary Education. The curriculum for a major in Child Development, for students who wish to be certified to teach in Elementary Education, includes: FCD 108, 130, 174, 175, with an additional 24 credits to be selected from FCD 77, 120, 150, 164; English 122 ; Education 133; FAA 50 or 151 ; FAM 150 ; FN 24; P. E. 81, 83; Speech 118. The composite major eliminates the need for a minor.

Child Development Minor. To minor in Child Development one shou ld take FCD 108, 130, 150, 17 4 and 175. The minor is recommended for men in such fields as Socia l Work and Elementary Education, who, perhaps more than women in our cultu re, may benefit from an opportunity to stud y the young child in such a setting as a child development laboratory. Marriag e and Family R elations Major. The curricu lum for a major in Marriage and Family Relations includes: FCD 67 or 100, 120, 150, 180, 187; HEM 155 or Business Education 85; Sociology 160 or Social Work 165; Psychology 112; Zoology 102 and nine hours selected from supporting courses in related fields. Mar-riage and Family Relations Minor. The curricu lum for a minor is: FCD 120, 180, 187 and either 67 or 100, with at least six credit hours selected from other courses included in t he Marriage and F amily Living major. Teacher Certification. To teach in kindergarten or elementary school , as a Ch ild Development major, or in high school as a Marriage and Family Relations major, a student must meet the state requirements for teacher certification . It is recommended that a student take a teaching certificate with his major. The teaching certificate fills the requirements for a minor for grad uation in chi ld development. Majors in Marriage and Family Relations shou ld take a teaching minor in some subject commonly taught in the high school. Counseling S ervice. The Department of Family and Child Development provides pre-marital, marriage and family counseling for students, as part of a University-

Family and Child Development 155 wide counseli ng program under the direction of t he Coordi nator of Counseling Services. Application fo r counRelin g on such problems as mate se lection, husband-wife relat ionships, and parent-child r elat ionships may be made t o the depa r t men t, or to t he Coordinator of Counselin g Services.

Family and Child Development Courses 20 . Preparation for Marriage and F a m ily Liv ing. Expectations of modern marr iage ; un derstandi ng o f self ; t he probl..ms of dat ing; cou rtshi p; en gagem e nt ; rela ti on ship of hus ba n d and w ife; famil y p rob lem s and. adjustmen ts . For men a n d women. (3F, W , S) S kidm ore 67. Early Childhood. To help d evelop a ph ilosoph y of fam il y li ving as de<J irable background for t he child; under standing of reproduction; f undamen ta ls of growth and development; a beginning concept of g u idance. (3F, W, S) L ewis, Blay lock 68. P r es chool L a boratory. D irected observation in t h e C hil d D evelop men t Laboratory. R ecommen ded to pa.r allel FCD 67. (2F, W, S) Blaylock 77. The Child from S ix to Twelve. Growth a nd development of t he n ormal child f r om six to twelve years. Guida n ce p,r inciples imp licit in t h e n ormal behavior of ch ild ren at t hese age levels. L aboratory experience and observation. (3F, Su) L ewis 100. Human Growth and Development. Growth and deve lopment from b i rth to maturity. General beh avior patt ern s ch aracteristics of differe n t levels of maturi ty; indi vid ual d ifferen ces and n eeds. Prerequ isite: Psych ology 53. (3F, W, S, S u) Car ter 108. Guid a nce of the Young Child. Rev iew of developmen t p rin cip les w ith emp h asis on socia l a nd em otion a l grow th; fos tering growth t h rough cr eative m ateria ls and play equipm ent; gu idan ce ph ilosoph y, p r incip les and tec hn iques. Two lectu res. T wo h ours lab weekly, arra n ged at t ime of registration. Prerequis ites: FCD 67, 68. (3F, W, S, Su) L ewis 11 5. Growth of t h e Inf ant. Readi ngs in ch ild develop m ent from conception to fifteen m.onths of age, w it h discussion of infant care. Prereq u is ite: FCn 67. (3W) Lewis

120. Marriage . Engagement ; m ar riage r elationships; understanding o f self. For men and women. (3F, W, S', Su) Ca r ter 125. Mater ials and p rocedu res in F amil y Lif e Education . Study of parent, teach er, and community needs in relation to problems of education for fam il y l ife. In-serv ice tra in ing for t ~ac h ers and group leaders in fam il y li fe programs. Meth ods of fam il y life education . (3S) S kidm or e

127. Famil y Life Work sh op. Designed for teachers and leaders to study t h e needs of parent, teacher, youth and community i n relation to problems of education for fam i ly life. R esources, procedures, and organization techniques for in it iation of and plann ing ongoi ng programs. (1-3 Su) Sta ff 130. P lay a nd Pla y M ater ia ls. Meaning of P lay and its va lue in ea.rly chil d h ood. Consideration of attitudes and materials w hich foster creative exp r ession in t h e young child. (3F, S) B layl ock 135. A n In t r odu cti on t o th e T h eory a nd P r act ice of P lay Thera p y. See Psychology 135. (3F) Tsc hud y 150. Semina r . Discussion of topics i n curren t literature plus independent reading selected accord ing to your interest. (2W, S) Carter

158. Sex E du cation . Problems and procedure<J in teach ing sex education to ch ildren , presch ool t h roug h a dolescen ce. Taugh t as r eq ui red. (2) Staff 164. N urse r y School P lannin g and A dminis t ra ti on . Development of t h e nursery school movement. Problems of p h ys ical p lant, equipment, public relations, stsff and budgeting of the chil d care cent er. (3S) Lewis

174. N u rser y Sch ool Meth od s. Meth ods and techniques of guidance of pre-sch ool ch ildren individually and in groups, w ith emphasis on the study of one child. Read.ings in research on pre-school ch ildren . Must parallel FOD 175. (3F, W, S, S u ) Lambert P ra cti ce Teachin g in th e N ursery S chool. Experie n ce in app lication of gen eralizations 1路egardi ng g uidance, growth, and developmen t of chi ldren in t he nursery sch ool. For juniors and seniors who h ave h ad a substantial amount CYf professional cou r se work, including FCD 108 and 130. Arrangemen ts must be m ade fo r practice teach ing well in advance of regis tration. (6F, W, S, Su ) L a mbert 17.5.

180. Ma rriage Couns eling . T he p hil osop h y, princ iples, a n d techn iques of pre-marital a n d marr iage counseling. (3W , S u) Skidmore

156 College ol Family Life 185 . The Family in the Middle and Later Years-. Family developmen.t , and problems of grown children and their parents; parents on their own; understanding older fam.ily members. (3S, Su) Skidmore 187. Family Theory. Differential conceptual approaches to the study of the farn.ily. Analys is of theories and points of view from various schools of thoug ht. (3F) Skidmore 190. 190.

Independent Study. See Family Life Credit arranged. (F, W , S, Su) Staff

205. Child Psychology and Psychology 205. (3F, W, S)

Guidance. See Frandsen

208. Advanced Seminar in Child Guidance. Study and analysis of theories and philosophies of central im,portance in defining the nature, process, and s tructure of child guidance. Individual study and observation of children within the context of a gu idance emphasis. (3Su) Staff

235. Observation and Case Analysis in Play Therapy. See Psychology 235. (3W) Tschudy 238. Practice in Play Therapy. chology 278. (3F, W, S)

See PsyTschudy

250. Advanced Seminar in Family Living and Child Development. Discussions of current readings in farn.ily living and child development, with emphasis on development of sight and selLunderstanding. (3F, Su) Carter 275. Internship in Nursery Education. Work with young children in a s ituation involving limited supervision and personal responsibility for :Program planning and direction. Empha~ sizes experimental methods in working with chi ldren, and development of insight into children's behavior. Credit art路anged. (W, S, Su) Lambert

290 . 290.

Independent Study. See Family Life Credit arranged. (F, W, S, Su) Staff

295. Research for Master's Thesis. See Family Life 295. Credit arranged. (F, W, S, Su) Staff

Department of

Food and Nutrition Elna Miller, Ethelwyn B. Wilcox; ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR Inez L. Schoulte, HEAD; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Dex ter Rog ers, Priscilla Rowland; INSTRUCTOR Margaret B. Merkley.

PROFESSORS

Office in Family Life 104-D The Food and Nutrition Department can contribute importantly to life and provide valuable experience in personal and family living. The curriculum to prepare one for high school teaching includes FN24, 24a, 25, 140, and one other upper division course. The two majors in the department are (a) Food and Nutrition and (b) Dietetics. A student majoring in Food and Nutrition is prepared for positions in food, nutrition and research. A major in Dietetics is prepared to take a student internship in an approved hospital, university or industrial plant operation which qualifies an

individual as a professional dietitian. Majors in Food and Nutrition are required to take the courses as li sted below: Chemistry 10, 11, 12 and 190; Physiology 4; Bacteriology 10 or 70; FN 24 , 24a, 25, 107, 140, 141, 145, 146 and 180, and a minimum of eighteen hours in other areas in the College of Family Life. Classes recommended in these areas are: FL 5, CT 8, FCD 20 and 67, HEM 149 and 150 or 151. Majors in Dietetics must select courses as outlined by the American Dietetic Association to meet the total number of required hours

Food and Nutrition 157 from each of the followin g groups (plan effective to 1965; see adviser r egarding allowances for variations) : Group I Basic Food, required Nutrition , req uired (Prer~1 u i s i te or concurrenta COU"'*S from Group II )

Quarter Ho urs 12-15

Quarter Hours 30-37 Group II Inorganic Ch emistry, Ohe mjstry 10, 11 Organic Chem istry, Chemistry 12 Human Phys iology, Phys iology 4 Bacteriology, Bacteriology 10 or 70 P hysio logical or B iological Chemistry, Chemistry 190 Food Chemistry P h ysics, Physics 6 Other Ad vanced Nutrition Courses. Quarter Hours 18-30

Group Ill P s ychology, Psych ology 53, 102 Education, Homem aki ng Education 120 Sociology, Sociology 70 Anthropo logy Econ omics, Econ omics 51 Personnel Relation s Quarter Hours 18-37 Group IV Experimental Foods Diet Therapy Quantity Foods Instituti o n Equipme nt P urchas in g Orga nizatio n and. Management Accounting, BA 100 Cost Con tro l

Minor in Fo od and Nutrition.

Students fro m other colleges, as well as students from other a reas of the College of Family Life, can select a minor in the Food and Nutrition Department. Courses recommended for a minor are FN 24, 24a, 25, 140, plus five additional hours to be selected by the student from other courses offered by the department.

Graduate Study The Master of Science degr ee is offered in Food and Nutrition. In cooperation with other departments

a Master of Science degree is offe r ed in Nutrition (Animal and Human ) and Biochemistry Interdepartmental Curriculum. (See Graduate School, Nutrition and Biochemistry.) The Department of Food and Nutrition cooperates with other departments at the University in offerin g courses on the graduate level leading to a Doctor of Philosophy degree. (See Graduate School, Nutrition and Biochemistry.) Detailed information may be obtained from the department.

Food and Nutrition Courses 24. Principles of Nutrition. The relation of food to h ea lth; f actors influencin g nutritive requ irements ; problems applicable to i n divid ual interests. May be t a k en without 24a. (3F, W , S) Rowland, Schoulte 24a. Laboratory for Nutrition and Food Preparation. A laboratory to parallel 24. The influence of s uch factors as kind and proportio n of in g redients , m.a n ipulation, and m e thod of cooking on nutriti ve value and accep tability 00' foods . (3F, W, S) Rowland, Schoulte

25. Meal Preparation for the Family. Pla nning, preparing, and serv in g family meals w ith cons ideration of the nutritional needs and fin a nces of the family. Prerequisites: Schoulte, M erkley FN 24, 24a. *100. Quantity Food Preparation for Homew making Education Students and School Lunch Personnel. Planning , preparation a nd serving of foods in large quantities with emphasis on food f or s peoial occas ions and adequ ate sch ool l unch es. (3S) Schoulte 107. Experimental Cookery. Development of ex perime ntal methods ; the ir appli cation to inv est igation in cookery a nd f ood preservation; a s tudy of the literature in the field. Prerequis i tes: Organic Chemistry, FN 24, 24a. (3S) Merkley

135. Weight Control. Individ ual h elp will be g i ven to those s tudents w h o need to lose ar to gain weight. Diets w ill be p lanned to fit the individu a l's needs. H elp with personal problems w ill be g iven. (2S) Wilcox *Taught 1962-63.

158 College of Family Life 140. Nutrition. Fundamental principles of human nutrition and their application to the individual and family group. Laboratory problems include a dietary study; an imal experimentation and determination of nitro-gen, mineral, and ascorb ic aeid. Three lectures and two labs. Prerequisites: Organic Che路m istry, FN 24 and 24a or 140 or equ ivalent. (5F, W) Merkley

141. Child Nutrition. Nutritional requirements of the mother during pregnancy and lactation; nutrition and child from infancy through adolescence. Prerequisites: FN 24, 24a or 140 or equivalent. (2S') Wilcox

185. Recent Progress in Human Nutrition. A review of recent developments in human nutrition. Participation in the Weight Oontrol Conference is required. (3Su 1964) Wilcox

190. 190.

Independent Study. See Famly L ife Cred it arranged. (F, W, S, S'u) Staff

201. Laboratory Methods in Food and Nutrition. Problems in food and nutrition, including nitrogen, m.ineral and v itamin determinations. Prerequisite: Organic Chemistry. (2S) Wilcox 202. Biological Assay of Foods. Problems in biological assay of vitam in s in foods. Credit arranged. Taught as required. Wilcox

**145 . Diet Therapy. Application of dietetic principles to problems of disease, with calculations and preparaton of dietaries in diseased conditions. (4S) Schoulte

203. Nutrition Laboratory. Micro-chemical determination of vitamins and other constituents in sm all amounts of blood. Prerequisite: Chemistry 190 or equivalent. (2W) Wilcox

146. Food Technology. Manufacture and preservation of food products; influence of those processes on physical, chemical, and nutritive values of foods. Prerequisites: Bacteriology 10 or 70 ; FN 24, and 24a. One lecture and one lab. (2F, S, and a l ternate summers. Offered Su 1963.) Merkley

207. Advanced Experimental Food's . Development of experimental m.ethod a n d its application to cookery, and preparation of independent investigation of foods. Credit arranged. Taught as required. Staff

150. Seminar. Reports current literature. (1 W)

and

dis cussions on Staff

*180. Quantity Food Preparation. Principles of food cookery applied to large quantity preparation; standard ization of food qua.Iity; menu planning and study of production costs. University's food service uni.ts used as laboratories . The course is planned particularly for juniors and sen iors majoring in dietetics or institutional management. (5W) Schoulte *182. Institutional Organization, Management and Cost Control. Principles of s cientific management applied to food service uni ts. Emphasis on ot路ganization of large food service units, on pers onal mana.g ement and human relationships, sanitation problems , the keep ing of adequate reco rds, specification writing , purchas ing methods and varied aspects of money management as it affects food service in institutions. (5S) Schoulte

23 0. Readings in Nutrition. Critica.l review of the literature relating to energy metabolism, proteins, fats. and carbohydrates. Prerequisite: FN 140. (2W, alternate summers. Offered Su 1963.) Wilcox 231. Readings in Nutrition. Critical review of the literature in the field of vitamins and mineral metabolism. Prerequisite: FN 140. (2S, a lternate summers. Offered Su 1963.) Wilcox

243. Nutrition and Growth. Relation of nutrition to growth from the prenatal period to old age. (2S) Wilcox 290. Independent Study. See Family Life 290 . Credit arranged. (F, W, S, Su) Staff 291. Graduate Seminar. (Nutrition and Biochemistry Seminar. See A.H. 270.) (1W, Su) Staff 295. Research for Mas ter's Thesis. See Famil y Life 295. Credit ananged. (F, W, S , Su) Staff

*Taught 1962-63.

159 D epart11unt of

Homemaking Education ASSIS TANT PROFESSOR

V i1路ginia H . H arder

PieTson .

H EAD 路 I NSTRUCTOR

Norma W.

Office in Family Life 209 Homema kin g Education is pr ofess iona l t r a ining for teaching homemakin g in the secondary schools. In addi t ion it provides valu a bl e experiences f or persona l and fa mi ly livin g. A Bachelor of Science degr ee and a Mast er of Sc ience degr ee may be earn ed in Homema kin g Educa t ion. In a ddition t o fillin g Univer sity g roup r equiremen ts students shou ld keep in mind Homemakin g Educat ion prer equi sites: P sych ology 53 a nd Chemi str y 10, 11, and 12. Th e compos ite ma jor requirements a r e : Clothing and Textiles 24, 25, 165 a nd 125 or 170; F a mily and Child Development 67, 68, 108 and s ix hours selected from F CD 77, 120, 125, 180, 185, 187 or P sychology 202 ; Food and Nutri t ion 24 a nd 24a, 25, 140 and a t hreehour class selected f rom FN 100, 107, 135, 141, 146 ; Hou sehold Economi cs a nd Ma nagemen t 65 , 75, 100, 149, 150, 155; F a mily H ealt h 152 ; F amily Li fe 5. Durin g sprin g quarter of t h e j unior year an evaluation will be made by t he CT department of a student's competencies in r elation to those con sider ed basic f or teaching in thi s a r ea and r ecommendations made. It is r ecommended t hat a subj ect inter est be developed into a teaching minor : e.g. English, Business,

Mus ic, Physical Ed ucation , Social Science, Chemi stry, J ourna li sm, etc.

Certification RequiTements f or Teachers of Vocational Homemaking in Seconda r y Schools: F amily an d Chi ld Development 100 or P sychology 100; P sychology 102 ; Publi c Health 154 or 155; Education 111 and 114 ; Homemakin g Education 120, 121, 122, a nd FL 190. A total of 33 credi ts in profess ional educati on (out lined above) mu st be taken to meet req uirement s for t he General Secondary Certificate, which includes the Vocational H omema king Certificate. Services A vailable to T eacheTs : (1) Guida nce and help in meeting

requi rements f or r enewin g certificates; (2) Opportunity t o meet certification req ui remen ts; (3) Advanced stud y leadi ng to Mast er of Science degr ee in Homemaking E ducation ; ( 4) In-service Educati on .

Graduate Study Th e College of F amily Li fe offers a composite g radu a t e prog ra m designed t o serve homemaking t eacher s a nd extension specia li sts in home economics. Thi s prog ram is pla nned to meet profess iona l certification req uirements for seconda r y homema kin g teacher s a nd may t erminate in a Master's degr ee. The progr a m is fl exible, to meet individual needs.

160 College of Family Life The Master's program is administered by t he Department of Homemaking Education. However, direction of the individual r esearch program is guided by the instructor in the specific area selected for research. It is desirable that a graduate commi ttee be establi sh ed during the student's first quarter of residence. Thi s committee will t hereafter approve his graduate stud y program and will guide him on the t hesis problem. (See Catalog section on School of Graduate Studies fo r regulations on admission and candidacy for an advanced degree.) The basic plan for teachers features a three-summer program of residence on campus. Research work may be conducted du r ing the school year in on-going classroom situations. Extension Services personnel may prefer one quarter on campus durin g each of three successive year s. Research work in this program, however, can also be conducted in relation to employment activities.

E xtension S ervice Curriculum. Courses r equired for entering t h e USU Extension Services as a County Home Agent are as outlined in the Homemaking Edu cation curriculum. Oth er recommended courses a r e : Extension Methods 151 ; Journali sm 12 or 112 ; Speech 21 ; Sociology 141. A t hree-month supervised t rain in g period in a county is advised for prospective Home Agents. Plans for thi s training are made with the Director of Extension Services.

Homemaking Education Courses 120. Methods in Teaching Homemaking. Guiding pupil development in basic c lassroom procedu res. Cul'riculum planning w ith appropriate use of text books, aud io visual materials , home experiences and practices, evaluative materials. Classroom m anagemen t and respons ibilities. Development of a philosophy of homemaking education in keeping w ith changing conditions affecting famil y living. P rerequ isite or parallel: Psych ology 102. (3F, S) Harder 121. Problems in Teaching Homemaking. Opportun ity to structure H omemaking units fo r off ~ campus classroom teaching in 122. V isual a ids are developed; demon strations, projects, and related activities are planned. This course is taken with H omemaking Education 122. It is important t ha t studen ts reg ister w ith the instructor of Homemaking Education 121 and 122 one quarter prior to student teachin g. This provides the time necessary to arrange teaching assignments w ith cooperating sch ools. ( 4F, W ) Harder 122. Student Teaching in Homemaking Educa tion. Observation and teach ing of homemaking under supervision. in public sch ools having cooperative arrangements with this Univers ity. Student teacher leaves cam.p us the m iddle five or s ix weeks of the quarter and teaches a full homemaking program each day in a n approved school. Prerequ is ites: Homemaking Education 120, 121. (SF, W) Staff 190. Independent Study. See Family Life 190. Credit arranged. (F, W, S , Su) Staff 217 . Current Developments in Hom emaking Educa tion . Newer developmen ts in homemaking at the secondary level. Serves advanced undergraduate or graduate students. Students may arrange with in structor to substitute this class for H omemakin g Education 120. (3Su) Harder 23i. Sem inar. Opportunity for in vestigation a nd reportin g on individual problems. Cred it ananged . (F , W , S, Su) Staff 290. Independent Stud'y . See Famil y Life 290. Credit arranged. (F , W, S, Su) Staff 295. Research for Master's Thesis. See Family L ife 295. CTedit arra nged. (F, W, S, Su) Staff

161 Department of

Household Economics and Management ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR Rhea H. Ganlne1路; ASSISTA N T PROFESS ORS Nyman, HEAD, Haruko T erasawa, LaVina Harp e1路.

Edith

Office in Family Life 204 -B Thi s department attempts to cla ri fy the scope a nd meaning of man agement in t he home and to help one recogn ize and use in telligentl y th e many resources available. It a ims a lso to help one und er stand the relation ship between general economic con di tion s and economic problems of fa mili es and to provide a background for in telli gent civic action in f urtherin g huma n well-being. A ma jor in thi s depar tment contributes to professiona l preparation in Con sumer Econom ics, Family Economics Counseling, Home Service, Research and other home economi cs position s in bu s iness and Extens ion Services. A Mas t er 's degr ee prepares students for university teachin g. Courses in oth er colleges of t he U ni versity which are r elated to work in Hou sehold E conomics and M a n a g e m e n t a r e : Economics, Chemi s t r y, Agricultural E conomi c , P oli tica l Science, Physics, P sychology a nd Socio logy. A minor developed in th e area of E conomics, Physics, P sychology, Journali sm, Speech, Radio-TV, Foods a nd Nutrition, Clot hin g and T extil es or F amily and Child Development, provides addition al t ra inin g fo r employmen t . Major-. Th e fo llowing courses are required for a Bachelor of Science degree: HEM 100, 149, 155 and

150 or 151 , and 27 hours selected fro m: HEM 65, 75 ; AN 185; BA 20, 100, 151, 185; Economics 106, 150, 172; Politica l Science 1, 160; Sociolo gy 5, 130, 140, 141, 160; Soc ial Work 165; E lectr ical En gineerin g 21, 22; Tool and Manufact uring Engineering 180 ; Phys ics 6, 17, 18, 19; Chemi str y 10, 11, 12; P sychology 161.

Minor. Th e curriculum for a minor in clu des: HEM 100, 149, 155 plu s three add itiona l cr edits in the department a nd an addition al s ix hours in any ot her on e department of th e College of Family Life or fr om one of t he other departments supplement in g t he major.

Graduate Study Th e Departmen t of Hou sehol d Econom ics and Management offers work leadin g t o t he Master of Science degr ee, emph asizin g t he a r eas of Fami ly Finance, Hou sehold Equipment and Home Ma nagement. F lex ib ili ty in prog ram plannin g provides opportuniti es for developin g in di vidu al str engths and inte r ests. Course work is arranged in cooperation with oth er departments of th e Univer s ity such as Economi cs, Sociology, P sychology, P hys ics, F a mi ly and Ch ild Development, Food a nd N utrition, and Clot hin g an d Textiles.

162 College of Family Life Household Economics and Management Courses 65. Housing. A co ns ider atio n o f va ri ous aspects of h ous in g: fi n a nce, location, plannin g a nd orien tation , co nstru c ti o n, r emodelin g a nd ex pa n s io n. (3F , W , S) Harper 75. Home Furnishings. T o h elp develop a.n a pprec iation o f H om e Furnishin gs, their construction , selection, use a nd care. R ecomm ended HEM 65, F L 5 or its eq uiva lent. (3 W , S ) Terasawa 100 . Hou se hold Equipment. Prin ciples of selection, operation, care and arra n gem ent of h ouseh old equ ip m ent. (3F, W , S) Harper 149. Home Management. A s tudy of t h e man age ment of family resources in the achievem en t of family goals. (3F, W, S) Nyman

150 . Hom e Management House. R es ide n ce in a H ome Managem ent H ouse for a five-week period prov ides experience in managemen t

a nd democratic famil y Ji ving . Application mus t be made in a d va n ce of reg istr ation with resid e n t a dv iso r. Girls w ithout r equ ired preJ'equis ites ma y app ly for one fi ve-week period durin g w in ter quarter. P r er equis ites : FN 24, 25; HEM 149. (4F, W, S , S u ) Harper 151. Home Management Problems. S imilar to 150 for marri ed s tud ents. Prov ides guida n ce in the managem en t of th eir own home. (48', S u) Nyman 15 5. Family Finance. The plann in g of family finan ces and a s tudy of f acto rs that influence the decis io n an d pla n n in g in th e eco nomi c a r ea . (3 F, W ) Nyman 190. Independent Study. See Family Life 190. Credit ar ran ged. (F, W, S, Su) Staff 29 0. Independent Study. S ee Family Life 290. Credit arranged . (F, W, S, Su) Staff 29 5. L ife

Research for Master's Thesis . See Family 295 . Credit arranged . (F, W, S, Su) Staff

163 Combination Major in

Family Life and Office Administration Thi s is a program for women who des ire basic education for Family Life plus sufficient secretarial training to provid e for professiona l oppor t unities outside the home. For a Bachelor of Science degree with t hi s combination major stud ents compl ete the F a mily Life an d Secretarial courses here listed, plu s the Univers ity group r eq uirements li s ted in t h e catalog.

Family Life Courses 42 ho urs w ith n.OJt Jess than 9 in any department Household E conomics and Management HEM 65 H ous in g ............. .... .... ... .................... 3 HEM 75 H o m e Furn is hings ...... . .... .... ........ 3 HEM 100 H o usehold Equipment .................. 3 HEM 14 9 H o me Management ... .............. .... ... 3 HEM 150 H ome Manafiement House ...... .. ... .4 HEM 155 F a mily F inances .............. .......... ... . 3

Clothing and Textiles CT 8 CT 24 CT 25 CT CT CT CT CT

105 125 165 170 185

Bas ic Clo thing Con struction .......... 3 Textiles ................ ...... 3 I n t ermediaJte Clothin g Construction ... .. ..... .. .... .. .. ............ ..3 His tory of Costu me .... .... ..... ......... ..... 3 Draping ······ ··· ······ .. .. ·· ··· ·· ···· ···· .... .... ... 3 Tail orin g ... ....... ....... 3 F lat Pattern Desig ning ............ 3 Fam ily Clothin g ··········· ······ ···· ......... .. 3

Foods and Nutrition

24 Prin c iples of Nutrition .................... 3 24a Labo ratory f or Nutrition and Food Preparation ....... ................... 3 FN 25 Meal Preparatio n for the Fam ily .. 3 FN 107 Experimen ta l Foods ....................... ... 3

FN 135 FN 140 FN 141 FN 146 Family and F'CD 20

W eigh t Control ... . 2 N utrit ion .......... ..... ....... .. .... .. ...... .... ..5 Child Nutrition ........ ................. ..2 Food Technology .... ........ .................. ..2 Child Development Preparation for Mat·dag e a nd Fam il y R elations .. .... .. ............ 3

0 1"

FCD 120 F CD 67 F CD 68 FCD 77 FCD 100 FCD FCD FCD FCD

108 115 130 185

Marriag e ... ..... .. ...... ..... .... 3 Ea rl y Childhood ....... 3 Preschool Laboratory .......... .......... 2 Child from 6-12 .............. .... . ........... 3 H uman G••o wth and Development .... .... .. ..... ......... ..3 Guidance of the Young Child .. 3 Growth of th e Infant .... ...... ........... 3 Play and Play Materials . .... .. .. .... 3 Family in Middle and Later Y ea1·s ....... .. ..... ...... 3

Office Administration Courses ss

51 42 ss 65 ss 92 ss 167 ss 175 ss 186, 187 *BA 1 BA 20 ss 141, 142, 14 3

Dictat ion and Trans cription

BA 143

Bus in ess Oommun icatio ns

SS"

In tro. to Sec. T1·ainin g .............. .. ...... 2 Intro. T y pe ........................ 2 Records Adminis tration .................... 3 Business Machines ········· .............. 2 Office Practi ce ........ .......... 2 Office Management .......... 3 Secretarial Pl'ocedures ........... ..... ...... 6 Accounting ...... ... . .. .. . .... ..... ...... .. .4 Intro. to Busin ess .. .... ...... 3

I, II, III .

. .... 15 .............. 3 45

""It is recommended t hat BA 2 also be co m~ pleted. 4 hours.

164

165

166

College of

Forest, Range and Wildlife Management Department of Forest Management, 169 General Forestry, 169 Timber Management, 169 Forest Recreation Management, 169

Department of Range Management, 173 General Range Management, 17 3 Forest-Range Management, 174 Watershed Management, 174

Department of Wildlife Resources, 176 Game Management, 17 6 Fishery Management, 177

Degrees Offered: Bachelor of Science Master of Forestry Master of Science Doctor of Philosoph y

167

College of

Forest, Range and Wildlife Management J. Whimey

Floyd, Dean

Office in Forestry and Biological Science 103 Incr ea sin g a ctivity in the fields pare a student for pos it ions with of Forest Management, Range Man- fede r a l or state agencies and for agement, Wildlife Management, Soi l private work in (1 ) Forest Ma nConservation, Watershed Manage- agement, (2 ) Range Management ment, and Forest Recreation, a nd a nd (3) Wildlife Resources. A the unquestioned need f or their Forest Managemen t s t udent may correlation in lon g-range Wild Land choose between three options: one Ma nagement, have created excellent des igned to tra in for general Foropportunities for m en who wish to estry work, a s with the p ublic land work in these field s. The purpose manag in g a genci es, on e more strictof t hi s College is to provide train- ly for Timber Management, a nd in g in the conservation and man- one in Forest Recr eation Manageagement of wi ld lands and their men t. As a Ran ge Management r esources so t hat they may be of student you may special ize in gencontinuing benefit for present and era l Ran ge Managem ent, Forestfuture generations of citizens. Range Management, or W ater shed Th e f avomble geogntphical loca- Management. A Wildlife Resources t路i on of this Coll ege of Forest, student may select a curriculum to Range, a nd Wildlife Management train eit her for Game Mana gement or Fi shery Management. provides exceptional facilities for A st udent will make more satisfi eld experience and affords exce llent opportuniti es for effective factory prog r ess if he has ha d two tra inin g in mana g in g wi ld land s years of hi gh school Algebra, Geometr y, and a lso Chemi stry, Physics, and t heir resources . Forest and r a n ge la nds in Utah comprise more Typ in g and Biology. Four years of than 90 percent of the total state Engli sh a r e a lso des irable. An inarea. Th e Cache Nationa l Forest, terest in a nd an aptitude f or studyw ithin two miles of t he school, t h e in g natural science is important. Bear Ri ver Mi g ratory Bird Refu ge, Mere fi eld ability is not s uffi cient. within forty miles, and vast areas of A prospective stud ent should rea li ze range lands provide forest, ran ge, that Forestry and related fields are so il con servation, and wildlife prob- hi g hl y technical profess ions. They lems, a nd offer unlimited stud y require high aptitude for schola r路 proj ects and opportunities for ship and technical development. demonstration. Herds of elk and Success a lso is corre lated with perdeer are studi ed close to the campus sonali ty and abi li ty to deal with during t he winter. Primitive areas, people. Yellowstone Park, and other naApp lication f orms may be obtional parks are within one day's tained from th e Admission's Ofdriving di s tance. fice. Transfer students should send Th e cur-r-icula of this College p r e- their college transcript, together

168 College of Forestry with their application for a dmiss ion to t he Office of Admi ssions and Records. Summe1路 Camp . Successful completion of fi eld in struction at t he College-operated Summer Camp is required of students who plan to ma jor in a ny curri culum in the Forest Management Department or t he Forest-Range Management option offered by t he Range Management Depar t ment. Any properly qualified student in the Co llege may attend if he desires and makes suitab le arrangements prior to the camp period. The camp opens soon (usua lly the first Monday) after t he end of the sprin g quarter, a nd cont inues for seven weeks, unl ess the camp is released f or fire-fig ht in g, in which in stance the camp lasts eigh t 路weeks. Nine credits a r e allowed for the complete program. In addi t ion to th e regular Summer School fees, a $5 fee is charged for each of t he four courses. Board is provided on a cost basis; lod ging is withou t cost. Before attending camp one should be inoculated again st Rocky Mounta in spotted fever. As a tran sfer to t hi s College f rom anot her school a student should note t hat (a) completion of t he camp program is required in t he above-named courses of stud y; (b ) it is prerequisite to profess iona l Forest Management course work in the junior year; and (c) in additi on to havin g compl ete d two years of co ll ege work, t he pattern of courses taken at anoth er co llege should esse nti a lly duplicate t hat required of fres hmen and sophomores in this college. Field t1'ips a r e pla nn ed each year as part of t he reg ular class instruction. Besides short t rips schedu led for individual courses, each depar tmen t conducts an extens ive fie ldproblems trip in the sprin g quarter

of the junior year, or the fa ll quarter of t he senior year. Thi s tr ip is r eq uired of all students. The trip for Range Management seniors is taken ju st before the fa ll quarter starts. The trip for Forest Ma nagement and wi ldlife juniors is taken durin g a period of t en days or two weeks just prior to t he en d of the sp ring quarte r. A fee of about $40 is charged each stud ent to defray the t ran spo r tation expenses of t he t rip.

Loan Funds . Three sources of f unds are avai lable on a loan basis to worthy, deserv in g upper-divi sion students in the College of Forest, Range, an d Wildlife Management. These are the W. B. R ice Memorial Loan Fund, the Turn er Memorial Fund and the Bureau of Land Management Fund. Loans are made for short periods. The f und s are administered by a fac ulty committee. Appli cation should be made through the Dean's office. GTa.duation R equi1路em ents. The fo llowing gener al r equirements mu st be met for gra duation f rom t he College of Forest, Ra nge, and Wild li fe Management: ( 1) One hundred and ninety-two quarter cr ed its, excl usive of bas ic Mi li tary Science, Phys ical Education, a nd Forestry Summ er Camp. (2 ) All courses prescribed und er the stud y program of one's chosen field. (3) Three hours of Soc ial Science, in addition to General Economics. ( 4 ) Proficiency in written and spoken Engli sh . If deficient in E ngli sh, a student is r equired to pass certa in suppl ementary or corr ective courses in addi t ion to reg ular req ui rements. (5) At least one summer of department-approved practical an d qualify in g work expe ri ence. In certain instances Summer Camp attendance may f ulfill thi s r equirement.

169 Department of

Forest Management PROFESSORS J . SORS Raymond

Whitney Floyd, HEAD, T. W. Daniel; R. Moore, S. Ross Tocher; ASSISTANT W. Kear-ns, Helmuth Resch, John F. Vallentine.

ASSOCIATE PROFESPROFESSORS Frank

Office in Forestry and Bi<llogical Science 116 Upon completion of any of the fo llowin g three programs of study, a student is granted the degree of Bachelor of Science in Forest Management. Th ese three programs of stud y are des ign ed to give compreh ensive training in all branch es of Forest Management, includin g growi ng, protecting, harvestin g, and utilization of timber crops. It is desirable t hat one know by the end of hi s sophomore year in which of these t hree options to enroll : (1) The option in General Fo?·estry basically provides training in Timber Management. However, in recognition of the needs of several of the land and resource managin g agencies, it also provides training in Range Management and in Watershed Management. Thi s pattern of training meets the needs of personnel engaged in the admini stration of public forest lands. (2) The second option, Timbe1· Management, provides major emphasis on t he growing, harvesting, and utilization of timber crops, and is appropriate training for employment in private forest industri es or specialized timber work with the public forest managing agencies. (3) Th e third option, in Forest R ecr-eation M ana.gement, is designed to train a person fo r employment with the National Park Service, the U. S. Forest Service, state departments of conservation, forestry or park services, or m u-

Suitable nicipal park serv ices. training in outdoor recreation organization, management, and supervision is provided, and in addit ion to this a student is given sufficient Forestry training to qualify for the various federal Civil Service examinations and positions. H onors . Any students having an accumulative grade point average of 3.2 or better may be eligible for the honors program. A student in the department honors program may, with the approval of his ma jor professor, substitute certain optional courses for generally required courses.

Required Basic Courses FRESHMAN YEAR Quarter taught and credit F W S Engl is h 1, 2, 3 3 5 Mathematics 34, 35, 441 Chem ist.·y 10, 11, 12 Fores t Management 1 ................ .... .. . 2 R·a n ge Mana.g ement 1 Wildlife Resources 1 Anima l Husbandry 1. 2 ~ .... Course

Engineering Drawing 603 M.S. , A.S., or P.E:'

······ 1-2 1-2 1-2

1Students presentin g P /2 units of hi g h school a lgebra or other wise qual i fied to take college a lgebra (Math 35) are not required to take Math 34. Hig h sc h ool geometry is prerequisite to Math 34 , 35, 44 . :!Not required of students tak ing t he Timber Management option. 3Not required of students who have h ad adequate tra inin g in engineering-mech anica l drawing in high sc h ool. •P .E. is 1 credit ; M.S. and A.S. are each 2 credi ts. Not required for those w h o have served with the armed f orces.

170 College of Forestry SOPHOMORE YEAR Quarter taught and cred it F W S Botany 24, 25, 30 5 Botany 120 Civil Eng in eer in g 8 1 Forestry 134 .... P h ys ics 6 Agronomy 58 Economics 51 Speech 105 Geology 3 5 ..... 1-2 1-2 1-2 M .S .. A.S., or P .E .'

C-FO RE ST

SUMMER CAMP Course Forest Management 96 Forest Management 97 Range Management 98 Wildlife M anageme n t 99

Graduate Study

Course

C r edit 3

A- GENE RAL FORESTRY J UN IOR YEAR Quarter taug h t and c redit

Course

F Forest Manage m ent Forest Management Forest Ma n agement F orest l'vjanagement Forest Management Forest Management Forest Managem ent Range 126 Wildlife 150

106, 107 . 11 2, 113 114 , 11 5 . 118 132 137 146

SENIOR YEAR Course

Quarter taug h t and cred it

F Forest M..a.nagement 119

F orest Manageme nt For est Ma n agement F o rest Management Forest Managem e nt Forest Manage m ent Forest 路Ma nagement Range 131 R a n ge 162 Range 180 E 'n g- lis h 111

W 3

120 121 122, 123 126 133 147

B-TIMBER MANAGEMENT

Forest Management Forest Management Forest Management Forest Management F o rest Management Zoology 105 . B ota ny 140

MANAGEMENT

Course

Quar te r ta ug ht and c redi t F W S Landscape Architecture 130 2 Forest Management 138 Forest Ma n agement 139 Civil Eng ineering 120 Landscape Architecture 3 1 ...

Th e degr-ee of Master of Science m Forest Management may be earned by a student who has an undergraduate degr ee in Forestr y, with acceptable scholarship, upon compl etion of a prescribed cou rse of study a nd fu lfillment of other requirements li sted by the School of Graduate Studi es. Normally all of the courses in t he 200 series taught in t he Forest Management Department are req uired. On e or two years may be r equ ired, depending upon whether a student can devote f ull or on ly part time to hi s studi es. An applicant shou ld submit an official transcr ipt of t he college courses a nd an official appli cation for a dmi ttance to the Dean of t he School of Graduate Studi es. Appli cation forms may be obta in ed at hi s office.

Th e Master- of F01路estn; degree

l f the Timbe r Management optio n is c h osen add the fo ll o w in g cou rses to those of the General Forestry opt ion and omit Range Manageme nt 13 1, 180, and Fores t Management 119: Course

RECREATI ON

I f the Forest Recreatio路n Management is chosen, a stu dent takes the same schedu le as General Forestry w ith the exception of An im a l H usban dr y 1 and 2 ; plus the fo 11ow in g courses :

Quarter t aug ht a nd c redit F W S 116 125 129 130 131

p rogram is ava ilable to students possessing a non-Forestry Bachelor's degr ee w ith acceptable scholarship . Th e requirements include completion of t he required bas ic lower di vis ion co u rses, the Forestry Summer Camp program, th e req uired up per di vis ion Forest Manage ment curricu lu m, an d te n uni ts of graduate ( 20 0 se r ies) co u r se work. Thi s program may r equire two or more yea r s, depend in g upon how closely r elated t he und er gradu1

Take n i n s pring quarter of fres hm an year.

Forest Management 171 ate work is to Forestry. For this program, application should be made as described in the paragraph above. Doctor- of Philosophy Degr-ee. A program of in struction and research leading to the degree of Doctor of Philosophy is offered to a selected number of students. Students having the Bachelor's or Master's degrees should contact the department head for information concerning eli gibility for study toward this degree. Gr-aduate Assistantships are avai lable to grad uate students in Forest Management. Application for assistantships shou ld be made to the head of the Forest Management Department.

Forest Management Courses S ur vey and O ri entation . Survey of the profession of Forest Management, and t he relation of conservation and mu lti ple uses of wildland resources to the welfare of th e state a nd nation. (2F) Floyd I.

26. Wood Tec hn ology and Mechanical Properties of Wood. For vocational education or industrial arts majors . Cover s structure, identification , a.nd mechanical properties of commercial woods of the United States. (3W) Res ch 96. Forest Surveying. Practical field problems in s urveying methods commonly employed in Forest, Range, and Wildlife Management. Lab. Fee $5 . (Summer camp 3 credi ts) Daniel, Moore 97. Forest Practice. Field studies in i nventories, success ional stages, a.n d growth of stands of trees . Study of forest soils and related land use. Lab fee $5. (Summev camp 4 credits.) Daniel, Moore

103. Si lvicult ure and Dendrology. Basic Sil vics: Silvicultural systems; western conifers and western reg ional silvicu lture; el emen ts of eastern hardwood s a nd types. Not open to Forest Management majors. Prerequisites: Range 126 and Summer Camp. (4F) Kearns 104. Forest Management and Economics. Organization of a forest for production: surveys, normal and actual grow ing stock, determination of allowable harvest, management plans; economics influencing management. N ot open to Forest Management majors. Prerequisite: Forestry 103. (3 S) Moore

106 . Forest Measurements I. Measurements of timber in log, tree, and sta nd ; log rules and scaling; statistical methods usefu l in analyzin g forest data; ti m ber cruising practices. P t·et·equi s ite : Summer Gamp. (4 W) Moore 107. Forest Measurements II. Volume and yield table compilation; growth of even -aged, a ll-aged and res idual cutover stands. Prerequi s ite: Fores try 106. (3S) Moore 110. Principles of Conservation. An introdu ction t o conservation problems designed to acquaint one wi t h the nature a nd extent of t he r enewable resources of the United States and t he methods of conservatively us ing t h em. Open to all studen ts except t h ose reg istered in the College of ForeSt, Rang e, and Wildlife Management. (2W) Box

112. Dendrology I. Hardwoods. Ide ntification, di stribution and s il v ics O'f the more important fores t trees in t he United States. P r e requisite: Summe1· Camp. (3F) Kearns 113. Dendrology II. Conifers. Identification, di s tribution, a nd s il v ics o f t he more important forest trees of the United States. Prerequis ite : Summer Camp. (2W) Kearns 114. S ilvi cu lture I. Characteristics of the t ree species wh ich influence s ilvicultural practice in the United States. Prerequis ites : Summer Camp, Ran g e 126. Forestry 112, Botany 120. (3 W ) Daniel

115. Silvicultur e II. S il vicultur a l systems used in securing natural reproduction of foo·ests and t heir applicatio ns to th e important species and f orest types in the Un ited States. P r er equ isite : Forestry 114. (3S) Daniel

116. Seedin g a nd P lanting. Seed collection, ext t·action and clean ing m ethods; germ i nation testing; stor age of fon~t tree seeds; practical experience in field plan,t ing and nurs ery work. Prerequisite: Forestry 115. (2 S ) Daniel 11 8. Forest Protection I. Prevention, presuppressio n and suppression of f o rest and l'ange fires, in cluding econ o mic and physical effect; fire behavior. Field tJ;ps. (3F) Tocher

119.

Forest Protection II. Problems of adand eco n omics in p rotecting fot·es ts from biolog ical enem ies. Prerequisites: Forestry 115, 121. (3 W ) Resch mini~t. ration

120. Si lviculture III. of the United States. 115. (3W)

Reg ional s ilviculture Prerequisite: Forestry Daniel

121. Forest Management. Physical factors influencing the regulation of a f o rest for susta ined yield: site, grow ing stock and r otation; compilation of data f or management plan s. Prerequisite: Forestry 107, 115. (4F) Moore

172 College of Forestry 122. Forest Valuation. Determination of m onetary values in f orest g rowing stock and An alysis of alternate management land. methods by use of standard valuation teehn iq ues. Prerequisite: F orestry 121. ( 4W ) Moore 123. Forest Economics.. Economic problems involved in the utilization of f orest land and timber, and in the distribu.tion of forest products. Prerequ is ite: Forestry 122. (3S) Kearns

125. Logging. Principles and methods of hArvesting wood products, with emphasis on cost. values, and the application of f orestry to the harvesting process. Prerequisite: Forestry 97. (SF) Moore 126. Wood Technology. Structure and identification of the econ omic woods of t h e Uni ted States. Prerequis ite: Forestry 112, 113. (3F) Resch 129. Mechanical Properties. Factors ing the strength of wood. (2 W )

affect~

Resch

130. Milling and Products. Manufacturing, grading, seasoning and preserving lumber, including study of the wood-us ing industries and their products. (4S) Resch 13>1. Forest Products Marketing. Principles of marketing applied to Iumbe1· and other forest products. (3S) Kearns 132. Public Land Administration . Organization and fun ctions of conservation ag encies affecting range, forest, and wildlife administration ; personnel management problems. (3W) Floyd 133. Forest History and Policy. Developm ent of federa l, state, and private forest policy. (2W) Kearns 134. Aerial Photo Interpretation . Elem en t s of photogramm.etry ; use of aerial photographs in m appin g vegetation types and estim at ing timber v olum es, cons truction of planimetric maps from aeria l photogr,a phs. (3 F , W ) Tocher 137. Improvements and Recreation . R ecreational use of forests and the classifications and planning of areas suitable f or this purpose. Field trips . (3F) Tocher

*138. Recreational Land Classification. L a nd classifications a nd economics of various f orms of f<>rest recreation a l use. (2S) Tocher

**139. Recreational Structures. Construction of various forest recreational faciJities. (3W )) Tocheir

145. Forest Problems. Individual study and research Upon a selected forestry ptoblem. ap·proved by t he instructor. (1- 3F, W, S) Stafif 146. Junior Field Problems. Study of fores-t ope rations. J u nior year. Fee $40. (3S") Stafif 147. Forest Seminar. Forestry. (2S )

Systematic

rev iew of Resch

201, 202, 263. Advanced- Forestry S eminar. Review and discussion of advan ced curren t literature. (1F, 1W , 1S ) Staff 204. Forest Ecology. Study of past and pres-ent distribution of fo1·est species and f ores.t types and the p h ys ical-biological basis of distribution and growth performance. (3 W ) Staff 205. Silviculture. Intensive study of a partic ular region by individual students. Group work consists of advanced treatment of s ilvics and s il vic ulture, with emphasis on phys iologi cal aspeets of both subjects. (3W ) Daniel

206. Forest Management and Valuation . Application of f orest management principles; forest organ ization and development; f o res t regulation, valu ation and control of operat ions . (2F) Moore 207. Forest Protection. Advanced s tudy in s pecialized fields of fo r est p-r otection. (2W) Tocher

208. Forest Meas urements . Applicat ion of s tat istical meas urements to forest problems. (3F) Moore 209. Forest Economics. Study of the interaction of markets on the demand for lumber and forest products . (2F) Kearns

210. Forest Problems. Indi vidual s tudy upon a selected fores try (2 to 10F, W, S)

advanced problem. Staff

211. Thesis. Original research on a problem in Forest Management, to be concluded by preparation of a thesis. (10 to 15F, W , S) Staff

*Taught 1962-63. • • Taught 1963-64.

173 D epartment of

Range Management PROFESSORS L. A. Stoddar-t, H EAD, C. Wayne Cook, Ar-thur D. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS T. W. Bo x, DuWayne L . Goodwin, Phil R. John F . Vallentine; COLLABORATORS Alvin T. Bleak, Phillip J.

Smith; Ogden, Urness.

Office in Forestry and Biological Science 122

A four-year program leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Range Management is availabl e. Opportunity is given under this program to specia lize in General Range Management, Forest-Range Management, or Watershed Management. Graduates are qualified f or such positions as Forest Ranger, Soil Conservation ist, Range Manager or Range Conservationist under the United States Civil Service Commission, with such federal agencies as the Forest Service, Soil Conservation Service, Indian Service, and Bureau of Land Management. At present a shortage exists in qualified men for such pos it ion s, an d employment opportunities are excellent. State land manage ment an d both federa l and state rese arch opportunities are also available. Ran ge Management graduates also may enter private work, such as operating a livestock ranch, technical foreman for live stock companies, adviser to land management compan ies, and range land appraiser. Requir-ed Basic Cour-ses. A core of basic course work as outlined below must be completed. In consultation with his adviser, a student must elect other course work to meet his personal objective in training. The adviser must appro•ve a complete study program before t he student can become a candidatte for

a degr ee. It is recommended that t hi s be done as early as possible and, in no instance, later than the junior year. During the freshman and sophomore year s, a ll Range majors mu st complete the fo llowing: Minimum quarterMb.our

Course credits E ng lis h 9 College a lgebra and trigonome try .... .. Chemistry, including o rga nic . 15 Bota ny, inc luding taxonomy . 15 Phys ics 4 Eco nomics 5 Soils .... ........ .... ...... . Geology ..... ....... ........... .... .................... ... ..... . Ge nera l Zoolog y 6

Durin g t he junior and senior year s Range majors mu st complete the fo llowing: Plant ecology .... ... .. .. ........ .. ... . P lant physiology Range p la nt communities W aters hed manage ment . Ge ne ra l range management ..... . Genera l fi e ld problems ···"'- ·· · Range tec hnica l problem s

5 10

R a nge improvement .... ... ...... ...... .

Adv. Zoology or Wildlife .....

R a nge semjnar

The following fields of specialization are recognized in the department: (1 ) General Range Management. Elective course work should emphasize range management and animal husbandry. The student is fitted for management of range lands, publi c r a nge land administration, and private range operation.

174 College of Forestry (2) Faust-Range Management . Elective course work in Forest Management shou ld be emphasized, including Summer Camp. This option provides training for multiple use management of forest and range lands. The student is especially fitted for work with the U.S. Forest Service. (3) WateTshed Management. E lective work should emphasize Mathematics, Soils, and Hydrology. Sophomore students should take Plane and Solid Analytical Geometry, Integral Calculu s, and Differential Calculus. With proper selection of elective subjects, a student may qual ify for employment as a forester, forest researcher, or as a range conservationist. MinoT in Range Managem ent. The following courses in Range Management are suggested for students who wish to minor in the field (requirements subject to approval by the Range Department) : Range 126, Plant Ecology, five cred its; Range 160, Principl es of Managing Range Lands, five credits; Range 161, Range Analysis Techniques, one credit; Range 130, 131, 132, Range Plant Communities, ten credits; Range 163, Range Improvement, three credits; Range 181, Range Economics, three credits.

Graduate Study Th e degree of Master of Science in Range Management is granted upon completion of an arranged course of study. Adequate facilities are available to allow emphas is upon such related fields as Forestry, Soil Conservation, Animal Husbandry, Botany, Wildlife, Economics, or Soi ls. A Bachelor's degree in Range Management or a related subject is prerequi site to advanced study.

To a selected few students, a program of instruction and research leading to the degree of Doctor of Philosophy also is offered. Student s having the Bachelor's or Master 's degree should contact the depart ment h ead for information concernin g eligibility for study toward this degree. Assistantships. There are available to graduate students a number of assistantships which will defray most of the costs of attending school, including exemption from non-resident tuition fees. Such assistantships involve part-time work for the department. Several of these assistantsh ips are avai lable each year. Interested students should apply to the department head for f urther details.

Range Management Courses Elements of Range Management. Introduc tion to problems and methods in range management. (lW ) Stoddart

98. Plant Community Analysis. Field identification of summ.e r range plants. Methods an.d techniques of vegetation analysis. Practice in range allotment analysis. (1 credit, Summer Camp) Box 126. Plant Ecology. Role of h ered ity and e nvironment in plant behavior; plant succession, competi tio n and indicators ; analysis of hab itat factors influencing p lant g rowth and distribution. Prerequisites: Plant taxonomy, ge net路al soils. Lab fee $1. (5F, S) Stod dart

130. Grass land Com munities. Composition, distribution, successional patterns, and management of g rass la nd 1路anges. Prerequisite: P lant taxonomy. Two lectur es, one lab. (3 W) Box 131. Forest Range Communi ties. Oomposition, distribution , successional patterns and management of forested ranges . Prerequisite: Plant ta.xo nomy. Two lectures, two labs. Lab fee $2. Saturday field trips may be sched uled. (4F) Box 132 . Desert Communities. Composition, distribution , successional patterns, and mana.gement of desert ranges. Prerequisite: Plant taxonomy. Two lectures, one lab. Lab f ee $4 . Saturday field trips may be scheduled. (3S) Box

Range Management 175 160. Principles of Managing Range Lands. A general co urse des igned to g ive a knowl edge of how to evaluate, manage, and perpetuate ranges. (SF) Cook

195 . Range Problems. Indi v idual study and r esearc h upon a selected ran ge problem. Prerequis ite: Faculty approva l. (1 to 3 F, W, S, Su) Sta ff

161. Range A n alysis Techniques. Theory, application , and limitation s of vegetati on analysis meth ods a nd techniques. Field prac t ice in vegetation sam.pJin g and range a nal ysis. To b<! taken concurrently with Range 160. Credit n o t a llowed those w ith credit in R ange 98. Lab fee $3. Field trips to be arran ged. (1F) Box

196, 197. Range Field P r obl ems. Field study o f range operation a nd research. Lab fee $35 . Prerequ is ite : Plant Ecology and Plant Com munities . (3F) Box

162. Range Management. Problems in m an ag ing n ative range lands; maintenance of production ; uti1ization of range forage; and Prerequis ite: range livestock management. Box Summer Camp. (5S) 16 3·. Ran ge Improvement. Methods and problems in volved in seed ing range la n ds, r emoving brush , im prov in g s tock watering facilities, and fenci n g ranges. Terraci ng, water s prea din g, and use of dams on range lands. Prerequisite: Range 160 or 162. (3W) Vall en tine 164 . Technical Problems in Range Management. Specialized problems in range admin istration and management encountered by th e technician. Prerequisi te: Range 160 or 162. (3W) Stoddart 180. Water shed Management. Management of timber and forage producing lands to produce maximu•m quantit ies of high quality water w ithout loss of stabili ty. Prerequisite: Plant Ecology, Sen ior classification. Three lectures, one lab. Lab fee $4 . Saturday field trips may be scheduled. (4W) Goodwin 181. Ra.n ge Economics. Development o f th e ra n ge industry, cost of production, range land utilization, organization of cattl e and sheep industry, and value of rang e fo rage. Prerequisite: General range m anagement. Box (3W) 193. Range Seminar. Supervised dis c uss ion and review of range anim.al literature. Prerequisite: Senior class ification. (2 W) Box 194. Ran ge Seminar. Superv ised dis c:ussion and r eview of range plant literature. Prerequisite: Senior class ification. (2S) Box

200. Range Thesis. Original res ea rch and study on a problem in range management. S t aff (1 to 15 F, W , S, Su) 204. Land Use Semin ar. Current problems and practices in wildland management, with emphasis on western range. (2F) S mith **205. Sem in ar in Range N utrition. Problems in manage ment and research in the fi eld of pla n t a nd an imal nutrition on range land . Prerequis ite: Animal Nutrition. (3W) Cook ''' 206. Research Methods. A study of research methods in range m a n agement and rel ated s ubjects . Prerequ is ite: Statistics . (3W) Cook 207. Graduate Semin ar. Rev iew of current research in range m anagement by graduate students and faculty. (1S) Box *210. Environmental Factors. Environmental factors and in teraction betw een organisms and env ironment as found on native range land. Prerequ isites: Plant Ecolog y and Plant physiology. (2F) Goodwin ** 211. Synecology. Development, structure analys is, and classification of nati ve range P lant Ecol ogy. Prerequisite: vegetation. Goodwin (3W) ** 280. Watershed Analysis . Advanced study of technica l problems e ncountered in waters hed management. Prerequisite: Waters hed M:anagement. (2F) Goodwin ** 281. A dv a n ced Range Economics. Advanced study of econom ic facto·r s affecting conservat ion practices with specia l consideration t o ran g e lands and ra n ge operations . Prerequ iSmith s ite : Range Econom ics. (2S) *Taught 1962-63. ••Taug h t 1963-64.

176 College of Forestry

Departme11t of

Wildlife Resources PROFESSORS William F. Sigler, HEAD, Georg e H . K elker, J esso p B. Low, Allen W. Stoke s ; ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Jack H. Berryman, Donald R. Franklin, Frederic H. W agner; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS W illiam T. Helm, John M. N euhold; RESEARCH ASSISTANT Susan Martin ; TEACHING AsSISTANT H. W. Williams.

Office in Forestry and Biological Science 126 Students majoring in this department may choose either of two options: Game Management or Fisheries . Each leads to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Wildlife Resources. The Wildlife option prepares students 路particularly for management of wi ldli fe; t h e Fisheri es option for positions in fish er y management, both freshwater and marine.

Program of Studies Th e first two years will include courses designed to give th e student a sound scientific background. By t he beginning of the junior year one should decide with hi s adviser upon a course of studi es for the final two years . Bes ides choos ing a n option a student wi ll want to select courses t o meet hi s particular professional goal. Durin g the freshman a nd sophomore year s a student should complete t he fo llowin g: E ngli s h 1, 2, 3 College a lgebra and trigonom e try Ch e mistr y, in c lu din g o rg an ic ....

8 . ... 15 . ..... 15

Botany, in cluding taxonomy . Zoology : in vet路teb r ate, verteb rate and entomology ......... ..... .................. 15 Phys ics . Econom ics Soils 5 Survey courses in f orest, range, a nd wild li fe management 4 M.S., A.S., or P .E . .................. . 6

Electives from associated departments are chosen with approval of the major professor. Recommended electives include : a ll courses in Wildlife, Range, or Forestry; Applied Statistics 132, 141 ; Botany 112; Chemistr y : organic, physical, or biochem istr y; Civil Engineering 81, 171; Animal Hu sbandry 150 ; Geology 3; English 111, 112, 117 ; Journali sm 112 ; Photography 51; Ph ys ical Education 36; Physiology 4, 121, 122, 131; Zoology 112, 116, 119, 121, 122, 128, 129.

Required for Graduation of All Wildlife Students Wildli fe 145, Princip les of W il dlife Managem ent ... 3 Wildlife 157, 158, 159, Semin ar (Seni or Y ea r) ............. ........ ..... .............. 3 Wildlife 160, Anima l Ecology .................... ... ..... 5 R a nge 126, Plant Eco logy .. .. .... ................. ... ........ 5 App li ed Statistics 131 , Statistical Methorls .... 1 Eng lis h ( Advanced Writ ing) ..... ... ....... ....... .... 6 Speech 105, Technical Spea king ................ 3 Social Science ( in add ition to Econom ics 51) .... 7 In a ddi t ion to t hese cou r ses, one of t h e follow in g options m ay b e c h osen:

Option A. Game Management Any two of the following three Wild li fe 146, Manage m en t of Upland Game .... 3 Wild life 147, Manage m e n t of W aterfow l and Furbea r e r s .. .... ... ........ ..b Wildlife 153, M anagement of B ig Game . .. 5 PLUS Zoology (two cou r ses in 100 seri es) .. ......B An y two of the following four Wildlife 161, Limnology ..................... ...... .4

Wildlife Resources 177 .... 3 Wil dlife 166, Aq uatic Ecology ... 3 Wild life 172, Problem Orientation W ildl ife 175, W ild life Law E nforce m ent ... ... .. ~ Total incl uding related courses (see above ) : 33 cred its

Option B. Fishery Management ... 4 Wlid life 161 , Li mnology .... 3 W il d li fe 165 , F is hery Ma n agemen t Wi ldlife 169, Tech n iques of F ish er y ... 5 Manageme nt .... 3 Zoology 155, I ch t h yology ... 2 Zoology 156, I chth yolog y Lab Any two of the following four Wild li fe 162, F is hery B iology ................. ... .4 W ild li fe 166, Aquatic Ecology .. . ... 3 ... 3 Wi ldli fe 172, P r obl em Orientation Wil d li fe 175, Wildlife L aw E n forcemen t .. 3

T otal in clud ing r elated courses (see above) : 33 credits

Graduate Study The advanced degr ees, Mast er of Sci ence and Doctor of Philosophy in Fishery Biology or Wildlife Biology, are gra nted upon completion of a prescribed course and fulfillment of th e Gra duate School r equirements.

A ssis tantships. The Utah Cooperative Wildlife Resear ch Unit provides five r esea rch a ssista ntships for g r aduat e students in the department. Th e Wildlife Resources Depa rtment has on e teaching ass istantship. In addition t h er e a re usua lly several gr ants from outside conservation agencies available to support gradu at e r esearch. A prospecti ve student should submit formal applica tion with a tran script of colle ge credits and r eferences to the Dean of the School of Graduate Studies. Inquiry as to admission should be directed to the Head of the Department of Wildlife Resources. Applications for assist antships should be directed to the Leader of the Wildli f e or Fishery Research Units or the Head of the Department.

Wildlife Resources Courses 1. E le ments of Wildlife Manag ement. Introduct ion to the prob lems and methods of w il dWagn e r li fe managem e n t. (18)

99 . Wildlife Practi ce. I nteg r ated studi es of w ildlife popul ations in rela tion to lan d uses . L a b. fee $5 . (1 Summ er Cam p) Kelk e r 14 5. Principles of Wildlife Management . Cha racter istics of a nimals and thei r hab i tat in relation to gen era l m a n agem en t pract ices . (3 W ) Stokes 14 6. M a nagement of Upland Game. T ax ono my, li fe histories, distribution, env ironme nta l n eeds, a nd p lans for man agement of gam e birds a.nd small mam mals . Two lectures, one lab . Prerequ is ite: Wi ldl ife 145. (3F) Stokes 14 7. Waterfowl and Furbearers Management. T ax onom y, life his to ries , habitat requ irem en ts, econom ic im,p orta nce, and plans f or m an ag ement of waterfow l a nd fur bearers , especia ll y muskrat an d beaver. Prerequ is ite: Wildlife 145. T h ree lectures, fi eld t ri ps. (5S ) Stokes ! 50. General Wildlife Management. Pri n c iples of a nimal ecology a nd w ildlife ma nageme n t; life histories, econ omics, and management p hases of importa nt species of big game, upla nd gam.e, waterfow l, a nd fish. No credit a llowed w ildlife management majors. F ive lectures ; fiel d t rips arrang ed. (5F, S) Kelker 153. Management of Big Game. Life his to ries, dis tribution , numerica l va ria tion, e nemies , a nd ma na.g ement activ ities for big g ame animals. Prerequ is ite : Wil dli fe 145 or 150 . Th t路ee lectures, two labs, in cluding field tr ips . (5 W ) Wagner 155. Economic Wildlife. Genet路al im porta nce of w ild1i fe resources; natura l history, ecO'nomic values a nd control methods for rode nts a nd predators; iden tification of s kulls and sk ins ; brief evaluati on of hawks and rep tiles. Two lectu res, one lab. (3F) K elker I chthyolo g y. Ecol ogy, class ificat io n , a nd life h istor ies of native a nd in troduced fishes. T wo lec t ures, t wo l abs. (See Zoology 155 a nd 156.) (5 W ) Sigler 157, 158, 159. Wildlife Seminar. Discussion of cu rre nt developme nts in w ildlife m anagement. Two recitation periods per week . Staff (1F , 1W, 1S ) 160. Animal Ecology . Distribu t ion a n d behav ior of a nima ls as a ffected by var ious en v iron.m ental factors. Special attent ion to in ter- relationships of biotic com mu nities. Three lectur es, two l a bs, in cludin g field problems. (S F) Stoke..

178 College of Forestry 161. L imnology. Physical, ch emical and biolog ical factor s affecting occurrence and productivity of fishes and other aquatic an im al~ in fresh waters. Prerequisites : Botany 30, Entomology 13. Two lectures, t wo labs. (4F) Neuhold 162. Fishery Biology. A natomy, development, respiration, and , excretion of fres h water t eleosts. Tw o lectures, two labs. ( 4 W ) Neuhold 16 5. Fishery Management. Principles and techniques of lake, pond a nd stream improvements; ecology of game fi shes, propagation methods, common fish di~eases . Prerequisite : (3S') Zoology 155. Two lectures, one l ab . Sigler 166. Aquatic Ecology. R elations hi ps between water and various animals, particularly fi sh es. Special attention to effects of topography, geography, r a infall, water qua li ty, a nd various aspects of civilization on aquatic reHelm so urces. Three lect ures. (3S) 169. Techniques of Fishery Management. Mec hanics of collecting and analyzing life hi story material of fishes. Prerequis ites : Zo路 ology 155, Wildlife 161. Two lectures, three labs. (5 W) Neuhold 170. Wildlife Problems. Indi vid ua l s tudy a nd r esearch up on a selec ted wildlife problem . (1 to 5F, W, S, Su) Staff 171. Field Problems. Study of wi ldlife man agement operations of various agenc ies in Staff the W est. Fee $35. (2F, S) 172. Problem Orientation. A disc uss io n of the needs of an approach to wildlife in vestigations, presenting data, anaJyz in g the problem, a nd dra.w ing conclusions relative to resea rch in wildlife man agemen t. (3 W ) Kelker

175, Wildlife Law Enforce m ent. R ev iew of state a nd f ederal regu la ti ons of fi sh and game; disc ussion s of apprehen s ion of v iola tors, collection of evidence a nd its use in court. (3 W ) Sigler 210. AdVanced F ield Problem s. F ie ld training in techni ques not covered in und er g raduate courses . ( 1 to 5F, W, S) Staff 24 8. Animal Behavior. In stinct a nd learning in animals. Three lectures, one lab. (4F) Stokes 253. Advan ced Big Ga me Management. Population d ynam ics , census m eth ods, huntin g regulations , and manageme nt p lans. Prerequis ite: Wildlife 153" or equ i valent. Two Wagner lectures, one lab . (3 W ) 257. Grad uate Seminar. Discussion of problems in selection a nd writing of research projects; discussion of curren t problems. (2F) Helm 25 8. Gra duate Seminar. Disc uss io n of current in vestigation s by class members and by repr esentatives of state an d f ederal agen cies . (2W) Low 259. Graduate Semina r . R ev iew of current li teratu r e. Discuss ion of the co m p letion and publication of students' technical papers . (2S) Neuhold 260. Advanced Animal Ecology. Growth, fluctuation, bala nce, and control of animal populati o ns. Pre r eq uis ite: Wildli fe 160 or equiva lent. (3W) Wagner 261. Advanced Limnology. Advanced study of factors affect ing productiv ity of fresh water. Prerequisite: Wildlife 161 or eq ui vaSigler lent. Two lectures, two l a b s. (4F) 270. Research and Thesis. Credit for field or laboratory res ea r ch, library work, a nd thes is wr iting . (1 to 15F, W, S, Su) Staff

179

_ilj1JwwiEi1\iE ~l 1£w Aiwll~

180 College of

Humanities and Arts General Education, 181 Liberal Studies, 182 Honors Courses, 184

Department of English and Journalism, 18 4 English, 184 American Studies, 18 5 Writing and Mass Communications, 186 Journalism, 186 Photography, 186

Department of Fine Arts, 191 Music, 191 Theatre Arts, 195 Visual Arts, 197

Department of Landscape Architecture and Environmental Planning, 203 Department of Languages, 205 Languages, 2 0 5 Philosophy, 208 Philosophical Literature, 209

Department of Speech, 210 Degrees Offered: Bachelor of Science Master of Science

181

College of

Humanities and Arts Carlton Culmsee, Dean Office in Main 182 Scope of College of H umanities preparation may take a degree in and Arts. Besides providing basic Liberal Studies. Suffici ent concenpreparation courses for students tration in languages, literature, who will graduate from other di- history, or one of the sciences is visions of the institution, the Col- required to provide sound preparalege of Humanities and Arts tion for graduate work, but emassists all students in the Univer- phasis is on a good introduction to sity toward a liberal education . several areas. The need to und erstand our own culture and the culture of other nations has never been so urgent General Education as now, and for this understandIntegr-ated Courses. Th e following, languages, philosophy, litera- ing are broad courses which may be ture, arid t he arts are essential. used to satisfy group requirements. These are the means by which They are li sted here to facilitate individuals and peoples speak to selection and advisement. each other, whether in an individual conversation, a public address, a television documentary, a Biology story, a painting, a statue, a mu siAdministered by the staffs of the cal work. To know the work of Aeschylus, Plato, and Praxiteles is Departments of Bacteriology and essential if we would know Greece, Public Health ; Botany and P lant for example, and understand the Pathology; Zoology, Entomology, s ignificant parts of our culture and Phys iology. which we have inherited from h er. I. Principles of Biology. Bas ic principles of The curricula of the College a lso life as illustrated in plants and an imal s, enable a student to prepare for a wi th emphas is on concepts of fundamental including organization of li ving career with a major in any of importance, things, energy re lationshi ps, growth, l'elati on several departments: o f e n v ironments, kinds of living things, t路eproEn gli sh and Journali sm (Eng- duction, development, i nheritance, and evoluStaff lish, American Studies, Writing tion. Five lectures. (S F , W, S. Su) and Mass Communication, Journali sm and Photography ), Fine Physical Science Arts (Music, Theatre Arts, Visual Administered by the staffs of the Arts), Landscape Architecture a nd Departments of Chemi stry; GeolEnvironmental Planning, Languages (and Philosophy), and ogy; Physics. Principles essential to understanding the Speech. For teachers, composite majors in English-Speech a nd physical universe. Elements of astronomy, chemistry, geolog y, a nd physics integrated for Speech-Theatre Arts are offered. use in interpreting hum an experiences. ChemThose interested in a broad edu- istry 31. 3 credits. Geology 31. 3 credits. cation rather than a specific career Physics 3L 4 credits.

182 College of Humanities and Arts Humanities (Languages, Arts) English 34, 35, 36- Great Books and Id eas. English 40 , 41-World Literature. Englis h 53 , 54 , 58-A meri can Literature. Philosophy 50-Beginning Logic. Mu.s.Ic 1-Enjoying Music. Music 25-0rchestra . Music 27-University Band. Music 28-Varsity Band. Music 33-Gh.oir. Theatre ! -U nderstanding Theatre. Visual Arts 1-EJ<ploring Art. Visual Arts 10-Analyzing Contemporary Painting. Philoso ph y 45-Introduction to Problems P hilosophy.

Philosophy 140, 141 , 142-History of Phi losophy.

Two years of fo reign la ng uage are also recommended as an option for sati sfaction of the Languages a nd Arts, or Humanities, group r equirement.

Social Science

Histor y 4, 5, 6-History of Civilization . Political Science !-Government and the Individual. History 13, 14-U nited States History.

Liberal Studies PROFESSOR

T. Y. Booth,

C OORDIN ATOR.

Office in Main 182 The program in Liberal Studies h as two f unct ion s : One is to provide a course of stud y combinin g elements of both t he humanities a nd the sciences and leadin g to a degr ee in Liberal Studi es. Considerable flexibility is afforded through choice among sever al curricu la. Th e goal is substantial, orderly, well-balanced mental development of a broad type. Eventual selection of a fi eld of concentration in t he gen eral area of eith er the sciences or the humanities is r equired for a degree. Th e second f unction of t he Libera l Studies program is the advisement of students who have not dec ided upon a ma jor subj ect or area of specialization. The Liberal Studi es coordinator find s a sui table adviser for each of these students. With the aid of t hi s adviser he looks after th e student's academic interests, encoura gin g him to pursue a gener al Liberal Studies program while he explores hi s own aptitudes and variou s career opportunities so

that he can choose a major fi eld . Adv isers are selected from all colleges of the Univer sity on the basis of persona li ty qualification s and student in terests. Students who are enroll ed in another depa rtment but beli eve that they have chosen their major unwisely may transfer to the Liberal Studi es prog ra m upon rece1vmg permi ss ion from t he Office of Student Services and fro m t he Dean of th e Coll ege of Humanities and Arts.

Curricula in Liberal Studies Th e fo llowing t h ree courses of stud y, each leading to a Bachelor's degr ee, are ava ilable in Liberal Studi es. Students are not required to complete a separate minor. Beca use of t he r equirements for basic courses in severa l fi elds, upper division r equirements for gradu a tion may be r edu ced to a minimum of fifty cr edit hours.

Liberal Studies 183 I. Main Currents in W es ter-n Civilization. Two years of a foreign lang uage; a concen tration of forty cr edits in either hi story or li terature and fifteen credits in the one not chosen for concentration ; fo urteen credits in Philosophy1 ; fifteen cr edits in one of the sciences or in mathematics. (A ) Literature. (1 ) For concentration: English 40, 41 , 147, 148, 149 ; and 15 h ours selected from English 46, 150, 151, 152, 190, 191 and classes in t he li terature of a foreig n langua ge . ( 2) For th e fif teen credit r equirement: any fifteen credits from t he above courses. (B) History. (1) For concentration: Hi story 4, 5, 6 ; and 25 hours from History 10, 13, 14, 105, 106, 111, 124, 127, 152, and 175. (2 ) For th e 15-credit requirement: Hi stor y 4, 5, 6. (C) Philosophy. Fourteen credits from the fo llowi ng : Philosoph y 45, 50, 140, 141, 142, 160 ; Political Science 145, 146, 147. (D) Mathematics and science. Complete one of the following series: ( 1) Biological science: Zoology 3 or Botany 24 or Bacteriology 10 ; Zoology 107 and 131 ; Public H ea lt h 50. (2) Chemistry: Chemi stry 3, 4, 5, or 10, 11, 12. (3) Mathematics: Mathematics 35, 46, 97. (4) Physics: Physics 17, 18, 19 or 20, 21 , 22. If students select th e series in physics they should fill the exact science group r equirement with Mathematics 35 and 46, an d are advised to complete Math ematics 97 also. II . Languages and W orld L iterature. Thirty-nine credits in foreign lang uages; forty credits in Literat ure ; thirty credits in Philosophy. 1 See Philosophy Division of Departm ent of Lang uages. Political Science 145, 146 a nd 147 de a l with political philosophies and are therefo re relevant.

(A) Languages: Two year s in one fore ign lang uage; one year m a second fo r eign lang uage. (B ) L iterature (40 credits ) : (1) At least 25 cred its selected from Engli sh 40, 41, 46, 140, 141 , 147, 148, 149, 168, 169. (2) At least nine cr edi ts in t he literature of one or more fore ign lan g uages. (C) Philosophy: Philosoph y 45, 50, 140, 141, 142, 160 ; Hi story 4, 5; any two (s ix credits) of Political Science 145, 146, 14 7. III. Science and Philosophy. Two year s of a fore ign lang uage; a concentration in eith er Mathematics and Physical Science or in Biological Sciences as specified below ; 30 credits in History, Philosophy an d Lit erature. (A ) Science: Complete one of the fo llowing programs: (1) Physica l Science and Mathematics.1 Mathematics 35, 46, 97, 98, 99, 110 and eit her (a) or (b ) . (a) Chemistry 3, 4, 5 or 10, 11, 12 ; Physics 17, 18, 19 or 20, 21, 22 ; 120, 121, 130 or 146, 153, 154 or 175, 176, 177. (b) Physics 17, 18, 19 or 20, 21, 22 ; Chemistry 3, 4, 5 or 10, 11, 12; 104, 105, 106 or 121 , 122, 134. ( 2) Biological sciences.1 Zoology 3, 4, 101 , 107, 112, a nd 131 ; Botany 24 , 25, 30, 11 8; Bacteriology 10, 160 ; Public Health 50, 155; Physiology 104. If students select this series they should fill t he physical science group r eq uirements with classes in Chemi stry or Physics. ( B ) History, literature, phi losophy. Thirty credits from among the fo llowin g, shared among a t least three departments: English, American or Comparative Liter ature or t he li terature of a foreign la nguage; Philosophy 45, 50, 140, 141, 1 Ten of these credits m ay be app lied toward the group requ irement in the field .

184 College ol Humanities and Arts 142, 160; Hi story; Political Science 145, 146, 147; Sociology 70; Economics 51, 52.

Honors Courses Th e University sponsors honors courses supervised by a Universitywide committee representing the academic deans. Enrollment is limited. Students may be admitted on the recommendation of their department head, or upon direct application to one of the instructors. The courses will ordinarily be taught by two or more instructors from different academic fields. The aim is to give superior upper-division students from several departments

opportunity to read, discuss, and write abo ut significant facts and ideas, approached from a broader point of view than is ordinarily possible in advanced departmental work. 111. Perspectives of Contemporary Thought. Senior Colloquium I. (2F) Staff 112 . Roots of Modern Educational Thought. Senior Colloquium 2. (2W) Staff 113. Far Eastern loquium 3. (2S)

Thought.

Senior

ColStaff

Students are encouraged to broaden their liberal education with other courses in basic Sciences and Humanities, Art, Music, Landscape Architecture, Political Science, Economics, and Sociology.

D epartment of

English and Journalism (English, Journalism, Writing and Mass Communications, American Studies, Photography) PROFESSORS King H endricks, HEAD, Ira N. Hayward, EMERITUS, T. Y. Booth, Carlton F. Culmsee, Moyle Q. Rice, Hub ert W. Smith; AssociATE PROFESSORS Arthur H . Frietzsche, John M. Patrick, John J. Stewart, J. Golden Taylor; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Arthur M. A xelrad, John S. Bullen, J. Lynn Morten sen, R eed C. Stock; LECTURER V eneta L . Nielsen; INSTRUCTORS Bert V. Allen, EMERITUS, J. R. Allred, Arlen L. H ansen, Kenneth B. Hunsaker, Karl W. Klages, Dean 0. Skabelund.

English Office in Library 320 Journalism Office in Information Service Building Photography Office in TG Building

English The English and Journalism progr am is designed to meet the everincreasing demand for Englishtrained personnel in mass communications, in industrial writing and editing, in graduate schools, in public relations work, and in teaching.

The need for teachers of English grows more critical each year at all levels. There are five different majors available in t h e English and Jour-nalism Department: (1) A Standard English major. (2) An English Teaching major. (3) An American Studies major.

English and Journalism 185 (4) A Writing and Mass Communications major. (5) A Journalism and Photography major. Th e

Standar-d

English

Major-.

Students may complete the Standard English Major and the necessary requirements for certificatJOP during the four years. This will qualify them for either graduate work or secondary teaching. In the standard English major, t he student should take courses specified in the eight areas below: ( 1 ) Lower Division (minimum fifteen hours) : 40, 41, 53, 54, 60, 61. (2) Early English (minimum fifteen hours) : 162, 166, 175, 180. (3) Late English (minimum five hours) : 190, 191. (4) American Literature (mini mum nine hours) : 150, 151, 152, 153, 155, 156, 157, 158. (5) World Literature (minimum five hours) : 140, 141, 147, 148, 149. (6) Types (maximum twelve hours) : 137, 163, 164, 168, 169. (7) T echnical (maximum six hours): 104, 112, 117a, 117b, l17c, 134. (8) Language (minimum 24 hours, two year s) : French, German, Spanish, Latin. With the consent of hi s adviser the student may select other courses to m eet the requirements in areas 6 and 7. He will be expected to complete between 45 and 50 total hours in addition to the Language courses and the Basic Communications course, which is required of all freshmen and other students who have not had its equivalent. This four-year course may qualify the student for admission into the School of Graduate Studies. English T eaching Major-. Students who do not intend to go

beyond the Bachelor's degree in English, but who plan to teach at the secondary level, shou ld complete the Standard English major except fo r the Language requirement and at the same time meet the requirements for teacher certification. Students who take t hi s major will not quali fy for entrance into graduate school. The English T eaching MinoT. In addition to the Basic Communications and Language Arts group re路路 quirements, the student should complete a minimum of 25 hours in English, as follows: ( 1 ) English 60, 61 (ten hours) . (2) English 150, 151, 152 (nine hours). (3) English 104 (three hours). (4) English 112 or 117b (three hours. Any deviation from this plan must have the approval of the head of the English department. A prospective English teaching minor should meet with the head of the English Department to have the course approved. Th e AmeTican Studies Major-. An American Studies major combines courses with those from the College of Business and Social Sciences. The requirements are as follows: (1 ) Complete a minimum of 36 hours in English, American, and World Literature from the followin g or other approved courses: 40, 41, 46, 53, 54, 58, 60, 61, 147, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 157, 158, 159. (2 ) A minimum of sixteen hours in History, preferably 13, 14, 156, 157, 158. (3) A minimum of eleven hours in Political Science, preferably 10, 106, 117, 118, 119. ( 4) A minimum of six hours in the following areas: Economics, Sociology, Art, Music, and Education.

186 College of Humanities and Arts (5) A min imum of 24 hours- two year s - in a Lan guage: French, German, Spanish or Latin. An American Studies ma jor is not required to complete a minor. He should contact Dr. Hubert W. Smith to have his course approved. Th e Writing and Mass Communications Major. For a career as a creative writer, journalist, technical writer, public relations counselor, or mass communications expert, a student plans a two-fold course as follows : (1) Complete a minimum of thirty hours in addition to Basic Communication or its equivalent, from such writing courses as Journalism 12, 13, 14, 112, 84, 184, 185, 186, 187 and English 12a, 12b, 111, 112, 117a , 117b, 117c, 199. Suggested additional courses are Fine Arts 160; Speech 81, 125 ; English 5, 104 ; Philosophy 45, 50, 140, 141, 142, 160. (2) Complete a minimum of 30 hours from th e following courses offered by t he English Department: 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 40, 41, 42, 46, 48, 53, 54, 58, 60, 61, 68, 137, 140, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151, 152, 154, 158, 163, 164, 165, 168, 169, 170, 190, 191. (3) Two years of foreign language. Th e student should plan to take at least one writing course each quarter. No minor is required. J ournalism and Photography Major-. A major in Journalism and Photography requires completion of Journalism 1, 2, 3, 12, 13, 14, 84, 106, 112, 125, 164, 184; Photography 51, 61, 151, 161 ; Speech 81, 82, 83, 181 ; English 5, 111, 117a and b, and at least twenty credits in English and American Literature. Students are urged to enroll for as many Philosophy and Hi stor y courses as possible.

It is recommended that a minor be selected from the following : Accountin g, Art, Business Administration, Economics, History, Language, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology, Social Science, Speech. See Professor John J . Stewart. For details of a Photography minor, see Mr. Arlen Hansen, TG Building.

Graduate Study Master of Science Degree. The candidate for a Master of Science degree in English must present a Bachelor's degree with Engli sh as a major, or an equivalent. To complete the degree he must (1 ) take the Graduate Record Examination g iven by t he School of Graduate Studies; (2) pass the English departmental examination; (3) complete 45 credits in cour se work of which not more than 15 nor fewer than nine may be thesis credit; and of which ten cr edits must be in courses numbered over 200; ( 4) present from the lang uage department, a statement of proficiency in reading of one foreign lan guage ; ( 5) present an acceptable thesis; ( 6) pass successfully a test on 15 books recommended by the English Department; (7) pass successfully t h e fin al oral examination under t he a uspices of the Graduate School. Master of Science in American Studies. Candidates for the Master's degree in American Studies are r equired to present a Bachelor's degree with American Studies, English, History, or Political Science as a major. The course of stu dy will be arranged in consultation with any member of the American Studies committee and is subj ect to approval by the chairman of the committee, Dr. Hubert W. Smith. The emphasis in graduate

English and Journalism 187 work wi ll be largely governed by (a) the candidate's cu ltural and profess ional obj ectives and ( b) hi s under graduate co urse work. Total cred it and examinat ion r equirements are in gen era l the same as those for the Master's degree in Engli sh. However, t he departmental q ua li fying exam ination will be administered by the American Studi es committee and will cover primarily American Literature, American History and American Political In stitutions. A selection of the followin g courses may be applied toward satisfying requirements for the Master's degree in American Studies: Engli sh 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 159, 201, 252, and 253 ; History 143, 144, 152, 156, 157, 158, 171, 203, and 224 ; Political Science 101, 117, 118, 119, 125, 127, 140, 160, 180, 201, 207, 208, and 209. As many as ten credits may also be drawn from upper division courses in the following subject matter fields: English and Comparative Literature, English and World History, Philosophy, Art, Music, Sociology and Economics. In either program (English or American Studies) the candidate may elect an alternate plan which requires a minimum of 45 credi t hours of which at least twenty must be in courses numbered above 200 (202 a, b, c, cannot be counted as part of the twenty). All other requirements are the same.

Assistantships. Some assistantships are available for students who qualify as Master's candidates in the English department. If a student is interested in one of th ese assistantships he should make formal application to the Head of t he English Department.

English Courses 1, 2, 3. Basic Comm unications. R equired of all fres hm en. Designed to in crease the sk ills of students in writing, readin g, speak in g , li s ten ing. (3 F, 3W, 3S) Staff 4. Elements of Grammar. For students w h o w is h tra inin g in g ra mmar beyond th at g iv en in Bas ic Communicat io ns . (3F, W, S) Mortensen 5. Vocabulary. A stud y of w ord form a tion and deriv ation as a mea ns of unders tanding scientific ter ms and of increas in g vocabu lary. (3F, W, S ) Staff 12 a , 12 b. Practice in Comp osition . For students w ho w is h to practice in composition beyo nd that g iven in Bas ic Communications. (2F, W , S) Staff

14, 15, 16. English for Foreign Students. Ti equired of a ll f oreign stude nts w ho fail t o pass t he English Entrance t es t. The courses are designed to assist the student in m astering the written and spoken forms of the ETigJi sh la nguage. (3F, W, S) Staff 31. Floating Poetry. Poetry that has lived in oral t radi tion s in ce medieval time. (38) Hendricks 32. Readings in Poetry. T o develop appreciation for poetry. Verse forms, various types of poems , and th e id ea under ly ing lasti ng poetry. (3W) Nielsen

33.

Readings in Short Story. (3F, W, S) Rice

34 . Great Books and Ideas. Man 's ideas about himself, the universe, and the divine. (3F) Rice, Nielsen

35. Great Books and ld'e as. Man's ideas about social relationships. (3W) Rice, Nielsen 36. Great Books and Ideas. Man's ideas about the modern world. (3S) Rice, Nielsen (Courses 34 , 35 , 36 a r e r elated but th ey a re taugh t as indepen.dent units a nd need not be taken as a series.)

37.

Reading in the Novel. (3F, W, S) Bullen

40 .

World Literature Before 1650. (5F, W , S) Axelrad, Nielsen

41. World Literature from 1660 to the Present. (5F, W, S) Axelrad, Nielsen 42 .

Read\ngs in Mythology. (3W)

Stock

46.

The Bible as English Literature. (5S) Taylor 48. Modern European Literature. ( 3F) Staff 53. American Literature, Early Period'. (5F, W, S ) Smith, Taylor, Hunsaker

54. American Literature, Late Period. (5F, W, S) Smith, Taylor, Hunsaker

188 College of Humanities and Arts 58.

Modern American Literature. (3F) Taylor

60. English Literature, Early Period. (5F, W , S) Skabelund 61. English Literature, Late Period. (5F, W, S) Skabelund 68. 104.

Modern English Literature. (3W) Bull en Gram mar. Designed

for teachers . (3S) Mortensen

111. Technical Writing. Effective commun ication of ideas via the technical repo rt and the scientific article. For junior and senior students of engin eering, forestry, and the phys ical and life sciences. Others adm.itted only with consent of ins tructor. (Needs of students majOTing in arts, letters, edu cation, business, or the social scien ces are m et by E nglish 112.) (3F, W, S ) Frietzsche, Axelrad 112. Advanced Expository Writing. Concerned with theory, examples, and practice of general expository writing. Emphasizes organization, paragraph development, diction, and rev is ion. Open to an upper divis ion s tude nts, and others by permission of instruc to r . Mortensen (3F, W , S) 117.

Creative Writing (a) Short Stories. (b ) Ess•ays. (3F) (c) Poetry. (3W)

(3S)

Rice Rice Nielsen

122. Children's Literature. Prose and poetry of children to the junior hi g h school a ge. (3F, W) Mortensen 123. Literature for Adolescents. Prose a nd poetry of the high school a ge. (3S) Mortensen 134 . Literary Criticis m . Masterpieces of criticis m fr om Plato and Aristotle to Croce. ( 4S ) Patrick 137. Englis h Novel. The E ng lish the 18th and 19th centuries. (3S) 140. Greek Literature. Greece. (5F)

The

novel in Bullen

li terature of Stock

141. Roman Liter ature. R oman li te r atu r e in the classical p er iod. (5S) Stock 147. Comparative Literature. The Eig hteen t h Century in France and England. (3F) Hendricks 148. Comparative Literature. The R omantic Period in Engl a nd and Germany. (3 W ) Hendricks 149. Com parative Literature. The Ninetee n th Gen.t ury in England and Europe. (3S ) Hendricks

150. American Poetry. From Philip Freneau to the Present. (3F) Smith, Taylor 151. American Fiction . Nineteenth and early Twentieth Century fiction writers. (3 W ) Smith, Taylor 152. American Drama. Histo rical treatmen t of American drama: extens ive reading of repres<mtative plays. (3 S ) Smith 153. Western American Literature. Literature of the tran s -Miss issippi W es t, from the early explorers t h rough the period of settlem e n t . Background material from early j ournals and official records will be exam in ed. The principal emphas is of the course will be on the novels and sh ort stories depicting t he ex plo rers, mountain men, miners, cattlemen, and homestea ders . (3 S) Staff 154. Readings in Individual American Authors. Each course in this series involves a comprehensive reading of one a utho-r and a high level unders tanding of his conten t and style . There is no prerequis ite. (a ) Thoreau, (b) Whitman , (c) Twain, (d) O'Neill, (e) Faulkner, (f) Hemingway. (2) Staff 155. The Colonial Period in American Literature. An introduction to germin al ideas of American t hought a nd institutions as formu lated by the Puri tans a nd other writers of the period. (3 F ) Taylor 156. The Age of Reason in American Literature. Eighteenth century American wr iting, w ith particular emphasis on the impact of deis m on literary , political, and religious th ou g h t . Concentration on s uch writers as Mayh ew, Wi se, Edwards, Franklin, Jefferson, Paine, Freneau, Brackenridge, T yler, and Rush . (3 W ) Taylor 15 7. The American Literary Renaissance. The r ise of social, p oli t ical, philosophical, and t·eli gious libera lis m a nd idealis m as r eflected by auth ors from Irving to Whitm a n, with specia l emphas is on the t ranscend entalist movement. (3) Smith 158. Realism and Modernism in American Literature. The turn late in th e nineteenth century to realism a nd natura lism in the works of Twain, Howell s, Jam.e s, Crane, Norris, Garla nd , and Dreiser . Twentieth century li terature as a reflection of social, econom ic, and political issues growing out of America's industrializa t ion a nd r ole of w orld dominance. (3) Smith 159. Critical Studies of Individual American Authors. Each course is a n in tens ive study of the ma.jor works of o ne author with special concern g ive n to m a tter s of text, bibliography, and significant critica l writings about the

English and Journalism 189 author's work. Open only to upper di vis ion and g raduate Engl is h majors and to othe rs by consent of the in structor. (a) Emerson, (b) Hawtho rn e, (c) Melville, (d ) James. (2) S t aff

162.

163 . Sh a k esp eare. P lays. (5W) 164.

Hendricks

Cha u cer . (5F)

S ha k espear e.

Comedies

an d

T he Tragedi es .

History P a tri ck (58) Patrick

209. A n g lo-Saxon . R equ ired of all candidates fo r the Master's degree. (5 W ) Hend r ick s 211. Bibl iogra phy a n d Researc h Meth ods . A n in tens ive course in preparation of bibl iography, use of source materials, and other p t·oblems of t hesis writ ing. Open to graduate students only; recomm ended for firs t qua rter of grad uate study. (2F, W , S) Axelrad, Tay lo r, F rietzsche 234.

Semi na r in Modern Criti cism . (3F) P at ri ck

165. Rea d in gs in Indi vidua l Eng lish A ut h or s. N o prerequ isite . (a) Wordsworth, (b) Byro n, (c) Shelley, (d ) Tennyson, (e) Brown ing, (f ) Hardy. (28) Staff

25 1. Semina r : Early A merica n Lite rature. (a) T he Puritan Min d, b) The impact of D e is m, (c) Democracy and Rel igious Divers ity. (3) S taff

166. Middle E n g lish Li ter a tur e in Tra n sl a tion . A s tudy of English li terature fr om the 12th century t o t h e renaissa n ce. (3F) Frietzsche

252. Semin a r : 19th Centu ry A me rican Litera· t ure. (a ) The New Eng land Circle, (b) Roma nticism an d Reg ionalism: Mid· Atlantic, South, Fron tier, (c) T h e R ise of R ealism a n d Naturalism. (3) Staff

167. Cri tical Studies of Individua l E n glis h A uthors. Each couxse is an in tens ive study of the ma jor works of one auth.or w ith spec ia l concern g iven to matters of text, bibl iography, and s ignificant critical writin gs about t he authOT's work. Open on ly to upper-div is ion and graduate Elnglis•h majors and to others by consent of the instructor. (a) Donne, (b) Dryden, (c) Swift, (d) Arnold. (28 ) Staff 168. Readin gs i n. W orld Dra ma. Aeschyl us to Ibsen. (5F) Booth 16 9. R ead ings in World Drama. Ibsen to the present. (5W ) B ooth

253 . Sem in a r : 20th Century A m eri can Litera tu re. (a) Modern Poetic and Cr it ical Sch ools, (b ) Modern F iction and Drama, (c) Influe nces of Modern Science and Philosophy. (3) Staff 261.

R eadin g of Midd le Eng lish . (3) H endricks

265. Semina r in En g lis h Authors. (a) Bacon, (b) Spenser, (c) Marlowe and Jonson. (3) Sta ff

275 .

Semi na r in Eng lish Li t erature 1580-1685 .

( 3)

Frietzs che

Ri ce

28 0. Semina r in E ig hteenth Centur y Literat u r e. (3) H endricks

175. Literat u re of the Eng l is.h Ren aissan ce . F rietzsch e (5W)

29 0. Semina r in Late Englis h Litera ture. (a) Romantic Period, (b) Victorian Per iod, (c) T h e 20th Cen tury. (3) Staff

170.

Milton . ( 38)

180. Restora ti on (5F) 190. 191.

and

Eighteenth Century. Frietzsch e, Ska belund

T h e Ro ma ntic Period. (5W)

Patri ck

The V ictoria.n P er iod. (58)

Patrick

199 . Readings and Conferen ce. Credit arranged . Any quarter. Studen ts m ust have t he approval of th e Head of th e department. Staff 200.

Thesis. Credi t arranged. (F, W , S) S taff

201. B ibliog rap hy a nd Methods . Requ ired of a ll candidates for the Mas t er's degree i n E nglis h . (3F) S mith 202. A, B, C. Problems in T ea ching Freshman Eng lis h. A cou rse designed to h elp t h e graduate assistants meet the actual classroom problems in Basic Commun ications. Requ ired of a ll t each ing assistants . (lF, lW, lS) Sta ff 205.

His t ory of t he E n g lish Lan g uage. (38) Hen drick s

299. Independent St ud y. Indepen dent study with cred it arranged. Open o nJy to graduate students in English . (l-5F, W, S) S taff

J ournalism Courses 1, 2, 3. College Journalis m. For members of "Studen.t Life" Staff. D iscussions, of newspaper and respons ibil ities of journalists. May be repeated on ce for credit . (lF, lW, l S) S t ew a rt 12 . Introduction to Journalis m . Lectures on historical, social .and vocational aspects of the news.p aper, magazine, book, radio, televis ion., motion picture. public relations, advertising, journalism t eaching; a lso, t h e psychology of n e ws. (3F) S tewart 1 ~. Repo rting. Continuation of 12 phasis on newspaper style, social bilities, and problem s of reporting . experien ce writing f or newspapers. s ite : J ourn. 12. (5W)

w i th emres.p ons iP r actical PrerequiKiages

190 College of Humanities and Arts 14. Reporting and Copyediting. Advanced reporting ass ignments. Laboratory exercises in editing copy, wl'iting headlines, makeup . Prerequisites : Journ. 12, 13. (5S) Allred *84 . Writing for Radio. Taken concurrently w it h Speech 83 . (3S) Stewa rt ** 91. Weekly Newspaper. Problems of editing and publishing weeklies. Efforts are made to provide laboratory experience in a weekly. (3W) Stewart 92 . Weekly Newspaper Internship . Six or more weeks' work in the summer on a week ly newspaper. Prerequisite: Journ. 91. (Time and credit arranged.) (Su) Staff

106. A merican Mass Media and Propaganda. Development of American publications and electran ic means of disseminating in forma t ion and propaganda; a lso, main currents in thought con veyed by t hese media. (5S) Culmsee 112. Writing practice in newspapers periodica ls is buy. (3W)

Feature Articles. Lectures and preparing featu1路e art icles for and magazines. Analys is of made to determine what editors Kl ages

*125. Editorial Responsibility. Edit01路ials and other elements of the modern editorial page, wr it ing of editorials; essentials of press law a nd ethics. (5F) Culm see *16 4. Publicity Methods. Media and m eth ods used to inform the public and conduct public relations work as requ ired b y corporation s, public institutions, serv ice organization s , and govern mental agencies. Prerequis ites: J ourn. 12, 13, 14 or permission of instructor. (3S) Allred 166 . Journalism Practices. Laboratory work in publications, radio or televis ion. (2F, 2W, 2S) Staff

** 184. TV Writing. Writing and editing n ews, drama a nd other television materiaL To be studied concurrently with Speech 181. (3F) Stewart 185, 186. 187. Special Probl ems in Journalism . (1 to 2F, 1 to 2W, 1 to 2S) Culmsee ** 191. School P ublications. For t h e prospective teacher. Problems of adv ising staffs of school newspapers, yearbooks and magazines. (3S) Staff

Photography Courses 5 1. Gen eral Photography. Training in selection and use of cameras, lenses, meters, films, filters, lights, devel opers, and accessories. T wo lectures, one t h ree-hour Jab. (3F, W, S) Hansen

61. General Photography Laboratory. Add itiona l Jab work to supplement Photography 51 for th ose desir i ng more t ha.n three credits of work. Two three-hour Jabs. (2F, W , S) Hansen 151. Photogra phic Problems. Designed to h elp solve advanced p h otographic problems. May be repeated provided that a different type of photographic work is taken each time you register. Repeating students must have approval of m ajor professor and department h ead. Prerequisi te: P h otograph y 51. Two lectu res, lab arranged. Credit a rranged. Maximum of 6 credits per quarter. (F, W, S) Hansen 161.

Advanced Photography Lab. (2F, W, S) Hansen

163. Commercial and Sceni c Photography. All types of outdoor photography, including scen ic, agricultural, liv estock, wild li fe, and plant life. Suited to students in Forest, Range a nd Wildlife Management and Agriculture. Prerequ is ite: Photography 51. Two lectures, one three-hour lab. (3S) Hansen

165. Po rtrait Photography. Portrait and group p hotography. Model directi ng, li ghting, posing, h ead a nd sh ou lder, three quarter, full length , fashion, a nd group ph otography. Emnhasis on ch ild and home portraiture. Prerequisite: Photography 51. Two lectures. one three-hour lab. (3 W) Hansen 166. Color Photography. Problems in color. Ektachrome, Anscochrome, and Ektacolor; use o f tu n gsten, daylight and flash techn ique; printin g processes; compos i tion in col or arrangement. Prerequis ite: P h otography 51. Two lectures, one t h ree-h our lab. (3F) Hansen *Taught 1962-63. ** Taught 1963-64.

191 Depari1nent of

Fine Arts (Music, Theatre Arts, Visual Arts) Twain Tippetts, HEAD, Floyd T. Morgan, H. Reuben Reynolds, Walter W elti; ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Max F. Dalby, Alma L. Dittmer, Harrison T. Groutage, Jessie Larson, Everett Thorpe, hving Wassermann; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS W. Vasco Call, Nancy Gade, Gaell Lindstrom, Ronald Stoffel, Alvin Wardle; INSTRUCTORS Larry Elsner, Fay Hanson, George Pahtz. PROFESSORS

Office in Main 328 The Department of Fine Arts is comprised of Music, Theatre Arts, and Visual Arts. It has a threefold purpose : ( 1) It offers rewarding contact with the arts to the University and communi ty at large through experience as viewers, li steners or participants in a variety of exh ibits, dramas and concerts. (2) It prepares students to teach t he arts in the elementary and secondary schools and participate in other professional endeavors in the arts. (3) It offers graduate studies designed to deepen artistic insight and to qualify for the Master of Science degree and advanced 路professional positions.

Music The Department of Fine Arts program in Music serves three f unctions : ( 1) Provides courses which meet lower division or general education requirements in Language Arts; (2) provides courses that further increase understanding and appreciation of music and develop particular skills; (3) provides specific sequences of courses leading to the Bachelor's and Master's degrees in music and music education. Music Education Major. Required courses for a major in music education are in the following divisions :

(1) Music Theory-21 hours: Music 4, 5, 6, 104, 105, 106; (2) Music History and Literature- 9 hours: Music 101, 102, 103; (3) Music Education- 15 hours: Music 140, 141, 150, 151, 153; (4) Applied MusicA music education major sh all demonstrate adequate performance skill vocally or instrumentally and will be required to appear in two public recitals, the first before the end of the Junior year, the second in the Senior year. It is therefore recommended t hat individua l instruction be taken all four years. Group instruction in piano, strings, brass, percussion, woodwind and voice will be recommended from the following: Music 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85. (5) Ensemble Performance - A minimum of s ix hours selected from the fo llowin g: Music 24, 124, 25, 125, 27, 127, 28, 128, 33, 133, 36, 42, 142, 43, 143, 44, 45, 46, 135, 137, 138, 139. (May be repeated under same numbers.) Mu sic M ajar. Required courses for a major in mu sic are the same as the foregoing with the following exceptions: (1) Music 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 151, 152, and 153 are not required; ( 2) Music 108 and 112 are required; (3) Majors in Piano are req uired to take 180, 181 , 182; if an instrumental major, 185, 186 ; if a Vocal major, 183, and 184.

192 College of Humanities and Arts A program of individual study will be outlined by the major professor; students shall give an individual graduation recital, preferably in their senior year. All music and music education majors are required to attend all recitals and musical concerts sponsored by the Fine Arts Department.

Graduate Study A Master of Science degree may be earned in Music with a major in either Mursic Education or Applied Music. To major in Music Education one must: (1) Have a teaching know.Iedge of all instruments and voice; (2) be able to play simple accompaniment on .t he piano; (3) participate in large and small ensemble perf.ormances at USU, on an instrument or vocally; ( 4) satisfy the graduate committee as to competence in vocal or instrumental specializa.t ion. (Additi.o nal private instruction may be required by this committee.) In addition to these general requirements, students may be required to take the graduate record examination, .and a musi c counseling examination, which covers music history, literature, theory, education and one ins.t rumenta.I or vocal specia.!ty. From t h e results of these examinations the graduate commi,t tee will be able to s uggest the most profitable cour.s e work and privoate instruction necessary to complete the Master of Science degree in Music Education. Twenty-five hours of music cred.it beyond the bachelor'os degree will be recommended by the advisor. Of these, the following courses are required: Mu·sic 258, 3 hours; Music 259, 3 hours; Music 280, 3 hours. Students may elect additional credit from the fo•llow-

ing: Aesthetics; Music 201, 3 hours; Music 205, credit arranged; Music 243, 1 hour, and any upper divis·ion courses recommended by the advisor. Students may elect .a thesi.s project, or a lecture-recital. All work is to be comp.!eted under supervision of the graduate Committee. Requirements for majoring in Applied Music are the s!llme as those for Music Education, with these exceptions: (1) Students need not have a teaching knowledge ·Of all instruments and voice in order to speci.a.Iize voca1ly or instrumentally; (2) .the counseling examination does no.t include the area of Music Education; (3) the Music Education Seminar is recommended, but not required; ( 4) students may elect a thesds project, a lecture recita.I or .a music recital. The following course work is a minimum requirement: Music Literature Seminar, 3 hours; Music Theory Seminar, 3 hours; private instruction, 6 hours; ensemble performance, 3 hours. Six hours of credit will be given for the ·t hesis, lecture recital or music recital. Other elective courses most helpful to the individual situation are encouraged.

Music Courses 1. Enjoying Music. D esigned to increase understanding and enjoyment of music t h rough studying and hearing selected compositions in all musical forms. (3F, 3W, 3S) Staff

2. Music Fundamentals. A study of t he rudimentary materials of .music: scales, intervals, keys, rhythms, meters, terminology for both vis ual a nd aural perception. D es igned for non~music majors and e lementary school teachers. (3F, 3S) Welti

4, 5, 6. Beginning Theory. Fundamental elements of music. Includes sight singing, ear tra ining, rhythmic reading, melodic and harmonic writing and keyboard harmony. Requ ired of mus ic majors. (4F, 4W, 48) Wardle

Fine Arts 193 25, 125. Orchestra. Provides training and practical experience in a wide range of orch esM tral works, in cluding symphonies and m ajor choral works . Credit arranged. (F, W, S) Stoffel

80. Group Piano Instruction . (IF, IW, IS)

Staff

81. Group Vocal Instruction. ( IF, !W, IS )

Dittmer, Welti

27, 127. University Band. Rehearsals and drills for presentation of shows for footb a ll games. Study and preparation of symphonic band literature for concert performance. Attendance required at all pub1ic appearances. Prerequisite: ability to play a wind or percuss ion instrument. Enrollment in Concert Band winter and spring by audition only. Dalby (2F, 2W, 2S)

82 . Group Woodwind Instruction. (IF , IW, lS )

28, 128. Varsity Band. A training band for students who wish to qua li fy for membership in the University Concert Band. A band practicum to provide add itional experience for music majors in rehearsa l techniques, conducting and playing minor instruments. Practical s tudy of literature for use in the public schools. (IF, W, S) Wardle 33, 133. Choir. Singing good ch oral literature. Regular attendance is a condition of membership. A public performance closes each qua r tel·'s work. ( IF, lW, IS) Dittmer 42, 142. Piano Ensemble. Works for two pianos and for piano, four-hands , training in s ight reading, developing ability in ensembl e playing. Aud ition required. Four students per section. (lF, lW, lS') Wassermann

83•. Group Brass Instruction. ( IF. lW, 1S )

Dalby

Hanson, Wardle

84. Gro up String Instruction . ( lF, lW , 1S )

Stoffel

101. 102, 103. Music History and Literature. Basic cou r se for music majors and those desiring a comprehens ive background in music. Stresses music in general culture; the place of music in history, and the relationship of music to the other arts. Fall quarter covers t h e period from antiquity thr oug h the Baroque; w inter c;,uarter covers through Romanticism; s pring quarter through contemporary music. Requ ired of all .music majors and minors. Music 1, recommended prerequisite. (3F, 3W, 3S) Wassermann 104, 105, 106. Advanced Theory. Continuat ion of Beginning Theory. Includes advanced s ight singing, keyboard modulatio n and introductory counterpoint. (3F, 3W, 3S) Dittmer 107. Scoring and Arranging. Study of each of the standard instruments in use today, their em ployment in small ensembles and large groups. Scoring and arranging for band and orchestra . (3W) Dalby

43, 143. String Ensemble. Offers opportunities for capable string players and pianists to form trios, quartets, and other small units. ( lF, lW, 1S) Pahtz, Stoffel

108. Co unterpoint. Writing music ce ntury contrapuntal style. (3W)

44. Brass Ensemble. Brass quartets, sextets, and larger groups . Members are selected from applicants. (IF, IW, lS ) Hanson, Wardle

111. Composition . P r ojects in creative composition for more advanced students. Prerequisites 106 and 107. (3S) Staff

45. Woodwind Ensemble. A study of the literature for woodwind qu in tet and other Dalby small groups. (1F, IW, lS )

112. 20th Century Music. An intensive survey of the s ignificant techniques, forms, and styles in the music o f our time. Analysis of a va1·i ety of scores and recordings. W or ks of criticism evaluating recent development and form and statements by composers disc ussing t he ir ph ilosop hy and aims are studied. (3Su) Stoffel

46. Vocal Ensemble. Offers opportunities for capable s ingers to sing in trios, quartets, etc. Audition required. ( IF, 1W, 1S) Welti 60, 160.

Individual Piano Instruction.

Staff

62, 162.

Individual Organ Instruction.

Staff

64, 164.

Individual Vocal Instruction. Ditt!"er• Welti

70, 170.

Individual Woodwjnd Instruction, Dalby 72, 172. Individual Brass Instruction . Hanson, Wardle

74, 174. tion.

Individual Violin and Viola Inst rucStoffel

75, 175.

Individual Cello Instruction.

Pahtz

16th Dalby

124. Chamber Orchestra. The preparation a nd performance of music for ch amber orchest ra and theatre. To serve regularly in conju nction w ith the spring musical and programs devoted to the 18th century r epertroire. Staff 137. Madrigal Singers. Study and performa nce of madrigals, motets, and distinctive ch oral Jiterature. Membership by audition. Auditions are conducted at first and second rehearsals or by appointment with the director. ( lF, 1W, 1S) Dittmer

194 College of Humanities and Arts 138. Men's Chorus. A selected group of m e n Admission by aud ition . Aud iti on s s inge r s . are co ndu cted at first and seco nd r e h earsa ls or by appo in t m e nt with the directo r. ( I F, I W, IS ) Welti 139. Women's Choru s. A selected g r oup of women s inge 1·s . Admiss ion by aud ition. Aud ition s are con duc ted at fir s t a nd second reh ears a ls or by appointment with the direc tor. (IF, IW, IS ) Welti 140. Choral Conducting. Bas ic r outines of organizing a nd training c horuses . Ass igned projects in co nductin g s m a ll and large voca l e n sembles . (3F) Welti 141. Instrumental Conducting. in dealing w ith instruments band, and orchestra. (3 W )

Bas ic r outin es in ensembles, Dalby

150. Music for Elementary School s. Application of mus ic to th e elem entary s chool c la ssroom. Problem s, m ethods , and material s in s ing in g, r h ythms, creative mus ic, r eading and listening. ( 3W, 3S ) Dittmer 151, 152, 153. Secondary School Methods and Materials. T eachin g and admin istratio n of val'ious J)hases of the music program. 151, Cho ral M e th o ds (3F) ; 152, Orc h est ral M eth ods (3 W ); 153, Band Methods (3S). Staff 163. Piano Workshop. An intens ive cours e f o r advanced p iano studen ts and pian o teach e r s. Includ es lect ur es on bas ic harm ony, piano t ec hn iques , memorization , bui lding r e pertoire , and teach in g materials. (lSu) Wasse rmann 180 , 181, 182. Piano Literature. A List e nin g course desig ned to prese nt piano mu s ic for th e genera l s tudent as well a s th e trai ned mus ician. Fall quarte r: mus ic written for the piano to t h e time o f Beetho ve n ; w inte r quarte1·: to eal'l y R oman t icis ts ; s prin g quarter: to co nte mpo rary composers. Durin g al l q ua rte r s, r e p1·esentative pian o lite 1·attn·e w ill be performed a nd anal yzed. (2F, 2W, 2S) Wassermann 183. Enjoying Opera. The b eginnin g and d eve lopmen t of opera as s tudi ed by lis te nin g to r eco rdin gs o f great opera lite ratur e. (2 W) Stoffel 184. Sacred Mu s ic. Evolutio n of cantata and oratol'io and cons ideration of m ode rn h ymn s and sac r ed mus ic. (3W) Staff 185 . Symphoni c Literature. The evolution of sy mphoni c mus ic is studi ed and anal yze d from recorded exa mpl es from master s of the Baroq u e, Class ic, R o mantic, and Contemporary Periods. (3F) Stoffel

18 6. Chamber Music. An ana lys is of cham ber mus ic fo rm s and t h eir develop m e n t, in cludi n g so na ta li teratu r e. (3S) Stoffel 201 . Introdu ction to Mus icology. Des ig n ed to lay t h e foundation for broad philoso phy of mus ic throu g h a study of mus ic acoustics, aesth et ics, sou rces of mu s ic li terature, a nJ principles of musi c pedagogy. (3W) Staff 205. Special Problem s in Music. An advanced course designed to m eet specifi c problems of the mus ic educator. (1 to 3S) Staff 221a. Woodw ind Clinic. An inten s ive study of the woodwind in strum e n ts, with rec o mm e nded methods of t eac hin g . Daily, June 17- 29 ( ISu ) Staff 22 1b. Brass Clinic. An in tens ive s tudy o f th e brass instrum ents with r eco mmended m ethods Staff o f teach in g . Daily June 17-29 (ISu) 22ld. Percussion Clin ic. An intens ive study of the percuss ion in strum ents with recommended m ethods of teac hi ng . Daily June 17-29 Staff (I Su) 243. Chamber Music Interpretation. An in te n s ive s tudy of chamb e r mus ic s t yl es an d the va ri ed problems of this inte r p r eta ti on. Emphas is w ill also be placed on actua l performance. Students will a lso rec e ive t r a ining in th e coach in g of beg in nin g and inte rm ed iate ense mbles . ( IS, Su ) Stoff el 251. Advanced Choral Method s. R ehe arsa l tech niqu es and material s to use with the secondary sc h ool c h oir. The s tudy of pho n etics an d its r e lat ion to good cho l'a l so u n d. Teachers r eg ister in g fo r t hi s c lass are expected to s ing in cl inic ch orus. Daily Jun e 17-29 (ISu) Staff 252. Advanced O r c hestra Methods. Techniques o f t1·aining th e sc h ool or ch estr a . A cons iderat io n of s p ecia l proble m s r e lat ing to the string in strum e n ts . T eac he r s r egis tering f o r thi s c lass are ex pected to play in t h e c li n ic o r ch est ra. D a il y , Jun e 17-29 ( ISu ) Staff 253. Advanced Band Methods. Tec hni ques in traini n g th e band. Private co n s ulta t ion on problem s in r ehearsa l techn iques, public rela tions, etc. T eac h ers reg istering for this class are expected to play in t h e clinic rearling band. Daily, Jun e 17-29 (ISu) Staff 25 8. Semin a r in Mus ic Education. Teaching and adm inis trati o n of va riou s phases of the mu s ic prog r a m. Special projects . (3S) Dalby 259. Seminar in Mu £ic Theory . A s tudy of the practical aspects o f mus ical t h eory as r ela ted to analys is, pedagog y and composition. (3F) Dittmer

Fine Arts 195 280 . Sem inar in Music Literature. A graduate course des igned to g ive a su rvey o f i mportant mus ica l li terature and vita l source m ate rial for its s tudy . (3S) Staff 287. Individual Recital. Thi s course is des ig ned for t he preparation and presentatio'(l of an individual rec ita l on any in strum e nt o r voice presc 1路ibed an d s upervised by th e major professo r . (3 F, 3W, 3S) Staff

Theatre Arts The undergraduate cu rri c ulum and Utah State Theatre activities are designed to help s.t udents prepare for a teaching career in Theatre Arts or to prepare for advanced study. Sixty-one credit hours of work in Theatre Arts and Speech are required for the non-teaching major in Theatre Arts and fifty-one cred.i t hours for the teaching major. A detailed list of requirements may be obtained from the department office. If one des ires to complete .a compos ite major in Theatre Arts and another division or department, English, Speech, Music, or Visual Arts, he should arrange his program with the advisers ass igned to him by the heads of the departments concerned. For a minor in Theatre Ants a minimum of eighteen cred it hours is required. For t he teaching minor in Theatre Arts 路t wenty to twenty-four cred.it hours are required. A detailed li st of requirements may be obtained from the minor adviser. All majors and minors should register for F A-TH 1 in the first quarter of study. The Utah State Th eatre produces a number of plays each year. A major or minor in Theatre Arts is r equired to participate in every production by actin g, or assisting in the staging, li ghting and managing of t he various dramatic . presentations. The advisor will rotate these experiences so that one obtain s a variety 'o f opportuniti es.

Graduate Study Th eatre Arts offers advanced co urse work and seminars leading to the Master of Science degree with a major in Theatre Arts. During the first quarter of residence, and before adm ission to ca ndidacy for the Master of Science degree, one takes two diagnostic or program planning examinations. The fir st of t hese is a comprehensive written exam in ation covering history and literature, directing, technica l theatre, and c11iticism and current theatre. The second is an oral ski ll s test in which a stu dent demonstrates before a departmental committee hi s competency in voice and diction, extemporaneous speakin g and interpretative reading or acting. The r es ults of these d1iag nostic inquiries are used to assist him and his facu lty adviser in planning a complete program of study and in selecting the thesis subj ect or project. As a cand idate for the Master of Science degree in Theatre Arts one may, with t he approval of hi s supervisory commi.ttee, elect to write a thesis or he may present a creative project in pl.a ywri.ting, direc ting, acting, scene or cos.t ume de s igning or technical practice. As part of the crea.tive pro ject and in li eu of a thesis, he submits a manuscript, production book or project record.

Theatre Arts Courses 1 1.

Unde路rstandin g Theatre. A course des igned to develop appreciation for theatrical entertainment throug h learnin g the contributions of playwrights, actors, directors, desig~ers, tech11icians, and of theatre buildings. R eadin gs , record ings, pictures, an d actual performances are ut ilized. (3F, 3W, 3S) Staff 1

May be used t o help fill the lan g uage and arts group requirement.

196 College of Humanities and Arts 12. Current Drama. Plays and musical come_ dies cu rrently being presented in world theatrical ce nters are studied and new i nnovations in theatrical productions are appraised . (3W) Ga ll 110. Drama Ap preciation . A study of dramatic forms (tragedy, comedy , m elodrama) and th eatrica l styles such as realism, romanticism, sy mb o li sm and expressi onism . (3W) Morgan

20. Voice for Theatre. Vocal development in preparation for actual dramatic performances. Practice in theatre reading for the improvement of vocal power, projection, diction, flexibility and variety. Indi vidual and group practice in the interpretation of lines and scenes. (3F) Call 44. Fundamentals of Acting. Theory and practice of t he basic concepts of acting . (3F) Call 46. Inte rmediate Acting. A continuation of FA-TH 44, with emp hasis on characterization and t h e development of t h e actor's physical, menta.! and e m otional resources. (3W) Call 50. Stagecraft. Technical organization and planning of the production. Building, rigg ing, and shifting of scenery a nd construction of properties. (2F, 2W, 2S) Morgan

52. Makeup. Practice and theory of straight and c haracter makeup for the stage. One twoh our laboratory peri od per week. Recommended for prospective d irectors of sch ool, church and commu nity theatres. (1F) Morgan

5 4. Children's Theatre. Th eory and practice in the select ion, preparation and presentation of children's p lays. Recom.m ended fo r prospective e lementary sch ool teach ers. (3W) Call

55, 57, 59. Dance for Theatre. Body m ovement designed for t h e needs of the actor. Emphasis on the creative ap proach to movem ent as it is utilized to project c haracter, emotion a nd mood. (1F, 1 W, 1S) Staff 56. Puppetry. The design, construction, and manipulation of puppets. Recommended part icu la rly for elementary teachers . (3W) Reynolds

100 , 10 2, 104. Masterpieces of Theatre. A st udy of plays as presented in the theatre. Fall quarter : Greek, Roman, Medieval and ea rly R ena issa nce plays. Winter Quarter: p lays of the late Renaissance to Ibsen. Spring quarter : .modern European and American dramas. (3F, 3W, 3S) Gade 124. Theatre Workshop. Participation in Utah State Theatre plays. Reh earsal and production staff work arranged. Consult instructor for perm ission to register. ( 1-2F, 1-2W, 1-2S ) Staff 1M-a y be used to help fill the language and arts group requirement

130. History of the Theatre. Historical survey of the evolutionary processes in the t heatre from ancient to modern times. Actors and acting methods, stages and productio n effec ts, etc. are studied. (5F) Call

144. Adva n ced Actin g. Emphas is on the creative approach to actin g, analysis and creat ion of the role and ensemble p laying (3S). Call 146. Directin g. T h eory and practice of the principles of stage d irecting. (3S) Call

148. Private Instruction. Indiv idual tutoring to develop competence in vo ice, acting, directing, scen ic and costume design. Special fee. Credit arranged. (F, W, S) Staff ** 150 . Scene Design. Application of basic principles of design to the stage setti ng. Develop ment of scenic designs through co'lor s k etc h es, p lans and models . Practice in scen e painti n g tech n iques. Survey of t he histo ry of stage decoration. (3 W ) M organ

152. Stage Costumin g. Fundamentals of pattern draftin g, construction of stage costumes and accessol'ies, organ ization and care of costume wardrobes. (3F) Gade 153. Cost um e Design. Theory and practice in the design and selection of costumes fo~ nonrealistic, historical, an d modern plays. Relationship of costume to ch aracter and production. Prerequis ites : FA-TH, or consent of instru ctor. (3S) Gade

11!'i4. S tage Lighting. Study -and app lkat ion of t he principles of stage lig hting. Practice in !)}anning the lighting for a play, mount in g instruments and in the operation of control boards. (2) Ga d e **156. Theatre Organization a nd Management. Study of the managerial aspects (organization, promo tion, financing) of t h e ed ucational and commu ni ty theatres. (2S) Call

158 . C r ea ti ve Dramatics. Guidance of children in the creation of scenes and plays with im provised dial og ue a nd action. Application of creative dramatics to the cl assroom situat ion. Recommended for prospective e lementary sc h ool teachers. (2S) Call 160. Playwriting. Analysis of dram atic structure as it re lates to play directing, dramatic literature and the w1路 iting of dramas. (3) Morgan 190. Problems in Drama . Selected research problems of m erit and of mutua l i nterest to studen ts and in structors are investigated. Credit arranged . (F, W, S) S t a ff

** Taught 1963- 64

Fine Arts 197 192. Projects in Theatre. Advanced work in acting, directin g, scene design, costume design, makeu p, costume construction, li g hting, techn ica l practice, and th eatre .management. Projects may be done in connection with Utah State T hea tre productions or they may be independent e ndeavors. A total of 9 credits may be earned in this course. Credit arranged . (F, W, S) Staff 194. Problems of Drama Directors. Play selections , organization of the production, drama club act ivities, simplification of settings, li g hting, costumes, fin anci ng, auditorium and stage facilities, centra l staging, audio-v is ual aids, and bib1iography are studied. Recommended for directors and prospective directors o f high school, church , a nd commun ity theatres. (3S) Staff 196. Advanced Directing. Practice in stage direction. The s tudent selects, casts, directs, and presents s hort p lays and scenes. Prer equisite: FA-TH 146. (3S) Staff 200. Seminar in Drama. Intensive study of special problems in drama a nd theatre. Credit arranged. (F, W, S) Staff 202. Research Studies. Advanced research in drama and theatre. By permission of in structors. Credit arranged. (F, W, S ) Staff

204.

Thesis. Credit arranged. (F', W, S) Staff

292. Advanced Projects in Theatre. In any branch of theatre art. Credit arranged . Staff (F, W, S)

Visual Arts Group Requirement Classes: A general ed ucation in the visual arts is of lasting va lue .t o most universi.ty students. S ever a I courses are offered which will satisfy Language a nd Arts group requirements . These classes are : Visual Arts 1, 10, and 2, 3, 4. M ajar- Requir-ements: Students may specia-ldze in any of ten ma jor areas . A core of nine courses are required of aU visual a rt majors: Visual Art 1, 2 and 3 or 4, 5, 6, and 7, 8, 10 and 14. The design series, Visual Arts 5, 6 and 7, is a prerequi.s.ite which mus.t be completed with at least a grade of "C" before art majors may enro].] in classes w.ith hi gher numbers . The additional major requirements are

lisrted for each area of specialization. The major professor may prescribe other courses to serve the particu lar needs of different students. Minor- Requir-ements: The r-equirements for a minor in art are flexible and can be completed in any of the ten major areas of specializa tion with the ap-p roval of t h e major professor. A minor in general art may include the following: FA-A 1, 2 and 3 or 4, 5, 8, 14 and three hours credit chosen from the crafts. Exceptions can be made in th:is series wi.t h the approval of the major and minor professors.

Adver-tising, Design and Illustr-ation: One of the most vital areas of ar.t, a dvertisri ng, design, and illustration, keeps constant pace with our economy. It is .t hrough the creative work o.f successful designers that products are advertised and so.Id. Courses place h eavy stress on design, and layout. To prepare for a professional job in this field, one must acquire proficiency in Ietter.ing, design, rendering techniques and production methods. He a lso prepares a portfolio of work to show prospective emp loyers his ability to produce tastefu.I and imaginative solutions to advertising and illustration problems. In addition to the bas.ic nine courses, Advertising Design and Illu stration majors are required to take the fo!.Iowing: Visua l Arts 9, 21, 22, 23, 25, 26, 104, 105, 111, 112, 121, 122. Additional prescribed classes to be selected on consultation with advisors are: Visual Art 19, 27, 28, 29, 30, 40. Ar-t Education. To teach art in the secondary schools individuals should major in Art Education. Prospective teachers are encouraged to acquire an extensive back-

198 College of Humanities and Arts ground in several art areas. The.i r own crea.tive work shou ld demonstrate better than average a bility. Broad und erstand in g and commendab le talent are great assets to the art te路a cher who wants to be a motivating example .t o hi s students and sensitive to different student possibilities. In addition to the nine basic courses Art Education majors are required to take the following classes: Visual Arts 19, 21, 25, 27, 30, 40, 60, 111, 115, or 116, 127, 135, 152, plus additional cl路asses prescribed by the advisor. Minimum Requirements for an Art Minor for students majoring in Elementary Education: Visual Arts 5, 8, 14, 50 and 151.

Cemmics : Ceramics is the third largest industry in America today. The stud y of ceramics includes pottery, ti le, terra cotta scu lpture, brick making, etc. and is used in t h e forming of many porcelain parts in .technical and electronic equipment. Ceramic cr:afts as taught at USU are rapidly becoming an important part of artistic training recognized by both the artist and indu s,try. The University has one of the most complete and well equipped ceram ic works hops in the nation . Excell ent too ls and equipment are provid ed for eac h student. The lab is accessible during the day for classes and spec ial work and two evenings per week . Special high-fire kilns are available for stud ent wo.rk as well as a variety of clays and glazes. Programs in this area are tailored to fit needs of an individual student, both beginning and advanced. In addition to the basic nine courses Ceramic majors are required to take: Visual Arts 19, 30, 31, 60, 119, 130, 131, 160, plus add ition a l classes to be prescribed by the major professor.

Fabric Design: Through the ages man has employed fabrics for dual purposes of utility and esth etic expression. In today's living fabrics are achieving an increasing importance and their traditional uses in personal adornment and home furnishing are expand ing. Fabrics have become essential units in contemporary architectural and industrial design. New commercial products constantly suggest new areas of interest for the weaver and fabric designer. Students develop creative fabric design projects which include experimentation with new fibers and techniques of enrichment, both applied and structural, and give fresh and original application of known and satisfactorily proven techniques. In addition to the basic core of art courses, fabric design majors a r e required to complete the following: Visual Arts 40, 66, 115, 116, and C&T 24. Additional prescribed classes to be selected on con sultation with advisers are Visual Arts 135, 140, 142, 143. Int erior Design: Never before has there been such widespread interest in home planning nor such varied materials from which to choose. Interior Design courses are pla nned to help those who wish to make their own home appropriate to their kind of fa mily life as well as to prepare adequately those who wi sh to enter th e Interior Design field professionally. In addition to the bas ic nin e courses, Interior Des ign Majors are r equired to take the following: Vi sual Arts 40, 66, 115, 116, 135, 140, 142, 143, 144; C&T 33. Additional prescribed classes to be selected on consultation with advi sors are: Visual Arts 19, 21 , 30, 60, 111, 121, 125, 166; LA 3 ; C&T 24, BA 63 ; Horticulture 118; H.A. 65 ; I.E . 74. J ewelry and M etalsmithing: Various metals provide exciting possi-

Fine Arts 199 bilities for the cr eative artist. For centuri es molten meta l has been used to cast scu lpture. Now ha mmered sheets of meta l can be form ed into excitin g sc ulptura l pieces . Weldin g techniqu es can be used to crea te art of three d im ens iona l des ign . Ther e are unlimited poss ibiliti es for artistic des ign in the creation of modern j ewelry. In addition to the basic nin e courses, J ewe lry and Metalsmithing majo r s are r equired to take: Vi sual Arts 30, 31, 19, 119, 120, plus additional classes according to indi vidua l needs as prescribed by the major professor. Painti ng and Drawing: Wh en most people think of ant, it is painting and drawing tha t they ge n er a ll y hav e in mind. Contemporary a rtis,ts a r e utili zing a ll of the hi,storical approaches to painting a nd drawing and are explorin g new id eas, t ec hniques, and materials in ord er to make new contribu tions. A student is not r equire d to follow any one ap.proach to drawing o.r painting but his own individuality is encouraged. In addition to th e basic nin e he is r equired to take: Visua!l Arts 9, 104, 105, 109, 111, 112, 127. Additiona l classes prescribed: Visu a l Arts 25, 30, 40. Photography: Photography is one of th e mo st modern art forms . R ece nt exhibits of photogr ap hi c prints in color and black a nd white h ave a roused national and internat•ional interest among creative artists. T·here is a basic differe nce between commerc ia,] photo;g raphy and art photography for creative expres•s ion. A thorough mastery of the ba s ic art elements and princip les of des.ign are essential for any creative photogmpther. U SU h as a well equ•ipped photo studio. In a ddition to the basic n ine courses Art Photography maj ors

are requir ed to take : Visual Arts 27, 28, 29 , 105, 121, 135 . Upo n the r eco mm endation of the m a jor profe ss or other classes may be presc ribed a nd co urses in t h e photograp h y seq u ence may be repeated with cre dit in order to improve the st ud ent's competenc e. Portfo li os a nd exhibitions of stud ent work are r eq uired. Pr·intmak ing: Printmaking is enjo yin g a powerfu l r enai ssance in Ameri ca at prese nt . Prints are comp eting with oth er art forms as t hey n ever h ave before a nd they give the artists a dva nages t hat other art form.s do not. Printmakin g is perhap s ma n' s most interes tin g a rt in that it encompasses so many of the oth er art activities. To make a fin e print a student mu st draw, d es ign, ca rve, and prin t. In addition to the nine bas ic co urses Printm a kin g majors a re required to take: Vi s ua l Arts 9, 25, 26, 30, 40, 104, 109, 111, 127. Additional presc ribed courses for printmaking m a jors are: Visual Arts 19, 30, 112, 125. Scu lptuTe is on e of the oldest form s of artistic creation. Con temporary s culptors are still utili zing the a nc ient materials of stone, wood , ce ramic s, and me tal. Combin ation s of n ew m ateri.a ls and mobil es a r e in creasing the sc ulptoral opportuniti es. USU is beginning to develo p scu lpture a nd hop es to d evelo·p it as e qual to a n y of t he oth er major a rt a r eas. In addition to th e bas ic nine requirements Sculpture majors are requ ired to take: Vi s ual Arts 19, 30, 9, 104, 105, 31, 130, 60, 160, p i us a dditional c lasses according to individ ual n eeds as prescribed by t h e major professor.

Graduate Study Visua l Arts offer an opportunity for r esearch and graduate study

200 College of Humanities and Arts leading to the Master's degree in any of the following ten fie-ld s: (1) Advertising Design and Illustration, (2) Art Education, (3) Ceramics, (4 ) Fabric Design, (5) Interior Design, ( 6 ) Jewelry and Metalsmithing, (7 ) Painting and Drawing, (8) Photography, (9) Printmaking, ( 10) Sculpture.

thesis proj ect. (10) Pass an ora l examination on this thesis project. ( 11 ) Prepare three final copies of the written and illu str ated thesis proj ect. On e is for the University li brary, on e remains in the Fine Arts Department, the other is returned to the student. ( 12) Desig n at the time of grad uation, a compreh ensive exhibit of all graduate work. The thesis project should be an important part of the displ ay .

To become a c•a ndidate for the Master's degree; (1 ) Pass the qualifying examination given in the School of Graduate Studies. Courses (2) Present a portfolio o-f art work Art. Des igned to in crease e njoyto the Visual Arts Staff for its 1.mentExploring of li ving through the sense of s ig h t. cons id eration. The art £acuity will Develops understand in g of basic prin c iples determine whether it will be re- underlying the visual forms of art in everyStaff quired to take certain co urses to day life. ( 3F, 3W, 3S) correct any apparent deficiencies. 2, 3 4. Art History. A three-quarter sequence Credit in such cours es cannot be for V isual Arts majors. A th oroug h survey th e lasti ng co ntributions of each major art counted toward the Master's deof movement. Through use of v isual aids, art ists gree. (3) Select, with one of th e a nd their en during works are discussed a nd department heads and a graduate obser ved: Primit ive, class ical , medieval, renaiscommittee, a study program a nd a sance, neoclass ical , the im portant sch ools of art , and contemporary works. thesis project. (4) Take a mini- modern (3F, 3W, 3S) Reynolds mum of 30 hours in residence. (5) 5. Beginning Design. In t rodu ces the basic art Comp lete within six years the re- e le ments and is comprised o f projects la rgely quirements of the degree. This in two dimen s ions. Required of Vis ual Arts degree may be acquired through Majors. (3F, 3W , 3S) Staff summer study. A maximum of 6. Intermediate Design , Com position of spanine credits of grad uate work cial vo lum e w ith points, lin es, p lanes and completed at another approved co lo r, and sh apes w ith color and texture. Also experience w ith hand les, stables, Graduate School may be allowed sculptural and mobiles. P r erequ isite: FA-A 5. (3W) Staff toward the Master's degree. The 7. Advanced Design, Introduction of th e pograd uate committee s•h all det er- tent ia l and limitat ions of various creat ive mine wheth er all or what portion media. D esig n and work w ith ,metal, wood, of nine hours will be a cc epted. leath er , etc. Prerequis ite: FA-A 6. (3S) Staff (6) Take at least 45 hours of 8. Basic Drawing, An indi v iduall y c reat ive credit in courses numbered 100 or approach to drawing natural for m s from above which .are approved for observation and memory. Various med ia are Prerequisite to all pain tin g courses. graduate credit. (7 ) Complete at used. (3F, 3W, 3S) Larson, Lindstrom least ten credits in the 200 cate9. Anatomy for Artists. Ana lysis of bone gory, exclusive of thesis proj ect, structure of the body, w ith emphas is o n su rface for which .a maximum o.f nine c haracteristics . Prerequisite to life drawing. credits can be received. The thesis (3W) Groutage project is selected a nd approved 10 . A nalyzing Contemporary Painting. Th ere during the first quarter. (8) Reg- a re many kin ds o f HModern Pai nting " because ister for no more than three h ours artists a re hig hl y indi v idua l and th ey stri ve to achieve different purposes. A text and other of thesis credit per quarter. (9) illu strative mate rials are used to he lp underKeep a written and illustrated stand contempo r a r y tre nds i n art. (3F, 3W, 3S) record of the progress on the Tippetts 1,

Fine Arts 201 14 . Introduc ti on to Painting. Bas ic app r oach es t o painting w hich develop freedom of express ion. T empera a n d related media. R ecom mended as prerequ is ite to all oth er pa in ti n g courses . (3 F , 3W ) Larson 19. Jew el ry a nd Metalsmithing . M ak ing interest in g jewe l ry and th e d es ig n and produc t ion of ob jects in n o nfe rrous m eta ls , u s ing the basic tec hni ques of m eta lsm i t hin g . Emp h as is o n ra is ing and fab ri catin g ·metal h ol lowa re in co njunction w i t h t h e various technical means to t h a t end : saw ing, fil in g , solderin g , buffing, etc . Pre r equ is ites : FA - A 5, 6, 7 . (3F, W ) S taff

21. Postermaking. T echniq ues a n d m eth ods o f const ruc t in g posters . Usefu l for educati on majo r s . (3) Staff 22. Beginning Lettering and Layout. In t r oduct ion to bas ic le tter f or m s such as Roman, Got hic , a n d Scr ip ts . L ettering for reproduc t ion a nd indicatio n o f letterin g in adve rti seGroutage m e n t layout. (3 F , 3W, 3S) 23. Advanced Lettering. Brus h letters and scripts. F inis h ed l etter s for mag a zin e a nd n ewspaper advertisem e n ts, packaging l abels a nd symbols. (3S) Groutage 25. Wood Cut. The making of prin ts fro m des ig n s cut in th e p la nk g rain of wood us in g fro m one to many colo r s . (3F) Groutage 26. Serigraph s. The stud y of var ious tech niques in s ilk sc ree n prin ting including g lue, tu sc he g lue, cut paper, and lacquer fi lm for the purpose o f m ak ing multiple or ig ina l works of art. (3 W ) Groutage 27. Art Photography. fine photograph s. (3F.)

Means

producing R eynolds

28 . Art Photography , Texture, composit ion, lig htin g and prin t qua lity. (3 W ) Reynolds 29. Art Photography. Introdu ction t o color, color film, color h a rm on ies, multiple expos ures a nd ot her' tec hniques n ecessary to prod u ce fine colo r work . (3S) R ey nolds 30. Introduction to Ce ramics. Beg inning cou 1·se in cer amics. T ec hniqu es of t hrowing, s la b and co il bu ilding, carv ing , pinching. Introduction to t h e complete ceram ic process, t hr oug h th e use of film s , s lides, a nd lecture. D es irable prerequisites: FA-A 1. 5. (3F, 3W, 3S ) Staff 31. Ceramics. Emphasis on th e u se of t h e potter's w h eel. D esign and expe rim e ntation ar e stressed. In troduction to glazin g tech ni ques, kiln stacking a nd fi r in g. Prerequis it e: FA- A 30. (3F, 3W, 3S) Lars on 40. Essentia ls in Interior D esig n. Study of his toric s ty les; ana lys is of a rt elements; pri nciples of des ign app lied to h ome plan n ing an d furni s hi n g . (3F, 3W, 3S) Lars<> n

50. Art for Youn g Children. For ch ild deve lopm e n t ma jors, mot he1·s, kind ergarten and first _gTa de teac h ers. (3F) Larso n 60. Begi nnin g Sculptur e. Creati ve exp ressio n i n a variety of pl ast ic med ia. Emph as izes aesth etic e m p loyme nt o f f orm and techniqu e in p laster, c lay , woo d , m eta l, and sto ne. i3F, 3W , 3S) Elsner 66. C r ea tive Handweavin g. Introduction to bas ic elements and p r ocedu r es of h andweav i ng, provid in g a foundati o n for t he creation of or ig in a l des ign projects -- place mats, rugs, wa ll h ang ings, room di viders, etc . Lars on (F, w. s· 3-5) 104. L ife Drawing . Anatomical r enderin g and ana lys is of the drawing in r elation to creative compos ition . (38) Groutage 105. A dvan ced Draw ing and Compos ition . Emp h as is is g iven to d1·aw ing several objects in strong compos it ional d esig n . (38) Thorpe 109. Landscape. V a ri ou s approach es an d tec hni ques in landscape pa in t ing, in o il and related m edia. F ield t rips. Prerequ is ites: FA- A R, 14. (3F, 3S) Thorp e 111. W a ter color and Related Media . Expe rime n ta l app roach es in t h e u se of transpa r ent watercolor, casein, a nd go u ac he. Part of t h e quarte r is devoted to work in t he stu di o and part outdoo rs workin g direc tl y fr om nature. P1·e r equ is ites: FA -A 8, 14. Must be taken s im ultaneous ly with Art 127. (3 F, 3S) Lindstrom 11 2. Portrait Painting. Problems of portra it painting w ith emph as is on the li tera l represe ntati on of fo rm. Various ages and ra cial types are studied . Prerequ is ites : FA-A 8, 14. (3S) Groutage 11 5. Fa bri c D esign. (ap plied) Projects i n creatin g ori g inal des ig n s a nd apply ing them to s ui tab le texti les in t ec hniqu es of s ilk sc r een pr inting, free-han d paintin g, block printing, sten c il o r ba t ik. D es ira ble prerequ is ite : F A-A 5. (3F) Larson 11 6. Fa bric Des ig n. (s tructural) Projects in creatin g o r ig in a l des igns and reproducing t h em in h oo k ed rugs, uph olstery fabr ics, wa ll h angin gs, e tc. , and in va ri ou s dramati c h a n g ings a nd covers done i n creative embroidery. D es ir ab le p t·erequ is ite : FA-A 5. (3S) Larson *11 9. Metalsmithing. Continuation of FA-A 19. Introduction of forgi n g of fl atwa r e and sa nd cas t ing. E mph as is o n ori g ina l design of h o lloware, fl a tware, or other objects of the stu d.e nt's ch o ice. Pre r eq uis ite: FA _A 19. (3S) Staff *T aug ht 19 62 -63 .

202 College of Humanities and Arts *120. Jewelry Cas ting. Continuation of FA-A 20. Introduction of centrifuga l investment casting, us ing wax as t h e cr eative medium. Or ig in al des ign of various types of jewelry; techn iques n ecessar y for th e co m pletion of t h e metal product. Prerequ isites: FA-A 20. (3F, S) Staff 121. Adverti s ing Des ign a nd Illus tration . Theory o f designing t he cover , page, package, lette rh ead a nd poster. Basic techn iques in illustration . The course trains t h e student in p r oduc ing professional advertis in g and illustrat ing art which would enab le him to find employment i n t his fi eld. Desirable pre_ requ is ites: FA-A 5, 6, 7, 21, 22. (3 W, 3S ) Gro utage 12 2. Advertis ing Design a nd Illus tration Works hop. Advanced advert is ing with emph a s is o n des ign in g an d executi ng advert is in g pages, booklets, poster s , and rend er ings in a var iety of m ed ia for t h e por tfo lio. Cred it ar r anged. (S) Groutage

12 5. Printmaking. The study of wood cut, seri grap h , etchi ng, an d li thograp h y as basic techniques for printi ng multiple o ri g inal works of art. (3F, 3W, 3S) Gro utage

140. Applied In terio r Design . Practical app lication of art elements and princ ip les of design to prob lem s of home dec01·ation and furn ish Lars on in gs . P r erequ is ite: FA-A 40 . (3 W ) 14 2. Interior Des ig n Works h op. A laboratory co urse devoted to such activ it ies as the des ig ni ng and co n structi ng of two a n d three dimen s io nal m odels, intel'ioi'S, e levations a nd decorat ive deta ils - tradit io nal a nd contemporary, publ ic and domes ti c. To be taken in conj unction w ith or follow i n g FA-A 140. (3W) Larson 143. Advanced Problems in Interior Des ign. Experimenta l projects in h o me p lann ing and furn is hing. Prerequisites: FA- A 40, 140. (3S) Staff 144. Interior Design Appre nti ceship . A course des igned to acqua int stud ents w ho are planning to enter in te ri or des ig nin g profess ionall y, to actual business procedures as practiced by r eputable well- tra in ed i nter ior des ig ner s who have been approved b y USU F ine Arts Staff . (S u a nd Sp 1-3) Larson

127. Painting Worksh op. Work may be done i n l'epresentational or non -representat ional areas in o il or re lated media. (3 W, 3S) Thorpe

152. Art Methods for High School. Methods of teachin g art in h ig h sch ool. H ow to motivate work in draw i ng, pa int in g, design, and crafts. Required of a ll m ajors and m in ors in art o n secondary teach ing level. (3W) Reynolds

130. Cerami c Glazing and Decorating. plol·es t he many ways of using var ious of g lazes in co n junctio n w it h deco rat ing n iques . Cerami c stud io operation and Prer equ is ites: FA-A 30 , 31. (3 F , 3W, 3S)

Extypes t echcare. Staff

166. Advan ced Fabric Design in Weaving. Specia l projects i n app ly ing or iginal designs to creative weav in g of tapestr ies, rugs and dramatic text iles . Prerequ is ites: FA -A 5 and 66 or eq ui va lent. (3 to 5 F, W, S) Larson

131. Glaze Calcul a tion . Calcu lat ion of g laze for mul as: operation of t h e kilns . Pre r equ is ites: FA-A 30, 31, 130 . (3F, 3W, 3S) Staff

171 a nd 271. Special Studi o Co urses. I nd iv idua l work in a n y o ne or mo1·e of following , as app t·oved b y t h e in structor concern ed: Des ig n Stud io, Painting Stud io, Printmakin g Stud io, Scu lpture Stud io, Experimenta l Media Studio, Metals mithing Stud io, Ceram ics Studio. C r edit arranged. (F, W, S) Staff

132. Cer am ic Workshop. Ad vanced work in area selected w it h the a id of the major professOI·. C•·edit ar ranged. (F, W, S) Linds tr om , Ei sner 135. Color. Color as a des ig n e lem ent i n stage lighting , pa intin g, and eve ryd ay living . Phys ical. psych o logical and artistic aspects are correlated. (3S) R ey n olds

272. Art R esearch . Sem inar a nd T hesis Prob•erns. Credit ar ran ged. (F, W, S) S t a ff

*Taug h·t 1962 - 63.

203 D eparfmCIIf of ------ - -

Landscape Architecture and Environmental Planning PROFESSOR Laval S. Mon路is, A. Cmig To che1路.

H EAD;

I NSTRUCTORS

Richard Brillantine,

Office in Main 34 Landscape Architectu re and Environmental Planning is concerned with the a r rangement of land and t he objects man places on it f or use. Th e ph ys ical plan, includin g rura l areas as well as urban , is ma de a con s ideration of des ign. Funct ion a l qualities of a plan are g iven first cons ideration and the aesthetic q ua li t ies f urni shed by nature and ad ded by man are in tegrated by design . Projects r ange from indiv idu a l home grounds to compl ete cities. Bachelm路 of S cience Degree. For a major in Landscape Architecture an d Environmental Plannin g, th e following co urses provide: (1 ) N ecessary instructional materi a l directly concerned with Landscape Architecture and Environmenta l Plannin g; (2 ) Supporting courses li sted in fields whi ch a r e closely r elated, s uch as Ci v il Engin eerin g, V is ua l Arts, Horticulture, and Botan y; (3) Courses required for a liberal education. FRESHMAN YEAR Cou rse E le m. of Lan d Pla nnin g , L.A. 3 G r ap hi cs, L.A. 20 His tory a nd Lit. of Phys ical Plans, L .A. 30 Th eo ry of D esig n , L.A. 35 Al gebra , M ath 34, 35 Trigo n ometry, Ma t h 46 Ge neral Botany, Botany 24, 30 . Englis h 1, 2, 3 Vis u a l Arts

Cr.

3 3

SOPHOMORE YEAR

Cr.

Course

Plant mate t路ials, L.A. 40, 41, 42 . Architectu ral Pes ign 60, 61, 62 P h ys ical Scien ce 31, 32, 33 . Plane Surveying, C.E. 81 , 80 V isu al A rts , 5, 6, 8 Sociology 70 Soils , Agronomy 56

51 JUNIOR YEAR

Course

Cr.

D es ig n , L . A. 140 , 141, 142 P lanting D es ign , L.A. 150, 151, 152 City and R eg io nal Planning 17 0 F undame ntals of Speech , Sp . 1 . Arts 14 , 111 E n glis h Co mpos ition Eco n omics 51, or Ag. Eco n. 53 Cost Est. C.E. 130 E lecti ves

4 5 4 6 51

SENIOR YEAR

Cou r se

Cr.

Con str .. L .A. 160, 161, 162 ... ....... ............. .. ....... Adva n ced P lann ing and D esig n, L.A. 180, 18 1, 182 Scu lpturin g, A r t 160 Rec. Planning 130 Sem in ar, L .A. 195 W r it in g Feature Articles, J ournalis m 112 .. R oads a nd Pavemen ts, C. E . 120 T echni cal Writing, Engl is h 111 E lec tives

9 12 3

4 3 11 49

3 8 5 10 !J 3 49

LA&EP Courses 3. Elements of Land Planning a nd Design. R e lation of people to la nd reg ions a nd s mall are as. Pr-inciples of des ign a nd composit io n app lied to various types of la nd p l ann ing . D esig n o f h o m e grou nds is e mph as ized. F ield trip required. (3F, W, S) Morris

204 College of Humanities and Arts 20. Graphics. Mtethods i n instrumental drafti ng an d pers pectives, lig h t and s hade studies, architectural lettering, and general symbolic graphics necessary in professional practice. (3F, W ) Brillantine 30. His tory a nd Literature of Landsca pe Architecture. The history of phys ica l p lans as r elated to the community a nd its parts. Design a nd plannin g in relation to land dur ing t he past 5,000 years . Emphasizes present age with implications of the future. (5W) Morri s 35. Theory of Des ign . Form in relation to vertical mass and horizontal space. Abstract des ign is studied and the resultant for m s transposed into concrete space and m ass relations hi ps. The chief purpose is to provide you with an awareness of design. as early as poss ible in your train ing. (3S) Staff

40 , 41, 42. Plant Materials. The ecological, functional a.nd aesthetic uses of native a n d cu lt ivated wood and herbaceous plants for use on t h e land. Prerequisites: Botany 24, 30 , (3F, 3W, 3S ) Brillantine 60 , 61, 62. Architectural Design . The des ign, construction, and orientation of archi t ectural structures a s related to land areas. Prerequ isites: L.A. 20, 35. (3 F, 3W, 3S) Staff 100. Professional Experience. Prior to graduation all landscape architectural students must have completed three months' experience in a la ndscape arch itectural position with a governmental or private organizat ion concern ed w it h landscape archi tecture. Ev idence of work don e and an oral or written report at t he discretion of the department are 1路equired. No cred it. (Su) Staff 130 . Park and Recreational Planning. Analysis and development procedures in national, state, urban parks, forest lands, and private lands in t erms of recreational and aesthetic values and uses. (3W) Staff

135. Travel Course. A major field trip to examine a variety of projects in p lann ing and des ign. Students are requ ired to take t his course at least twice during t h eir traini n g. Cred it arranged. (Su) Staff

140, 141 , 142. Landscape Design . I n troduction to t h e a n a l ysis and writi n g of design criteria a n d the design of pri vate and publi c land areas. T heoretical and actual s ite problems are used. Prerequis ites: L.A. 62 a n d C.E. 82. (3F, 3W, 3S) Staff 150, 151, 152. Planting Design. Pictorial compos it ions and planting plans developed together. Des igned to develop your ability to visualize the finished landscape. (3F, 3W, 3S) :;.;-B rillan tine 160 , 161 , 162. Landscape Construction. Master construction p lans, grad ing, drainage, sprinkling sy;stems, structures, cost estim ates and specifical.ions. (3F, 3W, 3S) Morris 170. City a n d Regional Plan ning. An introduct ion to the scope and methods of ci ty a nd reg ional planning. Legislative, ad_m i nistra tive, and effectuation of t he general interim The physical aspects of town and p lan. city are further pursued in all des ign classes. (3 W ) Staff 180, 181, 182. Advanced Plannin g and Design. Des ign of subdivisions, housing projects, public grounds, parks, cemeteries, bu il ding groups an.d r ecreational areas on var ious types of topography. (4F, 4W, 4S) Morris 190. Special Problems. Selected problems to meet your indi vidual needs in completing your train ing. Registration by perm ission only. Credi t arranged. ( F, W, S) Staff 195. Seminar. Read ings and reports on current topics and trends in Landscape Architecture. Required of sen ior students. (1W) Morris 21 0. Advanced Problems in Des ig n and Planning . Credit arranged. (F, W, S) Staff

205 Department of

Languages (Languages and Philosophy) PROFESSORS Austin E. Fife, ACTING HEAD, Ira N. H ayward, George A. Meyer, EMERITUS, Th elma Fogelberg; ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR Alfred C. Scherer; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS John M. B eyers, Gordon E. Porter, L . Grant R eese; LECTURER Valentine Suprunowicz; INSTRUCTORS Ruth B enson, Rolf Ekmanis, Hans Mussler; AssiSTANT Klara Ingold.

Office in Main 360

Languages: Courses are offered leading to t he bachelor's degree with a major in French, German, or Spanish. Selected upper divi sion courses may also be used to fulfill g raduate de g ree requirements. Courses are a lso avai la ble in Ru ssian, Portuguese, Latin, Philosophy, and in En gli sh as a foreign language. Elementary language courses emphasize mastery of the system of sounds and structures that are inherent in t he lang uage. Conversational and reading ski lls are stressed at the intermediate level, a nd cul tural and literary knowledge in the advanced courses. The program leads either to the teaching of languages at the secondary level or to graduate school programs in language and literature . The major requires thirty units of approved upper division work in the language of the major plus at least one year of work in another modern language or in Latin. A minor, for the purposes of secondary school teaching, consists of fifteen units of approved upper division work including the course, Applied Linguistics for Teacher Candidates. Language Credit by Special Examination. Students who have ac-

quired a working knowledge of a fore ign language by residence abroad may obtain a maximum of fifteen hours of lower division credit in that language by special examination. Students desiring such credit must, however, first complete successfully at least one approved upper division course in the language if such a course is ava ilable. Credit for foreign languages not taught at Utah State will be granted by special examination only in cases where the department has an instructor competent to examine in that lan guage . At present, examinations may be taken in French, Spanish, Italian, Portuguese, German, Dutch, Danish, Swedish, Norwegian, Russian, Polish, Serbo-croatian, and Czech. In add ition to the elementary courses li sted below, permissible special examination credit would be li sted, for example, as Norw egian 1, 2, 3. The same numbers would be used in connection with such other languages as are approved by t he department and in which qualified personnel are availab le to conduct the examination.

Note: Students who have had two years of hi gh school study in a foreign language should register in intermediate courses. They may

206 College of Humanities and Arts not r eceive credit for the elementary course in the same language. Students who have had four years of a lang uage in high school may regi ster for upper divi sion work. They may not receive credit for any lower division work in the same language.

13â&#x20AC;˘3 . Romanticism in France. Chateaubr iand, Hugo, Vigny, Musset, Lamartine. (ZF) Staff

Summer School Programs

138. The 18th Century Theatre. Comedies of B eaumarchais and Ma rivaux (2 F) Fife

For two success ive years USU has conducted a National Defense Education Act Institute for teachers of French and Spanish . Another such Institute has been approved for the summer of 1962. Steps have also been taken to offer the equivalent of a f ull year in a beginning language in the tenweek Summer sessions, making it possible thus for successful students to enter intermediate language courses in t he fa ll of the same year.

139.

French Lower Division 1, 2, 3.

Elementary French. (5F, 5W, 5S) Benson, Ingold 4, 5, 6. Intermediate French. Aura l-oral approach w ith knowl edge of structure developm en t thr ough pattern drills , con versat ion a nd composition . (3F, 3W, 3S) Staff 4a, 5n, 6a. Intermediate French Readings. Cultu ra l and li terary readings with approprL ate conversational drills a nd composit ion. (ZF, 2W, 2S) Staff

Upper Division 101 , 102. French for Graduate Students. An in te ns ive co urse des igned for g radu ate degree candidates who mus t present a read ing profi c iency in Frenc h and who have had little previous instruction. Readin g s kills will be emphas ized. Prerequis ite: approval of D epartment Chairman. (3Su, 3Su ) Staff

132. French Literature, 185 0 to 1950. R ealism, naturalism, symbolis m, ex istent ialis m, poetry, novels, s hort stories, and the theater. (3W) Fife

134. The 18th Century Philosophers and Mora lists. Montesqui eu, Vol taire , Dide rot, Rousseau, B ernardin de Saint-P ierre, Prevost. (2 W) Fife

The Comedies of Moliere. (3F)

140. The Classical R ac ine. (3 S )

Tragedy.

Conneille

Fife and Staff

141. Philosophers, Moralists, and Critics of the Classical Age. D ecartes, Pas cal, Boileau, La Fontaine. (2S) Fife

142. French Literature of the 16th Century. Rabel a is, Ron sa rd, Monta ig ne. (2W) Fife 143. French Literature in the Middle Ages. Ly ric, ep ic, and didactic literature; the t heater and romances; in troduction to O ld Fre nch. (2) Staff 199 . Readings and Conference. Read ings in scientific, tech nica l or literary French. Credit arranged. Not more than 5 units tota l may be earn e d by any student. (F, W, S) Staff

German Lower Division 1, 2, 3.

Elementary German.

(5F, 5W, 5S) Staff 4, 5, 6. Intermediate German. (3F, 3W, 3S) Scherer, Mussier 4a , 5a, 6a . Second-Year Con versat ion. Acco mpanies Ge rm a n 4, 5, and 6. Required of Ger man majO'rs, recom me nded for a ll stu dents in second-year German. (2F, 2W, 2S) Scherer, Mussier 7. Scientific German. An in troduction to the reading of technical German. R eadings in German in va ri ous scie ntifi c fi e ld s . Prerequis i tes: Get"man 4 and ,5 , May replace German 6 for s cience majors . (38) Taught only on su ffi c ient dem and. Beyers

Upper Division

Composition. Fogelberg

105. Advanced Compos iti on and Conversation. (3F) Scherer

113. Applied Linguistics for Teacher Candidates. Phonology, linguistic a n alys is a nd princip les of language learning as applied t o French . (3F) Fife

112. Applied Linguistics for Teacher Candidates . Phonology, Jin g uistic anal ys is and princ ip les of lang uage learnin g as appli ed to German . (3W) Scherer

104. Advanced (3F)

Grammar

and

Languages 207 1 20. N in etee nth Ce ntury Nove ll e. Read in gand di scuss io n of r ep rese nt at ive s tori el5 by Haul-f. Sto rm, Meye 1·, Keller . and ot h e rs . !3Ft Sc h erer 1 2 1.

Lessing, Plays and Biog raphy.

122. Schiller, 13Si

Poetry,

Plays and

t:JSJ Mu ss ie r

Biography. Mu ss ie r

123. Twentieth Ce ntury Novelle. R ep t·ese n tati ve sto r ies by Schn itz le r , Mann. H esse, and ot hers. i 3 Wi Sch erer 125 . S urv ey of Ger man Lite rature. dl e Ages. t3F 1

The MidMuss ier

126. S ur vey of German Lite rature. Ce n t ury . i3Wi

Th e 18 th Beyers

12i. Survey of Ger man Literature. Ce ntury. 13S)

The 19t h Sch erer

129. Goethe's Dramas. A study of Go et h e ' l5 drama s oth e r than Faust- Goetz von JJ e rlich in g-e n, El!mont, Ta sso, a n d l p hi gen ie. 131 Staff 130. Goet h e's Faust. P1·erequi:.;ite : Two year:.; of coll ege Get·m~ln o r eq uivai ent. 1 :3 W ) Mussier 131. Goethe's Prose. Werther, Dichtun g und Wahrh e it, a nd se lections fr om Wi lhe lm M e is t e r. H. e;:~,ding of a biograp h y of Goe th e. t 3S) Staff 133. Ger m a n Drama of th e Nineteenth Century . Rapid reading and di sc uss ion o f r eprese ntat ive pla ys f 1·om Kleist to H aup t m;:~.nn . t3WJ Sc her er 134 . Ger man Lyric Poetry. A s tudy of th e ma j or poets of Germa n y from t he ea di est t im es to t h e prese n t. t3FJ Staff 150. Moder n Ge rman Authors . (A) Thom as Mann. ill) Ge rhar t H auptmann. ( C) H e1·mann H esse. 1D1 R. M. Rilk e. IE) Fr ~tn z Kafka. 12S1 B eyers

199. R eadings and Co nference. R eadin gs in tec hni ca l, sc ie ntifi c. and li terary Ger m an. C r ed it a r ran ged. Not mo r·e t h an unit s total may be ea r n ed by any stud e nt. (F, W, S) StniT

Greek

5, 6. Intermed iate Latin. Heaclin.l-!s f1·o m o 1·a t iu ns o f C ice ro and V irg il' :-; Af'ne id . Mi ~ce llan eo u s r e adin g-s fl'l>m ot he r Homan autho rl:i. Open to st ud e n ts who h ave had one .v c: a r of co llege Latin o r t wo ye ars of high s c hool Lat in . t3 F, 3W, 3SI 1Taught on ly on :.; ufficient dema nd. I Muss ier .J,

th e

1 9~J. Readings and Co nf e r e n ce. Read in g s in sc ie ntific. t ec hn ical. li t e nny L:H in . Not m o l' € t han 2 units pe1· quarte r n()l' mor e than 6 u nits t ota l ma y be ea rn ed by any i5l.u cle nt. Mu ss ie r

Por tu guese I , 2. 3. E le mentar y Portuguese. Grammar, di cta ti o n , conversation a nd r ea din g. t5F', 5 W, 3S) I Tau ght on ly on s uffici e n t de mand . 1 Porter 4, 5. 6.

Intermediate Portuguese. Gt·ammar, co nv e 1·s at ion . compo::; iti on. t3F, 3 \V, 1Taugh t o nl.v o n s uff ic ie nt de mand.) Porter

1· ea d in ~.

:3S 1 l~nL

Readings and Co nf e r e n ce. R ea dings in :-;c ie ntifi c . tec hnic al. or li te 1·a r y Portugu ese. C r e dit arran ge d. Not more t han 5 units t o tal ma y be e~H n e d by any st udent. tF, W, S) Porter

Russian 1. 2, 3.

Elementary

(5 F, 5W , 5S) S uprunowi cz

4, 5, 6. Interm ediate Ru ss ian . Second-y ea r readin g an d grammar r ev iew. t 3F, 3W. 3S) Suprunowicz 4a, 5a, 6a. Second-Year Conve r sa tion . Ac compa ni es Ru ss ian 4. 5, and 6. R equ ire d for a T eac hin g Min o r in Ru ssian, r eco mmended fo r all students in Seco n d-year Hussian. i2F , 2 W, 2S) S uprunowicz 199. Readings and Confe r en ce. Readings in t ec hnical. s c ie ntific, o r lite r·ary Ru ss ian. C 1·ed it arntnged. N ot m o r e than 5 units tota ] may be e arn ed by any s tud e nt. (F. W , S ) Suprunowicz

I , 2, 3. Elementary Greek. (5F, 5W, 5S) (Taught only on s ufficient demand. ) Mussier

Spanish Lower Division

Latin

l , 2, 3. Elementary Latin . E m p h a s izes th e r elatio n of Latin to Engl is h. Study of v ocabulary a n d word-format ion as an a id to better comprehe n s ion o f Engl is h. R ecommende d for Engli s h m ajo1·s and f or p r e- law and pl·em ed ica l st udents. In c ludes r ea dings from Caesa r (5 F, 5W, 5S) Taugh t on ly on suffici ent d e mand.) Mussi e r

Ru ss ian .

2, 3.

•I , !i, 6.

Elementary Spanish.

15F, 5W, 5S) Staff

Intermediate S pani s h . (3F, 3W , 3S) Fogelberg, Reese

-Ia, 5a. 6a. Second-Year Conversation . A ccom pani es Spa ni s h 4, 5, a n d 6. R equi r ed for Spa ni s h maj o rs and str o n g ly advised for al l teac hin P: min ors . 12F. 2W, 2S) Fogelberg, Reese

208 College of Humanities and Arts Upper Division

Philosophy

105. Advanced Co mposition a nd Conversation. 13 Wl Fogelberg

Before regi sterin g for upper division Philosoph y the stud ent should a lready have comp leted teiD cre dits in r elated subj ects in th e Humanities: Literature, Hi story, Political Science, or Sociology.

11 2. Applied Linguistics for Teacher Candidates. Phonology, lin gu istic analy s is and pr inc iples of lang uage lear nin g a s app lied to Spa ni sh. ( 3F ) Fogelberg 120 , 121, 12 2. S panis h-American Literature. The maj o r li tera r y peri o ds a nd m ajor writers of t h e Span is h-Am e ri can cou n t ri es , fr o m t h e earl iest t im es to t h e p r esent. (3 F, 3W, 3S)

Reese 125.

S urv ey of Spanish Literature. Th e ea rl y li te r ature .and the writers of t h e Siglo de Oro. Fogelberg f3F) 126. S urv ey of Spanish Literature. Fro m t h e Siglo de Oro to t h e l ater 19th Century . f3 W ) Fogelberg 12 7. S urv ey of Spanish Literature. T h e later 19th Ce n tu r y and the 20t h Century. (3S ) Fogelberg 12 8. Span is h Poetry . A study poet1·y of the 19th Century. (3F)

S panis h Staff

129. Ce rvant e5>. R ea din g and analys is o f D o n Q uixote and oth er wo rk s of Cen·a ntes . t3W) Sta ff 130. The Literature of the Siglo de Oro. A s t u d y o f t h e w ri te r s o f t h e Siglo de Oro: Lop e rl e V eg a, Tirso de M o lina, a nd Cald e ron de Ia !J a l'ca. i3 S) Staff 199. Readings and Conference. R ea ding s in scie n tific, techn ica l, o r li te t· ary Spa ni s h . C t·cd it LllTanrred . Not more t h a n 5 uni t:-; tota l may b e ear n ed b y any stude nt. ( F, W. S) Staff

E ngl ish for Foreign Students 30. English Phonetics for Foreign Student s. T o tnl in in t h e sound s o f Englis h. and t o i ncrea se ab ili ty to spea k wi t h t he rhythm a n d intonatio n o f American En g li s h . M ay be ta k e n in co njun ct ion with Lan guage 3 1. (3F) Meyer

31. English for Foreign Students. StJ·tlcture of the lan g ua ge, w ith exe rci ses a nd dr·ill s fo r in c reas in g comp r ehension a nd ab ili ty t o write a cc urate ly . R equ ired of :dl fo r e ig n stud ents who h ave fai led to m a k e required sco r es on Engli s h pro fi c ie n cy e xamin at io n s on e nte r ing college. It may be used as a n e lective by ot he l's . 13 F) Meyer

32. English for Foreign Stud ents. c,.am:mar. (3 W )

Advanced M eye r

Philosophy Courses 45. Introduction to Problems of Philosophy. P r oblems of r ea li ty, t h oug h t , and value i n r elatio n to t he m odern world . B oth f o r s tude nts prepa rin g: for mo 1·e advanced courses in phi losophy a nd for those des iring an intr o ~ duction to philosop hi ca l t e rminol og y and to ideas of philoso phers a n cie n t, medieva l, and m o d e rn who hav e influ e nced p1·esent ~d ay t hou g h t. i5S) Hayward 5 0. Beginning Logic. S ig- n s, sy mb o ls, and lan guage in h uman b e h av io r. De tect ion of commo n fallaci es, ambiguity, vagueness. Structu r e of pt·opos it io n s : form s of val id inference; natt.re of dedu ctive syste m s : recognition o f f o rm a l f allac ies . Fra min g and tes ting h y p otheses in everyday life an d in sc ience; nature o f ev id e nce; ri g h t and wrong u ses of statistics: pl·obability; discovery of causes . ( 5F) Beyers 140. History of An c ie nt Philoso ph y. Th e deve lop m ent of p hil osophica l thoug h t in t h e ancient Greek world. Emphas iz es reading fr o m the P1·e-Soc r at ics . Plato, Aristotle, the Sto ics, a nd Ep ictll·ea n s. (3F) Beyers

141. History of Early Modern Philosophy. Eu1·op ean t ho ug h t fro m th e Rena issance thi'(>Ut(' h t h e 18 th Century, indic ating the r e lationsh ip o f ph il osophic ide a s to scie nce , reliJ:do n , and soc iety. Readin gs i n the m e tap hys ics, logic, va lu e t h eo r y, and t heo r y of knowledge o f D esca r tes, Hobbes , Spinoz.a, Leibnitz. Lock e, B e rkel ey, Hume, and K ant. (3 W ) Beyers 14 2. History of Nineteenth Ce ntur y Philoso_ phy. Eu1·opean t h ought fr o m Kant to Ni etzsc h e, indicat in g the r e lati o n s hip o f philosop hi c ideas to sc ie n ce, r e li g io n, and soc iety . R ea din gs in the metap h ys ics. vn lue philosophy, log ic . and th eo ry o f knowl edge uf s u ch t hinkers as B e n t h a m , Mill, Comte, Hegel, Sch ope nhau e r , M a rx, and Ni etzsc h e. (3S') Beyers

160. Philosophy of Science. Assumptio ns and implications of scientific m e thod s and find ings : law, convention, dete rminat ion, cau s ality, truth, and value in the phys ica l, biolog ical and social scie n ces. ( 3S ) Beyers

Philosophy 209 161. Symbolic Logic. Deduct ive system s, va li d and invalid a rgu m ents, qua 1ifi ers re lation s, a nd proposition a l calcul us, logi c paradox ; brief introduction to symbolic logic. (5S) Edward s

En g li sh 4A. Modern European (S et> E n g li s h Dt>Pa •·tment. )

Literature.

E n glish 58 . Modern American ( See E n gl is h Departme n t . )

Literature.

Philosophical Literature

English 68. Mod'e rn E nglis h Literature. E n g lis h Departm ent.)

The following courses are cited from various departments. The major part of their content is philosophical. They are assembled here for the convenience of students interested in the interpretations which philosophers and scientists have made of man and hi s place in the universe. They afford opportunities for both teacher and student to apply philosophical principles to the solution of problems in various fields of human thought and action. In many other courses in Hi story, Political Science, and Literature, the philosophical content is rich . Such courses as Ancient World Civi lization s and Modern World Civilizations (History 4 and 5) are invaluable to one wishing to understand the development of human thought. Students may take advantage of the instruction in religious philosophy offered by churches in Logan. Of such courses, those classed as non-sectarian yield University credit.

Philosophical Literature Courses 34, 35, 36. Great Books and Ideas. (See English · Department.) English 46 . The Bible as English Literatu re. (See English Depa rtm<>nt.)

(See

Zoology 107. History of Biology. Important men a nd ideas in the historical d.e ve lop..m e nt of biology. (4F) Gardner Political Science 117, 11 8, 119. American Political Thought. A survey of Am.e rican political ideas and the m en wh o devt>loped them. The hi storica l approach is used, beginning in Colon ial t im es and carrying th e development o f Ame rican political thoug ht t hroug h to the present. Emphas izes ideas s ignifi cant in s hapin g t he farm and actions of Am er ican governm ent today . Students may reg ister for one, two, or t hr<>e quarters. (2 F, 2W, 2S) Harmon Zoology 131. Organic Evolution . Criti ca l study o f the f acts of evoluti o n as ob ta ined from cons ideration o f comparati ve a natom y, embryo logy, geographical distribution, blood tests, and oth er factors upo n which the doctr ine o f evo luti o n is based. Factors caus ing ev·olution are cons id ered a nd discussions undertaken o n other bodies of related thought. Prerequisj te: Zoology 1 or 3 an d 4. (3W) Gardner

English 134. Literary lish Depa ... tment.)

Criticism.

(S<>e Eng-

Political Political

Science 145, 146, 147. History of Thought. No. 145 covers political thou~ht from its beginnin gs in. the Greek peri od to Machiave lli . N o·. 146 continues the stud y from J ea n Bodin to Bentham. No. 147 e mphas izes the m odern period a nd gives con s ideration to democ·ra tic. f asc ist. and communist theories . (3F, 3W, 3S) Harmon English 147, 148, 149. Comparative ture. (See English Department. )

Litera-

History 175 . History of American Democratic Thou g ht. F rom t he R evolutio n ary War to the presen t . (3 W) Ricks

210 College of Humanities and Arts Depart11unt of

Speech PROFESSORS Rex E. Robin son, HEAD, Chester J. My ers; ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Burrell F. Hansen, Gwendella Thornley; INSTRUCTOR J anet Stoc k.

Office in Main 77 Bachelor of Science D egre e. The Development, Mental Hygiene, and Depar t ment of Speech offers train- P sychology of the exceptional ing in Interpretation, Public Chi ld. If seeking certification in Address, Radio an d Televi sion Clini cal Speech h e is exempt fro m Broadcasting, an d Clini cal Speech. the Theatre Arts r equirement and The requirements of 45 credits for one h alf of the Radio and Televia departrn ental rna.for or a teaching sion requirement. A cornposite Englis h-Sp eech rnarna.for in Speech are as fo llows: Public Speaking, eight credi ts .ior req uires the fo llowing Speech (Speech 125 required of all ma- courses: Public Speaking, eight jors ) ; In terpretation , eight cr edits credits; Interpretation, eigh t cred(Speech 124 requi red of all ma- its; Theatre Arts, eight credits; jors) ; T heatr e Arts, eight cr edits. Speech Correction, five credits; Ra(Theatre Arts 1 and 50 req uired dio-TV, t hree cr edi ts; Teaching of all ma jors) ; Speech Correction, of Speech , th ree credits. For a disfive credits (Speech 167 required tribution of these courses see first For E n glish of all ma jors) ; Radio a nd T ele- paragraph above. vi sion , six cred its; elective courses courses needed for the Englishin Speech, ten credits. In a ddition , Speech composite major see Engcourses in Dramatic Literature, lish Department in thi s catalog . fi ve credits, an d Teaching of A cornposit e Speech-Theatre Arts Speech, three cred its, are recom- rna.fm路 r equi res the following Speech mended in some cases. E ngli sh 163 courses: Public Speaking, eight a nd 168 may be used for cr edit cred its; Interpretation, eight credtoward t he department requirement its; Speech Correction , fi ve cre dits ; in Dramati c Litera ture. Radio-TV, t hree cred its; Teaching If emphasizing radio-televis ion, of Speech, two credits; Elective the speech major is required dur- Speech courses, eight cr edits. For in g hi s junior and sen ior years to a di stribution of these courses see obtain one year's broadcast exper- first paragraph above. For Theatre ience at a commercial or ed uca- Arts courses needed for the SpeechTheatre Arts compos ite major see t ional televi sion or radio station. Theatr e If he is emphasizing clinical Fine Arts Department: speech and desires to comply w ith Arts, in thi s catalog. minimum standa rds for certi fication h e must sati sfac torily complete Graduate Study the following Speech courses: 7, 111 , 167, 169, 171 , 173, 175, 177. M aster of S cience Degree. The An additional four teen quarter Department of Speech offers a hours in psychology are r equired, Master of Science degree in the including Child Psychology or Child following fields: Interpretation,

Speech 211 Public Address, Broadcasting, and Clinica l Speech. The fo ll owing speech courses may be used for grad uate cred it by students majoring in the Speech Department or by stud ents in other departments: 110, 111 , 123, 124, 125, 169, 171, 173, 181, 182, 184, 185, 186, 190. The Department of Speech in cooperation with the Department of Psychology offers a composite Master of Science degree in Psychology and Clinical Speech.

Speech Courses 1. Fundamentals of Speech. Study and ~. rain ing in voice, body, language, meaning and personal adjustment as a pplied to speaking, reading, group leadei'Sh ip and broadcastin g. (5F, W, S) Staff 3. Practice in Speaking. For students whose experience in Basic Gommunicatio n s or previous speech c lasses indicates deficiencies in suc h areas as adjustment to the audience s ituation, bod il y actio n, var ied and vigorous u se of voice, oral g rammar, or other asp ects o f speech delivery. Prerequ is ite : consent of in structor. (3 F, W, S) Thornley 4. Principles of Reading. Effective ora l and s ilent reading . A prepa ratory course for understanding and appreciatio n of the printed page. (5F, W, S) Thornley 12. Individua l Problems. Individua l attention given in private to your needs in an effort to eliminate defects and develop s kill i n speech. Recommended f o r anyone needing individual speech instruction and for speech majors. Specia l fee . Ma.y be taken more than one quarter. Credit al'l'anged. (F , W, S ) S taff

*16. Dialect. The m.ost promine nt dial ect works of Burns , Kipling, Drumm ond, Riley, Dunba.r, Harris, Kirk a nd oth er wr iters are studied. (3S) Myers 21. Intermediate Public Speaking . You work w ith types of speaking most interestin g a nd useful to you. You determine length of speeches and times to speak, within t h e framework of ce rtain minimum r eq uiremen ts . Emphas izes deve loping ski ll in s peech presentation. Prerequisite: Speech 1 or English 1, 2 and 3. (3F, W, S) Staff *Taught 1962-63.

24 . Oral Interpretation. Lecture and Recital. Various litera1·y forms are stud ied fot· platform pr·esentation. R ea din g from manuscript and from memory . Preparation an d presentation of public 1·eci ta l in reading. (3F) Myers 75. Remedial Speech. For persons w ith a noticeable difficulty in speech ; in a r ticulatio n, quality, pitc h , inte n s ity, stuttering, or rhythm. Time a nd credit arranged. Consult in structor before register·ing. May be taken more than one quarter . (F, W, S) Staff *77. Phonetics and Voice. An a n alys is of the phonetic and phonatory aspects o f speech. (3W) S taff 81. Introduction to Radio a nd Television. Radio and TV station and networ k o rg a ni zation, operations, and programm in g. Attention given to developing an understanding o f radio and TV as factors in social o rganization, and to de ve loping appreciation in selection of prog t·ams . (3F) Hansen 82 . Radio-TV Speech. Analysis and de velopment of speech skills and speech forms u s ed in radio and TV. Developmen t of acceptable sta ndards o f vo ice articulation a nd pronunciation for broadcasting . (3 W ) Hansen 83 . Radio Production. The production of radio commercials, news, mus ical programs, inte r v iews, di s cussions and dramas. To be ta k e n concu t'l'ently w it h Journalism 84. (3S)

Hansen 85 . Radio-TV Operations. Aud io a nd video contro l operations for Radio and Television . Inc ludes mi c rophone set-ups, aud io console ope ration, record / playback techn iques, and cam e ra operations. One lecture and three hours labo ratory per week. (3F, W, S) Staff 101.

Parliamentary Procedure. (l F) Robin son

105. Technical a nd Professional Speaking. Meets speech n eeds of technically tra ined and professiona l people. Speak in g experiences such ag those enco untered in caree1· s ituations. Prerequi s ite: Speech 1 or Engli sh 1, 2 and 3. Staff (3.F, W, S) 107 . Speech Improveme nt in th e Elementary Classroom. Designed to provide the teacher w it h tec hni ques to improve the speak ing sk ills of norma l and speech handicapped ch ildren in the e le mentary grades. (3Su) Staff J 09.

Discussion and Conference Leadership. Appl ication of various group discuss ion techniques to current proble m s. W ork sh op procedures o ffer practice in preparation, use and eva lu ation of methods . E'mphasis o n s ituations in business a.nd industry for Industrial Management students. (3W, S) Robinson

212 College of Humanities and Arts *110. Play Reading. Attention g iven to cutti n g and bu ilding f or publ ic programs. (3S) Myers *lll. Psychology and Semantics of Speech . Principles of p sychol ogy w hi ch und erlie s p eech . Personal adjustment through speech. An ins ig h t into th e process of sy mb ol use. (3S) Staff Private Instruction. Individual atten ti on g iven in p ri vate to your needs in an effort to e liminate defects and devel op skill in speech. R ecomme nded f or a n yon e n eed ing indiv idual speech instruction and to s peech majors. Special fee. May be taken more than one quarter. Credit arran ged. (F, W , S) Staff 112.

Argumentation. Inform ation a nd p r actice in techniques of analys is, investigation , evidence, reasoning, brief m ak in g, refutation, a nd construction an.d delivery of th e arg um entati ve speech. (3F) Robinson

** 113.

ll5. Intercollegiate Debating, Members of deb at in g sq u a d s may receive n ot m ore than t hree credi ts in any one year. (3F, W, S') Robinson li S. Story-Telling. Ana lysis and classification of ty pical stories w ith refer ence to periods of t h e child's development. Consideration is give n stories of western pioneer life. Espec ia ll y for t h e stud ent teach er, recreation leader , church activity leader, librarian, and parent. (5F, W, S) Myers 122 . Reading Poetry to Children. The stud y a nd application of oral read ing p rin cip les as applied directly t o child ren's poetry. Also a co n sideration of ch oral reading techniques app licable to classroom s ituation s a nd programmin g . Des ig ned especia ll y f or teach ers, prospective teacher s, libraria ns a nd paren ts. (28) Thornley 123. Teaching of Speech. Meth ods a nd problem s pecu li a r to teaching of speech both in secondary sch ools and in speech a r eas for Basic Commun ications work in t h e Uni vers i ty and in basic speech courses at the college level. Organization of courses and lesson plans included. Prerequ isite: Instructor's consent. (3 S) Myers 124. A dvanced Interpreta tion . T h e mas tering of s ig nifi cant selection s from great wr iters.

Reading from manusc rip t and from memory. (5 W ) Myers 12 5. Speech Compos ition. Advanced t h eo r y a n d practice of p·u b lic sp eaki ng. Y ou build a nd deliver several short speech es and read selected masterp ieces from the world's public s peaking li terature. Prerequisite: Sophomore s tanding a nd Speech 1, or English I, 2, 3. (5 S) Robinson • T a u g ht 1962- 63 . ••Tawzht 1963-64.

Fundamentals in S peech Disorders. Fmctors conducive to n o rmal and ab n or·m al speech deve lopment in the child. Attention g iven to problem s of articu lation disord ers and stuttherin g. R ecommended for prospective e lementm..ry sch ool teachers. (5F) Sttaff 167 .

*169 . Speech fects stu died. s idered. Some of s ubstitute Prerequisite:

Pathology I. Organic vo ice cdeCleft palate speech problem c<onatten tion g iven to t h e acqu is ittion vo ice such as esoph agea l speetch. S'peech 167. (5 W ) St:aff

*171. Speech Pathology II. Study of l:anguage and speech problems due to lesions of t he n ervous system including Cerebral P allsy, Aphasia and other dysarthias. Prerequisi·te: Speech 167. (5S) S l±aff 172. Methods in Speech Correction. Instruct ion is g iven in app r op ri ate and effecbve meth ods of correcting speech defects. Spedal atten ti on is paid to the tech n iques invol'Ved in removing articulatory er r ors of e1e ment:ary an d secon dary sch ool children . Students develop t he ir own exercises a nd activities a nd learn to adapt t h em to t h e goals o f therrupy. It is recommended that i t b e tak en con c:urrently with Speech 173, Advanced Cli n i cal Practice. (2 W ) St.ock Advanced Clinical Practice. Supervi sed diagnostic a nd remedi al case work in s peech path ology. P r ereq uis i te: consen t of in struc tor. May be take n more than one Quarter. Cre dit arra n ged. Prerequisite: Speech 167. (F, W . S) s .taff

17 3.

** 175. Measurement of Heari n g. Acoust ics, Review of a n atomy an d function of ear. au diometr ic techni ques. Types of h earing l oss and t heir im p lications . (3W) Staff ** 177 . Communication Probl ems of th e Hard of Hearing. Covers speech problems assoc ia ted w ith hearing defic iencies. In struction in lip r eading is given. (2S) S taff

Televisio n Prod u ction. The production and direction of te lev is ion programs : developin g program s, castin g and rehea r sal procedures, a nd co-ordination of technical as pects. Prer equ is ite: Speech 83 or instructor's permissio n . To be taken concurrently w it h Journalism 184 . (3 F) Hansen 18 1.

*18 4. Educational Broadcasting. Projects in developing and producin g edu cational radio and telev is-ion programs for i n -sch ool or broadcast use. Meth ods in effective utilization in the classroom of televis ed materials . ( 3W) Hansen

Speech 213 18 fi. Advanced Radio-TV Prod u ction. Princ iples a n d pl'ojects in televis ion dir ec tin g. Met hods fo r m eetin g s p eciali zed prob le m s in p r·oduction of radio a nd tel ev is io n prog ram s . P1·e r equ is ite : S peech 18 1. C r ed it Arranged. \W ) Hansen

186 . Radio and Television Training . Enrollm ent limited to studen ts quali fied by trainin g and ability f o r actual broadcasting experience in a station. An a.p prenticeshi p under direc tion o f the station s,taff in executing duties expected of a r eg ular staff e mpl oyee. Stude nts r e nder t hree h ou r s' broadcasting service pe1· week, for each hour of credit. Time and cred it a rr anged. (Total limited to 6 credits) ( 1 to 5F , W , S) Hansen

190. Pro blems in Speech . Selected work, indi vidually assig n ed, h andled a nd directed. Speech problems o f mutual interest to you and th e in s tructo r a r e in ves tig a t ed and re ported u po n . Pre t·eq ui s ite : Instructor 's con se nt. C•·edit anan ged. (F. W, S) Staff 200 . Se minar in S p eec h . Emp h asis on th e various fie lds o f Speech. Res earch problems. (2 F , W ) Staff

201.

T h esis. (2 to 5F, W or S)

Staff

290 R esearch Studi es Advanced research in Spe~ch. Credit arranged. (F', W, S) Staff

214

215

216

College of

Science Department of Applied Statistics, Computer Science, 218 Applied Statistics, 218 Computer Science, 2 19

Department of Bacteriology and Public Health, 221 Bacteriology and Public Health, 221 Medical Technology, 223

Department of Botany and Plant Pathology, 224 Department of Chemistry, 227 Department of Geology, 231 Department of Mathematics, 232 Mathematics, 23 3 Mathematical Statistics, 2 34

Department of Physics, 235 Department of Zoology, 237 Zoology, 237 Entomology, 239 Physiology, 241 Pre-Dentistry, 242 Pre-Medicine, 242 Nursing, 243

Degrees Offered: Bachelor of Science Master of Science Doctor of Philosophy

277 College of

Science The College of Science comprises the eight departments of Appli ed Statistics and Computer Science, Bacteriology and Public Health, Botany and Plant Pathology, Chemistry, Geology, Mathematics, Physics, and Zoology. All of these depart ments have been fu nctioning for a long period. Applied Statistics and Computer Science and Botany and Plant Pathology have been located in the College of Agriculture. All of the others have been part of the college previously known as the College of Humanities and Sciences. No changes are presently contemplated in the curricula of these departments nor in the graduation requirements. They will continue to function as in the past with the single exception that administratively all of the basic sciences are combined in one college with a new dean. Utah State University has always given high place to the sciences. The new organization, effective July 1, 1962, gives them even greater status. Our twentieth century civilization is based on science, and every facet of this great area is fundamental in a Land-Grant University such as this one. The curricula of the science departments in the past and future are des igned to achieve four purposes: First, they serve all students, because no college graduate today can be considered educated without a firm grasp of scientific principles. The sciences are truly liberal. They contribute to the general education as surely and as importantly as the

humanities and the arts and the soda! sciences. The second purpose of the College is to train teachers of science. Thi s is an increasingly significant responsibility. America cannot move forward unless it has competent, well trained teachers of science on every level of education. Third, the health professions are properly grounded on science. The University has an excellent record in providing pre-dental and premedical training. These students move directly into the professional dental and medical schools of other universities. The basic training of these people will continue to be an important part of the program in the College of Science. Finally, the College of Science trains specialists in the various areas of science. To become a competent chemist, physicist, or geologist, the student must have a sound undergraduate major in the subject, followed by years of graduate special ization in hi s field . All of the departments mentioned above offer t he bachelor's and master's deg rees and the majority of them offer the PhD degree. The production of able speciali sts is of prime importance and is a major function of the departments in the new college, as it has been in the past. The opportunities for competent and conscientious students in the various science fields is unlimited. The demands for teachers and resea rchers are far greater than the supply. The monetary rewards are substantial and the spiritual and intellectual rewards satisfying. Science is challenging. It demands the bes t from students, but for those who succeed it offers a rich return.

218 College of Science Department of

Applied Statistics, Computer Science PROFESSOR R ex L. Hurst, HEAD; ASSISTANT Wende ll L. Pope, Donald V. Sisson.

PROFESSORS

N eeti R . Bohidar,

Office in Main 15

Applied Statistics Statistics is the science which deals with the making of decisions in the face of uncer tainty. Statist ics is used exten sively as a tool by research workers with whi ch to summarize large masses of data and to reach va lid conclus ions based on t he summarization process. It is used by r esearch workers in ma ny fie lds of endeavor. It relies heavily on t he use of mathematics for the development of reduction procedures, for procedures involving testin g of hypotheses, and for the formulation of mathematical models to simulate physical and biological s it uations. A major in Applied Statistics prepares one to go on for graduate work in the many un iversities of the nation where graduate programs are establi shed. Applied Stat istics majors are prepared to accept positions as member s of resea rch teams in business, manufacturing concerns, r esearch organizations, and agricultural experiment stations. There are unlimited opportun it ies for outstanding employment and profess ional advancement. For a major in Applied Statistics students are expected to complete Applied Statistics 131, 132, 141, 171, 172, 215, and 220. They are a lso expected to take extensive work in t he Mathematics Department. It

is advi sable that a ma jor in Applied Statistics have a strong minor in one of the fie lds of appl ication. An undergraduate minor in Applied Statistics should consist of Applied Statistics 131 , 132, 141 , 215, and 220 . A graduate minor should consist of th e same course work as that for the undergraduate major. Applied Statistics 261, 262, 263 a r e preferred to 171, 172.

Suggested Four-Year Curriculum Freshman and Sophomore Years Credit h ou r s Basic Communi cations (1, 2, 3) 9 Math (35, 46, 97, 98 , 99) ...... 25 Biological Science (Bot. 24 , 25; Zoo!. 3, 4; Bact. 10 or 70, 71) ...... ..... 15 Chemistry ....... ...... ............... 15 Language1 (Russian 1, 2, 3 or German 1, 2, 3 or French 1, 2, 3) ........ .. 15 M.S. or P.E. 6 Economics (51) 5 P o l it ical Science (1 or 10) ...•. Electives 4

Total

Junior and Senior Years Ored it hours Physics (17, 18, 19, or 20, 21, 22) 15 App l ied Statist ics (131, 132, 141, 171, ····· 24 172, 220, 215) Computer Science (145, 14 6, 167) 9 E lectives ... 50

Total

···· ················ 98

1 0ther Uni versity requirements for the Language and Arts group may be substituted if app roved by the department.

Applied Statistics 219 Computer Science The use of electroni c digital computers is one of the faste st growin g areas of interest in today's society. Computer s are used extensively in science, business, and research. Computer Science deals with the methods an d theory of programming a di gital computer to handle a ll types of numerical information. Programming a computer consists of instructing it in step-by-step sequence so t hat it will solve a problem. The lan guages ava ilable for doin g thi s are the bas ic mach ine ianguage, symbolic languages, and problem- oriented compi ler languages. Computer Science courses are offered as service courses for a ll departments of the University, and are designed to acqua int students with the characteristics of di gital computers and programming languages. Emphas is is placed h eavi ly on the University's own compu ter.

Applied Statistics Courses 51. E lemen tary Statistics. An introductio n to th e n ature of statistical reason ing. The na ture of observations. The co nden satio n and presentation of data . E lements of samp ling . The use of statistics in making estima :es and drawi n g co n clus ions. Prerequis ite: Math 35 or eq ui vale n t. Three lectures, one lab. (4S ) Staff 131. S tatis tical Methods. Sample-based inferences ab ou t pop ul a ti ons. Individu a l and group comparison s. Tests of s ig nificance. Linea r regress ion a nd co rrelat ion. Prerequisite : Math 35 or eq ui va le n t. Three lectures, on e lab. (4F, W ) Staff 132. Statistical Methods . Analysis of a nd covariance. Individual d egrees of Mu ftipl e regress ion. Prerequisite: equ ivalent. Three lectures, one lab.

va ri ance f reedom . 131 or (4 W , S ) Staff

141. Samplin g Methods. The met h ods an d theory o f obtai ni n g sample estimates of pop u ... lat io n ch aracteris tics. Reliability of sample estimates. Types of sa mpling pro c ed u r es ~ Analysis a nd interpretation of samples. P r e... requ is ite: 131 o r equiva lent. Three lectures .. (3 S ) Staff'

17 1. S ta tis ti ca l Th eo r y for R esea r ch Workers . An introductio n to t he t heo ry o f stat istica l infe ren ce : probabili ty: dis ct路ete and contin uous probability dens ity f un ct ions and their p r oper t ies ; expected va lues ; var iances, moments, c umu lants a nd their generating functions; orthogonal linear f u nctions ; sampli ng distributions; centt路a l limi t t h eorem. Prerequisite: Ca lcu lus. (3F ) Staff 172. Statis ti cal Theory for Research Workers. Optimum properties of est im atorS; t h eory of po int est im ation; princip le of max imum likelihood; t h eory of confidence interva l estimat io n and test of h ypoth esis; lik elihood ratio t es t ; good ness-of-fit t est; t h eo ry of least s quares; general lin ea r h ypotheses and t h eir applicatio n to regress ion and exper imenta l des ign. Prerequisite: 171 (3W ) Staff 215. Design of Experim ents. Fundam.e ntal p rin ciples of experimen ta l desig n. Completely random ized; ra ndom ized bloc ks ; lat i n squar es, components of variance; f actor ia l arrangements; confounding ; split p lot ; incom p lete b loc k designs; a nd fr actional replication . P r erequ is ite : 131 a nd 132 or equivalent. Three lectur es, one lab. ( 4S) Staff 220. Interm ediate S tatistical Methods. Sp ecia l s ituations in t h e ana lysis of variance; general leas t squares a nal ys is ; mu ltip le comparisons; polynomial and othe r non-lin ear curve fitting. Prerequisite : 132 (3S) Hurst 221. Industrial Statistics: Sampling Inspec .. tion . Control of q u a li ty of m a nufactured products; attr ibu te a nd var iab le inspection ; s in g le, double and seq uen tial pl a n s; samplin g plans for con t inuous production ; cost functjons a n d e lemen tary dec is ion functions. Prer equis ite: 172 or Math 163. (3S u ) Hurst 261, 262, 263. Intermediate Theory of Statistics. D evelop m ent o f d istribu t io n t h eory ft路om t h e t h eory of probability ; comm on distribu ti on fu n cti ons; d erivation of sampling di s tr i but i o n ~ w it h particular attention to nor ma l popu lat ions; estimation b y maximu m likelihood; likelihood ratio tests of pat路am etric hypotheses t h eo ry; elem ents of sequential ana lys is ; dis tribu t ion free m eth ods. Prerequ is ites or co r eq uis ites: Math 130, 131, or 140, 141. (3F, 3W , 3S) Bohidar 281. Sampling Design. Prin ciple steps in sample sur veys; s imple random sam p ling ; properties of the estim ators ; sampling f or proportions a nd percentages ; estimation of sample s ize ; two stage s ampling; stratified random sampling; optim um a llocation ; stratified ra ndom sampling fo r percentages. Prerequisite : 172 or Mat h 163 (T a ug ht on demand) . (3F) Hurst

220 College of Science 282. Sampling Design. Ratio estimates ; regression estimates ; systern.atic sampling ; subsampling with units of equal and unequal size; double sampling ; source of error in sample surveys. Prerequisite: 281. (Tau ght on demand.) (3W) Hurst 291. Experimental Design. Principles of statisticS.! design for experimental in vestigations tion to general linear hypotheses; Markoff's theorem ; estimation and tests ; theory of randomization and randomization tests ; completely randomizei:i designs; randomized blocks, latin squares, Graeco-latin squares ; general treatment of missing value techniques; sensitivity of random ized experiments. Prerequisite: 172 or Math 163 (Taught on demand). (3F) Bohidar 292. Experimental Design. E 'x periments involving several f actors; confounding in 2n, 3n and introduction to general Pn factorial systems ; mi xed factorial systems ; fractional replication; split-plot experiments; introduction of quasi-factorial and incomplete block designs ; determination of optimum conditions ; exploration of response surface. Prerequis ite: 291. (Taught on demand.) (3W) Bohidar

Computer Science Courses Digital Computer Utilization. Introduction to the use of digital computers in problem solving and data processing, utilizing assembly processor lang uages. Techniques of machine operation ; accuracy of solution ; introduction to numerica l methods; digital computers in data processing ; history of digital computers ; future computer possibilities. Prerequisi te: Math 35. (1W, 18) Staff

45. Computers and Society. A general survey of computers, their capacity and limitations. Examples of computer us age. (lF) Pope 111. Data Processing. Methods of collecting and analyzing research data us in g data processing machines; card design; coding methods and form design; procedures in handling enumeration and measurement data; use of punch card equ ipm ent and high speed computers. Two lectures, on e lab. Prerequ is ite: Math 35. (3 W) Hurst 145. Computer Programming. History of computing equipment; philosophy of computin g; the organ ization of problems for solu t ion us ing a computer; characteristics of the University's IBM 1620 computer; the use of rnachine language programming in problem solving. Two lectures, one lab . Prerequisite: Math 35. (3W) Pope 146. Comp uter Progra mming. Machine language a nd symbolic programming for the IBM 1620. Student s are expected to gai n the programm irig proficiency to be ab le to solve problems in their own field. T wo lectures, one lab. Prerequisite: 14 5. (3S) Pope 167. Problem-oriented Programming. Discussion of problem-oriented programm ing languages (co mpilers); the use of a compiler language to write programs for a computer. Students are expected to learn a programming language and solve problems in their ow n field using a computer. Two lectures, one lab. Prer equisite: Math 35. (also listed as Electrical Engineering 167) . (3F, 3W, 3S) Staff

221 Depa.r tment of

Bacteriology and Public Health (Bacteriology, Public Health, Medical Technology) W. Whitney Smith/ Kenneth R. Stevens; ASSISTANT Roberts. PROFESSORS

HEAD, Lewis PROFESSORS

W. J ones, ACTING H EAD, Paul B. Carter, Reed S.

O ffice in Plant Industry 310

Bacteriology and Public Health Bachelo1· of Science Degree. A General Bacteriology major req uires: Bacteriology 10 or 70, 71, 104-105 or 120-121 , 110, 160, 168, 180, 201, 291; Chemistry 3, 4, 5, 115, 121, 122, 190 ; Mathematics 35, 44; Physics 17, 18, 19 ; Public Health 150; Botany 24 or 25; Zoology 3, 4, 107, 112, 116. A Public H ealth majm· requires: Public Health 15, 50, 150, 155, 254; Bacteriology 10 or 70, 71 , 160 ; Phys iology 4, Physics 6, Zoology 3, 112, 116; Entomology 115 ; Physical Education 55, 135, 145 ; Psychology 100 or Family and Child Development 100; Psychology 145 or Sociology 162; Food and Nutrition 5, Chemistry 10, 11, 12. Fo1· a H ealth Education major consu lt H. B. Hunsaker, Department Head of Health, Physical Education and Recreation. For a minor in Health Education take: Public Health 15, 50, 150; Physical Education 135; Food and Nutrition 5 and P sychology 145.

Graduate Study The Department of Bacteriology and Public H ealth has good facilities joT Tesearch and advanced 1

0n leave.

studies. Available on the third and fourth floors of the Plant Industry build in g are the usual technical instruments. The department also has access to an electron microscope, ultra centrifuge, electrophoresis apparatus, spectograph, fla me spectrophotometer, and other major research in struments. M aste1· of Sci ence in Bacte1·iology . (See also "Master of Science Degree" in School of Graduate Studies in this Catalog.) The Master's degree in bacteriology combines a substantial research effort with a rounding out of course work in bacteriology and related subjects . At t he concl usion of the Master's degree can didates are expected to have completed most of the bacteriology courses offered in the department, plus chemistry t hrou gh some advanced biochemistry courses, mycology and protozoology. Docto1· of Philosophy in Bacteriology. (See also "Doctor of Philosophy Degree" in School of Graduate Studies). The doctorate in bacteriology is primarily a research degree. A doctoral thesis comprising an intensive and definitive contribution to knowledge is the most basic r eq uirement. In previous train ing or in the doctoral program, candidates are expected to have course work in Bacterial Physiology, Systematic Bacteriology, Soil

222 College of Science or Industrial Bacteriology, Mycology, Protozoology, Virology. They are expected to have supportin g strength, probably as minors or parts of mixed minors, in several of the fo llowing: Algology, Biochemistry, Physical Chemistry, Pathology, Physiology, Histology, Entomology, Genetics, Plant Physiology, Physics, Biophysics, and other science specialties. Candidates are expected to offer two of the following research tools: applied statistics, a reading knowledge of German, a reading knowledge of French, or suitable substitutes justified by the nature of the doctoral project. These should be completed at least one year before the final examination. All candidates joT the PhD degTee in bacteriology must have received the equivalent of forty credits either before or during the doctoral program at some other institution which also offers at least a Master's in Bacteriology.

Bacteriology Courses 1. Principles of Biology. Basic life principles illustrated in both plant and animal forms. Des igned in combination with Bact. 10 or Physio logy 4 to meet the University biological science requ irements. (5F, W) Roberts

10. E lementary Bacteriology. Basic concepts , practical applications, demonstrations. Intended primarily for students in non-science fi elds. (Not open to students who have had Bacteriology 70.) (5F, W, S, Su) Jones. Steven s 70. General Bacteriology. For majors in science departments. (Not open to students who h ave had Bacteriology 10.) Prerequ is ite: Concurrent or previous registration in organic chemistry. (4S) Jones 71. General Bacteriology Laboratory. Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent registration in Bacteriology 10 or 70 . Two 3-hour labs. (2F, W , S) Jon es, Stevens, Roberts *104. Dairy Bacteriology. Micro~ organisms of milk a nd its products. Prerequisite: Bac~ teriology 10 or 70. (3S) Jones

*105.

Dairy Bacteriology Laboratory. Two labs. Prerequis ite : Bact. 71, and previous or concurrent reg istration in Bacteriology Jones. 104. (28) 3~hour

** 110.

Soil

Microbiology. Relationships of to soil fertility. Prerequisite : Jones Bacteriology 10 or 70. (2S)

micro~organisms

*120.

Food

Microbiology. Relationships of to food pres ervation, spoilage, and poisoning. Prerequis ite: Bacteriolog~路 10 or 70. (2S) Jones micro~organisms

*121.

Food

Microbiology

Laboratory-

(2F ) Jones

160. Pathogenic Bacteri ology, Properties of pathogens a nd relationships to infectious diseases . Prerequisite: Bact. 71 and Organic Chemistry. Three lectures, two labs. (5F) Carter **161. Advanced Pathogenic Microbiology. Common pathogenic molds, yeas ts, and viruses. Prerequisite: Bacteriology 160. Four lectures, one lab. (5S) Carter 168. Immunology. and Biochemistry. (5W) **172, 173(2W, 2S)

Prerequisites : Bact. 160 Three lectures, two l abs. Carter

Bacteriology Laboratory Methods. Staff

180- Physiology of Bacteria. Cellular chemistry and physiology. Prerequisites: Bact. 10 or 70, Organic Chemistry, (4W) Jones **2 01. Systematic Bacteriology. Classification relationsh ips. Prerequisi te: Bacter iology 10 or 70. (2S) Staff

291.

Staff

Seminar. (1F, W, S)

294. Special Problems in Bacteriology, Spec ial assignments, reports, and dis cussions. Preparation. of a comprehen s ive and critical rev iew. Credit arranged. Prerequi s ite: consent of ins tructor. (F, W, S) Staff 299. Thesis (F, W, S)

Research.

Credit

arranged. Staff

Public Health Courses Public Health courses do not satisfy biologica l sc ience group requirements . 15. Person al Health. H ealt h problems of University students; especially for freshmen and sophomores. (2F, W, S) Roberts, Stevens, Members of Cache Valley Medical and Dental Associations *Taught 1962-63. **Taught 1963-64.

Bacteriology and Public Health 223 · 5,0. Elementary Public Health. A bas ic cou t·se i n the principles of publ ic health with majot· e!mph as is o n hea lth education , control o f comnn unicabl e diseases, commun ity sa nitation probJ,e ms , rad io log ical hea lth an d re lated a reas of luea lth. t3F) Rob erts

**156. School Health Methods. Objectives, methods, curricu la, and m ater ials. P rerequis ite : P.H. 155. (3S)

!'\ hou ld take during the fir st t hree years: Bacter iology 10 or 70, 71, 160, 168; Chemi st r y 3, 4, 5, 12, 115, 190; Phys iology 4; Phys ics 6; Zoo logy 3, 4, 11 6. A hospital internship fo r twelve month s is complete d durin g the fourt h year. Thi s includes instr uct ion in Medical T echno logy 131, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139. USU has provision for in struction of laboratory technicians in thi s intern ship in the LDS hospita ls of Salt Lake City, Ogden a nd Idaho F a lls, and at St. Benedict's hosp ital in Ogden. Durin g t his fou r t h year students register for three quarters ( 45 upper di vision cred its in Medica l T echnology) . When t hi s prog r am is satisfactori ly completed, a student is eli gible for t he Bachelor of Science degree in Medical Technology. A student may then also apply for certification by t he Reg istr y of Medical Technologists, after completion of a qualifying examination given by the American Society of Clinical P athologists. Consult Professor P. B. Carter for f urt her details.

159. Public Health Laboratory Methods. EJ<perience in the practice of t he Public H ealt h Laboratory. (3 to 15F, W, S) Fraser

Medical Technology Courses

1 50 . E nviron mental Sanita tion . Contro l of : a:. ir-, insect-, water -, sewage-, rodent-, re fu se- , a nd food-tran s mitted diseases . San it at ion of ous in g, ca mps ites , and s chools. (48) Rob erts

* *151. P ublic a nd School Hea lth Admini st ratJio n . Organizatio n, adminis tra ti on and fun ct:iions of health agencies. Prerequ is ite : P. H. 50. (3F) Staff 1 52. Family Health. A broad course on t he f u ndam enta ls of healthful li v ing . For junio rs an d seniors in Home Economics Education w ho are required for state of Utah certificati o n to ta ke a course in family health. D oes n ot meet t he school health requ irement for st ate of Uta h cer t ifica tion. (3W) Rob erts

** 154. School Health Program. Satisfi es state certificate requirements in heal th educat ion f o r elementary and secondary levels. For ju ni ors, seniors, a n d graduates. (3F, W , S ) Stevens, Rober ts 15 5. Hea lth Education for Teachers. Health tra ining f o r state certification requiremen ts in h ealth education. (4 F, W , S, Su) Staff

254. S pecial Problems. in Public H ealth. A s s ig nments, reports. d iscussions. Prepa ratio n of a comprehensive and critical rev iew. Credit arra n ged. (F, W , S) Staff

Medical Technology The College of Sciences offers courses which satisfy entrance r equirements for Medical T echnology internships in the United S tates and Canada. The University provides a t hree-year progra m which, combin ed with t he internship, q ualifies you for the B.S. degree. A Medical T echnology major *Taugh t 1962-63. • •Taugh t 1963 -64 .

131. Clinical La boratory Methods. s i te: Bacteriology 71. (4S)

Prereq uiCarter

133, 134, 135. Applied Medical Technology. Practical work in hospita l laboratories u nder close s upervision: Clinica l Bacteriology and Serology , two month s; Clin ical Biochem istry, three months ; Clinica l H ematology, on e month ; P athologica l T issue Methods, two m onths; Blood Bank Procedures, tw o m onths; E lectroca rd iog rap h a nd Basal Me tabolis m Procedures. ( 13F, W , S) Carter 136.

Gen e r a l Pathology Discuss ions.

(2F) Carter

137. Clini ca l Laboratory Methods Discuss ion. (2W) Ca rter

138. Blood Bank and Blood Serology Techniques. (1S ) Carter 139.

Pathological Conference. (1S )

Carter

224 College of Science Department of

Botany and Plant Pathology (Cytogenetics, Plant Pathology, Plant Physiology, Taxonomy, Virology) PROFESSORS Orson S . Cannon, H EAD, W . S. Boyle, George W . Cochr-an; ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS A1·thU1· H. H olmgren, R icha1·d J. Shaw, H e1·man H . Wi ebe; AS S ISTANT PROFESSORS Gene W . Miller, Ge01·ge W. W elkie ; RESEARCH ASSOCIATE J ohn L . Chid este1·; COLLABORATORS W alter J . Apt ,

Eug ene H . Cronin, Edsel C. J 01·genson, Ga-ry L. Maffin, Mark W. Martin, Myron Stout , B ryce N. W adley, M. Coburn W illiams, David E. Zimmm·.

Office in Plant Industry 201 Education for f uture professional work in Botany is the primary objective of the Botany curriculum . Students should have t horou gh undergraduate training in botany, suppor ted by chemistry, mathematics, physics, and r elated biological sciences. If gra duate study beyond the Master of Science degree is plann ed, a reading knowledge of at least one foreign lang uage should be acquired. Employment is found in universities and colleges, the US Department of Agriculture, State Agricultural Experiment Station s, and in Indu stry . Thi s curriculum also provides excellent t rainin g f or students who desire to become teachers of biological sciences in hi gh schools and colleges . In addition to th e gen er al Univer s ity g roup r eq uirements f or th e BS degree, students should take Botany 24, 25, 30, 116, 117, 120, 130, 240 ; Chemistry 3, 4, 5; Math 35; Zoo logy 112. Under exceptional circum stances some upper di vision Botany classes may be substituted f or one of the classes above a nd Chemi str y 10 and 11 may be substituted for Chemi stry 3, 4, 5. To supplement the foregoing courses, students with their advi ser

should select additional courses fro m the following r ecommended courses for field s of speciali zation. Cy tog enetics : Botany 104, 118, 150; Chemi str y 121, 122, 190; Physics 141; Zoology 3, 4, 131. Plant Pathology and V irology: Botany 125, 150; Appl. Stat. 51 , 131, 132 ; Bacteriology 70, 71; Chemistr y 121, 122, 190 ; Entomology 108; Horticulture 131; Math 46, 97, 98, 99; Phys ics 17, 18, 19; Zoology 3. Plant Physiology: Agronomy 106; Botany 150, 224; Chemistry 101, 115, 121 , 122 ; Math 46, 97, 98, 99 ; Ph ys ics 17, 18, 19, 140, 141; Physiology 130; Zoology 3, 4. T axonomy : Agronomy 56; Bota ny 104, 108, 112, 118, 125, 150; German 1, 2, 3; Latin 1, 2, 3; Range Management 126 ; Zoology 107, 131.

Graduate Study Mast er of S cien ce D egree. The depa rtment of Botany offers the Master of Science deg ree in the followin g specialized fi elds: Cytogen etics, Plant Pathology, Plant Phys iology, Taxonomy, Virology. Graduate studies are also offered in the Interdepartmental Curriculum in Plant Nu t rition and Biochemistry.

Botany and Plant Pathology 225 T he opportunities a nd facilities for research in t hese fi elds a r e greatly a ugmented through t he cooperation O>f the USU Agricultural Experiment Station, Un ited States Department of Agriculture, a nd th e Intermountain Herbarium. A candidate must submi t a t hes is on a topic within the field of hi s nnajor subj ect. The thesis a ltern ate, "P lan B," is not acceptable f or the Master' s Degree. Doctor- of Phi lo sophy DegTee . Th e Department of Botany, in cooperation with r elated departments, offers the degree of Doctor of Philosophy in the specialized fields of P lant Physiology, Virology and th e Inter-departmental Curriculum in P lant Nutr it ion and Biochemistry. Detai led information may be obta in ed f rom the department.

Herbarium Graduate study in plant taxonomy offered in the Department of Botany utili zes the extensive faciliti es of the Intermountain Herbarium. Most plant species that grow in Utah and the Intermountain r egion are represented in the herbari um.

Botany and Plant Pathology Courses 1. Principles of Biology. Basic life principles illustrated in bo th plant and animal form s. See lower divis ion group requirements. (5F, S ) Shaw 24. Elementary Botany. The structure, ph ys iology, and r eprodu ction of fl owering p lants. Cons ideration g iven to basic s tru cture and function s of cells, tissues, stems , roots , leaves, flow er s , fruits, and seeds. Three lectures, tw o labs. (5F, S) Boy le, S ha w

25. Elementary Botany. A survey o f th e plant kin gdom. Emphasis on compa r ative morp h ology a nd r eproductive processes of representa tives of the major groups of p lants. Introdu ction t o t h e class ification of th e vascular pl a nts. Three lectures, two labs. (5W) Boy le, S haw

30. Ta xonomy of Vascular Plants . T he kinds, r e lat io ns h ips, a nd class ifications o f vasc ular plants , chiefly of th is r egion. Ass umes a kn ow ledg e o f f und amental pri n cip les of bo tany. Th 1·ee lectures , two Jabs. (5 S) Holmgren, S haw

*''' 104 . Evolution of C ultivated Plants. Orig in, evolution a nd distr ibuti on of cer ta in selected p la nts w hich are of econom ic importance to man . Pt·e1·equ is ites : Bota ny 25, 30, Zoology 11 2 or equ iv a len t. L ec tures, read ings and stu dent reports. (3 S) Shaw I 08 . Agrostology. A taxonom ic study of native a nd impor ted grasses of weste rn ran ges. Spec ia l attentio n is g ive n to s pecies im portant in g r az in g and soil binding. Ass um es a kn owledge of fundam enta l p rin ciples of botany. Two lect ures, two labs . ( 4 W ) Holmgren 112 . Aquatic and Marsh Plants. A taxonomic and ecological study of aquatic and marsh p la nts. Emp has izes important food and cover pl a nts for wild li fe. A ss um es a kn ow ledge of t h e fund ame ntal principles of botany. T wo lectur es, two labs. (4F) Holmgren *116. Microtechnique. Principl es and m ethods in preparation o f p lant materials for microscop ic study; efficient use of the mic r oscope. Ass um es a kn owledge of fundamental princi p les of botany. (4 W) Boyie

117. Anatomy. Stru cture a nd d evelop ment of majo r cell types and tiss ues; comparative a n atomy of the s tem, r oot, and lea f of seedbear ing p lants. A ss um es a knowl edge of fundam enta l pr inciples of botany. T wo lectures, two Jabs. (4 W ) Royle 11 8. Cytogeneti cs. The structur~. functio n s and modifications of chrom osomes and t heir l'elations hi ps to genetic phenom en a. The lab o r atory emphasizes plant materials. Prerequ is ite : Zoology 112. Two lect ures, two labs. (4S) Boyle 120. Elementary Plant Physiology. Th e princ ipa l phys iological processes o f p la nts, includin g wa ter relatio ns, sy n t hesis a nd u se of foods, a nd growth phenomena. Prereq uis ites: Botany 24 an d Chem istry 12. (Chem istry 12 m ay be ta k e n co ncurrently. ) Four lectur es, one lab. Wiebe (5 W, S) *121. W a ter Relations of Plants. Factors affect ing t he ava ilab ility of w a t er, its a bso rption and use in plants, and t he effects of water deficits on plant processes. Prerequ is ite : Botany 120. (3W) Wiebe

*Taught 1962- 63. •• Taught 1963- 64.

226 College of Science *125. Morphology of Vascular Plants. Structu r e, deve lop m ent, reproduction, and evolution of the classes and orders of vascu l ar pla nts. Prerequ is ites : B ot any 24, 25, and 30. T hree lectures, two labs. (58 ) Shaw 130. Principles of Plant Pathology. Fundamental prin c ip les underlyin g di sea se in p lan'ts. The types of disease and meth ods o f st ud y g ive th e s tude nt a comprehensive view of plant pathology. A ss umes a knowled ge of botany f unda mentals. Three lectures, two labs . (5 F) Cannon *140. Forest Pathology. Nature, cause and control of disease affecting for est trees . Factor s indu cin g loss in forest products are e mph as ized. Prerequisites: Botany 24, 25, and 130, or on e quarter of p lant ecology. Three lectm路es, one la b. (4 W ) Cannon **150. Mycology. Comparative morph o logy and nuclea r beha vio r of t he fungi. A s ummary of t h e fi eld with spec ial attention g iven forms impo rtant in ag riculture, m edicin e, and indus try . Pre r equis ite: Botan y 25 . Three lectures, two labs. (5 \'i) Cannon

** 224 . Plant Growth and Development . Growth processes , w it h e m p h as is o n horm o n es, photo-period, do rm a n cy. Prerequ isite: Bota n y 120. (3 W) Wiebe 225. Mineral Nutrition of Plants. Ph ys iological and bioch e mi ca l processes in volved in the min e ral nutrition of hi g he r pl a nts . Cons iderati on wi ll be g ive n to s p ecifi c roles of each nu t rien t in plant g rowth a nd metabolism. Prerequisites: Botany 24, 120 and Che mistry 12. T wo lectures, two la b s. (4 F ) Miller 226.

Plant Virology.

Physical and chemical

prope~路ties of v iruses a nd their biological rela-

tionshi ps.

Prerequisite : Botany 120. (38) Welkie

Indi v idual instruc234. Special Problems. t io n. Credit arranged. (F, W, S, Su) Staff 24 0.

Seminar.

(1F, 1 W)

Staff

250. Research. Co nduct special research in plant cytolog y, pathology, physiology, or taxonomy. Individual instru ction . Credit arranged. (F, W, S", Su) Staff ' T aug ht 1962 -63 . '" Taug h t 1963-64 .

227 Depa.r tment of

Chemistry Melvin C. Cannon, H EAD, Sherwin Maese1路, EMERITUS, Delb ert A . Greenwood, Garth L. L ee, Harris 0 . V an Orden; A SSOCIATE PROFESSORS Richard H. Boyd, Grant Gill Smith ; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS G. Olaf Larson, William M. Mom路e, H. M. Nie lsen, L. Elmer Olson, J ack T. Spence, Frank R. St ermitz.

PROFESSORS

Office in Widtsoe Hall111

Major. The degree of Bachelor of Science in Chemi str y is a profess ional degr ee. Gradu ates who meet t he r equiremen ts of the American Chem ical Society, by whi ch the Department is approved, and who fi ll the r equirements of the Univer s ity as g iven in t hi s catalog, will be certified by t he Society. E ach major mu st attain at least a 2.5 average in Chemi stry, Physics and Mathematics co urses to qualify for graduation. Minor. A minimum of eigh t credits of upper divi sion Chemi str y courses is required for a Chemistr y Department approved minor. Suggested courses which will meet t hese requirements are: Chemistry 101, 115, 121, 122, 190. T eaching Major. A teachin g major in Chemi str y r equires th e completion of t h e fo llowin g minimum program: Chemistry 3, 4, 5, 101 , 115, 121, 122 and 190. Supportin g courses to be taken are Ph ys ics 17, 18, 19 and Ma themat ics 35, 44, 97, 98, 99. For a compos ite teaching ma j or in Physical Science the following minimum schedul e is recommended : Ch emistr y 3, 4, 5, 12 or 121, 101 or 190; Ph ysics 17, 18, 19, 122, 131 or 140 ; Mathematics 35, 44 or 46, 97, 98, 99. Required profess ional education courses for the teaching certificate are li ste d by the Coll ege of Education.

Chemical Engineering. Students in terested in obtaining a degree in Chemi cal Engin eerin g may pursue the first two yea rs of this program a t USU. Courses taken under this program will be accepted at other uni vers ities giving t he degr ee. Th e proposed curricu lum of stud y for Chemical En gineerin g is li sted in thi s catalog und er t he College of Eng in eering.

Graduate Study All n ew graduate students must take entrance examination s in inorganic, organic, physical and a nalytica l chem istry. These will be admini ste r ed three days before r egistration day in t he fall q uarter and by special arrangement at oth er times. Master of S cience Degree . The Chemistry Depart ment offers the Mas ter of Science degree with research in any one of t he following fi eld s : Analyt ical, Biological, Inorganic, Organic, and P hysical Chemistry. Besides graduate courses (in the 200 series ), courses 116, 124, 134, 135, 153, and 190 may be used in filling the requirements for t he Master's degree. Before admission to can didacy for th e degree, the student must pass examinations in General Chemistry, Qualitative Analysis, Quanti-

228 College of Science SOPHOMORE

tative Analysis, Organic Chemistry a nd Physical Chemi str y.

Doctor of Philo so phy Degree. The Chemistry Department offers advanced study and research leading to a degree of Doctor of Philosoph y. Before admission to candidacy the student must fulfill the following r equirements: (a) Pass a qualifying examination at the normal graduate level in Analytical, Organic, Phys ical and Inorganic Chemistry. Ordinarily, thi s is to be taken before the beginnin g of t he second academic year. (b ) Demonstrate a r eading compreh ension of German and of Ru ssian or French. (c) Pass a comprehen sive exam in ation in a field of specialization, not later than one academi c year befor e t he fin al examination on the thesis. (d ) Present an acceptable statement of a thesi s problem. The student should consult the School of Graduate Studies or the head of t he department concernin g other requirements. A graduat e program in Biochemis tTy and Nutrition leadin g to a Master of Science or a Doctor of Philosophy degr ee is availabl e in cooperation wit h depa rtmen ts 'givin g courses in these areas. Detailed in for mation may be found in thi s catalog under th e School of Graduate Studies.

FRESHMAN F

Chem istry 3, 4, Mat hema ti cs 3S, 46, 97 (or 34, 3S, 46) Engl ish 1, 2, 3 ··· ·----- ---------Mili tary or Air Scie nce or Phys ical Ed . E lect ives

s s

T ota l ...

To ta l

J UNIOR F.

Courses

w s

Ch em istry 190, 134 Ch em istry 104, 10S, 106 Chemistry 109, 110, 111 German 1, 2, 3 E lectives, g roup requiremen ts

4 3

s 17

T ota l

SENIOR Courses

w s

P h ys ics 122, 130 . Chemistry 152, 153, 150 Chem istry 160 Ch em istry 198, 199 Advanced Ph ys ical or Organic E lectives, group requ irements

1 3 8

1 3

1 3 10

T otal

Chemistry Courses 3, 4, 5. Chemical Principles a nd Qualitative Analysis. In t roductio n to c hemica l th eory a n d pr in c iples of che m istry, in c ludin g intr oductory qua lita t ive a nalys is . F or scie nce majors, pre-medica l and pre-denta l students and th ose w ho wi ll t ak e addi t ional Chem istry courses. Prerequisite : two of the f oll ow in g hig h sch ool courses : adva n ced algebra , ch em istry, physics o r eq ui valent. Three lectures, two l abs . Lee (SF, 5W , SS)

12. Elementary Organi c Ch emist ry. An int roducti on to o rgan ic chemistry . D es ig ned to foll ow Ch emistry 11 and completes a oneyea r termin al cou rse in chemistry . (58) Staff

31. Physical Science. Principles of ch emistry essential to understanding t h e physica l un iverse integrated for use in in terpreti ng human ex perience. In ten ded to h elp meet the physical science g roup requ i remen ts. Three lect ures . (3F, 3S) Maeser

w s s 5.

Ma th ematics 98, 99, 110 (o r 97, 98 , 99)1 Chem istry 121, 122, 115 Phys ics 20, 21, 22 ... Mili tary or Air Science or P h ys ical Ed .

10 , 11. Gene ra l Chemis try. Principles of inorga nic chemistry. Prerequ is ites: One unit o f hig h sch ool or co llege a lgebra . F our lec tu t·es, o ne lab. (S F, 5W, 5S) Staff

Chemistry Major Curriculum Cou rses

Courses

Chemistry 229 IOl. Elementary Phys ical Chemistry for Biologis ts. A lectu r e survey of bas ic quan t it a tive laws gover nin g chemical p r ocesses , a p p lied to examples of bio log ical in ter est. Mathem atical der ivations a r e kep t t o a m i nimum . R eco mm en ded as a prereq uisite f or t hose in terested in biological or medi cal r ePrer equis ites: Chemis try 12 or 5 ; s ea rch. M ath 34 or equi va le nt. Three lectures . (3S) S t a ff I04 , IO S, I06 . Physical Chemistry. Quantita ti ve m eth ods fo r solv ing p r oblems in ch emica l th erm od yn a mics, p has e cha n ge, electroch emistry, r eaction kine t ics, quan tu m t h eo r y, a nd m olec ular structu r e. Prerequ is it es: Chemis t ry S, 11S; P h ys ics 20, 2I, 22 ; M ath 99. Three lectur es. (3 F , 3W , 3S ) Moore I0 8. Dairy Chemistry. The chemis try of mi lk and milk products, incl udin g t ests f or ad u lte r a n ts, p res erv atives, and r outine methods of qu a ntitat ive a n a lys is of dairy products. P r er eq uis ite : Chem istr y I90 . (4W ) Van Orden I09, 110, 111. Experimental Physical Chemistry. L a boratory work correl a t ed w it h Chemistry I 04, I OS , I0 6. ( IF', IW, IS) Moore

Quantitative Anal ysis. 152. Intermediate T heo ry a.n d laborato r y practi ce of com p lex f o r mation , no n- aq ueo us syst em s , p r ecipi t ate fo1路mation, electr oan a lys is an d r elated top ics Preas app lied to q ua nti tative a n a lys is. req uis ites : C hemis try 10 6, 11 5. T w o lectu r es, one la b. (3F ) Cannon I S3. Ins trumental Analysis. Theor y and a pplication of ph ys ico-chemical m ethods of analys is . Select ed electrochemical and op t ical m eth ods. P r ereq ui si tes : Chemist ry I 06, 11S . Spence T h ree lectu res, one la b . (4W ) I SS. Glass Blowing. A la boratory course in t he techni que of m a n uf acturin g and rep a tnng pyrex b r a nd labo r ator y g lassware. (2W ) Staff I60.

U ndergraduate Seminar. ( IW )

Staff

I90 . Elementary Biochemistry. The chemis try of carb oh ydra tes, f a t s , protein s , en zymes , v ita mins , horm ones and min er a ls , and their trans f or m at io ns in p lants a nd animal s. Prerequ is ite : Chem.is try 12 o r 121. F our lectures , on e la b. (S F ) Van Orden I98. Undergraduate Research Credi t ar r a nged. (F , W, S ) I 99.

U ndergraduate Thesis.

( IF,

Problems. Staff

115. Quantitative Analysis. B asic theo r y and labor ato ry p r act ice in gra v imet ric and vo lum etric a n a lys is. Prerequis ites : Chemis try 5, Math 3S . Three lectu res, two labs. (SS ) Cannon

I W,

IS) Staff 2I 5. Advanced Physical Chemistry. Fundam en ta ls of chemical t hermody n a mics with ap plication to select ed problem s. Prerequis ite : C h emistry I 06 . Three lectures. (3F)

116. Inorganic Preparations. A labor a t ory cours e in pra ctical methods o f syn t h etic inorg a ni c ch emis try. Prerequi s ite: Ch emis try Lee S. (Credi t a rran g ed)

216 . Advanced Physical Chemistry. Thermodyn a mics of solution s and introduction to statis ti cal mechanics . Prerequis ite: Chemistry 215 . Three lectures. (3W ) Moore

Moore

I21, I22 . Organic Chemistry. F und a m entals of th e chemis try of carbon compounds . P re_ r eq uis i te : Ch emis try 5. F our lectu res, o n e l ab. (SF, SW ) Smith, Stermitz, Larson 124. Organic Preparations. An adv an ced la b01路ator y course in the s ynthesis of comp lex com po unds . Prer eq u is ite : Ch emistr y I 22 . (3F ) Smith, Larso n I34. Qualitative Organic Analysis. The class ifica ti o n, r eactio ns and labora.tor y wor )c in vo lved in th e id entification of un kn own or ga ni c compo unds . Prer equis ites: Ch emistry li S, I22. (4S ) Larson 135. Chemical Literature. Exer cises i n find~ in g , a ssemblin g a nd us ing info rm at ion avail~ ab le in t ec hni cal p ubli ca t ion s. (3S ) S taff

I50. Inorganic Chemis try. Stud y o f the ele路 men ts, comp o unds a nd bo n d in g t heo ri es based u pon t he atom ic str uctu r e. P rerequis ite: Chemis try I0 4. Three lectures. (3S) Lee

2I7. Advan ced Physical Chemistry. Chemica l k ine ti cs , m olecul a r s truct ure a nd a dv a nced top ics. P re r eq uis ite: Ch emistry 2 I6. (3S )

Moore 218. Quantum Chemistry. W ave m echanical app lication s to problems of chemical b ondin g . Prer equ is ite: Chemistr y 216. Three lectures. (3F) Staff

2I 9. Statistical Mechanics. Class ical s t a tis t ica l m ech a ni cs, Holt zm a n distributi ons, s tat is t ical t h e rm odyn a mics, Fermi Dira c and Bose-Ein s te in s t a ti s ti cs . Prer equis ite : Chemis t ry 21 6. Three lectures . (3W ) Staff 22S , 226, 227. Advanced Organic Chemistry. Extended studi es in orga ni c chemistr y. PreJ"eq uis ites: C hemi s try 106 , 122. Three lectures. (3 F, 3 W , 3S ) Smith, Stermitz 228, 229 . Theoretical Organic Chemistry. S t ructure and m echanism in orga ni c chemis try w ith emphas is on electroni c in terpret ati ons and kin etics. Th ree lec tures . (3F , 3W ) Smith, Stermitz

230 College of Science 230. Synth eti c Organic Che mistry. A study of recent m e thods of or ga ni c sy nthesis. Three lectures. (3 S) Staff

231.

Heterocyclic Co mpounds.

(3F)

Sterm itz

232. The Colloidal State an d S urfa ce Ch e mist r y. App li cation o f p h ys ica l- ch em ical principles to su 1·face phenome na. Fundamental properties and t h eo ri es of colloidally dispersed systems . Exa mples of colloidal b eh av ior selected from d iverse field s . Prerequis ites: Chemistry 2I5 ; Math 99 . Three l ectu r es. Staff (3 W) 233. S p ecial Topics in Organic Three lectures . (3F, 3W, 3S)

Ch e mist ry . Staff

250. Advanced Inorganic Che mistry . Modern topics and theories in i norganic chemistry. Prerequisites: Chemistry I 06, 150. Three l eeLee tures. (3S) 252. C r ystal Chemis try . An interpretation of c hemi ca l and phys ica l properties of crystals. Structura l properties dedv ed from X-ray crystal lograp h y are emphasized. P r ereq uis ites : Ch em istry 2I6; Math 99. Three lectures. (3S) Staff

253. Advanced Chemical Kin etics a nd Rate Theory. Fundamental principles gover nin g r eaction t·ates . Advanced topics. Prerequis ites : Chem istr y 217, 2I9. Three lectures. (3S ) S taff 260.

290 . Tox i cology . The effects of selectedl chem ica l compounds on li ving o rga nisms. Prerequisites : Chem istry 190 and 122. Three lectures. (3S) Gr ee nwood

G r a du ate Seminar. ( IF, 1W, I S)

Staff

272. Advanced Topics in Analytical C h e mis t ry. Mod ern developments in q u a n t itat ive a n a lysis, methods of separation , statistical treatment of data, measurement of pH, and other top ics . Prerequ is ites: Ch e mistry 106 , 152. Three lectures . (3F) Ca nnon, Spence 273. Advanced Instrumental Anal ysis. Radiochemical m ethods , mass spectroscopy, e lectron mi c1·oscopy. Prerequisites: Chemistry 106, 153 . Three lectures. (3 S) Staff 274. A dvan ced Analytical C h e mistry. Special Problems. Ct·edit arra n ged . (F, W, S) Staff 289. Animal Metabolism . Feed in g experim e n ts invo lving develop m ent of ami n o acid, v itamin, minera l, and oth e r nutt·itio n al defi ciencies in an imals . Chemica l and b iolog ical tests made on rations, an im al tissues, blood, uri n e, and other secretion s a nd exc r e tion s when indi cated. Cred it arranged . (F, W, S) Greenwood

291. Toxicology La borato ry. Qual itative and. quan titat ive deter minati on s of in orga ni c and. orga nic poisons. Observatio n s o f sy mptoms w hi ch develop upon adm inistr at io n of p o ison s. To accompa n y Chemistry 290. Two labs. (2S) G r ee nwood 292. Advan.ced Bioch e mi str y Lab.: Biochemical Analysis. Problem s in metabolism, micromethods of blood an d urine a n a.l ys is, with t h eir appl ication s to metabolis m and to t h e d iagnos is and treatme n t of di s ease. Prerequisite: C h em istry 190 . To accompan y or follow Ch emistry 296 . Two Jabs . (2 or more S ) Van Orden 293. Advanced Biochemistry Lab.: Biochemical P r e parations. Prepa 1·atio n of enzy m es, and a mino acids. Pret·equ is ite : C h em istry 190. T o accompa ny Chemistry 295 . Tw o Jabs. (2 or more W ) Van Orden 294. Advanced Biochemistry Lab.: Biological Assays. Microbiological and colorimetric methods for determ i nation of vitam in s and amino acids in plant and a nim al t issues. Pret·equisites : Chem is try 190; Bacte riol ogy 70 or 71. To accompany o r follow Chemi stry 297. Two Jabs . (2 or m o re F) Van Orden 295. Advanced B ioc h e mistry: Enzymes. Enzymes a n d t h eir fu n ction s in plan ts and animals . P rerequ is ites: Chem is try 101, 190. Three lectures . (3W) Van Orden 296. Advanced Biochemistry: Principles of Metabolism. Carbohydrates, fats a nd prot e in s and their metabo lis m in plan ts and animals . Pre requ is ites: Chem istry 101, 190. T hree lectures. (3S)

Van Orden

297. Advanced Biochemistry: Vitamins. Vitamins and h o rm o<nes and their functions in plants and anima ls . Prerequisite: C'h em istr y I90. Three lect.ures . (3F) Van Orden N utrition and An. Hus . 270)

Biochemistry

298. Graduate ( F, W, S)

Research.

Seminar.

Credit

(See

arranged . Staff

D epart11zent of

Geology PROFESSOR J. Stewart Williams, Hardy, Donald R. Olsen.

HEAD; ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS

Clyde T.

Office in Main 286

Bachel01· of Science Deg1·ee. For a major in Geology the followin g courses are required: Chemistry 10, 11; Civi l Engineering 81; Mechanical Engineering 21, 22; Engli sh 111; Geology 3, 4, 5, 101, 102, 106, 108, 110, 111, 11 3, 114, 115, 118 ; Mathematics 35, 46; Physics 17, 18, 19; and Zoology 3. Recommended are Mathematics 97, 98, 99; Civil Engineering 84, 181; German 1, 2, 3; Photography 51; Chemistry 5, 12 ; and Physics 20, 21 , 22. Geology Club: The Geology Club, under genera l supervision of the department, is an organization for all Geology ma jors .

Graduate Study Ma ster of Science Degree. Th e Department of Geology offers advanced study and research leading to the Master of Science degree. Graduate students of other departments may take any course in the 100 series for credit.

Introductory Geology. For areas. (5F, W, S)

3 1. P h ys ical Science. E lements of geology integ rated w i th astronomy, chem istJ·y, mathematics, and physics fot· use in i nterpreting human expe rience. Designed to help fill the ex act science group requireme n t. (3F, W ) Olsen 101. Mineralogy. Identification of minerals by p hys ica.I and chemica l tests. Elementary crystallograp hy. Prerequisites: Geology 3 and Chemisti·y 10, 11. (5F) Olsen

102. Optica l Mineralogy and Petrography. Determination of minerals by using the petrograph ic microscope. Classification of ig neou s rocks. Prerequisites: Geo logy 101 a nd Physics 19. (5W) Olsen 1031• Engineering Geology. Application of geo logy to engineering problems. (38) Williams 106. Invertebrate Pa leontolog y . Int1·oduction to t h e study of invertebrate fossi ls. M eth ods of preJ>aration. Prerequisites : Geo logy 4 anrl Zoology 3. (58') Willia m s 10 8. Stratigraphy and Sedimenta tion . •·equis ite : Geology 3. (5 W )

Hard~·

110. St ru ctural ogy 3. (5 F)

GeolHardy

Geology.

Prerequ is ite:

Pre-

111. Petroleum Geology. Accumulation and o1·ig in of petrol eu m. Subsurface m eth ods util ized in explo ration. Prerequ is ites: Geo logy 108, 110. (58) Hardy

Geology Courses n o n ~sc iencc

5. Mi n e ral s and Rocks. Identification of commo n minerals and rocks. Prerequisite : Geology 1 or 3. (38) Olsen

students in H ardy

3. Physical Geology. For majors in Geology, Forest and R a n ge Management, Engineering, Agronomy, and other sciences. (5F, W , S) Olsen 4. Histo rica l Geology. Physical histo ry of the earth and the development of I ife as indicated by the geologic record. (5F, W, S) Hardy

11 3. Economic Geology. Geologic occurrence of m eta llic and non -metallic mineral depos its. Pre requis ites : Geo logy 101, 110. (58) Olsen 114. Geo logic Field Methods . Preparation of geo logic and topograph ic maps utilizing the pl a ne table. Measurement of strati graphic sections. Survey of geop hys ica l techn iques. Prerequ is ites: Geology 3 and C iv il Engineering 81. (5S) Hardy

232 College of Science 115 . S urficial Geology . Processes active on s urf ace of earth , u ncon solid ated depos its, a nd geo m or p hology. R ecen t geolog ic events . Fo r maj ors in Forest and Ran ge Manage m e n t , Eng i neerin g , a nd A g r onomy. Pre reQuis i te : E le m entary geology. (SF) Williams 116. Special Problems. Directed study of selected proble ms . Writte n report requ ired. Staff ( 1-6 F , W, S) 117. Ground-Water Geology. Geologic conditions that control th e occu rrence and puri ty of g rou nd water wi th special reference to western U nited States. Prerequi s ite: Geo logy 3. (4 W) Williams

1! 8.

Geologic F ield Course. (8Su)

Stafif

210.

Gradua t e Seminar. (2 -5 F, W , S)

Stafif

2!2 .

Stratigraph! c Paleontology. (3F )

213.

Paleozoic Stratigraphy. (3 W )

214.

Mesozoic a nd Cenozoi c Stratigraphy . ( 38 ) Hardy

21~.

Regional Tectonics . (3 W )

William:s Williarn.s

Hardy

2!6 .

Petrography. (3 S )

Olse.,

2 17.

Petrogenes is. (3F )

Olsen

220.

Thesis. (5-15 F, W , S)

Staff

D epartment of

Mathematics (Mathematics and Mathematical Statistics) N eville C. Hunsaker-, J oe Elich; ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Char-les H. Cunkle, MaTy N elson, Konr-ad S upr-unowicz; ASSI STANT PROFESSORS L awr路ence 0. Cannon, John GerTie ts, R obert G. H ammond, W endell L. P ope, W nyne R. R ich, E . E . Underwood. PROFESSORS

Office in Engineering-Physical Science C-306 T wo ma jors are offered by the Mathematics Department for the Bachelor of Science deg r ee. Students in te ndin g to ente r g radua te stud y in Math ematics, t hose int endin g to teach Mathematics in a junior college or a uni ver s ity, and those expecting indu strial employm en t as math ematicians take th e r egula r ma jor. Those intendin g- to t each Math ematics in th e secondary sch ools may elect to fill the r equirements for a t eaching major. Regular majors are req uired to complete Mathematics 110, 130, 131, 132 and fifteen addi tional credits of upper di vision Mathematics selected from courses o th ~:r t han 140, 141 , 142, 150, 151 and 152. Ph ysics 20, 21 and 22 are r equired a nd nine credits of upper

division Physics are recommended. Those expecting to obtain a degree hi g her than a B.S . degr ee in Mathematics shou ld have a readin g knowledge of French , German, or Ru ss ian . A depart men t -approved teachin g ma jor mu st include Mathemat ics 99, 150, 151, 152 a nd an a dditiona l nin e credit hours of upper divi s ion Mathematics selected from Mathema tics 120, 123, 124, 175 or other courses meetin g departmenta l approval. A depa rtment-approved t eaching minor must include Mathematics 98 and 150, a nd should include Mathematics 120 and 124. All students majorin g in Mathematics mu st have had Plane and So lid Geometry. Plane Geometry

Mathematics 233 iis a prerequi site for a ll university nnathematics except Mathematics 20, 34, 35 and 60. If a student completes both Mathe matics 24 and 34, credit will be a llowed for on ly one of th ese courses. All courses to be used as preJrequi sites must be completed w ith a grade of "C" or better.

J 16.

Mo de rn A lgebra .

Prerequis it e : 99. (3 F ) Staff

J J 7.

Modern Algebra. Pre r eq ui s ite : 116. ( 3W ) Staff

11 8.

Modern Algebra. P rerequ is i te : 117. (3S ) Staff

119. Theory of Equations. (3 W ) J 20.

Modern Geometry. Pre r equis ite : 99.

122. Ordinary req uis ite : 110.

123.

Prerequis ite : 99 . Staff

Nu mb e r

Differential (3 )

Theory.

Equations.

B.S. 42.

P la ne Geometry. (F, W; no credi t) Staff

2 0. E lementary Mathematical Concepts. F or pros pective teachers in the e lementary sch ools. ( 5F, W, S ) Staff 2 4. General Freshman Mathematics . A te r~ rrn in al course fo r students w h o are not s p ec ia li:zd ng in mathematics , engineerin g, o r the p hys ical s ciences . Gred it wi ll not be g iven f o r both Math 24 and Math 34. Prerequis ite : A y ea r of hi g h s chool algebra and pl a n e g-eometry. (3F) Staff

25.

General Freshman r equ isite : 24 . (3W )

Mathematics.

26. General Freshman requ is ite: 25. (3S)

Mathematics.

33. Sol id Geometry, or equ i val e nt. (2S)

Prerequisite :

PreStaff PreStaff

Math 34 Staff

34. Introdu ction to College A lgebra. P rere qu is ite : One y ear of high schoo l algeb ra. It is recomm e nd ed that s tudents with mor e th a n one year o f high s c hool algebra reg ister for Math 35. Daily. (3F, W, S ) Staff 35. Coll ege Algebra. (5F, W, S ) 44. P la n e (3S)

Prerequis ite:

34. Staff

Trigonometry .

Prerequis ite :

Plane Trigonometry. (5F, W, S )

Prerequis ite :

46.

Descr iptive Astronomy. (3S')

Staff Staff

Calculus.

Prerequis ite :

110. Calcu lus and Differential Prerequisite : 99. (5F, W, S)

Calculus .

127. Numerical (3W )

Cal culus.

Pre requis ite:

126. Staff

128. N umerical (3S)

Ca lc ulus.

Pre requis ite:

127. Staff

Prerequis ite:

99. Staff

130. Advanced (3 F )

Calculus.

Prerequis ite:

110. Staff

13>1. Advanced (3W )

Calculu s.

Prerequisite:

130. Staff

132. Advanced (3S)

Calculus.

Pre requ is ite :

131. Staff

134. Elementary Metric Topology. s ite : 99. (3)

PrerequiStaff

140 . Advanced E n gineering P1路erequ is ite: Math 110. (3F)

Mathematics. Staff

1路11. Advanced Engineering Pre r equisite : Math 140. (3W)

Mathematics . Staff

142 Advanced Engineering P1路e requis ite: Ma t h 141. (3S)

Mathematics. Sta ff

145.

Vector Analysis.

Prerequis ite : 99.

(3) Staff

151. Mathematics for Secondary School Teachers. Prerequ is ite : Math 150. (3W ) Staff

Mathematics of

99. Integral (5F, W, S )

126. N um e rical (3F)

35.

50.

97. Analytic Geometry and Calculus. requisite : 44 or 46. (5F, W, S)

PrerequiStaff

150. Mathematics for Secondary School Teachers. Prerequ is ite : Math 98. (3F) Staff

Staff

(3S)

124. Foundations of Mathematics. s it e : 99. (3 )

(3 ) Staff

35 . Staff

60.

Finance.

PreStaff

Pre requi s ite : 99.

Mathematics Courses

(3) Staff

PreStaff 8. Staff

Equ_ations. Staff

152. Mathematics for Secondary School Teache'rs. Prerequisite: Math 151. (3S) Staff 153. (3)

Mathem atica l Readings. Pre requis ite : 99. Staff

160. Determi n ant and Matrix r eq ui s ite: 99. (3)

Theory.

PreStaff

175. Teaching of Mathematics in the Secondary Schools. Pre requ is ite: Ma t h 152. ( 3S ) Staff

234 College of Science 216. Topics in A bstract Algebra. s ite : Mat h 118. (3F)

Prerequ iStaff

217. Topics in A bstract Algebra . s i te : Mat h 216. (3W)

P re requ iStaff

218 . Topics in Abstract site: Math 217. (3S)

Prerequ iStaff

Algebra .

234 .

Topology.

(3F)

Staff

23S.

Topology. Prerequis ite : 234. (3 W )

Staff

236.

Topology.

S taff

246.

Tensor A n alys is .

250.

Grad u a t e Semina r. ( JF, 1W, 1S)

251.

Real Variables .

Prerequis i te : 132. (3F) St a ff

252.

R eal Variables.

Prerequis ite: 251. (3 W) Staff

253.

Real Varia bles.

Prerequis ite : 252.

Prerequ is ite : 132

Prerequisite : 235 . (3S) Prerequis ite:

145. (3) Staff Staff

(3S) Staff

254. Theory of Fun ctions. Prerequis ite: 132 . (3F) Staff 255. Theory of F un cti ons. (3 W)

Pre requisite: 254. Sta ff

256. Theory of Functions. (3S)

Prerequisite : 255. Staff

257. Advanced Applied r eq uis it e: 132. (3)

Mathematics.

PreStaff

258 . Advanced Applied r equis ite: 257. (3)

Mathematics.

PreStaff

259. Advanced Applied req uis i te: 25 8. (3)

Mathematics.

PreStaff

Tim e an d cred it

arStaff

260. Gradu ate Thesis. ranged. (F, W, S )

Mathematical Statistics Students can get a Bachelor of Science in Mathematical Statistics. Th e work in Mathematical Statist ics has a t h ree-fold purpose: (a) To tra in professional statisticians. ( b ) To in struct students who wi sh to broaden th eir mathema tical studies or who seek a mathematical background for st udies in Economics, Sociology, Genetics, Biometry, Psychology and Education . (c) To conduct research in statistics and train competent consu ltants on statistical problems. Mathematics 99 or its equivalent is required of all students taking statistics. If students wi sh to ma jor or minor in Statistics, t h ey take courses 160 to 167 inclusive in Statistics, plus Math ematics 110, 130, 131, and 132.

Statistics C ourses 161. Calculus 99. (S F )

P robabili ty.

Prerequ isite : Staff

162 . Mathematics of Statistics . 99 a n d 161. (5W)

Pre requ is ite : Staff

163. Mathematics of Stati stics. 162. (5 S)

Pre requ is ite : Staff

** 166. Sequential A nalysis a nd Control of Quality of Output in Manufacturing. (3S) Staff ** 167. Statistical Reading and Reports. (35) Staff ** Taug h t 1963_64.

235 Department of

Physics John K. Wood, HEAD; ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Jack E. Chatelain, Jurg en R. Meyer-Arendt; ASSISTAN T PROFESSORS W. Farrell Edwards, Jay 0. Jensen, Akeley Miller. PROFESSOR

Office in Engineering and Physical Science 201

Bachelor of Science Degree. Requirements for a Physics ma jor : Forty-five credits, of which thirty credits mu st be upper division courses. Certain approved courses in upper division Engineering, not to exceed ten credits, may be counted. A Physics major must complete a senior project approved by t h e department. Th e following sequence of courses is recommended for students wishing to continue in graduate study in Physics: Freshman Year: Mathematics 35, 46, 97 : Chemistry 3, 4, 5; English 1, 2, 3; German, Russian, or other group electives. Sophomore Year: Physics 20, 21, 22; Mathematics 98, 99, 11 0; German, Russian, or other group electives. Junior Year: Physics 15 3, 154, 155, 188 ; Mathematics 130, 131, 132 or 140, 141, 142; Physics 166, 167, 168 or electives. Senior Year: Physics 125, 126, 127, 175, 176, 177, 188 or electives. A minor in Physics will be approved on completion of Physics 153, 154, 155 or Physics 175, 176, 177. Nine credits of upper division Physics courses including 122 and 130 may be substituted on departmental approval. T eaching Major: For a teaching major in Physics or a composite teaching ma jor in Physics and Mathematics, a student should complete the following minimum pro-

gram: Ph ys ics 17, 18, 19, 122, 130, 131, three credits in 188; Mathematics 35, 46, 97, 98, 99, 110. Required profess ional education courses for the teaching certificate are li sted in the College of Educat ion .

Graduate Study Mas t er路 of Sci ence Degr路ee. A candidate for t he degree of Master of Science in Physics mu st take an entrance exam ination administered by the department and present General Physics, General Chemistry, Calculus, one additional year of Mathematics and upper division courses in five of the fo llowing areas: Mechanics, Heat and Thermodynamics, Geometrical and Physical Optics, Electricity a nd Magnetism, Modern and Nuclear Physics, Meteorology, Physical Chemistry, Electronics, Sound . A student having earned fewer than six credits in certain of these five fi elds may be requested to take additional work in those areas as part of the work for the Master's degree. Doctor路 of Philosophy Degree. The Physics Department in cooperation with related departments offers the Doctor of Philosophy degree. The examination schedule for this degree is as follows: Entrance examination; qualifying examination at the start of the second year of study; language examinations in

236 College of Science German a nd French or Ru ss ian; comprehensive examination an y time prior to one year before t he final exam ination on the thesi s . Detailed information may be obtained from the department or from the Dean of the School of Graduate Studies.

Physics Courses 6. Gen eral P h ysics. A survey course in phys ics, with a labo ratory. Covers funda mental physical principles with emphas is on how a problem is approached and sol ved in phys ics . i4F. W . S ) Staff 16. Introductory Meteorology. A n on-ma.t h ematical treatment of physical laws govel'ning t h e atmosph ere and its phenomena. Brief s tudy o f th e polar-fro nt- t h eo r y, a ir-mass a nalys is , weath e t· map l'eading , forecasting, and information required b y t he Civil Aeron aut ics Adm. for fl y in g. (3F) Jensen 17, 18, 19. General Physics. Mechanics, elect l"icity, ma g n etis m, heat, lig h t , sound, atomic and nuclear physics f o r n on-science m ajors . Pre>·eq ui s ite : Math 26 or Math 44 or 46 . R ecommended: Mat h 97. Should be taken in sequ e nce except with permiss ion of in s tructor. Two lectures , t hree rec itation s and on e Jab pe r week. (5F. 5W, 5S ) Staff 20. 21, 22. General Physics.- Science. Mechan ics. e lectricity, magnetis m, heat, lig ht, so und, ato mi c a nd nuclear phys ics for s cien ce majo1·s a nd e ngineers. Prer eq uis ite : Ma t h 97. R ecommend ed: co n cu1·rent r egistt·a t io n in Math 98. T o be taken in sequen ce except wi t h pe rmiss io n of instructor. Two lectures, thr ee r ecitations and o n e lab per wee k. (S F, 5W, 58) Staff 3 1.

Physical Science.

See Phys ics 6.

Ca lcu lus a nd P h ys ics 17, 18. 19 o r 20. 2 1. 22 a r e prer equ is ite f o1· a ll courses numbe r ed a bove IOU except 107 and 11 5 . 107. History and Literature of P h ysica l Scien ce. P re1·eq uis ite: on e quarter co urse in phys ics or permiss ion of in stru ctor. T hree lectur es . (S . Su ) Cred it a nanged. Staff

Demonstration Techniques in P h ysics. Study a nd use o f the equ ipme nt and m ethod s n ecessary for v is u a li z ing t h e problems studi ed in phys ica l sc ience. Studen ts ar e r equi r ed to build s imple expe1·iments and present t h em be rore t he class . Prerequis ite : At leas t one q ual'ter o f phys ics o r permission o f t h e ins tructo r . Two lec tures, one Jab. (Credit arranged ) . Staff 115 .

11 7. General Meteorology. Phys ics of the Air. Atmosphere phys ics a nd weather phen o m e n a, us in g both dy n a mi c and " sy noptic procedur es. Brief stud y of m etJorol og ical apparatus, obse rva tions, map r eading, forecastin g , and basi c principles o f aeronautical meteorolog y. Prerequis i tes : P hysi cs 19 or 22 and Ca l cu lus . Four lec tures. one l a b. (58) Jensen 122. Modern Physics. For engineering, sciJensen ence, and teach in g majors. (3F ) 125. 126, 127. Modern Physics. Application o f s pecial relati v ity a nd quantum m echanics to ato mic str ucture, m o-lecular phys ics, solid s tate phys ics, x~1·ay s and nu c lear phys ics. Prer equis ite: P h ys ics 155 or 177 . Three l ect ures, o ne r ecitation . (4F, W , S ) Edwards 130. Nuclear Physics. A survey of m ethod s a nd r es ults of recent in vestigatio n s of nuclear proc<·sses. T o fo llo w Phys ics 122. (38) Edwards

Nuclear Detection Methods. Des igned t o fam iliarize th e stu den t with t he in strum en ts ,. t E:chniques o f m eas urem en t, a nd elements of hea lth safeg uards used in nuclea r phys ics . Staff (2 F. W. S )

131.

Biophysics I. Founda t ions o f phys ical measurements in biolog y w it h em p has is on optical m eth ods : .mic r osco py in cluding phas an d in terfe r en ce, S·p ectoscopy , X-ray techniques , crystal analys is . Pt·erequisite : Phys ics 19 or 20. ( 3F ) Meyer-Arendt 140.

141. Biophysics II. Intl·oductio n t o quantit ative biology. Th e und et·] y in g ph ys ical principl es in volved in bioph ys ical pheno m e na a 1·e di sc ussed. Prer equ is ite: Phys ics 19 or 22. f3W) Staff 143. Radiobiology. Des ig n ed to acqua int s tude n ts in Medical T echn ology , Bota ny , Zoology. Pre-medicin e, P1·e-veter in a r y an d A g ri cultur e w it h a found a t io n o f techniques in health p h ys ics, radia t ion m on ito rin g and m easur ing and isotope h a ndling. Prereq uis ite : One q ua r ter o f general phys ics. (3) Jensen 146 . Sound. An inte rm ed iate co urse in sou nd a.nd v ibration. (3S) Wood

153. 154 , 155. Analytical Mecha ni cs. PreJ'equ is ite : Differ e n t ial Equations. (3 F, 3W, 3S ) Ch atelain 166 , 167, 168. Wave Theory and Optics. Th1·ee-quarte r seq uence covering optics and r e lated topics . E mph as is on wave m otio n and c: ifft·actio n phenomena: a lso geom etrica l optics, abe rration s. in tet·fere n ce, polarization, x -ray optics, and atomic s pec tra. Three lectu res . C redit for lab arranged . (3F, 3W, 3S) Meyer- Arendt

Zoology 237 175, 176 , 177. E lec tri ci t y and Mag n etism. E lectrostatics. mag netostatics, D. C. and A.C . circu its, e lectromag net is m, a nd electro111agnet ic theory. Use of the calculus and differen tial eq u ation s. (3F, 3W, 3S) Miller

S pec tra, a nd S pec tog raphic Meas urements . (3 F, 3W, 3S ) S taff 23 0, 23ÂˇI. 232.

N ucl ea r Ph ys ics . (3F, 3W, 3S) Edwards

188. S pecia l Problems in Experim ental Ph ys ics . A laboratory course to g ive the advanced stude nt experience w i th precis ion instrum.ents an d the ir use in ph ys ics. Mu st be taken w it h M odern Ph ys ics, E lectri c ity and Magnet is m , Optics an d Acoustics. 1 to 3 per quarte tâ&#x20AC;˘. (F, W , S) S t a ff

240 , 24 I , 242. 3S)

Advanced Biophys ics . (3 F, 3W , Staff

I 93, I 94 , I 95. S eminar in Physics. A weekjy meeting of staff a nd p hys ics majors , cons isting of reports on recent developm en ts in physics . Students receive cred i t for course by m ak ing repo r ts. (IF, IW , IS) Staff I 96, I97 , I98 . (IF, IW, IS)

Selected Reading in

Phys ics. S t a ff

25 0. Resear ch (F, W, S)

Ph ysi cs .

Cred it

arra nged . Staff

260, 261, 262. Thermodynamics. Kinetic: Theory , Statistica l Thermodynamics. (3F, 3W , 3S) Chatelain

270 , 27 I , 272 . 3W, 3S)

Quantum

Field Theory. (3F, Chatelain

285, ?8 6, 28 7. Introductory Quantum Mechanics . Prerequ isite: Advanced Calculus . Chatelain (3F, 3W , 3S )

Courses nu mbered above 200 m ay be taken b y u n de r grad uates o nl y wi t h th e approva l of the in s tructor a nd the head of the departm ent.

290 , 29I , 292 . (3F, 3W, 3S)

Theoretical M echanics.

2 IO, 2Il. X-Ra y Diffraction ; X-Ray C rystallogra phy. (3 W , 3S) W ood, Mill e r

293, 294, 295. (IF, I W , IS)

Graduate Seminar in Physics. Staff

2I 4.

Soil Phys ics. (See Agron om y 2I4 . )

220,

22I ,

222 .

Atomic

Spectra,

Molec ula r

Edwards

29 6, 29 7, 298. Theoretical Magnetism . (3F, 3W , 3S)

Electricity

and Baker

D epartment of

Zoology (Zoology, Entomology, Physiology, Pre-Den tis try, Pre-Medicine, Nursing) PROFESSORS Datus M. H ammond, H EAD, Thom as L. Bahler, Eldon J. Gardner, George F . Knowlton, William F . S igler; ASSO CIATE PROFESSORS Donald W . Davis, K eith L. p ixon, Merrill H. Gunnell, B . Austin Haws, Gene H . L infor-d ; AS SISTA N T PROFESSORS R aymond T . S anders, John R. S immons; COLLABORATORS George E . Bohart, Howard E .. Dorst, Paul R. Fitzger-ald, Elb er-t R . Jaycox, A . Earl Johnson, Edsel C. Jor-genson, Marshall D. L evin, William P. Nye, H eber F . Thornley.

Office in Forestry-Biological Sciences 105

B achelor- of S cienc e Degr-ee . For a m aj orin Zoology the follo wing courses must be taken: Zool ogy 3, 4, 107, 112 ; Entomology 115 or Zoology 116 ; 118 or 119; 127 or 128; 131 ; also Entomology 13 and Ph ysiology 121, 122. The fol -

lowin g courses are recommended : Ma th 34, 35, 44 ; Applied Statistics 131, 132 ; Chemistry 3, 4, 5, 121, 122 ; Physics 17, 18, 19; Botany 24, 25 ; Bacteriology 70, 71 ; Wildlif e 160; Geology 3, 4. If one is pla nning graduate work leading

238 College of Science toward th e PhD degree, study of fo reign languages is recommended. FaT a p1·e-medical majo1· in Zoology, the li sted pr e-medical requirements mu st be completed, and in addition the foll owin g co urses mu st be taken: Zoology 107, 127 or 128, 131, a nd e ith er 116 or Entomology 115.

Graduate Study Ma ster of Science Deg?" ee. Th e Zoology Departmen t offers a Mast er of Science degree in variou s phases of Agricul t ural Entomology, Genetics, Medical Entomology, Systematic Entomology, Ph ysiology, P a r as itology, Mammalogy, Orn it hology, and Herpetology. DoctoT of Philosophy DegTee. Cooperatively with related departments, advanced study and r esearch is offered fo r t he attainment of t h e degr ee of Doctor of Philosophy in spec ialized fields of Zoology, Entomology and Ph ysiology. Fu rth er informat ion may be obtain ed from t he department or from the Dean of the School of Graduate Studies.

Zoology Courses Prin ciples of Biology . See Biology I under Integrated Courses in Prog ram in General Education , Coll ege of Humanities a nd Arts. 1.

3, 4. Genera l Zoology. D etailed study of th e an ima l kingdom w it h emph asis on structure, func t ion, evolu t io n a r y r e lat ions hi ps and n atu ral history . Zoology 3 is prim ar il y co n ce rn e d w i t h the in verteb1·a te phyla a nd is a pre r equ is ite f o r Zoology 4, w hich emphas izes t h e vertebrates. Three lectures , two labs. (5F, 5W, 5S) Staff 101. Invertebrate Zool ogy. The m or e important phy la of in ver t eb rates, w it h so m e co ns ide ration of t h e local faun a. Pre r equ is ites : Zoo logy, 3. T h ree lectu res, two labs. (5S) Sta ff 102. Huma n Genetics. A beg inning course cover in g t h e bas ic pr in ciples of genetics. Sim il ar to 112 but less tec hni ca l. Huma n genetics is emphas ized. Not open to students w it h cred it in 11 2 . Prerequ is ite : At leas t on e course in b iological scien ce. Five lectures. (5 8 ) Linford

His tor y a nd Literature of Biology. The m o r e impo r tant men and ideas in the historica l development of biology. (4F) Ga rdn er

10 7.

11 2. Principles of Genet ics. A begin nin g cou rse d ea lin g with t he bas ic princ iples of ge n eti cs . Illustrative m aterial is taken fr om a nim als, plants a nd m.a n. P r er eq uis ite : Zoology 3 an d 4 or Botany 25 a nd 25 . Four lectu t·es . one l ab. (5F, W , S) Gardner

Parasitology. Protozoa and worms para_ s i t ic in m a n , domestic animals a n d w il d ani mals , an d r elat ions hi ps between pa r asites and t heir hosts. P r erequ is ite: Zoolog-y 3. Three lectu r es, two labs . ( 5S) Bahler

116.

11 8. Vertebrate Embryolog y. An introduction to the pr in cip les of development of t h e ve r te brates . Pl·erequisite : Zoology 4 o r equ iva l ent. Three lectures, two labs. (5 S) Dixon

Comparative Anatomy. Fu n dam e n ta ls of structu re of the main types of ve rteb r ates are stu died compar ativel y. Prer eq uis ite : Zoology 4 or equ ivalent. Three lectures, two labs. (5 W ) Dixon 119.

121. Ornithology, Structure, classifi cation, d istribution a nd annua l cycles of birds, w it h emph as is o n study of the loca l f au n a in t h e field . Prerequ is ite: Zoology 4. Two lectures, two labs. ( 4S) Dixon

122 . Mammalog y. Structure, li fe histories a n d d istribu t ion introduc t ion to m eth ods o f fi eld Prereq uis ite: Zo-ology 4. Two la bs . (4F )

c lass ification, of mammals ; investigation. lectu1·es, tw o Dixon

123. Field Zoology. Study of t he mos t co mmon Utah a nim a ls, in clud ing identifi cation, natu r a l histo-r y, d ist l'ibutio n, ecology, etc Also m eth ods of study in t h e fi eld , and co l~ lectio n and preparation of specimen s for study. d isp lay and stor age are considered. Some laborato r y t ime is spen t in making observat ions a nd collectio ns in the field. Prerequis ites: Zoology 3 and 4. Two lectu r es, two labs. ( 4F ) Linford 127. Cytology. Stud y of cell s, both plant a nd animal, in c luding tec hniq ues of stu dy, in t race llular morp hology a nd s ubc ell u lar o r ga niza.t ion. Two lectu r es, two labs. (4W ) Sanders 128. Elements of Histol ogy . Study of t issues, includin g characteristics of different k in ds of t iss ues and t he m a in orga ns . Th ree lectures, two labs. (5F) Bahler 129 . His tol ogical Tech nique. T ec hn iques em ployed in m a king preparations of a nim a l t issues for microscopic study. Three l a bs . (3W ) Bahler

Entomology 239 13 1. O r ga ni c Evolution. Cri t ical s tu dy of t he facts a n d t h eo ri es pertai n i ng to evolutio n . P r e r eq u is ite : On e b as ic cours e in b iological Zoology 102 o r 112 r ecomm e nded. sc ie n ce. Ga rdn e r ( 3W )

150. Herpe tology. C las s ificatio n , d is tr ib u t ion , life h ab its , a nd ide n t ifi ca ti on of amp hi bi a n s a n d r e ptiles, with e m p h as is on t h e local f orm s. P r e r equ is it e : Zoo log y 4. T wo lectur es, tw o Ja bs . (4F ) Gunn ell

155. I c hth yolog y . Ecology, c lass ifica t ion , a n d life histo ri es o f n at ive a nd introdu ced fi sh es. S ig l e r T h ree l ectures . (3 W ) 156. Ichth yo logy Labor ato r y L a boratory . stu dy o f fi s h es . M u st accompan y or f oll ow Sig le r Zoology 155. Tw o la b s . (2W ) 201. S p ec ia l Prob!e m s . I nd iv idua l stil.d y of a probl e m u.nd e r t h e g u idan ce of a staff mem ber. C r edi t a r ran ged . ( F , W , S) S t a ff 205. O ri e ntation for Gradu a t e S tude nts . Int r odu ction to proced u r es i n gra d u a t e s tud y; qu a li f y in g e xa min ation s , scie nti fic m eth od , se lec t io n o f p 1路ob le m , b ecoming acqua inted w it h lite r a tur e, or ga ni zat io n a n d writin g of t h es is and fin a l exa m i n a t io n . Requ i red of a l1 g ra du ate stud e n ts in Zoo logy, E n tomol og y , Ph ys iSta ff ology. (1F)

207. T h eore ti cal Biolog y. A cr it ica l s tud y of t ec h n i(l ues and co n cepts in mod e rn biolog ical t h o ug- h t. P r e t路equ is i te : Zoology 107. (3F) S and ers 212. Bioch e mi cal Genetics. Co n ce pts o f gen e t ic f u n c t ion a t t h e ch em ical a n d m o lec ula r level, w ith e mp h a s is o n cur r e nt li t e ra t ur e. Prer eq uis ites : Zoology 112, Ch e mis t r y 122; r ecom m e n d ed, C h e mis try 190. Three le ct u r es . (3W ) S imm on s

Bioche mi cal Geneti cs Labora t ory. Exp el'ime n ta l m e t ho ds u sed in r esearch in bioc h e m ica l ge n e t ics . M us t accom pan y or f oll ow Zoology 212. T wo Jabs. (2 W ) S imm on s

235 . P r ot ozoology . T h e p r otozoa , w it h e mp h as is o n pa ras it ic f o rm s , a n d on t h e m eth ods of study in g t h e p r otozoa . Con s ide r ation is a ls o g iven to f ree-l ivin g protozoa a nd to class ifi cation, morp h o logy, p h ys iology , a nd r eprodu ction of t h e p r oto?.oa in gen e r a l. Two lec tures, t wo labs . ( 4F) H a mmond

236. Adva n ced P a r as it ology. D eta i led s tudy of cer ta in pa r as it ic prot ozoa a n d h elm in t h s , w it h e mp h as is on c urre n t r esea rc h. Prel" equ is ite : Zoology 116. (28") H a mm ond 240. R esearch a nd Thes is. R esear ch connected w i t h prob le m und e r ta k e n for p a r t ia l fu l fill me n t of req uirem ent for M aster of S cie nce or P h .D . deg ree . Credi t a rran ged. (F , W, S ) S taff

251. Se min a r. Atte n dan ce req uired of a ll g r ad uate stude n ts i n r es ide n ce in d ep a r t m e nt eac h Fall q uarte r. F und a m en t a l p rob le m s relatin g t o e m-rent r esea r ch es in zoolog ica l s cie n ce a r e d iscu ssed b y facu lty, gra duate s tude nts , and ad vanced u n derg rad uates . ( IF ) Staff

262, 263 . Seminar in Ve rtebrate Zoology. Req uir ed o f a ll g raduate s tud ents in V ertebra t e Zoolog y each w in t e r and s pring qu a rte r w h ile in t路es ide n ce. S e ni o r s a.nd oth e r s in te rested m ay p a r t icipa te w it h t h e per m iss ion of the in str uc t or. ( 1 W , 1S) Dixon 272. 273 . Seminar in Gen e ti cs. Req ui r ed of all grad uate s tude nts i n Ge n etics ea ch w in t er a nd s pring q uarte r wh il e in r es ide n ce. S e ni or s a n d oth e r s i nter es ted m ay p a r t ic ip a t e w it h t he p el'mi ss ion of t h e ins t ru c tor. (1W, I S) Gardner

282, 283. Semin a r in P a r as itology. R equ ired o f a ll g raduate s tude n ts in Pa r as it ology each w in ter and spr in g qu a rter w hil e in r eside nce. Seni o rs and oth e r s inte r ested m ay p a r t icipate w it h pe rm iss ion of in s t r u ct or. (1 W , I S ) H a mmond

2 13 .

Ad van ced Genetics . In t.en s ive st u dy of h e red ity a n d va ri atio n w it h e m p h as is on c ur r e n t r esea r ch. Pre requ isf t e : Zoology 1 02 or 11 2 . (3S ) Gardne r 214.

231. Ge netics a nd Speciation. M eeh an ics of h er ed ity a nd var ia t ion app lied t o proces ses of evolution i n p lant and a nim a l g roups . Prer eq uis it e : Zoology 102 or 112 ; Wild life 160 recomm e nded. (3W ) Di xon

23 3. Zoogeogra phy. Princ i p les gove rn ing t h e dis tr ib utio n o f an ima ls, w it h e mp h as is o n ter rest r ia l vertebrates , and of t h e his t or y of t h e b iota o f wes t e r n N orth A m erica f rorn t he beginni n g of t h e Cenozoic era. (3 W ) Dix on

Entomology B acheloT of S cien ce D egT ee . F aT a m aj oT in E ntomology, t he f ollowin g co urses are r eq uired: Zoology 3, 101, 107, 112, 131 ; Entomology 13, 103, 104, 108, 111 , 112, 115; Bota n y 24, 25, 30, 130 ; Chem istr y 3, 4, 5, ( or 10, 11 , 12 ) 121, 122 ; Mathemat ics 35 ; Wildlife Ma nagement 160. Th e followin g a r e r ecommended: Zoology 4 ; E n tomology 21 , 120, 230 ; A gronomy 118; Appli ed Sta t ist ics 131, 132 ; En g li sh 111 ; Horticul t ure 131 ; Physics 6, 7. Stu-

240 College of Science dents planning graduate work are advised to study a foreign language and take Chemistry series 3, 4, 5, 121 , 122. For· a major in Agricultural Entomology under the College of

Agriculture, the requirements of that College as well as those of Entomology must be completed.

111. Insect Morphology. Structure of insects, including external ,and internal a n atomy. Prerequis ite: Entomology 13. Three lectures. Two labs. (5F) Haws 112. Insect Physiology, Function of the organ systems of in sects. Prerequis ite: Entomol ogy 111. Three lectures, two labs . (5 W) Haws

Entomology Courses 13. General Entomology. Fundamental knowledge about insects- where they live, what they do, how t h ey develop and behave; also structure, function, relat ionsh ip to the env ironment and principles of insect co ntrol are considered. Students learn h ow to collect and preserve in sects and to identify t h e m ajor groups of t h ese. This course is in tended to ser ve as a foundation for other courses in Entomology and prov ide an introduction to the sub ject for t h ose preparing to teach biol ogy and for students in Agriculture and Wildlife Management. (5S) Haws *•2 1. Social Life of Honey Bees. H oney bees are among the most highly dev eloped animals with respect to social organization. Factors in this social o rganization are stud ied, including communication and physiology. The elements of beekeeping are also considered, including practice in handlin g bee colon ies. (2S) Levin 103. Systematic Entomology. Class ification of insects . Insect collection required. Prerequisite: Entomology 13. One lecture, one l ab and field collecting . (3F) Davis 104 . Advanced Systematic Entomology, A study of the principles of classification and the rul es of zoological nomenclature. Practice is given in the preparation of k eys, description of species, and scientific illustrati on . Prerequis ite: Entomology 103. On e lecture, ~ 1 ~(~)

108. Agric ultur al Entomology. Insect pests of major economic importa nce to agriculture, including their recognition, type of damag·e done, dis t ributi on, life history, and methodls of control. T h ree lectures, two labs. (5F) Davi s

D~~

105. Forest Entomology. Prin ci pal insects attacking forests and forest products. Some attention is a lso g iven principles of biolog ical control. Two lectures, two labs . (4F) Davis

106. Insect Ecology. Ecological principles as app lied to insects, in clud ing fundamental concepts of ecology, ecological relat ionsh ips, and meas urement of ecological factors of importance in Entomology. The impact of changes in environmental conditions on insect populations also a r e cons idered. Prerequisites: Zoology 3 and Entomology 13. (3F) Staff

115. Medical and Veterinary Entomology. _4.. study of Arthropods that annoy and transmit agents of disease to man and domesticated and wild animals . Vectors of plague, spott€d feve r, tularem ia, malar ia and other Arthropods ca rrying disease receive major attention . Prerequisite : Zoology 3 or equivalent. Two lectures, two labs . (4W) Haws *12 0. Insect Pollination in Relation to Agriculture. P ollinating insects in agriculture, including beekeeping as related to crop pollination, utilization of native pollin ating insects, and special problems in the poli ination of many commercial crops. (2W) Bohart

138. Aquatic Entomology. Identification, distribution, life his to ries and adaptation s of aquatic insects, with pa1·ticular reference to local stream s and lakes. Two lectures, one lab. (3S) Staff 210. Special Problems. Individual stu dy under sta ff gu idan ce. Prerequisite: Entomology 13, 103, 108. CTedit arranged. (F, W, S) Staff *230. Insects in Relation to Plant Diseases. A study of t h e in sect vectors of p lant diseases, including modes of transmission, nature of the pathogens an d inter relationships of the pathogen, i nsect and host plant. Prerequ isite: Entomology 108 or Botany 130. Two lectures, one lab. (3 W ) Davis

**2 31. Biological Control of In sect Pests. S'tudy of in vertebrate paras ites a nd predators of insects. Consideration is also g iven to d iseases of in sect s, vertebrate predators, and destruction of undes irab le plants by insects. Prerequ is ite: Entomology 13 or 108. Two lectures, one lab. (3W) Davis ** 233•. Aphidology. Morphology, biology and taxonomy of aphi ds. Prerequisite: Entomology 103. (2 W) Staff *Taught 1962-63. **Taught 1963-64.

Physiology 241 250. Research and Thes is. For research connected with problem undertaken for partial fulfillment of requirements for Master of Science or Ph.D. degree. Cred it arranged. (F, W, S) Staff 262, 263. Seminar i n Entomology. R equired of all g r aduate studen ts in E ntomology each w inter an d sp ring quarter w hil e in residence. Sen iors in Entomology a nd others in terested may participate with the perm ission of the in structor. (1W, 1S) Staff

Physiology FaT a majo1路 in Physiology the fo llowing courses must be taken : Physiology 4, 121, 122, 130, 141, 151 ; Zoology 3, 4, 107, 112, 118, 119, 127, 128 and 131; Biochemistry 190. Recommended are Mathematics 34, 35 an d 44; Phys ics 17, 18, 19; Chemi stry 3, 4, 5, 115, 121, 122 ; Bacteriology 70, 71 ; and at least one year of a foreign lan guage. For a minor in Physiology the fo llowing courses are required : Physiology 4, 30, 121, 122 and 20 or 141.

Physiology Courses 4. Human Physiology. For the student who desires a survey of physiology but w ho is not plann ing advanced in tensive study. It deals w ith the functioning of the human body, w ith emphasis upon broad gen era l biolog ical pri nciples. Prerequisite: Biology 1 or an equivalent course in principles of biology. F ive lectures, one lab. (5F, W , S) B ahl er 20 . Human Anatomy. Structure of the main hum a n body systems with emphas is on the m uscular, skel etal a nd nervous systems. For students desiring a more t horough study of human anatomy than is g iven in Phys iology 4. Prerequ is ite: Ph ys iology 4. Two lectures, one Ia . (3W) Linford

30 . Experimental Biology. An introduction to the basics of biological experimentation, both plant and an im.a 1. Fundamental princ ipl es of biology w ill be considered on a level m ore ad va nced than in Principles of Biology. P re路 requ is ite: Principles of Biology or its equiva_ lent or P h ys iology 4. Four lectures, 1 la b. (5f, 58) Sanders

104. Advanced H uman P h ysiolog y. A survey of the systems of man with emphasis on the functions of the circulatory, nervous and muscular systems. Designed primarily for student s with teach ing majors in the biological sciences. Prerequ is ites : Physiology 4, Zoology 4, Chem istry 12. Three lectures, two labs . (58 ) Sanders 121 , 122. Mammalian Physiology. An intens ive and detailed two.quarter course in physiology in w hich the functions of each of the organ systems of man and an ima ls is stud ied. Students may not register f or 122 with out having had 121. As preparation, Physiology 4, Zoology 3 or 4, Chem istry 3, 4, 5, 121, 122 or equivalent and a course in physics are required. T hree lectures, two labs. (5F, 5W) Staff 130. Cellular Physiology. A study of physiological functions at the cellular level. As preparation, Phys iology 4 or its equivalent, Chem istry 12, or 121 and 122 and Phys ics 17, 18 and 19 or equivalent a re recommended. Three lectures, two labs. (5W) Sanders 141. E nd ocrinolog y. The g lands of internal secretion , w ith emphasis on the hormon es in reproduction. As preparation, Ph ys iology 4, Zoology 3 and 4 and a course in organic chemistry are required. (3F) Staff 151. Comparative Physiology. A comparative study of organ funct ion in the an imal kingdom . Prer equis ite: Physiology 121, 122 or 130. Five lectures. (5S) Sanders 201. Special Problems. Laboratory course for special investigations in physiology. Prerequis ites: P h ys iology 121, 122 or special permisson. (2 to 5F, W, S) Staff

241. Physiology of Reproduction. A laboratory course for studying physiology of reproduction in animals . Prerequisite : Phys iology 141. Two lectu res, one lab. (3W) Staff 261. P h ys iology of R espon se. Nerve-Muscle . A detailed physio logical study of neu ro muscular mechanisms of response in the animal kingdom. Prerequis ites: Ph ys iology 122 or 130, Chem istry 190, Physics 19, or equ ivalents . 'l'wo lectures, one lab. (3F) Sanders 271, 272, 273. Readings in Physiology. Readin g and reporting of class ical and current literature in P hys iology. Required of all Physiology grad uate studen ts each quarter w hile in residence. Seniors in Physiology a nd others m ay enroll with the permission of the instructor. (lF, 1W , 18) Staff 282, 283. Seminar in Physiology. Required of all Physiology graduate students each Winter and Spring quarter w hile in residence. Seniors in Physiology and others may enroll with t he permission of the instructor. (1 W, 18) Staff

242 College of Science 29 1. Res carc· h and Thes is . RC'se:wch connected with p ruble rn undertaken for partial fulf-il lm ent of requiremen t!; fo r Ma ster of Scienc e o •· Ph.D. deg ree. Credit a rran ged. Staff 1F, W, S)

group, Engli sh composition, and military r equirem ents of USU and must complete a minimum of 141 credits of pre-professional work.

Pre-Dentistry

Pre-Medicine

Students planning to enter den tist r y may take the necessar:Y co urses in the College of Humamties and Sciences to satisfy r equ irements for adm iss ion to an y school of dentistry in the United States.

The College of Sciences offers the courses to provide a pre-medical training t hat satisfies entrance requ irements of med ica l schools in t he United States an d Canada. Sugg es ted m ·e-medical schedul e:

Su.ywsted p1·e-dental schedule:

FRESHMAN FRESHMAN F'

ChemislJ·y 3, 4 . 5

Math em atics 34, 35, 44 or 46 E ngl i;h 1, 2, 3 A ir Sc i .. Mili tat·y Sc i., o1· P. E.• Elect iv es (optional )

3 1

1 2

E n g lis h 1, 2, 3 Chem. 3, 4, 5 Math 34, 35, 44 Ol' 46 A ir Sc i., M:ilitary Sci., E lectives

F 3

3 5

O l'

P. E.l

3·

Total Total

F 5 5

. ....................... 17

SOPHOMORE SOPHOMORE Zoology 3 4 Ph ys ics 17, 1 ~. 19 ........ .. ............••. ····· A ir Sci., Milita ry Sci., Ol' P. E.' E lectives (o ptional )

Total

5 1. 6 17

11 17

Zoology 3 4 ······· ··············· F oreign Lan guage P hys ics 17, 18, 19 Air Sci. , Military Sci., or P. E . ' E lectives

Total

JUNIOR' F'

Cherni stry 121' 122 Zuulugy 118 () I ' 11 9 El ectives

T ut.a l

5 7 .. 17

JUNIOR

5 5 12

0 1'

Recommended electives a r e P sychology , Hi story, Political Science, Socio logy, Economics, Scientific Vocab ul a r y, and other English courses. Students planning to receive a BS deg r ee in a comb ined curriculum ( three years here and one year in dental schoo l) mu st fu lfill the

1 Mili ta ry Sc ie nce or A ir Science would be two c redits each quarter. ::studen ts with u nus ually good 1·ecords are so me tim es accepted after tw o yea 1·s of prede nta l wo1·k. ]n this case the required courses in clud ed i n ihe t hree- yea r program listed above musl be completed in two years.

5 5

Chem. 121, 122 Zoology 112 Zoology 11 8 C h e rn. 115 I<: Ject ives T otal

Electives should be chosen fn•m the Humaniti es, Arts and Socia l Sciences. Some m edical schools require or r ecommend Comparative Anatomy . Students inter ested in graduati n fr om USU before attending medical school may major in an y s ubj ~t. If in teres ted in a pre-osteopathic program students should consult the premedical adviser. If pla nning to receive a BS degree in a combined curricul um

Nursing 243 (three years here and one year in a medical school ) students must fulfill requirements of USU and must complete a minimum of 141 credits of pre-professional work.

Nursing If students have Registered Nurse credentials they may pursue stud-

ies toward a Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing. Credits earned toward the RN are applied toward the BS, as evaluated by the Registrar. A student may be graduated with a major in Nursing or may complete studies for a degree in a field such as Public Health or Bacteriology.

244

246

Division of

Military and Air Sciences Joint Army-Air Force Courses and Activities, 248 Department of Air Science, 250 Air Force ROTC, 2 5o

Department of Military Science, 2 55 Army ROTC, 255

Degrees Offered: 路 Bachelor of Science Also, ROTC Commission

247 Division of

Military and Air Sciences Dr. Edwin L. Peterson, UNIVERSITY ROTC COORDINATOR Colonel Chester H. Anderson, PROFESSOR OF MILITARY SCIENCE Lt. Col. Lloyd R. Pugh, Jr., PROFESSOR OF AIR SCIENCE Each male citizen of this country has an obli gation to serve in t he mili tary forces when required f or the defense of his nation. The Reserve Officers' Training Corps program is one of several ways by w hich this obligation can be fulfilled. Through the ROTC program, America offers outstanding college men a pathway from campus leadership to important command r esponsibiliti es as officers with the Active or Reserve Military forces. Two separate ROTC units are located at Utah State University : Army and Air Force. Men may init ially choose which program they wish to enter; however, subsequent transfer between units is not generally approved because of the difference in curriculum. Army and Air Force ROTC are four-year pr-ograms, . each consisting of two two-year- cour-ses . Th e Basic course is normally taken during the fres hman and sophomore years. It consists of six quarters of work, including drill periods. Th e Advanced cour se of t he ROTC program is norma lly taken during the junior and senior years and consists of six quarters of work plus a summer camp (between the junior and senior years). The Advanced course is both elective and selective. Once entered upon , completion of the Advanced course becomes a requirement f or gr a duation unless a proper r elease is obtained. Physically and mentally qualified students are selected for enrollment in the Adva nced

course by boards composed of military and ci vilian faculty member s. Selection by the boards is based on leadership abi li ty, academic standing, officer potential, and interest in the military. Satisfactory completion of the Basic course is a pr erequi site for entrance into the Advanced course unless constructive credit is granted for previous active military service. Satisfactory completion of both the Basic and Advanced courses, including the summer camp, leads to a commission as a second lieutenant in the Army or Air Force reserve. Outstanding students in both programs are designated Di stinguish ed Military students a nd are afforded t h e opportunity of applying for commissions in the Regular Service. Deferment from the draft is offered to selected students who maintain satisfactory grades in their academic subjects and in ROTC. Upon completing the program and being commissioned, students normally enter on active duty with the Armed Forces as a second lieutenant in the service in which they are commissioned. The period of active service required of ROTC graduates depends on the requ irements of the service concerned. Enr-ollment R egulations. ROTC leadership, drill and command periods are an integral part of th e ROTC program. Registration for on e of t hese periods is required of a ll ROTC students. ROTC Band students drill separately under the

248 Military and Air Sciences supervis ion of t he Un iver sity di rector of bands. A combination uni form and laboratory fee of $5 is requi red of a ll ROT C students and is paid at the time of initial enrollment each year.

General Requirements (A) Basic Course: (1 ) Be a citizen of t he Un ited States. ( 2) Not less than 14 years of age. ( B ) Advanced Course: ( 1) Satisfactoril y complete t h e basic course, or have eq ui valent cr edit. ( 2) Accept and sign a draft deferment agreement and ag ree to s tipulations of t he Advanced course contract, out linin g the ob li gation s of bot h the student and the ser vice. (3) Have hi gh moral character. (4) Obtain a satisfactory scor e on th e Army or Air Force Quali fication T est wh ich is admini stered to sophomore students. ( 5 ) Be selec ted for enrollment into the Advanced course by a selection board composed of officer s and civilian facu lty members. Selection is based on academic standin g, previou s milita r y or air science grades, scores in t he tests, moral cha racter, leade r shi p, and officer potential. ( 6) Have at least two year s of college remaining befor e becom in g eli gible for a degree. It is des irab le, but not req uired, that a student complete the ROT C program and t he requirements fo r a degree s imultaneously. (7) Transfer member ship in any reser ve organization of the Armed Forces t o the respecti ve ROT C service. Staff personnel of t he department will assist as necessar y.

Joint Army-Air Force Courses and Activities Sponsor Corps. A semi-military organization composed of 75 coeds chosen for th e Corps by Army, Aill' Force and Sponsor Staff, with finall selection bein g made by a composite board of judges . Former members of Sponsor uni ts recog-nized by the national organization may t r a nsfer upon application. Try-outs are accepted only from new students who have not previou sly tried out for entrance. The purpose of t he Sponsor Corps is t o provide official hostess a nd u sherin g ser vice for the University, t o perform as drill units in a variety of exhibi t ions and to ass ist t he ROTC Departments in f ur therin g t heir a ims of mili tary interest on campu s. ROTC B and . A mili tary band und er the directi on of the College ba nd in structor, bu t governed by t he poli cies of t he Departments of Mi li tary and A ir Science. Students selected for the band will enroll for Military or Air Science classroom work but drill with t he band. P e1路shing R i fl es. Th e National Soc iety of P ershin g Rifles wa s fo rmed "to foster a spirit of friendship and cooperation a mon g men in t he Military Departments." Company "G," 9th R egiment, is located at USU. Membership in Pershin g Rifl es is open to any Army or Air Force bas ic or advanced cadet. Included w it hin th e Pershin g Rifles is a Rifl e Company to promote markmansh ip a mong Army a nd Air Force cadets. Th e Company competes in several regiona l and national invitational to urnaments. Th e P er shin g Rifle Drill Company enjoys a national reputation as a drill unit, a nd is open to a ll member s of t he P ershing Rifles.

Joint Activities 249 Scabba1路d and Blade. The National Society of Scabbard and Blade is an honorary society of Advanced Army and Air Force Cadets. Company "A," 4th Regiment, was organized at USU in 1922. Members are dedicated to unite in closer relationship the military departments of the University, and to perform such services to the University and to the commun ity which will result in the spreadin g of intelligent information concerning the military requirements of our country. Members are invited to join after being selected from a mong the outstandin g advanced cadets on campus by the society's current membership. So cie ty of American MilitaTy EngineeTs. A National professional society devoted to discussion, study, and training in problems related to Military Engineering.

ROTC Band Courses 1B, 2B, 3B. 4B, 5B, 6B.

ROTC Band. First Year. ROTC Band. Second Year.

Staff Staff

Sponsor Corps Courses 51, 52, 53. Air Science Sponsors Drill, Fresh .. men. A course in Jeaders hip orga ni zat ion and drill for women eJected to Corps of Sponsors. (1F, 1 W, 1S) Staff 54, 55, 56. Air Science Sponsors, Sophomores. (iF, 1W, 1S ) Staff 151, 152, 153. Air Science Sponsors Drill, Juniors . (1F, 1W, 1S) Staff 154, 155, 156. Air Science Sponsors DrilJ, Seniors. (1F, 1W, 1S) Staff

Pershing Rifles Courses 37, 38, 39. Pershing Rifle Drill, Freshmen. (1F, 1W, 1S) Staff 40, 41, 42. Pershing Rifle Drill, Sophomores. (1 F, 1 W, 1S) Staff 137, 138, 139. Pershing Rifle Drill, Juniors. (1F, 1 W, 1S) Staff 147, 148, 149. Pershing Rifle Drill, Seniors. (1F, 1W, 1S) Staff

250 Military and Air Sciences

Department of

Air Science Lt. Col. Lloyd R. Pugh, Jr-.; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Major James E. Tidwell, Captains Joseph Fischle, Richard W. Smith.

PROFESSOR

Office in Military Science 104 The purpose of Air Force ROTC is to prepare young men to serve as officers in the Reserve and Regular components of the Air Force. It is not the purpose of the course to train in a specific field, but rather to give an understanding of the mission and the global responsibilities of the United States Air Force. The academic phase of the course develops a background in national and international affairs to help students intelligently interpret and evaluate world events. Summary of the AFROTC Curriculum. The AFROTC curriculum has been designed to meet the following criteria: college level in content, scope, intensity and presentation; appeal to students in all academic fields ; and preparation of students to undertake flying training upon graduation. Study is divided into the basic course, covering the first two years, and the advanced course, covering the Junior and Senior years plus Summer Training. The course of study consists of in struction totaling 480 hours, allocated as follows: Freshman and Sophomore years, 90 hours each; Junior and Senior

years, 150 hours each, and summer training, four weeks . The basic course, Foundations of Air Power, is an introduction to the nature of Air Power with its political, economic, social and psychological influence on modern man. The advanced course, building upon this background, provides instruction designed to further develop leadership potential. This is accomplished through attention to the development of skills in human relation s (e.g ., problem solving, group leadership techniques, writing, speaking and teaching techniques) ; and through increased understanding of the economic, political, social and geographical concepts involved in Air Force operations. In addition, the curriculum includes: experiences designed to stimulate and develop a growing interest in the Air Force Flight Training Program (e.g., orientation flights and visits to Air Force Bases) ; opportunities to apply the principles of leadership, management and staff work in practical situations, and other related experiences. Throughout the Air Force ROTC

Air Science 251 course of stud y stud ents ar e provid ed a general education compli mentary to the academic program of the U ni ver sity and with preparation for li ving in the Aero-Space age. While this material is specifical ly intend ed to serve a stud ent as an Air Force Officer much of it wi ll be useful to him in civilian occupations. Quotas and Physicai Requirements. There is no limi tation on the number of young men who can be enroll ed in the basic program. For the advanced program , however, a yearly quota is establi shed by the Air Force. Thi s quo ta is based on estimated Air Force needs for yo ung officers of various skills and the projected officer production of the local AFROTC Detachment. All cadets mu st meet the physical stan dards for general military service. A cadet's physical examination for entry into the University will generally determine wh ether or not he meets these req uirements. V etemns . A veteran is accepted into the AFROTC program without regard to quota spaces. If he can complete the program prior to reaching age 28 and can meet the phys ical requirements for general service, he may be commissioned a Second Lieutenant in t he Air Force Reserve and compete for a career as a regular Air Force Officer. Veteran s are not required to serve on active duty but may volunteer to do so. Parts of the basic program may be waived in li eu of prior military service. He may also compete for pi lot and navigator spaces, and if accepted must complete the Flight In struction program (Pilots ) in the Senior year and the active duty requiremen ts . Special Unive1路sity and AFROTC R equirements . Once a student enters th e basic or advanced program,

s uccessful completi on of that program becomes a requirement for graduation, unless r eli eved of the requirement by the Professor of Air Science or the President of the U niver s ity. In addition, when enterin g the Advanced Course a student must agree to accept an Air Force Commi ssion, if it is offered, a nd to serve on active duty if directed to do so. Upon initial enrollment at the Un iversity, Air Science classes should be schedu led to complete simultan eou sly, requirements for a degree and a commission. If an eng in eer under a five- year program, he should plan hi s Air Science progr am in advance with his adviser and the AFROTC Director of Tra ining in order to meet t he above requirements. Because of t he differ ences in the Army and Air Force ROTC programs, no credit is given for High School ROT C, although hi gh school ROTC experi ences are beneficia l in the Air Science program. To qualify as a pilot or navi gator, cadets must be able to finish the Air Science program and g raduate from the Univer sity before the age of 26 ~12 year s. Other cadets mu st complete the military program and gradu ate from the University prior to r eaching the age of 28. R egular Commissions in the United S tates A ir Force . Outstanding AFROTC Cadets who have demonstrated a high degree of lea dership, initiative, and an interest in a career as a r egular Air Force Officer and are des ignated a Distinguished Military Graduate may be offered an opportunity to apply for a regu lar Air Force Commi ss ion. Payments to Advanced Cadets. To an advanced cadet a subsistence a llowance of approximately $27 per

252 Military and Air Sciences month is paid. The maximum amount paid for Junior a nd Sen ior years is approximately $600. Vlhile at Summer Training cadets will receive approximately $81 plus travel pay for the round trip to and from camp. Summe1·· T raining. One summer training camp of 28 days duration is required of all cadets in the advanced course. Normally attendance to this camp is between t he Junior and Senior years at a selected Air Force Base. Cadets living in Utah and Idaho generally attend camp in California or Washington. Six quarter hours of college credit are granted for summer training. Flight T raining. AFROTC is concerned with two types of fli ght training: the first type is taken while a student is a cadet at the University and the oth er after h e has received a commission and has graduated. Cadets designated potential pilots are required to register for the AFROTC Flight Instruction Program (FIP ) during their senior year. Successful completion of 36% hours of flight instruction and a CAA examination enables him to acquire a private pilot's license and to gain t hree hours of University credi t . The entire cost of thi s training is paid for by t he Air Force. Cadets designated to become pilots and navigators a r e r equired to take fli ght training after reporting for active duty. During t he year of flight training in the U.S. Air Force as a Second Lieutenant, a cadet will receive full pay and allowances, plus flight pay, a total of approximately $5,60 0. Non-Flying Cadets. To meet the challenge of the Aero-Space Age, its technological advances and its ever broadening horizon s, officers possessing a variety of skills are

required within the Air Force. These skills cover the exact sci ences and social sciences but are not limi ted to these areas of stud y. In man y of these fi elds cadets may be granted a yea r delay to acquire an a dvanced degree prior to their call to active duty. After the call to active duty they will serve four years in major fi elds of study. Interested cadets may contact the AFROTC Education and Training Officer for information of Air Force speciali st fi elds r elated to their academic major. Dehy of Ent1·y on Active Duty. If cadets complete the AFROTC program and receive commissions they may request a delay in call to active duty if they desire to continue studies toward a Master's or Doctor's degree. The length of the delay depen ds upon current AFROTC regulations and directives. Students who are slated for flight training, however, mu st enter such training before reaching 26 % year s of age. Te x ts and Uniforms. All texts and uniforms are furnished at no expense to the student. Air Fo1·ce Librar-y. A library of Air Force periodical s and publicat ions is maintained for the Air Fo1-ce ROTC Cadet. Material relative to the Air Force ROTC curric ulum is available. Ai1· Fo1·ce ROTC Counseling Service. Air Force ROTC Detachment main tains counseling service fo r each cadet. Service is offered primarily in areas concerned with th e AFROTC curri culum (E ducation, Study and Leadership).

Air Science Courses Two hours of Leadership Laboratory are required each week during the fall, winter and spring quarters.

Air Science 253

Leadership La boratory

Air Science II-Second Year Basic

10. Ai r Scien ce : Introduction to t he met h ods of Air Force organizat ion and the requir e~ ments of "followersh ip " at the element and flight level. Opportuni ties prov ided for the cadet to subject himself to personal and g 1路oup discipline, to ide n t ify himself w ith a group, and to acqu ire t he trai ning, poise and selfconfiden ce needed to conduct himself in a military manner. (1F, W) Staff

20. Air Science: Leadership Laboratory . Practice in elem entary leaders hi p activities involv in g small groups and an introduction to leaders hip m.e th ods a n d Cadet Corps organ ization at t h e squadron an d group level. Th e cadet is provided w ith opportunities to test his leadersh ip sk ill in situations deali ng w ith small groups a nd to recogn ize and accept S taff persona.! respons ib il ity. ( 1S )

Air Science !-First Year Basic

11 . Air Cour se

Scien ce:

Designa ted

U niversity

12. Air Course

Science:

Designated

U ni versity

(D esignated University courses are two or three quarter hour courses norma!Jy offe red by t he university and wh ich are approved by t he Professor of Air Science as contributin g to t he professional education of an Air F orce Off icer. Genera ll y the designated univers ity courses are requ ired subjects in the m ajor field of study being pursued by the stud en t.) 13. A ir Science : Found a tions of A ir Power. A general s ur vey of Air Power designed to prov ide t h e student w ith an understanding of the Mil itar y In strument of National Security, Elements and Potentials of Air Power and the Evolution of Aerial Warfare. It i ncludes a general survey of the historical development af United States Mili tary policy, the R ole of t he Departmen t of Defense, incl uding the A ir Force, Army and Na.vy in the main tenance of n ational s-ecu rity. The elements and poten tia ls of A i r Power provides the student bas ic kn ow ledge concern ing t h e fundamental nature of aviation a nd its im pact on the modern world. This is followed by t h e Evolution of Aerial Warfare which is the development of A ir Doctrin e from World War I to the present. (I ncludes AS 10, Leadership Labo ra tory). (2S) Staff !4. Sabre Squadron. S'abre Squadron (Freshman) AS 14a, (1F ) ; AS 14b, (1W ); AS 14 ,;, (18), Sabre Squadron (Sophomore) AS 24!l, (1F); AS 24b , (lW); AS 24c, (1S ). S'abre Squadro n (Juni or) AS 136a, (1F); AS 136b, (1W ); AS 136c, ( 1S); Sabr e Squadron (Sen ior) 3AS 146a, ( 1F); AS' 146b. (1W ) ; AS 146c, (1S) . The Sabre Squadron is an h o n orary society for Basic AFROTC Cadets. Its purpose is to foster esprit-de-corps amon g Fresh man and Sophomore c-adets; to offer service to Utah State Un iversity; to prom ote Amer ican citizenship; to provide leadership experiences ; to promote A ir Power concepts ; to increase cadet knowledge of the miss ion and scope of t h e United States Air Force. Sabre drill is required. Staff

21. A ir Science: Fundamentals of Aerospace Weapo n Systems. An outl ine of profess ional opportun ities in the USAF. Also includes background of the mili tary policy of t he United States and the curr ent n ational organization for defen se. Aerospace missiles an.d a ircraft, their propulsi on systems, and the types of warheads used w it h aerospace weapon systems are a lso in troduced . (2F) Staff 22. A ir Science: Fundamentals of Aerospace Weapon Systems. An i ntrodu ct ion to t he pr in cip les, mechanics, and implications of chemical, biological. a.nd nuc lear weapons and warfare; the defensive, stra.tegic, and tact ical organizations and operation s of the USAF, including modern targeting and electron ic warfare. Also i ntroduce.s problems, mechan ics, and mi li tary implications of future space opet路ations, and contempo1路ary aerospace military though t. (2 W ) Staff 23. A ir Science: Designated U niversity Course. (For definition of Des ig n ated University Course, see A ir S'cience 1 Curricu l um.) 24. Sabre Squadron. See number 14 . Sabre Squadron. (1F, W, S)

Air Science III-First Year Advanced AFROTC Course 131. Air Science. Air Forc e Officer Development (1a). T aught in three phases: Communicating in t h e A ir F o rce, the Air Force Commander and His Staff, and I nstruct ing in the A ir Force. Commun icating in t he A i r Force is a study of learn in g techniques, ba.r"riers to effective lear nin g, a nd speakin g a nd writing s kil1 s. Instructing in the Air Force is a study of principles of learning, persona l and professional qua lit ies of instructors, methods of instructin g, i nstruction plann in g, and t h e use of v isual a ids . Practical experience i n instruction is offered. The Air F orce Command er and his Staff is a study of the fu nctions and respon sibilities of A i r Force Commanders , delegation of authority to staff off icers, a nd or gani zation of military units. (3 F) Staff

254 Military and Air Sciences 132. Air Science: Ai r Force Officer Developm ent. Cons ists of two phases : creative p r oblem sol v ing and the mili tary justice syste m. The first twe n ty-five h ours are devo t ed to aspects of cr eative prob lem solv in g, thoug h t processes, log ic, imag in ation, creative th in k in g, scientific research method a n d the individual a nd group brainstor ming-. P1·actical application of tec hni ques is provided t hroug h realistic problems of Air Fot·ce nature. The Mili tary Ju stice System, involves a study of legal procedures in the Air Force. R·ig h ts , duti es, and responsib ili ties under t h e Military Justice System are str essed. Mock cou r t martials a re utilized in presentation of mater ial. (3S) Staff

133. Air Science: Air Force Officer Development. L eadership and Management Seminar. Study con sists of three phases, pdnciples of leaders hi p, t h e nature of man, an d applicat ions in leade r s hip s ituation s . A ll phases are in teg rated in to the A i r Force leadershi p and management problems . In s ight and experience in A ir Force leader ship and management problems is prov ided through ro le p laying, group an d indiv idual problem sol v ing , group discussion and panel discussion. Trans lat ion of knowledge in to speakin g, writing and listen in g sk ill s is also emp h as ized . Course is directed toward fu ll development of t he indiv iduals leader s hip potentialities both as an Air Force Officer and a civilian leader . (3 W) Staff 150. Air Scien ce: Air Force ROTC Summer Training U nit. Consists of four weeks (144 contact hours) of practical tL·aining at an A ir Force Base and is directed towa rd providing a vat· iety of practical Ait· Force exper iences. Among the experiences offered in tour and lecture form by R egu lar Air Force Officet·s are electronic communication, navigatio n, weather, traffic control, first a id a nd san itation , s upply, biological a nd ch em ica l wal"fare. Press ure a nd altitude ch amber ex peri e nce complete w ith o1·ientation lectures , as g iven to r egu lar Air Force jet pilots, permits cadets to ride in jet a ircraft. A minimum of two flights is permitted to each cadet, one thil·ty minu te jet ride, and one rid e in another ty pe aircraft as a crew m ember . Ca dets pa1·t icipate in pre-fli g h t and post fli g h t briefings, and receive emergen cy equ ipment indoctrinatio n. D emo nstration and fi eld trips are prov ided to airfie]d in stall ation s an d fi1·e power demonstrations . Practical leade 1·s h ip t rainin g is prov ided t hrou g h g 1·oup ca listhenics, individual and grou p sports, fam iliarization firing of p istol a nd carbine and dit·ecting cadet ope rations . The cadet attends th e Summer' Training U ni t between his jun ior and seni or yea 1·. Exemption from attendance at t his tim e is g ranted only by the Pt·ofessor of Air Science based upon emergency s it ua-

Lions of extreme hardship. If an exemption is g r anted, the cadet must atte nd s umm er traini n g at t h e end of his sen ior yea r and w ill be comm issioned upon s uccess fully completing the sum mer trainin g if hi s university degree requirements h ave bee n met. (6Su) Staff

Air Science IV-Second Year Advanced AFROTC Course 141. Air Scien ce: Weather and Navigation. A stud y of the weather a nd navigational aspects of airmanship , such a s temperature, pressure, a ir masses, precipitation, weather ch a r ts, navigational charts and dead reckonin g na v igation. (3F) Staff

142. Air Science: Military Aspects of World Political Geography. Students will register for Politica l Science Course 150, World Pol it ical Geog raphy. Th is is a study of strategic geog r aphi ca] areas of the world and the f actor s w hi ch influence t h e powers of states. Power is stu di ed in relation to inte1·national politics and power a l1i ances. (4W) Petersen 143. Air Science: Inter n ational Relations and the Air Force Officer. Students w ill r eg ister for Political Science Oourse 111, International attempts to achieve some type of inter national Government. This stud y examines briefly the orga ni zation with m ajo r emphas is on t he League of N a tion s a nd United Nations. On e quarter h our is devoted to t h e study of material to help the cadet mak e a rap id eff ective adjustme nt to a.ctive duty as an officer in the United States Air Force. (3S) Anderson , Staff 143a. Air Science: Active Duty as an Officer. This cour se is des igned to h el p t h e stu dent make a rap id a nd eff ective transitio n to active duty as an officer in the U.S. A i r Force. Emphasis is pla.c ed upon a further development and app lication of leadershi p ski lls, respo ns ibili t ies a nd obligatio ns of t he Armed Forces Officer, p e r so nal and pt·ofessonal cons iderations of m ilitary service. One h ou r of lecture and two hout·s of leadership labo ratory pe1· week are requ ired . (IS) Staff (This course taken w it h Political Science 111 (Inter national Org anization) is the desired su bstitute for AS' 143) . 145. Flight Instruction Program. T his cou r se covers in struction s in g round sch ool, Civ il Ait· R eg ulations , Radio and Airways procedures, nav igation, general serv ice an d operatio n o f aircraft. Fligh t instruction in cludes 36lh h ours on lig h t aircraft and includes : pre· fli g ht checks, solos , cross countt·y fl ig hts a n d a FAA fli g h t exa min at ion. Subject open only to qualified sen ior AFROTC Cade-ts . Instruct ion alTanged to n ot interfere w i t h r egu lar academic schedule. Prerequ is i te : 141. Navigation and Weather. (3 F, W, S) Staff

255

Department of

Military Science Colonel Ch es ter H. Anderson; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Captain Jam es D. Smith, Ordnance Corps; Ca;ptain Bruce H . Williams, Quartermaster Corps; IN STRUCTORS S ergeants first class Roy L. Cameron, Russell E. Langley, Archie V. Robertson, Henry M. Sato, Sergeant Robert /. Meline . PROFESSOR

Office in Military Science 101 ROTC's purpose is to develop reserve officers in sufficient quantity to provide a nucleus of well educated, all-around leaders for an army that would have to expand rapidly in the event of a national emergency. In this present period of "limited" emergency, the program produces new second lieutenants for the Active Army and the Army Reserve. A limited number of Distinguished Military g raduates are offered commissions in the regular Army. To be eligible for a commission as a Reserve Second Li eutenant a student must not have r eached hi s 28th birthday prior to appointment. If he is commissioned in the Army Reserve and unless he is a veteran or has completed flight

trai nin g he will be required to serve either six months or two years on active duty. If a veteran, he may serve six months or no active duty - or he may request two years active duty, if desired. If he participates in flight trainin g, he must serve three years on active duty. Th e Army ROTC offers a fouryear program. It consists of two courses: Basic and Advanced. It is optional as to whether or not students enroll in the Basic Course. To enroll in the Basic Course, stud ents mu st be either a (a) freshman, (b) sophomore with credit for High School ROTC or other military training, (c) sophomore pursuing a course requiring four more year s to earn the Bachelor's Degree.

256 Military and Air Sciences After completion of the two-year Basic course and selection for further training, cadets may enroll in the Advanced course, subject to any quota limitations. Under the provisions of the contract between the University and the Department of the Army, the University agrees to require that each student who enrolls will complete the course as a prerequisite to his graduation. Therefore, if he enrolls in the Advanced course, he must complete that course unless relieved. of this obligation by regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Army. Signing of an ROTC draft deferment agreement as a Basic course student obligates him to elect enrollment in the Advanced course if selected for it. 路

Academic Course Substitute s. Recognizing the modern Army leader's need for certain training to prepare him for responsibilities of diplomat, scientist, or statesman while in the military service, the Army has authorized substitution of certain academic University courses in lieu of some ROTC classroom instruction. Strictly military courses have been reduced in scope and credit. In offsetting this reduction, during the MS I year a student must earn a minimum of three credits in one of the approved academic areas. During the MS III and MS IV years h e must earn a minimum of four quarter hours per year in courses from these same areas. These areas of interest are: Effective Communications; Science Comprehension; Political Development and Institutions; and General Psychology. Lists of courses in these fields currently taught at this University are available through advisers or from the staff of the Military Science Department. These are not additionally required

courses but, in effect, ones granting "dual credit" - they fill requirements for a major and meet r equisites for ROTC training leading to a commission. Army ROTC Flight Training. This training is offered to selected Senior Army ROTC students who meet class I physical standards for flying . Instruction is so arranged that it will not interfere with ROTC or regular academic schedules. For acceptance in the course students. must be enrolled in MS IV ROTC or have successfully completed MS IV and summer camp, and be scheduled to graduate from the University within the same academic year. Academic credit may be arranged upon completion of the program. The flight program consists of 711/z hours of training; 35 hours of ground and 36% hours of actual flight instruction. Completion of this training may qualify a student for a FAA private pilot's license. All training is conducted by FAAapproved instructors. If interested in participating in flight training see the Military Science class adviser for further information. Summer Camp. Advanced ROTC cadets mu st participate in a six weeks summer camp held at Fort Lewi s, Washington. Attendance is required between junior and senior years unless a subsequent period is specifically approved by the Commanding General, Sixth army. Practical application of classroom theory and living in the field make it an interesting and stimulating experience. Pay is received for the six week period and for travel to and from camp. Veterans. Veterans may pe given credit for all or part of the Basic course, depending upon length of service. Enrollment in the Advanced program is contingent upon

Military Science 257 selection as m the case of other cadets.

High School ROTC. Students who have compl eted the three-year high school ROTC program may be g iven credit for the first year Basic course. A major in Military Science is offered by t he Army ROT C department. Thi s major is intended to serve two categories: service personnel station ed at near-by military in stallation s who desire to complete a degree while in the service, and college students interested in th e possibility of making a career of the service. The latter who elect this major are required to compl ete a dual major, the purpose of which is to assure adequate preparati on for the future in the event the.r are not selected or cannot qualify for a r eserve commi ssion. Furth er, it is not poss ible for a studen t to qualify for a major in Military Science if h e fails to be selected for Advanced ROT C. Although all major fi elds at this in stitution a r e acceptable in a dual major, th e fo llowin g are particularly r ecommend ed: Engineering, Ph ysics, Chemi stry, Mathematics, Poli t ical Science, or P sychology. A freshman student electin g Mi li tary Science as a major is advi sed to pursue one of t h e above fi elds. In addition to Basic ROTC he should concentrate on fillin g lower division group requirements and strive for a hi gh grade point average.

Payment to Advanced Students. Upon enrollment in the Adva nced course, students are paid a "Subsi stence Allowance" amountin g to approximately $27 per mont h. These payments normally con t inu e f rom time of enrollment until completi on of the course and in clude normal vacation periods. Veterans

r ece ive this in addition to any payments under th e GI Bill. Delay of Entry on Active Duty. When st ud ents have completed the Army ROTC program and are commi ss ion ed they may delay entry upon active duty, if they wish to conti nue studi es in certain fields. Information regarding specific field s of study and procedure may be obtained upon r equest.

Basic Military Science MS !-First Year B.asic D IRECTOR:

Capt. J. D. Smith

Course路s 11. Military Science I. Organ ization of the A rm y a nd ROTC; U.S. Anny and National Securi ty ; Leaders hip, Drill and ComYnand. One class period and one leadersh ip labora to ry pe ri od per week . (1F) Williams 12. Military Science I. Continuation of Milit ary Science 11. Indiv idual W eapons and Marks m ans hip; Leaders hip, Dri11 a nd Command. On e class period and one leadership laborat ory period per week . (1 W ) Willia.ms 13. Military Science I. Continuation of Military Science 12. U.S. Army and N a ti onal Secu rity ; Leadership, Drill and Command. One cl ass period a nd one leadership la.b oratory per w eek . ( I S} Williams

MS II-Second Year Basic DIRECTOR:

Captain B. H . Williams

21. Military Science II . Map Read in g, American Military History, Leade rship, Drill a nd Comm a nd. Prerequis ites: Milita ry Scien ce 11 , 12 and 13 or 24. Two class per iods a nd one leaders hi p laboratory period per week. (2F) Staff 22. Military Science II. Continuatio n of Military Scien ce 21. American Military History; Ma p Reading and A erial Photography; Operations a nd Tactics . Leadership Dri11 a nd Comm a nd. Two class p eriods per week. (2 W) Staff 23. Military Science II. Continuation of Mil~ itary Science 22. A m eri can Military Science; Operat io ns a nd Tactics; Leadership, Drill a nd Command. Two class periods a nd one leadership laboratory period per week . (2S') Staff

258 Military and Air Sciences 24. Military Scien ce II. Special Studies. Tutored study for students wh<> have no t been able to take Basic courses at their regularly offered times. (2F, 2W, 2S) Staff

Advanced Military Science MS III-First Year Advanced DIRECTOR:

Captain J. D. Smith

131. Military Science III. Leadership; Military Teaching Methods; Leadership, Drill a nd Con1mand. Two class periods pe1路 week and one leaders hip drill period per week. (2F) Smith 132. Military Science III. Continuation of Military Scien ce 131. Organization, Function, and Miss ion of Arms and Services; Sma1l Unit Tactics ; Lea.dership, Drill and Command. Two class periods and o ne leadership labo1路atory period per week. (2 W ) Sm it h

133. Military Science III. Continuation of Mili tary Science 132 . Small Unit Tactics a nd Communications; Leaders hip, Drill and Command. Two class periods and one leadership laboratory period per week. (2S) Smith

150. Military Science Summer Camp. Attendance at su.mrn.er cam.p is required of all Advanced Military Science students . Practical training for six weeks at a regu lar Army post subsequent to completion of Military Science III. (6Su) Smith

MS IV-Second Year Advanced DIRECTOR: 141. tary Two toTy

Lt. Col. J. L. Walker

Military Science IV. Operations; MiliLaw; Leadership, Drill a nd. Comman d. class periods and one leadership laboraperiod per week. (2F) Staff

142. Military Science IV. Continuat ion of Military Science 141. Military Administration and Personnel Management; Role of US in World Affairs. Two class periods and one leadership laboratory period per week. (2W) Staff

143. Military Science IV. Continuation of Military Science 142 . Logistics ; Service Orientation; Leadership, Drill and. Command. Two class periods and one leadership la-b oratory period per week. (2S) Staff 14.5. Military Science IV Flight. An FAAapproved standardi zed flig ht p路r ogram of instruction consisting of 35 hours of ground instruction and 36'h hours of flight instruction. Three add itional hours are granted to meet unforeseen contingencies. Prerequisite MS IV or completion of ROTC program; meet Arm y flight physical requirements. (3F', W, S ) Smith

Seminars 174 . Advanced Military Science Seminar Problems. Prerequisite: E nrollment in or completion of Advanced Military Science. Credits arranged. (F . W, S) Staff

20I. Advanced Military Science Seminar Problems. Prerequisite: Graduate standin g . Credits arranged. (F, W, S') Anderson

259

260

School of

Graduate Studies General Graduate Policies, 2 61 Graduate Degrees, 263 - Master Master Master Master Master Degree Degree Doctor - Doctor

of of of of of of of of of

Science Degree, 263 Education Degree , 264 Forestry Degree, 264 Business Administration Degree, 2 64 Industrial Education Degree, 2 6 5 Civil Engineer, 265 Irrigation Engineer, 265 Ed ucation Degree, 265 Philosophy Degree , 266

Teaching and Research Assistantships, 267 Fellowships, 267 Tuition Scholarships, 2 68 Curriculum in Animal Nutrition and Biochemistry, 268 Curriculum in Plant Nutrition and Biochemistry, 269

261

School of

Graduate Studies J.

Stewart

Willi~ms,

Dean

Office in Main 182 There are nine graduate degrees offered at Utah State University: Civil Engineer, Irrigation Engineer, Master of Education, Master <o f Forestry, Master of Science, Master of Business Administration, Master of Industrial Education, Doctor of Education and Doctor of Philosophy. Graduate study is supervised by the dean of the School of Graduate Studies, assisted by the Graduate Council. This council consists of one representative from each of the .seven resident colleges of the University, and one from the Library. Members of the council are nominated by the Faculty Senate and appointed by the president to serve four-year terms, two to be appointed each year. The present Graduate Council is constituted as follows: College of Agriculture, James A. Bennett; College of Business and Social Sciences, Leonard J. Arrington; College of Education, Arden Frandsen; College of Engineering, Cleve H . Milligan; College of Forest, Range and Wildlife Management, Lawrence A. Stoddart; College of Family Life, Ethelwyn B. Wilcox; College of lfumanities and Arts, T. Y. Booth; College of Science, Eldon J. Garqner; Library, Milton Abrams. A graduate with a Bachelor's degree from USU or from any other accredited college or university may be admitted to the School of Graduate Studies. Seniors at USU who have an average of "B" or better

in their courses in the junior and senior years, and who at the beginning of any quarter lack not more than five credits to complete all requirements for the Bachelor's degree, may be allowed to register in the School of Graduate Studies. An application for admission, accompan ied by transcripts of all previously earned credits, and by letters of recommendation, should be presented as far in advance of the day of registration as possible. Students must be approved by the department in which they propose to work. If the student cannot qualify for the degree program in a particular field, he may be admitted to the School of Graduate Studies as a non-candidate student. Admission to this school does not imply admission to candidacy f9r a higher degree. General Policies on

Graduate Work Qualifying Examinations. A qualifying examination is required by t he School of Graduate Studies and may be taken prior to registration . If :qot taken then, this examination and any qualifying examination required by the major department must be taken as soon as possible after registration. The results of these examinations become a part of the student's file in the Graduate office. If found to be deficient in the work basic to the field in which he proposes

262 School of Graduate Studies to study, he may be required to take undergraduate courses- which do not count in the minimum requirements for the advanced degree - to satisfy the deficiency. Supervisory Committee. When it has been determined that a student is acceptable as a possible candidate for a higher degree, the major professor will suggest a committee to assist in guiding his program and in conducting necessary additional qualifying examinations and the final examination. When the program has been determined and approved by the committee, he will be advanced to candidacy for a degree. Advancement to candidacy must be accomplished before the end of the winter quarter if one plans to graduate at the following Commencement. When research is best supervised by a federal collaborator, or other person who is not a member of the regular teaching staff, such collaborator or other person may be designated as thesis director. This thesis director is a member of the student's committee.

Thesis or Dissertation. A candidate for an advanced degree usually must present a thesis or dissertation on the topic within the field of his major subject, which must represent from nine to fifteen hours of the credit presented for the master's degree, and as much as fortyfive hours of credit for the doctor's degree. The thesis must be a contribution to the field of knowledge, based upon the student's own research or a treatment and presentation of known subject matter from a new point of view. After final approval by t he department, the thesis mu st be typewritten in standard form; and a copy mu st be submitted to each member of the advisory and examining committee at least two weeks before the date

of final examination. After approval by the committee and the department, and after successfully passing the final examination, three copies of the final draft of the thesis must be deposited in the Graduate office. One of these copies will be deposited in the library, another sent to the department, and the third returned to the student. Microfilming of Thesis. Students pay for microfilming their thesis, and the films are deposited in the Un iversity library. For master's candidates, the fee is five cents per page and students may obtain their own positive copy for a small additional charge. For doctor's candidates the fee is $20 and the film is produced by and registered with University Micro-films, Ann Arbor, Michigan. Th esis Alter-nate. The supervisory committee may permit the substitution of two advanced reports, valued at six to ten credits, for the regular Master's thesis. These are known as "Plan B" reports. The master's program is otherwise the same under "Plan B." If working under "Plan B" in general agriculture, the dean of the College of Agriculture will select a major professor to be the chairman of the student's supervisory committee. This program must include a minimum of six credits each in the field s of Plant Science, Animal Science, and Agricultural Economics. CTedit Load. Maximum load for fu ll-time graduate students is sixteen credits. Maximum for assistants engaged in teach in g or research is twelve credits, except that students assisting in research which results in their thesis or dissertation may register for the full load, if such registration includes at least 4 credits of research or thesis.

Graduate Degrees 263 Gn~duat e credit. If properly regis t er ed in the School of Gradu ate Studi es a ny course in the 100 series is r ecorded as graduate credit. If in edu cation and inter ested in r ece rtification students should be sure tlhey a r e r egistered in the School of Graduate Studies. Minimum requirement for such registration is t he possession of a bachelor's degree from an accredited in stitution.

D egree of

Master of Science The Master of Science degree is offered in most of the basic biological, physical, and social sc jences and in various educational, industrial, and professional divis ions of th e University. Specific departm ents in which the Master's degree is given, together with the courses provided by the departments, may be determined by consulting the departmental statements in thi s catalog. R equirements. Th e program for the Master's degree must include: (1) At least thirty credits taken on the Logan campus; thesis credit counts toward this r esidence r equirement; ( 2 ) At least 45 credits in courses numbered 100 or above which are ap proved for graduate cr edit; ( 3) At least ten credits, exclu sive of thesis, in courses numbered 200 or a bove (in Education at least 25 credits must be in courses numbered 200 or above) ; ( 4) A thesis with nine to fifteen credits, or: thes is alternate. Final E xamination. A candidate for a Master of Science degree is required to pass a comprehensive final examination on the subjects of graduate study and on hi s thesis. Thi s examination may be oral or written or both as the committee decides, and is open

to a ll fac ulty members and officials of the School of Graduate Studies. Ar ra nge ments for th e ti me and place of the examin ation are made by t he Dean of the School of Grad uate Studies. A member of the adv isory a nd examinin g committee, other t han t he major professor, or a rep r esentative of the Graduate Council, is appointed to act as cha irma n of the examin a tion a nd submits to the Graduate Council the res ul ts of the examination. If a student is to r~cei ve hi s degree at the Jun ~ Commencement, the date of the final examination should be not la ter than May 10. Tim e Limi t. Work for a Master' s degree mu st be completed within s ix years from the date of mat ricula tion as a regular student in th e School of Graduate Studies if the work is done wholly or in part durin g t he regular academic year. If th e work is don e entirely in summer sess ion s, a maximum of seven years is a llowed. Older work may be reva lidated by eiamination. E x tension Course Credit. Th e a mount of extension class or other off-campus cr edit to be allowed wi ll be dete rmin ed in cons ideration of the enti r e course program. In no case will more than nin e qua rter hours of extension credit be a llowed toward a degree, a nd the total of a ll off-campus cr edi t may not exceed fi ftee n hours, exclu sive of thes is. All extension courses for whi ch graduate credit is sou ght must be regularly r egistered for t hro ugh the School of Graduate Studies, and mu st have th e sanction of the head of the department in wh ich g r aduate work is being done . Cr edit toward a Master' s degr ee is not granted for Home Study (correspondence ) Courses. Transfer Credit. A maximum of nine quarter credits of graduate work satisfactori ly complet ed at

264 School of Graduate Studies another approved Graduate School may be a llowed toward a Master's degree. The extent to which such credit may reduce either the course or the residence requirements will be determined by the committee.

areas of the field of education; ( 4:) Possession of a teaching adminis;t rative, supervisory or other apprmpriate state school certificate ; (5') Evidence of potential success as :a teach er or successful teaching e:x;:perience.

Degree of

Master of Education

Degree of

Master of Forestry

Degree Arens: A course of stud y The Master of Forestry degree i.s leading to t he Master of Education degree is offered in the following given upon completion of a cours.e areas: School Administration and of stud y prescribed by the DepartSupervision, General Administra- ment of Forest Management withim tion, Secondary Administration and the general requirements of the Supervision, Elementary Adminis- School of Graduate Studies. It i.s tration and Supervision, Secondary designed for those who have .a Education, with specialization in Bachelor's degree in some fie! d selected teaching fields, Elementary other than Forestry and who wisn Education, with specialization in to earn a degree in Forestry. It normally requires from two to t hree selected teaching fields. Th e course of study leading to years, dependin g upon how closely the Master of Education degree in t he original field is related t.o each of the above areas has for its Forestry. purpose the preparation of thoroughly prepared teachers, super- Degree of visor s, and adm inistrators. It provides a broad foundation in the Master of Business field of education and in the parAdministration ticular area of specialization, and differs from t he Master of Science The Master of Business Admindegree by providing more flexible istration degree is given upon requirements to meet specific needs. completion of a course of stud y Thi s degree emph asizes a pro- prescribed by the Department of ficiency in the interpretation and Bus in ess Administration within the application of research. general requirements of t h e School The requirements for the Master of Graduate Studies. It is designed of Education degree include: ( 1) to serve the needs of graduates At least 45 credits beyond the from recognized colleges of busiBachelor's degree, subj ect to the ness as well as graduates in liberal same limitations of off-campus arts, science, engi neering or other course cred it, transfer credit and fields with a professional interest in time limit as the Master of Science management. The ent ire program, degree, except that a minimum of aimed at developing broad execu25 credits must be taken on the tive ski lls, can be covered in a Logan campus; ( 2) A graduate period of two years. Those with minor of at least ten credits in a strong backgrounds in busin ess adfield other than educat ion; ( 3) ministration and economics, howSpecified courses in each of four ever, should be able to complete the

Graduate Degrees 265 p r ogram in a s ign ificant ly shorter ti me.

DegYee of

Master of Industrial Education Th e Master of Indu strial E ducation Degree provi des advanced pr epa ration fo r t hose en gaged in teachin g, super vis in g, or adm ini ste rin g Ind ustri al E ducation progr a ms. Thi s program is sufficientl y flex ible to meet t h e needs of individuals engaged in t he variou s phases of the work. It is pla nn ed t o provide the cultural and professional development cons ider ed essent ial t o educational leader ship in t hi s fi eld. The requirements are essentially t he same as for the Master of Science degr ee except t hat addi t ional pr ofess ional cour se wor k is taken in li eu of th e tradi t ional Master' s Thes is r equi rement. The can didate mu st complete a schola rly piece of work designated as a Master's Paper. This r eport should demon strate t he studen t's com peten ce in pr ofess ional w r it ing. Th e degr ee is awarded only wh en t he candi date's over-a ll record, incl udin g course work, t he Master's examinations a nd th e Master's Paper, rep r esent credi table accompl ishmen t. Cand idates fo r thi s degr ee mu st have had th ree years of s uccessful teachin g experience.

Degrees of

Civil Engineer and Irrigation Engineer Th e College of Engineerin g offers a two-yea r gradu ate pr ogr am in Civil E n g in eering a nd in I r ri gation Engin eerin g, leading to t he deg r ees oi Civil E ngin eer and Irrigation Eng in ee r . Th e pla n of study for

these deg r ees is simila r in many r espects to plan s at other western institution s for degrees of Civi l Enginee r , Mechani cal E ngineer, etc. R equi1路ements. T he pr ogram f or these degr ees inclu des : ( 1 ) A mi nimum of six quarters of study, of which at least t hree quarters must be in res idence at Utah State Univers ity ; ( 2) Completion of 90 credits of approved courses; (3) Completion of a minimum of 30 credits of gradu ate courses ( 200 series ), exclusive of t hesis; (4) Completion of an adeq uate th esis based on a research progr a m fo r whi ch a maximum of 30 cr edi ts may be allowed by th e commi ttee . For candidates who pr esent th e Master of Science degree in an approp riate field of engineering, a nd who have completed a t h es is project fo r t hi s degree, t he r equi rements wi ll be modified as f ollows: (1 ) A min imum of t hree quar ter s in res idence; ( 2) Comp letion of a su itable program of study of not less than 45 cr edi ts, of w hich at least 30 credi ts mu st be gradua t e courses (200 series), and may include a maximum of 20 cr edi ts f or t hesis. T he s uggested curriculum fo r these degrees is detailed in t he section on College of E n gineering.

Degyee of

Doctor of Education The degree of Doct or of E ducation is design ed especially to prepar e for lead ership and expert service in t he fi eld of education . Req uir ements f or t hi s degr ee include t he development of competence in a n a r ea of specia li zation in education plus a t hor ough development of skills a nd knowledge of t he br oad field of education and in

266 School of Graduate Studies a field s upplementar y to professional ed ucation. The minimum requirements for the Doctor of Education degree are: (1) a Master's degree includin g certain specific courses. (2) A program of at least 90 credi ts of approved graduate stud y beyond t he Master's degree. (3) A minor field of stud y, with 20 cred its of approved co urses. ( 4) An acceptable di sser tation for which a maximum of 18 credi ts may be given . (5) Four quarters of r esidence at Utah State U ni vers ity, three of which mu st be in consecutive sequence (minimum 12 hours per quarter). Detai led requ irements for the a bove degrees may be obtained at t he office of eith er the dean of t h e School of Graduate Stu di es or t he dean of t he College of Ed ucation.

Degree of

Doctor of Philosophy The degree of Doctor of Phi losophy (PhD ) is awarded by Utah State U nivers ity in recognition of hi gh atta inment and producti ve scholarship in a specific field of lea rnin g. M ajon Ojj"e1路ed . Th e Doctor of Phi losophy deg ree is offered in: Agricul tural Engineering, Agronomy, An imal Hu sbandry, Animal Nutrition and Biochemistry, Bacteriology, Biophysics, B o tan y, Chemistry, Civi l Engineerin g, Electrica l Engineerin g, Entomology, F ishery Biology, Fishery Management, Fo r est Ma nagement, Horticul ture, Irri gation and Drainage Engineering, Irri gation Science, Physics, Physiology, Plant Nutrition a nd Biochemistry, Range Management, Sociology, Wildlife Biology, Wildlife Management, Zoolo gy. Adm ission t o School of Graduate Studi es to work toward t he degree

of Doctor of Phi losophy is obtained in the same manner as for the Master's degree. Quali fying examinations are s imilarl y required, and yo ur program is likewise directe d by a super visor y committee. R equirements. Th e progra m for the Doctor of Phi losophy degree must include: ( 1) Three years of f ull-t ime gradu ate stud y above the Bachelor's degree. If the student has a Maste r's degree, t hen two yea r s will be required. The student's superv isory committee may r ecommend t hat par t of thi s prog ram be taken at other school s, but t he last year mu st be spent in res idence at Utah State University; ( 2) A minimum of 135 cr edits of a pproved graduate stud y beyond the Bachelor's degree; (3) A major field to whi ch approximately twothirds of the t ime is devoted and a minor. The minor may be divided between two sui tably related areas . A Master's degree in a suitably related area may satisfy t he minor r equi rement ; ( 4) A research problem on which a dissertation will be presented. Credits for this dissertation may not exceed 45, a nd work on the di ssertation should ordinarily occupy most of th e third year , but may be carried on with course work t hrou ghou t th e program. L cmguage R equi1路ement. A reading knowledge of at least one fo r eig n lang uage is r equired. The particular language required wi ll be that wh ich best meets the student' s needs. Requirements of a second language wi ll be optiona l with t he depar tment in which he takes his ma jor. Proficiency in usin g t he required lang uage in the chosen field an d kn owledge of the g rammar structure of the lan g uage wi ll be determined by a committee appointed by t he dean of the School of Graduate Studies fr om members of t he Languages department. The

Graduate Assistantships 267 language exam ination should be taken before the beg innin g of the t hird year of stud y. Comp1路ehensive Examination ancl Cancliclacy. Written and oral examinations are condu cte d by the supervisory committee and the departm ent concern ed, usua lly in the last quarter of the second year of work, to dete rmin e fitne ss for admi ss ion to candidacy for t he degree of Doctor of Philosophy. Dissertation. A completed di ssertation approved by t he department mu st be presented to the supervisory comm ittee not later t han May 1 of the year in whi ch the student wo uld grad uate. Th e di ssertation mu st show a bili ty to do criti ca l and ind epen dent research. It mu st present a contribu t ion to knowledge in schol a rl y fas hion. F inal Examination. The fin al exam ination in defense of dissertation will be condu cted by t he supervisory commi ttee not later than two weeks before th e date of commencement.

Teaching and Research Assistantships A number of teaching and resea rch ass istants hips in various depar t ments of t he University are availa bl e each year to g r ad uate students. Teaching assistantships carry a stipend of $900 to $1600 for one-third to one-ha lf teachi ng service on a nine-month bas is. Remuneration fo r research assi s tan tships may vary from $900 t o $2400, depending upon the time of se r vice involved. Generally assistantshi ps are arranged for the Master's degr ee in two year s. A t present, assistantships are avai lable in the following departments : Animal Hu sbandry, Accoun t in g and Busin ess Administration, Agricultural Economi cs and l\Iarketing, Agronomy, Art, Bac-

teriology an d Publi c Health, Botan y and Plan t Pathology, Chemi stry, Fam ily and ChiId Development, Civil Engineering, Dairy Industry, Economi cs, E du cation, Eng li sh, Entomology, Fo r est Management, Food and Nutrition, Geollogy, Horticulture, Hi story, Irrigation an d Drainage, I nstrumenta l Mus ic, Mathematics, Languages, Physiology, Phys ics, Physica l Education, P sychology, Ran ge Management, Sociology, Speech, Vegetable Crops, Veterinary Science, Wi ldli fe Resources, and Zoology . R esearch fe llowships are available in: Animal Husbandry, Agricultural Economics and Marketing, Agronomy, Chemi stry, Entomology, Irr igation and Dra inage, Physiology, Range Management, Wildlife Reso urces, and Zoology.

Fellowships Unive1路sity R esear-ch fellowsh ips ca rry a stipen d of $2,000 and the remiss ion of non-res ident tuition. The student is r equired to partic ipate successfully in a research project lead ing to a Master's t hes is or Doctor's di sserta tion. These are tenable in any field in which USU grants an advanced degree. Application must be made by February 1, an d awards are made April 1. National Def ense Gmduate fe llowships for the Doctor's degr ee are ava ilable in seven fields: Civil Engineeri ng, Irri gation Engineerin g, Entomology, Ph ys iology, Zoology, Botany, Pla nt Virology. Th ey carry stipends of $2,000 for the first yea r, $2,200 for the second year, and $2,400 for t he third year, plu s an a llowance of $400 per year for each dependent. Non-resident t uition is wa ived. Coopemtive F ellowships. USU

268 School of Graduate Studies participates in a Cooperative Fellowships pr ogram with the National Science Foundation. These fe llowships carry a stipend of $1,800 for a tenure of nine months, and $2,400 for a ten ure of 12 months, plus a remission of fees. Deadlin e f or application is November 1, and awards are made March 15.

A number of t uition scholarships are ava ilable to beginning graduate students who are r esidents of Utah . Applications should be made to the dean, School of Graduate Studies. ( Also, see catalog section on Schola r ships.)

Inter-D epartmental Curriculum

Tuition Scholarships

Animal Nutrition and Biochemistry Facilities of the several depa rtments conductin g nutrition and biochemical research have been made avai lable in this curr iculum to afford students maximum opportunity to gain experience and t raining. Included in t he facilities are an animal metabolism building and equ ipment for con ducting digestion and metabolism studies on large and small animals and several laboratories eq uipped with such equipment as an electron microscope, spectograph, ultracen trif uge, electrophores is apparatus, gas chromatogr aphic equipment, as well as standard laboratory equipment. Major problems currently being studi ed are effects of toxic and nontoxic substances on digestion an d metaboli sm of farm animals, atmospheric pollution, cholesterol metabolism, a mino acid metabolism, a nd other basic physiological processes related to nutrition. Training in t he curr iculum is designed as preparation for research in educational institution s, governmenta l and industrial laboratories, and for college teachin g. Prerequisites for a major in the curricu lum should include at least one year or equivalent training in

English composition, chemi stry (including qualitative ana lys is, analytical, organic, and biochemistry) mathematics through trigonometry, physics, bacteriology, botany, physiology, and zoology. Any deficient prerequi site work must be completed without graduate credit. A student shall spend at least two-t hirds of his time for the doctorate degree, including t hesis, on the major subj ect. The minor must be in an area of work which can be logically related to that of the department in which the student is doing hi s major work. Appropriate minors are mathematics, stati stics, chemistry, physics, physiology, genetics and other fields closely related to the major. For more specific details concern ing admissions, r equirements, and available scholarships and fellowships write t h e curriculum chairman. Master's Degree Requirements 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Credits Advanced Nutrition ....... .... ....................._. 10 Advanced Biochemistry.... ............. ............. 10 Statistics ............ ......................................... . 8 Physical Chemistry (Biology) .. 3 .... . 14-1"7 E lectives a.nd Research ............... Total ............ ............................. .................. 45-48

Plant Nu trition and Biochemistry 269 Doctorate Degree Requ ire men ts 1 . Advanced Nutrition .. :2 . Advanced B ioch em istry... ... :3 . Stati stics ... .. ................ ····· ·· 4. Phys ica l Chemistry (B iology ) .. 5 . Phys iology, Zoology, Pathology ........ ..... 6. E lecti v·e s a nd Research ...... ... ..... . .. ......

Total

12 15 12

Cha irman ship for the cu rric ulum rotates each year: chairman for 1962-63 is Lorin E. Harri s.

20 73

.......... 135

Inter-D epartmental Curriculum, in

Plant Nutrition and Biochemistry Facilities of t h e various departments conductin g research in plant n utri t ion and biochemistry have been made ava ilab le for this prog ram. Thi s includes plant growth chambers, laboratories equipped with equipment such as a n electron microscope, ultracentrifuge, refri ge r ated centri f uges, spectrophotometers for ultra violet, infrared, v isible, fluorescence a nd recordin g studi es, chromatogr aphy equipm ent, Warburg apparatus, scaling and co un t in g meters, electrophoresis apparatus and genera l laboratory equipment. Prerequisites for a major in this curriculum should include Botany (general and pla nt physiology ) , Chemistry (qualitative, quanti tative, organ ic and elementary biochemistry ), Mathematics ( includin g one year of geometr y and calculus) and Physics. Any deficiency mu st be completed before an individu al is accepted as a candidate for graduate degree.

Master's D egree R eq uire ments

Credit. Bota ny and Plant Pathology 1 co urse (116, 117 , 118, 125, 130, 150) 1 course (1 21, 224, 225, 226) .. Chemistry 2 courses (295, 296, 297 ) In s trumental anal ysis 153 .... P hys ical Chemistry 101.. Seminar .

3-5 3-4

Zoology Genetics 112 or Cell Physiology 130 Resea rch

.... Max imum 15

Doctorate Degree Requi rements

(in addition to those listed for M .S . program) Botany 2 cou r ses (224, 225, 226) ..

6-7

Chemistry Phys ical Chem istry 104, 105 , 106 1 course (295, 296, 297) ...... I nstrumental a nalys is 273 ..

9 3

Phys ics 1 course (140, 143) Sem inar

Research

.. .. Maximu m 45

Chairman ship for t he curricu lum rotates each year; current chairman is Herman H . Wiebe.

270

277

272

Summer School Office in Agricultural Science 4 Two Summer School sessions of five weeks each will be conducted at Utah State University in 1962. The offerings include a rich program for both graduate and undergraduate students. Opportunities for professional advancement are provided for school administrators, supervi sors, elementary and secondary teachers, guidance counselors and people in the various professions. It is poss ible to attend one or combin e two five-week terms for a quarter's work. By attending three fu ll summer session s a student may accelerate hi s under graduate program one complete year. A graduate student may complete r equi rements for a Ma ster's degree in three summers. Hi gh school graduates may begin their college car eer in the summer quarter. The resident faculty will be augmented by visiting teachers and lecturers of national r eputation. Th e in structional services of the

June 11-August 17 First Session-June 11-July 13 Second Session-July 16-Aug. 17 University are organized into eight academ ic colleges : Agriculture; Busin ess and Social Sciences; Education ; Engineering; Forest, Range, and Wildlife Management; Family Life ; Huma niti es an d Arts; Science; also a School of Graduate Studies. The Summer School has prepared a varied and stimulatin g program of offerin gs includin g : for mal courses, workshops, conferences, lectures, concerts, dramatics, mu sical activities and recreation. A student may profitably spend a one, two, fi ve, or ten-week period for professional, cultural and recreational enrichment. The climate of Logan, its scenic canyon s, an d nearby national parks and monuments makes Utah State University Summer School an ideal institution for stud y, r ecr eation and vacation. A 1962 Summer School Catalog will be mailed upon request.

273

274

Branch Colleges College of Southern Utah, Cedar City Division Division Division Division Division Division Division Division

of of of of of of of of

Agriculture , Biology, Forest, Range and Wildlife Management Air Science Business and Soc ial Scien ce Ed ucation E ngineering and Physical Science Family Life Industrial and Vocational Ed ucation Humanities, E n glish and Fine Arts

Snow College, Ephraim Division Division Division Division Division Division

of of of of of of

Agriculture and Life Sciences Business Educatio n and Socia l Science Humanities Industrial and Voca tiona! Education Physical Science and Mathematics

275

Branch Colleges In addition to eight resident colleges, a School of Graduate Studi es :a nd sever a l oth er di vision s located wn the Logan Campus, Utah State

U ni ver s ity in cludes two branch colleges - Snow Co llege at Ephraim a nd t he Coll ege of Sout hern Utah at Ceda r City .

!College of Southern Utah Daryl Chase, Prcsidem Royden C. Brairhwa ite, Director Th e Coll ege of Southern Utah wa s fo unded in 1897 as Branch Normal :School of t he Uni versity of Utah ;and function ed as such un t il 1913 w hen it became a branch of Utah :state Univers ity. For t he next 40 ;years it was known as Branch Agri<cultural College. In 1953 the name was cha nged to College of Sout hern 1Utah. Its affairs a r e under t he imnnedi ate super vision of th e Board of T ru stees of Utah State Univers ity a nd admini st er ed by the President ithro ugh a director who is r espons ib le directly to t he Presiden t of Utah State University.

L ocation. The College of Sou the rn Utah is located at Cedar City i n Southwestern Utah. Acc1路editation . College of Sou the rn Utah is accredi ted by the orthwest Association of Seconda r y and Hi gher Schools and by the National Council for Accredi tation on T each er Education . Cnmpus and Facilities. Th e main campu s of CSU con sists of 60 acres of la nd and 25 buildings. I n addition t o its ma in campu s the college includes 3,000 acres of mountain ran ge la nd, a 1,000-acre valley far m, a nd numerous li vestock sh eds and buildings.

Deg1路ees and Certificat es. CSU is a ut hori zed to issue t h e certificate of Associate in Science, an d by action of t he Board of Tru stees offers four year s of work leading to the deg r ee of Bachelor of Science in elementary education. Thi s deg ree is awarded thro ugh Utah State Uni ver sity. St uden ts wh o follow termina l curri cul a a r e awarded a two-year cer tificate of completion. Curricula. CSU is a uthorized to teach lower division courses in all basic areas of in stru ction, a nd by action of th e Board of Tru stees, fo ur years of work in elem entary education. Cour ses offered at Coll ege of Southern Utah parallel lower divi sion courses offered at Utah State University. Co urse numbers generally co incid e with those li sted at USU. A student may complete a ll lower di vis ion r equirements at College of Southern Utah a nd transfer to Utah State U nivers ity for completion of upper division work. Course in struction is offered in division s a nd depa r tments whi ch correlate wit h lower divisi on work in the academic colleges on t h e Logan Campus. For Information. A special cata log for CSU is issued each year.

276 Branch Colleges It contains a detailed announcement of a ll curricula, statement of courses, entrance requirements, ru les, and regulations for t he college. For a copy of the CSU catalog, or for information concerning the

work of College of Southern Utah, address: Director' s Office, College of Southern Utah, Cedar City, Utah .

Snow College Daryl Chase, President Floyd S. Holm, Director Snow College was founded in 1888. It was originally known as Sanpete Stake Academy and was operated by t h e Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints. The institution became known as Snow Norma l College in 1912 and as Snow Junior College in 1922. It was operated as a State Junior College from 1932 un ti l July 1, 1951, when it became a branch of Utah State Un iversity. Its affairs are under the immediate superv ision of the Board of Trustees of Utah State Un iversity and adm ini stered by the President through a director who is respons ible directly to the President of Utah State University. Location. Snow College is located at Ephraim, which is the geographic center of t he state of Utah. Accreditation. Snow College is accredited by the Northwest Association of Secondary and Higher Schools. Campus and Facilities. The main campus of Snow College consists of 30 acres and contai ns 12 buildings. In ad dition to the main campus, Snow College operates a 96-acre college farm. Deg1路ees and Certificates. Snow College is a ut hori zed to confer the certi ficates of Associate in Science and Associate in Arts upon com-

pletion of a two-year college program. Students who fo llow terminall curricu la are awarded a two-year certificate of completion. Cun路icula. Snow College is a uthorized to teach lower divisio courses in all basic areas of instruction. Co urses offered at Snow College parallel lower divi sion courses offered at Utah State University. Course numbers generally coincide with those listed at Utah State University . A student may complete a ll lower div ision requirements at Snow Co ll ege and transfer to Utah State University for compl etion of upper divi sion work. Course instruction is offered in divisions a nd departments which correlate with lower divis ion work in the academic coll eges on the Logan Campus. For Information. A special catalog for Snow College is issued each year. It contains a detailed announcement of all curri cula, statement of courses, entrance requirements, ru les and r egulation s for the college. For a copy of the Snow College catalog, or for information concerning the work of Snow College, address: Director's Office, Snow College, Ephra im, Utah .

277

278

Extension Services Administrators and Supervisors DIRECTOR William H. B ennett; ASSISTANT DIRECTOR J. Clco-lc Ballanl 1 ; SUPERVISOR, AGRICULTURAL PROGRAMS L eon C. Michaelsen; STATE 4-H CLUB LEADER Glenn T. Bainl; ASSIS TANT STATE 4-H CLUB LEADER Arny R. Kea1·sley; SOC IAL AND ECONOMiC LEADER St eph en L . B /'OW e-r; D ISTRICT' DIRECTORS Gordon L. Beckstmnd, Ma?·den Broadbent, Lloyd R. Hunsak er ..

State Subject Matter Specialists AGRICULTURAL ENGINEER Wayn e B. Ringe?·; AGRONOM IST Louis A. J en sen;· ANIMAL HUSBANDMAN Ge01·g e R . H endeTson; C LOTH! ' G SPECIALIST Th etw J ohnson; DAIRY MANUFACTURI G SPECIALIS T A. J. Mon ·is ; DAIRYMAN J oh??l Ba1·nanl; EN TO MOLOGIST Ge01·g e F. Knowlton; FARM MA AGEMENT' SPECIALIST Lloyd Clem ent; HOME MANAGEMENT AND HOME FURNISHING S; SPECIALIST Rh ea H . Gardne1·; HORTICULTURE AND VEGETABLE CRO P Si SPECIALIST Anson B. Call ; INFORMATION SPECIALIS T Clean M . Kotter ;· ASSISTANT INFORMATIO N SPECIALIST Thomas Jones; IRRIGATION SPECIALIST' T e?Tel Tovey; LIVESTOCK MARKETING S PECIALIST M on·is H. Taylo1· ;· NUTRITION IST Elna Mille?·; POULTRY SPECIALI STS C. Elrne1· Clco-lc, C. ! .. Draper; RADIO AND TELEVISION SPECIALIST A1·thw· L. Higbe e ; RANGE MANAGEMENT AND FORESTRY SPECIALIST J ohn F. Vall entine ; RECREATION SPECIALI ST Clayne R. J en sen; SHEEP AND WOOL SPEC IALIST Russell K ee tch ;· SOIL CONSERVATIO N IST Paul D. Ch?'is t en sen; VETERINARIAN Don W _ Thomas ; W ILDLIFE SPECIALIST J ack H. Benynum.

County Agricultural Agents BEAVER Gmnt M. E splin 1 , K ent Dewsnup; Box ELDER A. F ullm er All1·ed, Ray H. F inch; CACHE Lamont E. Tu elle1·, G. Ray Bu rt en shaw; CARBON Rob ert L . Ha ssell; DAVIS L. Dan·ell Stokes , L ehi S . Rog e1·s ; DUCHESNE William L. Sntith; EMERY Gemld R. Olson; GARFIELD Harold G. L indsay ,IRO N Wallac e D. Sjoblom; JUAB Kay R. Bendi:.rson 1 , Lynn M. E splin ,KANE Cctrl H atch; M ILLARD Rodney G. Rickenbach, Marv en J. Ogden ; MORGAN Ray A. Tlwt che1·; PIUTE R ulon W. Buck; R ICH W esle?J T. M;;mghan 1 ; ROOSEVELT Non· is J. St enquis t; SALT LAKE Jo seph R. Pan is h, D. Wayn e Rose ; SAN JUA N R ell F. A1yyle ; SANPETE C. Derm is Funk ; SEVIER Pau l K. Grimshaw ; SuMM IT J. R eed Moor e; TOOELE E 1·nest 0. B i gg s ; UINTAH W illia·nt F . Fw ·n swO?-tlt , B en W . L indsay ; U TAH Cla ir R . Ac01·d, Jo el C. Bm·lo w ; WASATCH Paul R. Daniels ; WASH! 1GTON Don A. Hub er; WAYNE J ay M. H all; WEBER M elvin S. Bu rning ham , F ay W. Boy er.

County Home Agents So/'ia Ann Ym·dl ey; Box ELDER J essie Elle1·; CA CHE B essie K. L e·mon; CARBON Clam S chofield; DAVIS K a·r ma P. S~eindl e ; GARFIELD Flora H. Ba1·clwell; IRO N M abel M er·r ill; JUAB Velyn B . S teven s ; MILLARD LaV ell W. Tu1 ·n er; MORGAN Ma1·gar et H all; PIUTE R u th D . Coat es ; RICH H elen J . Wamsl ey; ROOSEVELT Mary Boende1·; SALT LAKE B ernice Palj?·eyntan, Cco ·olyn Dunn; SANPETE Sa1·ah S. Tuttle ; SEVIER B eth S. Bastian; SUMMIT Naomi Jensen; TOOELE Elizab eth Dw·ley; U IN TAH Do1·othy Wa ch; UTAH Emily W. Tyl e1·; WASATCH Ma1·y R. Bacon; W AS HINGTON Mw ·y K. Pw·dy; WEBER M aud Mw·tin, Ruth Tipp etts.

BEAVER

lQn lea ve.

279

Extension Services William H . Bennerr, Direcror Office in Agricultural Science 120 Utah State University's Exten sion Services include the Cooperative Extension Service and Exten sion Classwork and Home Study programs.

Cooperative Extension Service Th e Cooperative Extension Service is one of the main divi sion s of the Un iversity and in Utah is th e educationa l arm of the U.S. Department of Agriculture. It was estab li sh ed in 1914 with passage of the Smith-Lever Act by Congress. Th e Extension Service is sponsored an d finan ced jointly by federal , state and county governments. There is a Cooperative Exten sion Service in the Land-grant in stitution of each state. Th e main functions of the Coopemtive E x tension SeTvice aTe: To deve lop human leadershi p, resourcefulness and initiative; to supp ly fact ual information for di scovering and solving problems, and t help people become more efficient, in crease their incomes and r c. ise their standards of living. Th e Extension Service takes the findir:gs of research to the farms and homes of the state and brings unsulved prob lems back to the resmrch workers at the University fer solving. Extension programs are planned j cintly with the people. The demonstration method of teaching and tl:e mass media are used extens ively. Farm and home visits, g r oup

meet ings, personal and circular letters and publications are used to supply educationa l in f ormation. Several adm ini strative and supervisory personnel and 27 subjectmatte r specialists compri se the staff at the state office on the USU campus . These staff members train, supervise an d assist county agricu ltural and home agents a nd local leader s. County Extension Agents are located in 27 of Utah's 29 counties. At present t her e are 37 agricu ltural agents, 24 home agents, a nd two consumer marketing agents. The Extension program in cludes work with both adults and youth. About one-third of t he time of Extension workers is devoted to 4-H Club work. Programs emphasized are: (1) Efficiency in agricultural production; ( 2 ) effici ency in marketing, distribution and utilization; (3) conservation, de velopment and use of natural resources; ( 4) management on the fa rm and in the home; (5 ) family livin g; (6) yo uth development; (7) leadership development; (8) community development; ( 9) public affairs. To train lea ders a nd s upplement t he Extension work done by county agents, the Extension Service sponsors free non-credit shortcourses and conferences in various subjects at the U niversity and at other location s t hroughout the state. Th ese shortcourses are usually planned a nd conducted under the joint sponsorship of the Extension Service and cooperating groups. Fi eld days

280 Extension Services are also held in cooperation with USU's Agricultural Experiment Station and other groups.

Extension Classwork and Home Study A large number of people living in communities or areas r emote from the Un iversity campus desire to benefit from university training but cannot come to the home campus to register for resident courses. For this group, USU provides a liberal program of educational offerings, including Extension Classwork, Home Study and a number of other educational services fully accredited by t he National University Extension Association.

Extension Classwork Organized courses in many departments of Utah State are offered in as ma ny as thirty selected residence centers of the state for groups of people who cannot come to the home campu s at Logan, but who desire professional improvement or who are interested in a n advanced degree. Such courses are designated as E xtension ClasswoTk. They carry resident credit, are equivalent in content, hours of class in struction and pr eparation and otherwise meet the same prerequis ites as comparable classes on t he Un ivers ity campus. Except for the "fifteen hou rs of on-campus rule," Extension classes may meet t he requirements for a Bachelor's degree. Extension classes are also accepted to meet r equiremen ts for a Master's degree with approval of the School of Graduate Studies. All instructors in Extension courses are either member s of the

r eg ular University teaching fac ult~y颅 officia lly ass igned to the teach ing project concerned, or non-resident members appointed by the head o:tf t he department, with the approval of t he Un iver sity administration. The registration fees charged fo1路 Exten sion classes conform to the prevailing r egulation s fixed by the Board of Trustees.

Adult Education Services USU offers a number of special services for adults in t he fi eld of education , including t he following: Faculty Spe.akeT SeTvice. The Un iversity provides a fac ulty speaker service for commencement exercises, teacher institutes, parent-teacher meetings, service organ ization s, and other adult groups wh ich are concerned primarily with problems in public education. University Lecture Series. USU provides each year a special lecture series dealing with such topics as the Great Religions, International Problems, and Current Problems in Education. Conferences and Institutes. The Un iversity cooperates with teacher s, admini strators, and boards of education in planning educational conferences and institutes in connection w ith in- service teacher, parent-teacher, and other grou p organ ization improvement pregrams.

Home Study Courses Many indi viduals desire orgarized, systematic in struction, but live in isola ted areas or f or oth er reasons cannot meet for class irstl路uction on the Univer sity campus or its resident centers. For such irdividuals, USU provides a libenl offering through a wide variety cf

Home Study Courses 287 Borne Study courses in many <of the departments of the Univer;s ity. This program furnishes an <excellent opportunity to students of lh igh school or college level, and to :adults generally, who desire general <education and professional ImJProvement in selected fields. An enrollee mu st be at least 19 y ears of age, or submit fifteen uni ts <of hi gh school work, or be a gradruate of a high school for admission ito Home Study courses of college g rade. One-fourth of the credits necessary for a Bachelor's degree ( 45) may be earned through the Home Stud y Courses. Each college of ' he University, subject to faculty approval, determines the nature and t he amount of home stud y credit accepted for admission and graduation. In no case is more than 25 per cent of the total number of credit hours accepted for graduation to be Home Study credit. Gmduation Deadline. Seniors who plan to apply Home Study credits toward graduation, in any one year, must have their courses completed by May 1, so that lessons and examination may be evaluated and credit filed in the Admissions and Records Office two weeks prior to the day of graduation. An enrollee is allowed one year in which to complete a course. An extension of time may be granted upon payment of a small fee.

USAF! Cours es. USU is cooperating with the United States Armed Forces Institute (USAFI) at Madi son , Wisconsin, by providing Home Study courses at a reduced cost to men and women in active service in t he Army, Navy, Air Force, Marine Corps, or Coast Guard. A member of any one of the armed forces desiring to enroll for Home Study courses should contact the ed ucation and information center at the base where he is located. V eterans . USU is approved by the Veterans Administration to offer Home Study courses under the GI Bill of Rights. If an individual desires Home Study courses he shou ld first con tact the local Veterans Administration regional office and determine whether he is still eligible to continue schooling under the GI benefits, and if so, determine what procedures he mu st follow. P ees. A fee of $6 per credit hour is charged for Home Study courses of college level. High School course fees are $18 per unit and $12 per half-unit. All fees are subject to change. H ome Study Catalog. If an individual is interested in Home Study courses, he may request a Home Study Catalog, which contains full information concern ing this program.

282

283

284

Information Services DIRECTOR OF INFORMATION SERVICES L eRoy A. Blaser; EDITOR OF UNIVERSITY PUBLICATIONS John J. St ewart; EDITOR OF AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION P UBLICATIONS Gladys L. Ha1Tison; EDITOR OF EXTENSION SERVICE PUBLICATIO NS Thomas C. J ones; UNIVERSITY NEWS EDITOR J . R. Allred; ATHLETIC NEWS EDITOR Karl W. Klages; AGRICULTURAL INFORMATIO N EDITOR Courtney Brewer; EXTENSION SERVICES INFORMATIO N SPECIALIST Clean M. K otter; CHAIRMAN OF UNIVERSITY RADIO AND TELEVISION Bun路ell F . Hansen; PRODUCER-DIRECTOR, KUSU AND KUS U -TV R ey L . Ba1路nes; EXTENSION SERVICES RADIO AND T ELEVISION SPECIALIST Arthur L. Higbee; RADIO-TV CHIEF ENGINEER Boyd Humpherys; UNIVERSITY PHOTOGRAPHER Arlen L. H ansen; DUPLICATING CENTER SUPERVISOR Clark Kidd.

Office in Information Services Building Good teaching, sound research and other practical services performed well are USU's chief mea n s of public relations . Bein g a public, tax-suppor ted institution, t h e University h as the r espons ibility of keeping t h e public informed as to its operations. It can best fulfi ll t hi s responsibility by utilizin g the m ass communication m edia of newspapers, magazines, radio and televis ion station s, and by publishing appropriate bulletins a nd journals. Infor m ation is disseminated dai ly and weekly t hrou gh t h e press, radio a nd telev is ion. Th ese releases include informational articles and prog r a m s of education a l worth. Th ey include a r t icles on research in m any fields and news of general camp us events. University publications include: ( 1 ) A monthly University Bulletin seri es, devoted to the U ni versity Catalog, Summer School Catalog, Home Study Catalog, Audio-Visual Aids Catalog, and to bulletins feat uring t h e variou s departments an d offerings of the University, and to research by t h e Divis ion of University Research

a nd t h e Engineering Experiment, Station. ( 2) Brochures for conferences, workshops and other events . (3) Extension Service Bulletins of an instructional type, in agricultu re and hom emaking especia lly. Agricu ltural Experimen t (4 ) Station Bulletins, r epor ti n g result& of research. (5) A Monograph Series feat urin g essays a nd lectures by USU fac ulty m embers. ( 6 ) F11rm and Home Science, a. q u arterly magazine of state-wi de di stribution, feat urin g research con ducted by t h e U ni versity a nd its affili ated organi zations. ( 7 ) Th e A lumnus magazine, publi shed nine times a yea r , contain ing news and features for USU A lumni. (8) Stu dent p ubli cations, including Student Li f e, a semi-weekly news paper; Crucible, a yearly magazine, and Bttzz er, t h e yearbook. The Progmm Bureau of t he Information Services provides educational program services to civic, communi ty, a nd educationa l groups, in cluding schools . Thi s service consists of student and facu lty talent.

285

286

Research Programs Division of University Research, 287 Agricultural Experiment Station, 289 Engineering Experiment Station, 292 Utah Scientific Research Foundation, 294 School of Graduate Studies, 295 Utah Cooperative Wildlife Research Unit, 295 Utah Cooperative Fishery Research Unit, 296 Bureau of Educational Research, 296

287

路Research Programs DIRECTOR, DIVISION OF UNIVERSITY RESEARCH AND OF AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION, D. Wynne Thm路ne; DIRECTOR, ENGINEERING EXPERIMENT STATION, V aug hn E. H ansen; DEAN, SCHOOL OF GRADUATE STUDIES, J . .Stewart William s; CHAIRMAN, BUREAU OF EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH, Walter R. Borg; PRESIDENT, UTAH SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH FOUNDATION, W. W. Lundbe1路g; LEADER, UTAH COOPERATIVE WILDLIFE RESEARCH UNIT, J esso p B. Low ; LEADER, UTAH COOPERATIVE FISHERY RESEARCH UN IT, Donald R.

Franklin. Utah State University was ,among the first of the colleges and ru niversities in the Intermountain ;ar ea to have a research program. <Originally the research was prin<eipally in agriculture. Now research ]projects are in every college a nd a lmost every department of the U niversity. R esea1路ch is closely associated 'With teaching and student activit ies. Most of it is conducted by staff members who are also emp loyed to teach part of their time.

Many stud ents, both graduate and undergraduate, are employed to assist in research. The experience t hu s gained by students is an important part of their education. Research affiliated with the Un i versity is under the general administration of the Director of Univer s ity Research. Actual research operations are in several organizations. Th e principal organizations and areas of research are as fo llows :

Division of

University Research D . Wynne Thorne, Director Office in Agricultural Science 136 It is the poli cy of the Univers ity to encourage and support research and all forms of creative, scholarly activities by staff members. Much of the research not associated with the Agricultural Experiment Station is adm ini stered under the Division of University Research. This research is supported by institutiona l funds and by grants from various private and public agencies. Policies on research and requests for support are reviewed by the "niversity Research Council. Pres-

ent members of the Counci l and the area each represents are: T. Y. Booth, Literature and Arts; Vernon L. Israelsen, Business and Social Sciences; Eldon J . Gardner, Biological Sciences; Jurgen R. Meyer-Arendt, Physical Sciences; Walter R. Borg, Education; Allen W. Stokes, Forest, Range and Wildlife Management; Margaret B. Merkley, Home and Family Living; Clayton Clark, Engineering and Technology; J. Stewart Williams, School of Graduate Studies, and

288 Research Programs D. Wynne Thorne, Research Divis ion. University research is especially devoted to developing the natural resources and the well being of people of the Intermountain area. Regearch is closely associated with teaching in that individual projects are conducted by members of the teaching staff with the aid of students. Some important areas of r esea rch and types of investigations under way include: Education: Studies are being continued on the evaluation of abi lity grouping of students in elementa r y and secondary schools. A survey is being made to determine the benefits of optional summer school programs in secondary schools in Utah. Investigations during the past several years have demonstrated that teaching machines can be an effective aid in the learning process. A current project proposes to produce an improved and more versa tile teaching machine. Another study is being carried out to determine the merits and proper place of summer schoo ls in secondary education in Utah. L iten~tu1路e and A 1路ts: Staff members in these areas are ass isted in carrying out scholarly, creative programs. On e study is concerned with a poetic interpretation of the Book of Genesis. In another, access is had to a large volume of unpubli shed writings and correspondence of Jack London. Through t hi s is provid ed a better interpretation of the contributions of Jack London to the process of socia l revolution. Prin t making is being developed as a special form of artistic expression . A comprehensive collection of cowboy ballads recorded from individuals throughout western United States is being edited and annotated for publication.

Biological Science: Emphasis is. being placed this year on developin g a new area of research on the bioch emi stry of gene action. This; will be in association with continu-路 ing studies on fruit fli es and their tumorou s traits. Another import-路 ant activity is the collection of plants from the Intermountain Reg ion , t he maintenance of the Intermountain Herbarium, and the publi cation of a comprehensive description of the flora of this region . New equipment is being utilized to s tudy the behavior of birds and record their calls. The cytology of hybri ds; produced by grasses of different species is being studied to further clarify evolutionary processes. Physical Science: A research program in the general area of biophysics is receiving major attention. Studies are underway on the biological effects of radiation and x-ray spectroscopy. Research in chemistry is devoted to the structure of chemical compounds and the role of metal complexes in biological reaction s. The mineral resources of the Sevier River Basin and the geologic structure of northern Utah are being studied. Social Science: A hi story of Utah State University is being written in preparation for the Land Grant Centennial and Diamond Jubilee in 1962-63. Investigation s are continuin g on children' s relationships with parents and others, and on the economics of acqui ring and managing state lands for surface use. Engineering: The dynamics and mathematics of water movement under various conditions are being reduced to basic principles. The properties of soil in relation to certain types of construction and i:1 relation to ground contacts for elec-

Agricultural Experiment Station 289 tronic current are also recei ving :att ention.

Forest, R ange and Wildli f e Manragement: A year-around fi eld staition is bein g establi shed at Bear lLake wher e studi es in environ nnen tal biolo gy, limnology, zoology, geology, botany and hydrology may lbe conducted. Methods are being e xplored for obtaining improved utilization an d increased carrying

capac ity from moun tai n summer ra nges. Studi es on population dynamics of fi sh of Bear Lake, ecology and behav ior of ground squirrels, ethology of North American quai l are some of th e poin ts of interest. Specia l emphasis is being placed on resear ch on r ecr eation in r elation to t he use of forests and oth er land and water r esources. A cooperative progra m on r ecreation wit h the U.S. Forest Service is under way.

Agricultural Experiment Station D. Wynne Thorne, Director Office in Agricultural Science 136 The Agricultural Experiment Station is a ma jor division of the Univer sity. It was establish ed in 1888 when t he territorial legislat ure passed a bill creating Utah Agricultural College a nd Utah Agricultural Experiment Station . It is commiss ioned by state and federal legislat ive acts to conduct the resear ch needed to produce and prepare food and fiber and to develop and improve rural homes a nd rural livin g. Th e in vestigations needed to f ulfill Experiment Station r esponsibilit ies involve t he full or part time ser vices of a bout 125 professional staff member s associated with 19 different departments of the Univer sity : Agricultural Economics, Agronomy, Animal Hu sbandry, Appli ed Statistics and Computer Science, Bacteriology and Public Health, Botan y and Pla nt Pathology, Chemistry, Civi l and Irrigation En gineering, Dairy I n dustry, Foods and Nutrition, Forestry,

Horticu lt ure, Poultry Husbandry, Range Management, Sociology, Veterinary Science, Wildlife Resources, and Zoology. The staff includes abo ut 45 employees of the U.S. Department of Agricu lture who are ass igned to collaborate in agr icult ural resear ch activities. A la r ge number of under graduate and grad uate students are employed on a part t ime basis to ass ist with the studies. Th e Experiment Station investigation s are organized into abo ut 170 resea rch projects. Some of t he areas of r esearch include : breedin g and testin g of new and improved crop varieties; the diagnos is and control of plant diseases ; t he control of insects; diagnosis and control of di seases an d parasites of animals; the breed ing and nutrition of dairy and beef cattle, sheep and swine; breeding and testing improved lines of laying h ens and turkeys; t he feeding and nutrition of poul-

290 Research Programs try; production of vegetable and fr uit crops ; weed control ; mapping and class ification of so il s; fert ilizing and managin g soils; irrigation and dra inage; managing watersheds and rangelands; conservation of water and soils; gathering snow survey data and predictin g stream flow s; research on processin g and marketing of farm products; finding new or improved uses of far m products; the economics of agricultural production ; human nutrition; social r elations of rural people. The investigations r an ge from appli ed field tests to f undamental resear ch under controlled la boratory conditions. Station research is periodically reviewed by advisory committees representing every segmen t of t he agricultural indu stry. These committees evaluate t he progress of research efforts and r ecommend problems in need of f urth er study. Main offices of t he Agricultural Experiment Station a r e on the University campus in the Agricult ural Sciences Building. Mbst of the research la boratories used by the Experiment Station are also on the campus, distributed among the variou s University buildings. Greenhouses are maintained fo r in horticulture, investigations agronomy, botany, plant pathology, en tomology, bacteriology an d range management. Livestock husbandry investigations are cond ucted at t he barns on the University campus, and at the two branch campuses: t he College of So uthern Utah, at Cedar City, a nd Snow College at Ephraim; at t he U.S . Forest Ser vice Desert Range Station in Millard County; at the Benmore Experi mental Range in Tooele County, and on t he ranges in differ ent parts of the state.

The Station ma intains the f <ol-路 lowing fi eld stations staffed wiitru one or more technically train edl men : Howell Field Station for HoT'ti-路 cultural Research, located in Weber County, north of Ogden. This is ru 71-acre tract of land plu s labor atory and storage buildings used for i nvestigations in the producti<Dn, harvesting, storage and marketing of fr uit. Farmington Field Station at N oTth Fa1'mington. This consi sts of 96 acres of land and a fruit a n d vegetable processing laborator y and is used f or experimental wor k in horticulture, floriculture a nd vegetable crops. Snow Field Station located north of Ephraim and operated cooperatively with Snow College. Thi s is a 94-acre tract used for research a nd demonstration on crop production and dairying. Rang e Livestock Field Station located in t he vicinity of Ce dar City and operated cooperatively with t he College of South ern Ut ah. It consists of 1200 acres on 'the Valley Farm west of Cedar City, 2820 acres of summer range la nd east of Cedar City, and 7800 acres of leased winter ran ge land near Modena. Breeding and management of range sheep and beef cattle are studied. The Station also maintains the following experimental farms: Animal Husbandry F arm, located fi ve mil es south of Logan nea r College Ward, to the east of Hi ghway 89. Approximately 230 acres of excellent land have been purchased. When t he buildings a nd oth er f :>.cili ties are constructed, most field research on sheep, beef cattle, and swine will be moved there from t he present location to t he north of the campus.

Agricultural Experiment Station 291 Cache Valley Reclamation Farm, loeated northwest of Logan in t h e (cemter of poorly drained pastu re lamds, consists of 115 acres. Thi s is used for research on drainage ;and improvement of fine textured, 'Wa ter-logged lands. Dairy Farm, at North Logan, in<cludes 200 acres of land, barn s, unL!king parlor and a house. The ~Stati on, in cooperation with Agri<culltural Research Service, mainita iins an experimental HolsteinFriesian and Jersey dairy herd of abo ut 200 mature purebred animals. Research in this division includes ]pasture improvement investi gat ions, and feeding, breeding and m a nagement studies. Evans F arm, a 42-acre tract loeated south of Logan, is used in cooperation with the U.S. Departtrne nt of Agriculture for a study of i mp rovement of forage plants. Special attention is given development of improved plants for irrigated pastures and for range lan ds . Greenville Farm, a 46-acre tract two miles north of the campus, is used for experimental work in plant breeding and other phases of crop production. Nephi Farm, on Levan Ridge in Juab County, is used for experimenta l work in dry farming and range seeding. This farm has 103 acres. Panguitch Farm, north of Panguitch, consists of 150 acres of irri gated land with accompanying buildings. Crop production in high altitude areas and breeding of beef cattle are t he principle investigations conducted. Poultry Farm, in North Logan,

is used for research on the breeding, feeding and control of disease in chickens. Turk ey Fa1路m, a 33-acre farm just east of Logan, is used for studies in turkey breeding, nutrition, and disease control. Benmore area, in Tooele County, consists of 3,500 acres of reseeded range pasture, and is used in cooperation with the U. S. Department of Agriculture for studies in management of range cattle and for research in range management. Washington County F1路uit Plots. About three acres of land near Hurricane are rented by Washington County. The land is used for variety studies of deciduous fruits as a part of a program to improve the economy of Southern Utah. The Station also conducts experiments on a cooperative basis with farmers and ranchers on more than 250 privately owned farms located in a ll parts of the state. The research facilities have a three-fold importance in the institution : First, they make it possible for the teaching faculty to fortify instruction with the results of original research; secon d, they afford advanced students an opportunity to keep in touch with research methods and facilities; and third, they offer employment to students qualified to act as research assistants or laboratory aids. About 300 students thus employed are on Station payrolls each month of the school year. Several find employment in laboratories and on the experimental farms during the summer months.

292 Research Programs USU AgTicultuml E xpeTiment Station Field Days. During the year approximately 15 field days are h eld on the various farms and in association with a number of our major

research programs. Notices of t h e dates, places, and subj ect matter of the field days are printed in the newspapers and carried over radio and television.

Engineering Experiment Station Dean F. Peterson, Dean, College of Engineering Vaughn E. H ansen, Director, Engineering Experiment Station Office in Engineering and Physical Science C210 The Engineering Experiment Station is a major part of the College of Engineering. It ha s a broad purpose of furthering engineering sc iences, engineering arts, and engineering education, especially as these relate to improving the welfare of Utahn s, through development of agriculture, industry, natural resources, and in development of methods of more effective engineering teaching. The Station was estab li sh ed December 2, 1918, by act of the Board of Tru stees. The director has s upervisory responsibility to the Dean of Engineerin g for all research conducted by the variou s departments of agriculture, indu stry, natural resources, and in development of method s of more effective engineering teaching. h np01路tant public seTvice p1路ojects being pursued by the Station includ e developments in control systems, machinery, fuel and power, computation method s, electrical power applications, electronic des ign s, and water s uppl y, control and conveyance. The Station conducts basic and

applied research in civil, electrical, mechanical, tool and agricultural engineering. Emphasis is placed upon deve lopment of water resources and methods of water control and utilization. Typical subj ects currently under study include highways, materials, hydraulics, servomechanisms, and radio propagation. Staff members of the Civil, Electrical, Mechanical and Tool and Manufacturing Engineering Departments a nd the Indu strial and Technical Education Department are staff members of th e Engineerin g Experiment Station. Staff members may be employed full or part time on research. The Station cooperates closely with the Utah Scientific Resea rch Foundation. All laboratories of the College of Engineering as well as the facili ties of the Utah Scientific Research Foundation are avai lable to assist in the execution of the projects of t he Station. Results of t hese studi es are publi shed in research bulletins, engineering r epor ts and papers, or are otherwise made ava ilab le to those in teres ted.

Engineering Experiment Station 293 Following are some of t he areas of current research in the Engineering Experiment Station:

FounclatZ:on conditions for the inde-rstate highway across the salt flats near Wendover, Utah, are be in g s tudied. Soil cement used as a subg1路acle fo r hi ghways, airports and shoulde r s for hi ghways is being studied to determine its res istance to a lka li and to obtain better desi gn. Pozzolan a nd other addi t ives are be in g placed in concrete to improve t h e quali ty not only of hi ghways, but of runways a nd even basemen ts an d sidewa lks. Wat er requirements of marshlands a r e being determ ined for the State Fish and Game Department. A survey has been made of pumping f rom ground water in cen tral Utah, a nd r esearch is providing a better method of designin g culverts. Th e basic processes involved in water use by plants is being invest igated. A new low-cost water level l"ecorder has been developed for use by canal compani es. W ater shed characteristics are bei ng studi ed to a rrive at better methods of predicting flood fl ows a nd runoff cha racteristics. Significant advances are being made in the hydraulics of surface irri gation. Studies presently being conducted promise much better methods of handling and meas uring water in steep and mo u ntain streams . Low-cost prefabricated irrigation structuns for farm use are being

des ig ned. They can be readily assembl ed and installed by the farmer.

Int ernal combustion engines and fuel used for industrial power are t he subj ect of intensive study to arrive at performance characteri st ics that can be used for field application s. Adjustment of automo bile carbu?路etors to give better effici ency at va riou s a lt it udes is an acti ve project. The Station is cooper ati ng with the Utah Scientific Research Foundation in t he development of suspension and power-selector sys tems for off-highway t racked vehicles . A method of evaluating th e relative p1路oductive value of land has been developed an d a stud y is underway on the use of g ravel envelopes and th e general hydraulic characteri stics of wells. New ultrasonic methods a re being developed for measuring sediment size and concentration m streams. Improved techniques [OT electrofishing, essential in fish management, a r e bein g developed. Projec ts are underway on transistors and antennas as well as improving methods of groundin g. Mov ement of ionization patches in t he upper atmosphere is being studi ed and new techniques are being developed for tran smitting snow depth a nd water content info rmation by radio ou t of the watersh eds to central headquarters . Rocket design and behavior studies a re underway in cooperation with some of the prime defense agency contractors.

294 Research Programs

Utah Scientific Research Foundation W. W. Lundberg, President Office in USRF Building, on Campus This is a non-profit corporation organized in 1944 as an affi liate of the Utah State University with the primary objective of encouraging scientific investigation. The Foundation conducts independent investigations and serves in the interest of the University in obtaining and developing patents, profits from which are dedicated to the support of further r esearch at the University in the public interest. Among the accomplishments of the Foundation are the development of a farm mower which eliminates the traditional Pittman rod; the design and production of a soil core sampling machine which has proved useful in soil and drainage investigations, and the development of a vehicle suspension and power selection system which has been incorporated into a snowmobile, which is in use by various public and private

agencies in the United States and Canada, and a number of units of which are used for transportation on the DEW ( Distant Early Warning ) Line in the Arctic. The Foundation also serves departments of the Univers ity in the design and production of special precision apparatus, not available on the market, for use in research a nd teaching. In addition to the staff of the Foundation, technical assistance is given by faculty members from various departments. The Board of Directors and officers of the Foundation are: Wilford W . Lundberg, President; Daryl Chase, President of the University; Dee F. Wangsgaard, Hubert C. Ward, Ernest G. Earl, Blaine W. Hancey and Ray E . Dillman, Dir ecto rs; W. Karl Somers, Project Director; and J. LeMar Larsen, Secretary-Treasurer.

295 School of

Graduate Studies J.

Stewart Willi ams, D ean

Office in Main 182 Each year a t Utah State Un iversity nearl y two hundred students complete their work for an advanced degr ee. These degrees inc lude th e Master of Bus iness Admin istration, Master of Edu cation, Master of Indu strial Education, Civi l Engineer, Irri gation En.gineer, Master of Science, Doctor <of Education, a nd Doctor of Phi losophy . In most cases, to qualify for one <of t hese degrees t he student mu st <complete a n in tensive, carefu lly ~supervised r esearch project and 1thesis in t he area of hi s ma jor Jinterest . The data obtained in these esearch proj ects not only help (qua lify t he student vocationally, lbut also make a real contribu tion (Of knowledge and under standin g in tthe area studi ed. The thes is prepa r ed from t he re-

search proj ect is bound and microfilmed a nd is permanently ava ilable in the U niver sity Library . Abstracts of a ll theses completed durin g t he past year a re publi shed , in one vo lume, at comm encement time. Ofttim es, scholarly or popular art icles, based upon t he thesis, a r e submitted to and publi shed in various magazines and journals. Newspaper, radio, television , classroo m, and oth er uses are a lso ma de of these research findings . Such proj ects in g raduate studies have been conducted in, a nd made con tribution s to, a g r eat variety of spec ific areas in agriculture, home a nd fami ly livin g, engineering, forestr y, ra n ge and wildlife, business, socia l sciences, exact sc iences, the arts and humanities, educat ion- in fac t, in n ea rly every subj ect ta ught at the University.

Utah Cooperative

Wildlife Research Unit Jessop B. Low, Leader Office in Forestry 301 The Utah Cooperative Wildli fe Research Un it was init ia ted in 1935 t hrou gh a Memorandum of Under standi ng between th e Utah State Un iversity, Utah Fi sh and Game Commission, Wildlife Management Institute and the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Bureau of Sport Fisheri es and Wildlife. The Unit's obj ectives are to:

(1) Train students in wildlife management, research demonstration a nd a dministration. ( 2 ) Conduct resea rch basic to proper utilization of wildlife and fi sheri es resources . ( 3 ) Promote wildlife education throu gh demonstration, lectu r e and publication.

296 Research Programs ( 4) Make res ults of investigations available to cooperators and the public. Through the Research Un it's program, students are trained for state, regional, and national positions in wi ldlife management, re-

sea rch and other phases of natural reso urce conservation. Students whose studies are financed through t he Un it program are selected from high ranking candidates of institutions in wildlife management, zoology, botany, fish and related fi elds.

Utah Cooperative

Fishery Research Unit Donald R. Franklin, Leader

Office in Forestry 303 A Utah Cooperative Fishery Research Unit was establi shed at USU J a nuary 1, 1962, to conduct sport fishery training and r esearch . It is the first of several such units contemplated in selected states. Obj ectives of the program include teaching, training of fi shery scientists, management surveys and r esea rch related to problems of regional or national interest.

Cooperating in the unit are USU, with its Department of Wildlife Resources; t he Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife, U.S . Department of the Interior; and Utah State Department of Fish and . Game. It will share facilities and serv-路 ices of the Utah Cooperative Wildli fe Research Unit, which operates on a simi lar basis.

Bureau of

Educational Research John C. Carlis le, Dean, Co ll ege of Educarion Walrer R. Borg, C hairman, Bureau of Educarional Research

Office in Main 82-A The College of Education maintains a Bureau of Educational Research which serves the fo llowing functions : (1) Coordinates research activities in the College of Education. The bureau cooperates closely with the Divi sion of University Research and the School of Graduate Studies. (2) Plan s and conducts educational research in problem areas of

interest t o Utah educators. (3) Provides information andresea rch services to Utah educational administrators. ( 4) Represents the University in state-wide and nation-wide cooperative educational research projects. ( 5 ) Provides g uidance and research source materi als to graduate students in the College of Education.

297

298

Student Services and Activities Student Services, 299 Religion, 299 Housing, 299 Food Service, 3 02 Awards and Honors, 3 02, 3 07 Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid, 3 03 , 3 05 Loans, 310 E mployment Placement, 3 11 Counseling, 3 11 Health, 3 12 Orientation, 313 Foreign Student Ad v isement, 313 Speec h C linic, 3 14 Helpful Courses, 3 14

Student Activities, 315 Intercollegiate Athle tics, 315 Intramurals, 315 Musicals, 3 15 Theatricals, 3 15 Debating and Public Speaking, 315 Publications, 315 Radio Station KUSU, 315 Television Studios, 315 Lyce ums, 316 Dances and Entertainments, 3 16 Assemblies , 3 16 Committees, 3 16 University Forum , 3 16 Student Government, 316 Student Organizations, 3 16

299

Student Services and Activities DEAN OF STUDENTS Claude J . BuTt enshaw DEAN OF WOMEN Leah DunfoTd ; COORDINATOR OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES ,Evan Stevenson; COORDINATOR OF STUDENT HOUSING William W. Skidmore; COORDINATOR, COUNSELING AND TESTING E. Wayne Wright; CHAIRMAN, STUDENT HEALTH SERVICES Gus W. Neece; CHAIRMAN, STUDENT EMPLOYMENT PLACEMENT C. D. McBTide; CHAIRMAN, STUDENT LOANS Reese Murr-ay; CHAIRMAN, SCHOLARSHIPS, AWARDS, AND HONORS J ohn R. W illiams. Office in Main 133 The program of stud ent services Religion 1is designed to assist in effective Separation of Church and State :adjustment to Un iversity life. It 1is so organized and coord inated does not dictate a separation of 'With th e academic offerings as to Religion and Education. To be ]become an integral part of the complete, education should provide lbroad educationa l program of the opportunities for religious educa"nstitution. Features of the pro- tion. LDS, Protestant, and Catholic gram include: high schoo l cooperachurches offer courses in religion tti on; orientation activities; pers onalized advisement and couns el- for USU students. Credit can be ri ng services; directed organization received at USU for all University 1activity; health services; sup er- accredited non- sectarian courses wised campus and off-campus liv- successfully completed at any of ii ng arrangements; financial aids these churches. Any such courses ii n th e form of scholarships, taken are considered a part of the awards, grants-in-aid and loan s; maximum academic load at USU. In additi on to formal course emp loyment placement for parttime and graduate needs; special work, these churches provide reliassistance to students from out- gious services, personal counseling, side the United States; opportuni- an d a program of social activities ties for meeting religious need s especially designed for students. USU is interes ted in the spiritual and development. The administration and coord i- an d mora l growth of a ll students. nation of the entire program of They are encouraged to affiliate student services is the respon si- with the church of their choice. bility of the Dean. Each of the various services is under the direc- Housing tion of specialists and qualifi ed Resi dents mu st be regularly enfaculty members who have been rolled students at Utah State Unicarefully selected to consider each vers ity. (Costs subject to revi sion) student in reference to his or her particular needs. Supervised Living The Office of Student Services Accommodations invites inquiry from prospective students and those on campus who for Single Women wish to obtain information and asAll f reshman women not living sistance with personal needs or at home must live in Un iversityout-of -class activities. supervised housing. In rare in-

300 Student Services and Activities stances, special permission may be granted by the Supervisor of Women's Housin g to live with other close relatives when a letter of explanation is written by the parent or guardian of t he fres hm an woman at least one month before the opening of school. Apartm e nt-Living Residence Halls wi ll acco mmodate six women in an apar tment. Accommodations consist of combination living-roomkitchen, bath, and three bedr ooms. Livin g-room-kitchen is equipped with electric r efrig erator, electric range, table, chairs, and draperies. Cooking uten sils, dishes, towels, linen s, bedspreads irons, ironin g boards for use in apartments, and all other personal effects are to be furnished by t he renters. Cost of electricity used in the apar tment is shared by the occupants. T elephones may be in stalled if desired, also on a share-the-expense basis. Rent is $70 per person per quarter. Living rooms, recreation and sewing rooms, sundecks, and laundry rooms a re sha red. The University provides coin metered washing machin es. Ample storage space is provided. A Conventional Board and Room Res idence Ha ll wi ll accommodate 100 women, two to a room. Lin en changes, bedding, stud y desks, lamps, and utilities are f urni shed. The University provides co in meter ed washing machines. Towels and other per sonal effects are not furnished. Cost of $210 per quarter cover s board and room charges . Twenty meals per week are provided in the Student Union Cafeteria. Cost of room withou t boa rd is $85 per qum:-ter. Cooperative Houses on campus provide fo r excellent group living experi ence for 22 upper-class students who share living expen ses and housework. Cost for r ent in-

eludin g h eat and water is $55 per person per quarter. Ot her utili t ies are not provided. Sorority Hou ses provide board and room for their members and are mana ged by their own offi cers . Each has a University-approved hou semoth er in a super visory capacity. Rates a r e determin ed by the house manager and compare favorab ly with other li ving rates on campus.

Supervised Living Accommodations for Single Men A Conventional Board and Room Residence Hall wi ll accommodate 360 men. A dwelling uni t provides fo r eight men, two to a bedroom. Twenty meals per week are provid ed in the Student U nion Cafeter ia. Linen changes, bedding,, stud y desks, lamps, and utilities, are f urni sh ed. Towels and other personal effects a re not f urni shed .. A cost of $210 per person per quar-路 ter covers board and room charges Cost of room without board is $85 per quarter . An apartment type r es id ence hall accommodates 144 men. An apartment consists of a living-roomkitchen combinati on , a bathroom, and three large bedroom s. Th e li vin g-room-kitch en combination is eq uipped with an electric r efrigerator, built-in electric range, table, chairs and draperi es. Cookin g utensil s, di sh es, towels, linen, irons, iron in g boards and all other personal effects are to be furnished by r ente rs. Cost of electricity and telephone expen ses are shared by the six men in the apartment. The rent for one quarter is $70 per person. Fraternity Hou ses provide board and room for their member s and a r e managed by t heir own officers.

Housing 301 Rates are determined by the hou se management and compare favora bly with other li vin g rates on campu s.

Living Accommodations for Married Students University Apartments, (Prefabricated Units) 304 in number, located on the east fringe of the ccampus are within easy walkin g cdi stance of the campus proper. 'They are combination living-roomlkitch en-study arrangements with lbedroom, bathroom and clothes <closets. These units can be rented :ifurnished, unfurnished, or partly furnished with rent rangin g from ~$4 0 to $44 per month . Electricity, <cooking utensils, bedding, electric 路efrigerators, washing machin es, <dishes, window curtains, and oth er ]personal effects are not furni shed. Apartments are provided with cen1tralized hot air space heat, and e lectric ran gette for cookin g. A central laundry room is avai lable ito each set of 28 apartments. Seventy-two new two-bedroom apartments for married students a re located at lOth North and 12th East. Monthly rental charge is $ 62.50. Th e tenant pays for electricity and heat in addition. These a partments include electric refri ge rator and ran ge, and drapery on t he li ving room window. All oth er f urni shings must be provided by the tenant. No television antennas will be permitted on the roof. University Tmiler Court, located on the corner of 12th East and 11th North, provides modern trailer connections to sewer and water mains. Students are encouraged to bring private trailers. These mu st be modern, sanitary trailers. P a rkin g space is hard surfaced. A Utility house provides laundry space, also rest rooms and individual shower stalls. Th e University provides

coin metered cloth es washing mach in es and dryers. No provision is made for use of privately-owned la undry equipment. Monthly space r ental per trailer home is $18.00.

LDS Student Living Center The LDS Student Living Center is composed of seven apartment bui ldin gs- four for women and three for men. They are designed as fami ly-living units with six students in an apartment, and are located on the corner of 12th East and lOth North. Charges will be comparable to University housing. The units will house 288 women and 216 men. Address all inquiries and applications to C. Don Bishop, Mgr., LDS Student Living Center, Univers ity Hill, Logan, Utah.

Off-Campus Housing The Office of Student Housing maintain s li sts of accommodations for students in private homes . Many apartments, rooms, board and room, and hatching quarters a r e available in the community. In each instance the final arrangements must be made with the landlord. Rates are determined by t he accommodations offered. Most board an d room situations cons ist of 12 to 14 meals per week. The noon mea l is rarely provided by the landlord. A noon meal can be had in the Student Union Cafeteria on campus for about 65 垄. This arrangement costs an off-campus student about $75.00 per month. Sleeping rooms range from $15 to $25 per month for a single room, and $30 to $60 per month for apartments. Students desiring off-campus hou sing may procure the current hou sing li st upon arrival at the University, Room 130, Main Building.

302 Student Services and Activities Application for Housing Prospective students are invited to direct inquiries and requests for application to Co-ordinator of Student Housing, Utah State University, Logan, Utah. Upon request, an application form will be furnished. This application should then be completed and returned with the $25 application fee. Priority lists are based on date of application.

Housing Regulations, Procedures

Monday through Friday schedules and approximate costs are: Br~ak fast 7-8:15 a.m., 50-65 ¢; Lunch, 11 :30 a.m.-1 :15 p.m., 65-85 ¢; Dinner 5-6:15 p.m., 75 ¢-$1. Saturdays and . Sundays, Breakfast 8-9 a.m., Lunch, 12-1 p.m., Dinner 5-6 p .m. Dinner is not served on Sundays. The snack bar operates 8 a .m.-10 p.m., Mondays through Saturdays. Open Sunday evenings, 5 to 7 p.m.

Awards, Honors, Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid

Students living in private housThe University offers a variety ing are obligated to retain their of scholarships and awards. Some accommodations for at least one of these are actual money grants in quarter. Rents are payable in ad- varying amounts, others provide for vance. A two-week prior notice of registration and tuition fees to be intent to vacate should be made waived. The latter kind generally with the householder whenever a come under the classification of" student intends to vacate a living tuition scholarships. accommodation. Students living in The primary purpose of the tuiUniversity owned residence halls tion scholarships is to assist new agree by written contract to retain students who have high scholarship' their accommodations for the aca- and financial need in becoming es-· demic year. Rents are payable in tablished in college. These scholar-· advance. Accounts become delin- ships are di scussed in greater detail quent 10 days after scheduled pay- under the section of Scholarships, ment. A penalty of $1.00 late fee and Grants-in-Aid for new students .. plus 10¢ per day thereafter is Most of the scholarships which imposed. The $25 fee is forfeited consist of actual money grants are! if (a) notice of withdrawal from University housing is made after reserved for students who have beeru August 1, or (b) a student moves attending Utah State University for from the assigned hall prior to the at least one year and preferably two> end of the period covered by the years or more. These are usually agreement. Dogs, cats or other similar pets given at the Awards and Honor& are strictly forbidden within the Convocation which is held early in University Hou sing area. Very few May of each year. Students who private home owners permit pets . are interested in other awards may obtain information from the Office of Student Services, Room 133, Food Service Main Building. Closing dates for reFood service is obtainable in the ceiving applications are announced University Cafeteria located in the Student Union Building on campus. well in advance of such dates.

Scholarships 303 Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid (Present ed principally to students already enrolled)

All Colleges T h e Lieutenant Clyd e Parker Baugh M em orial Fund, a g ift o f Mr. a nd Mrs. Wilford F. Baug h, prov ides four sc h olars hip s annua lJ y for deserv ~ ing students of hi g h sc h olars h ip and leadership . Busine ~ s

Professional Women 's Scholars hip . A $100 scho larshi p is awarded annually by the Logan Business & Professional Wom en's Club to a sen ior woma n student w h o has m a inta ined high sch olarship , demonstrates n eed, s hows q ualities of citizen ship and leadership, and w h o wou ld co ntribute s ignificantly to her chosen profession. &

Faculty Wom en's League Scholarship Award of $100 is awarded to senior women and is based on sc h olastic records for full undergraduate work. To be elig ible f or th is award, candidates mu s t ha ve spent at least two years at this institution . (Valedictorians excluded. ) The Johansen Sch olarship Fund, a g ift of the late Mrs. J ohana Johansen, provides scholars hi ps a nn ually, worth i n t he aggregate from $125 to $150, for help of worthy students of junior and sen ior rank. Phi Kappa P hi Scholarship. A $100 cash award g iven to a sophomore student of hi gh scholarshi p an d outstanding character. Rhodes Scholarships. Candidates for Rhod es Scholarsh ips at Oxford University, E 路n g land, are selected each year from Uta h . Hig h scholarship and so m e definite quality of distinction, wheth er i n intellect, character, or personality, or in any comb inations of these, are the most importa nt requ ire ments. Sen iors or graduate :s tudents are gene rally ch osen as candidates. It is s uggested, however, that students would do well to be preparing for th e candidacy in e arlier years. Information and app Jication b lanks may be obtained fr om t h e Univers ity r epresentative, Rhodes Scholarship Committee. John A. Widtsoe Memorial Scholarship. On e graduate sch olars hi p of $500 will be ava ilab le to an outstandin g senior to pursue graduate study; one scholars hi p of $200 will b<! given to an outstanding junior; and on e scholarship of $200 w ill be presented to an outs tandin g fres h man. All who r eceive scholarsh ip s must use t h e m o nies in Un iversity work the coming sc h ool year. Ch ecks will be sent to th e m follow in g registration in the fall term.

T h e 1927 Class Gift to th e College yields an ann ua l income sufficient to prov ide two sc holars hips of $125 each. Application s hould be made by juniors and must be accom panied by a n approved outline of a proposed study project to be completed durin g the senior year. Two cop ies of the complete thes is are to be fi led in t he University librar y.

College of Agriculture 4-H Scholarship offered by A lpha Gamma Rho. T h e National fratern ity of Alpha Ga mma Rho offers annually, a cash scholarsh ip of $200 to be applied toward a fu ll term course at any suitabl e accred i ted college of agr icu lture. The Nation a l 4-H Awards Committee h as sole r es pons ibili ty for selectio n of the winner fr om amo ng t h e candidates n omin ated by t h e State 4-H Club Leaders, such selection to be on the basis of sc holars hip , achievement and dem on~ s tr a ted need. Further information m ay be secu r ed from Alpha Gam m a Rho Fraternity, 706 W est Michigan Avenue, Urbana, Illinois . FF A Scholars hip offered by Alpha Gamma Rho. T he National Agricultural fraternity of A lph a Gamma Rho offers a nnually a cash scholarship of $200 to be app lied toward a fu ll term course at any suitable accred ited college of agr icultur e. The American V ocationa l Assoc iat ion has sole responsib ility for selection of the w inner from among candidates nom inated by the State Supervisors of A g ricu ltural Education, s uch selection to be on the basis of sc h olars hip, ac hievement and demonstra ted need. Fu rth er information may be secured from A lpha Gamma Rho Fraternity, 706 West Michigan Avenue, Urb a n a, Illinois. Borden Agricu lture Scholars hip. A sch olars hip of $300 to a senior in Agriculture wh o has completed two or more courses in D airy Industr y and h as ac hi eved the highest average g rade a m ong t he studen ts in Agricu lture in a ll college work preced in g t he senior year. Jenkin Jones Memorial Scholarship. An award of $500 g iven to an outstandin g upp er div ision student in Agronomy. Availabl e for sc hool expenses t h e fol1ow ing year. Ralston Purina Scholarship . A scholarship of $500 given in recognition and ass istance to an outsta ndin g junior in Agriculture for use in his sc h ooli ng the senior year. Sea r s-Roebuck Fou ndation Scholarships for Freshmen. T hi rteen sch olarships of $300 each are given annually to outstanding high sch ool graduates of Utah who enroll to m aj or in Agrjcu ltut路e at Uta h State Univers ity. Availab le for school expen ses the fres hma n year.

304 Student Services and Activities Sears -Roebu ck Fo und a tion Scholarship F or Sophom or e. A scholarship of $300 to a student i n agriculture w h o, among the recipients of th e Sears-Roebuck Award s for fres h me n , h a d t h e hi g h est grade point average t h e fres hm a n year. Available for school expenses the soph omore yea r .

College of Business and Social Sciences 0 . Guy Cardon a nd M. N . N eub er ge r Schola r ship in Social Science. The Bluebird Can dy Company at L ogan offer s a sch olarsh ip in t h e socia l sciences: eco n omics, history, poli t ical scien ce, and sociology, in h on or of the late 0. Gu y Cardon an d of M. N. Neuberger. Ap plicants m a j oring in the fi el ds indicated shou ld contact t he Dean of Business and Social

Sciences. Harry E . and V er a F . Carleson S cholars hip in Economics. Two $200 sch olarshi ps give n to outstan d ing j u nior or senior students major ing in econ omics. Clark T a nk Lin e Transportation. A sch olarsh ip m ade ava ilable to a student studying or p la nnin g a career i n t h e m otor carrier transpor tation field. Firs t Security Fo undation . T wo sch olarships of $500 each , on e awarded to a studen t of bus iness and finance a n d t he other to a student in agricul ture, both at t h e end of t heir soph omor e or j uni or year from eith er t h e soph om ore or j uni or class . Joseph A .and Gr ace W. Geddes Sch olarship. L i m ited to graduate students in sociology. Made up of funds contributed by t h e Utah Cooperative Association and s tudents an d fr ien ds. Annual stipend $200. The Sociology staff superv ises the fund s by add ing to it earn ings and donations, a idi n g studen ts to select projects useft;l to society, and s u perv ising studies. Ca ch e Valley Coo pera t ive Scholarship . T hi s sch olars hi p is li mited to graduate students in t h e Departments of Sociology, Agr icu ltural Economics and Dairy Industry. A t h esis on so m e p h ase of cooper a ti on is in volved. For information inqu ire from t h e chair m an of departm ent i nvolved. Louise Y. Robin son National Wom a n's R elief Soc iety Scholarship . T h e Gen eral Board of t h e Nati onal Woman's Relief Society h as establis hed a pe r petual fu n d, t he a nn ua l earni ngs fro m whi ch a r e availa ble for Lat ter-day Sa in t wo m en m ajor ing in Social work, or, as graduate studen ts, majoring in Sociology w i t h a spec ia l in terest i n the fa mily or some fi eld

closely r elated to Soci a l Work . T h e sch olarsh ip is in t he amount of $100 for undergraduate students and $200 for graduate students. U n dergraduate preferen ce is g iven to sen iors, alth ough juni ors are eligible, and are encouraged to app ly. App l ication sh ould i nc lude a tra nscript of credits, and two letters of recommendation, on e of w hi ch m ust be from t h e Ward Relief Society Presi den t of the ward in w hi ch t h e student l ives. The Eric W. R yberg M emorial Schola rship in Comm erce, sponsor ed by Eric C. an d Ma r idean M. Ryberg, is awarded annua1ly to a junior, senior or graduate student in the College of Business an d Socia l Scien ce (p r efer a bl y on e majoring in Bus iness Management). T he award is made on t h e basis of scholarship, ch aracter, personal interest i n a nd adaptabili ty to t h e fiel d of Business Admi n istratio n , and need . T h is sch olar ship carries a stipen d of $200.

College of Engineering The A merican Societ y of T ool E n g ineer s. Two $100 Sch olars hi ps are awa r de d to en g ineer ing students w h o show in terest, ab ility and s ch olarshi p. in pursu ing tool engineer ing cu rricu lum. Donors are E imco, and McGh eeBoga n Machin e W ork s, Sal t L ak e City. App l ication sh ould be m ade to t h e Salt L a k e C ity Chapter 85, or t h e Tool Engineer ing D epartment, USU , n ot later t h an February 10, each year. Associa t ed General Contractors Schola r ship . A g ift of t he I ntermountain Ch apter, A.G .C., provides a sch olarsh ip gra n t of $200 t o a jun ior engineering student. The award is made on t h e basis of sch olars hi p, promise as an engineer, and need. Selection is m ade by a comm ittee representi n g t h e A.G .C. and t h e Civ il Engineering D epartment. App lications for the s ucceed ing year must b e fi led w it h the Dean on or before April 1. Indus trial A rts Club Scholarship. T h e I ndustr ial Arts Club of USU awards a scholarshi p of $50 to an outstandin g sophomore or ju n ior student majori n g i n I nd ustr ia l Ar ts . The recipient is des ig n ated in fa ll quarter of each year . App lications are made to the Industri al Arts Clu b an d are judged on sch olars hi p, need, sch ool and cl ub activi ties. The E. 0 . Larson Scholarship , The E. 0 . Larso n sch olarshi p in Ir rigation Engi neering of $200 is a warded a nn uall y to a sen ior or g raduate student in t he College of Eng ineering, majoring in civil and irr i gation engineerin g. T he award is m ade on t h e basis of s chola r sh ip, w it h outside wo r k activ it ies co ns ider ed, personal interest in a n d adaptab ili ty to t he field a nd personal n eed.

Scholarships 305 Eric W. Ryberg Scholarship. A grant o f $20 0 from t he Utah San d a nd Gravel Compan y is m ade to a student in Civil Engineer ing selected by a s pecial committee. App licatio n s hould be made to t he Dean of t he College of Engineering by D ecember 1. Socony Oil Company Scholarship. A $500 s cholarship to a mecha nica l e ng ineer in g s tudent on the basis of sch olarshi p, need, a nd ability as a n e ng ineer. Western Electronic Manufacturers Association Scholarship Awards. Severa l WEMA s cholars hi p awards are ma de each year to Electrical Engineeri ng students based on h igh scholarship a nd need. The amounts w ill be from $150 and up dependin g on the annual WEMA grant to USU .

College of Family Life Greaves Memorial Scholarships. Two $75 awards in memory of Drs . J oseph E . and Ethelyn 0. Greaves for students w ho h ave achieved in the fi e lds of Science and Home Economics. Moen Memorial Scholarship. Two $1 25 awards in me mory of Johanna Moen g iven to worthy students in the College of F amily Life who s how outstanding aptitude in the fi e ld. The Phi Ups ilon Omicron Scholarship of $25 is g iven annually by the K appa Chapter of that Organizatio n to the fres hma n girl in the College of F a mily Life rank ing hi g hest on t he following points : (a) schola rship; (b) part ic ipa t ion in student activities; (c) service a nd cooper a ti on ; (d ) leaders hip; (e) moral character; (f) judgment and reliability. The candidate must be a member of the H ome Economics Club.

College of Humanities and Arts Deseret News and Salt Lake Telegram Pro~ fessional Internship. The N ews and Telegram offers t he outsta nding junior s tudent in jou r ~ nalism a scholarship incl udin g o ne year's tu ition at the Univers ity and emp loyment w it h the N ews, ei ther at Salt Lake City or at one of its bureaus, during the s umm er between the j unio r and senior years. The winner is selected by judges r epresenting USU and t he News . Herald Journal Scholarship in Journalism . The Logan Herald Journal ann ua ll y presents a $50 s cholars hip at the begi nnin g of the w inter quarter to h e lp some wor th y j ourn alism student continue at the Uni vers ity.

Wrigley E n glis h Scholarship. The Rob ert L. Wri gley family presents two scho lars hi ps an n ua1l y to Englis h majors in mem ory of Mrs. Wri g ley. One $175 scholarsh ip is g iven to an o utstandin g studen t of sophomore standing, a nd one $225 sch olarship is given to an outstandin g student of jun ior rank. English Department Scholarship. The Englsh D e pa r路tment awards a nnuall y one $150 scholars hi p to an outs tanding student w ho has complet<d his freshman yea r at USU. H e mus t be an E ng lis h major.

Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid (Primarily for new students)

The University grants annua lly scholarships covering from one to three quarters' tuition each on the basis of outstanding academic a bility or demonstrated ability in t h e a reas of speech, drama, music, a rt, ath letics, commercial training, and other academic subjects. Tournament and contest winners frequently receive t hese awards. Th e University also awards gra nts-in-aid to help deserving stud ents who have economic need. To be eli gible for a grant-in-aid, a student must meet either of the following requirements: (1) A freshman must have been aca demically rated as in the upp er two-thirds of his high school graduating class. For the first year such award shall be made on an a nnual basis. (2) A student, other than a fr es hman, must be in good academic standing and not on probation. Such award shall be made on a qua rterly basis. All of the above awards are under t he jurisdiction of a Scholars hip, Awards and Honors Committee, which alone has the authority to promise or grant an a ward. All applications for grantsin-aid or schol ars hips should be made to t he chairman of this committee.

306 Student Services and Activities All scholarships and grants-in aid must be applied toward th e payment of tuition or fees . Any sc h olars hip or gr ant-in-aid may be withdrawn at a n y time for academic or other good a nd s ufficient rea s ons, if, in the jud gment of the Dean of Student Services, the recipient has clearl y demonstrated hi s failure to comp ly w it h both the spiri,t and the letter of the ori.gin al terms of the schol arship or grant-in-aid .

nua ll y to jun iors or sen ior s in hi g h school w h o a t路e e nrolled as 4-H C lub m e mb e rs, also 16 to FFA members . T h ese m embers sch o lars hi ps are $200 each and are to be used a t Utah State Univers ity or its bra n ches. The sch o lars hi ps are ava il ab le in t h e fo llow ing coun t ies: Beaver, Box E lder, Cach e, D av is, Iron, Juab, Kane, Milla rd, M or gan, Ri ch , Salt Lake, Su mmit, Tooele , Uta h , W ashi ngto n , and W ebe r. Inte r collegiate $100 sch olarships man s i ng le m a le a n d outstandin g not r esidents of

Knights Schola r ship. Two a r e awarded to two fres hstudents of hi g h sch ol arship leadershi p ability wh o are t h e state of Utah.

Tuition Scholarship. The Preside nt of t h e Un iver s ity is authorized by T it le 53, Ch apter 34, Sectio n 1-a, Utah Code Annotated, 1953, to waive reg istr a tion and t uiti on, fees in full or in part for a limited numb er of m erito ri ous or im pecu ni ous students w h ose domic ile is in the state of Utah.

The E. 0 . Larson Scholarship in Irrigat ion Engineering, of $200, spo n so r ed by Mr. L arson , is awarded a nn ually to a se ni or or grad u ate studen t majo rin g in Civil a nd Irrigaton Engin eerin g . Th e awar d is made on the basis of sch olarship, with ou ts ide work act iv ities conside red, p ersonal in terest in and a daptab ility to t h e fi eld a.nd person a l n eed.

Faculty Wom en's League Annual Fres hman Scholars hip prov ides tu ition f or one yea.r for a fr es hm a n woman . Selection is based on need, sch olarshi p, and leadership.

Logan Kiwani s Club . Th ree $100 sch olar sh ips awarded to outstanding students w h o are in n eed of financia l assistance.

Fine Arts Talent. T h e Intermountai n Theatres and Utah State University Fine Arts Department spon sor a Fine Arts F ilm Festival. R egu la r $100 sch olarsh ips are ava ilable for tale n ted stud e n ts regard less of thei r n a ti ve stat e . Stude n ts in terested s h ould make f orm a l app lication t o the Departm e nt of F in e Arts a nd make arrangem ents fo r mus ical or t h eatrica l a uditi on s o r su bmit a p ortfolio of art work. Students rece iving t h ese awards ag r ee to remain active in the ir c reative art special ty wh il e at Utah State Un iver s ity. A Cach e Valley Coo perative Scholarship of $7,000 bear s in terest at 6 percent, earn ing $420 a nnua ll y . This sch olars hip is limited to gradu ate studen ts i n t h e Departm e nts of Sociology, Agricultural Economics a nd D a ir y ing. A t h es is o n some p h ase of coope rat ion is in volved. F or information inquire from t h e departmen t h ead involved. Joseph A. and Grace W. Geddes Scholarship. Li1mited to g raduate stud e n ts in Sociology. Present value $7,000, comprised of $2,000 co nt ributed by the Utah Oooperative Association and s malle r amounts from students and f rie nds . Annua l stipend $200 . The Sociology staff superv ises t h e funds by add ing to路 its earni n gs and don ation s , aid ing studen ts to select projects useful to society , and supervis ing studi es. C arl Raymond Gray S cholars hips. The Union Pacifi c R a ilroad awards 16 s cholarshi ps a n-

Logan Lions Club. T h ree $100 sch olarshi ps awarded t o outs tanding stude n ts wh o a r e in need of financial ass istance. Logan Rotary Club. Three $100 sch ol ars hips awar ded to outstandin g stude n ts w h o are in need of financial ass istan ce.

\ I

! L

I I

National 4-H Club Contests. N at ional sc hola r s hips of $300 eac h a r e availab le to 4-H Cl ub .members in at least 22 different projects or activi ties . Palmer Scholarships. V al W. Palm er sch olars hi p fu nd g ives ten sc h olarshi ps of $100 each and are award ed each year to stud e nts of outstandin g sch ola rs hi p a nd lead er s hip ab ility . Woode y B . Searle Scholars hip . A tu it ion sch o larshi p is awarded each year by W oodey B . Searl e to a need y and deserving graduate of t h e U in ta h Hig h Sch ool. App l ications s h ould b e fi led before Apri l 15th w i t h the principal of t h e U .H .S. at Ve t路nal. Sea r s -Roebuck Foundation Scholarship. T hirteen sch olars hi ps of $300 eac h are awarded an n ually by t h e Sears-Roebuck Foundatio n to f r es hm en in t h e College of Agr icu lture. Select ion is m ade fr om graduating sen iors of the high sch ools of Utah o n t h e bas is of interest in agr iculture, sch olarship, lea de rshi p, and fi nan cial need. The win n er w h o h as the bes t sc h o lastic record at t h e e nd of his fres hman yea r receives a n a dd itional sch ol arshi p for use in his sop h om ore year.

Awards and Honors 307 Sears-Roebuck Founda ti on Award in Home Economics. An award of $200 g iven to an incom ing freshman studen t in th e Co1lege of Family Life who has a high scholastic standing, leadership abi li ty, a nd promise of achievement.

American Insti tute of Electrical E ngineers Student Award. This award is made each year to the outstand i ng senior electr ical engineerin g and AlEE member . The award consists of one year's dues as assoc iate member of AlEE and a certifi cate of achievement.

Stan dard Oil Scholarships. T he Standard Oil Co. af Californ ia offers five scholarships to 4-H Cl ub m embers i n Utah as follows: $350, 1st ; $300 , 2nd; $250, 3rd; $250, 4th ; and $200, 5th ; a lso five sch olars hips to FFA members.

T he American Legion Military Medal, a gift of the Logan Amer ican Legion Post, is awa rd ed each yea r t o t h e athlet ic letterman who mainta ins the hig hest sc holastic record during the year, and who exhibits the most wholesome attitude t oward military training.

U tah Dairy Federation . The Utah Dairy Federation gives an a.nnual scholaTship of $100 each to a 4-H boy and a 4-H g irl w ho will enroll i n Dairy or Home Econom ics at USU.

A wards and Honors William Alger Awards. A gold k ey is awarded annually by Alpha Epsilon D elta, pre-m edical society, to the outstand ing freshman pre-medical or pre-dental student. Scholars hip, character and possibilities in medicine or dent istry represent the bases for the award . Alpha Kappa P s i Scholarship Award. Alpha Kappa P s i Fraternity, Alpha Theta Chapter, of which is established at Utah State Univers ity, awar ds annually t he Alpha Kappa P s i Scholarship Medallion to the male senior in business w ith t h e highest sch olastic average for four years of study in this College.

The A m erican Rambouillet Sheep Breeders' Association Cha llenge Cup . To be presen :ed each year to the student sh ow ing t h e greatest efficiency in fitting and s how ing Rambouillet sheep. Ame ri can Society of Agronomy Leadership Award. A plaque to the outstandin g sen ior in Agronomy. A merican Society of Civil Engineering Associate Memberships. Awarded annually to senior engineering s tudents on t h e basis of scholarship, promise of success in e ng ineering, personali ty, and A.S.C.E. student chapter activ ity. T he awards consist of assoc iate m em bership in t he American Society of Civil E ng ineers. The first is g iven by the Intermountain Section of A.S.C.E. ; the second by t he Civil Eng in eering faculty; and the t h ird by the student chapter of A.S.C.EI.

Alpha Kappa Psi Scholarship Key Award. Alpha Kappa Psi Fraternity, A lpha Theta Chapter of which is established at Utah State Univers i ty, awards annually the A lpha Kap pa Psi Medallion to the male sen ior student in )business w ho possesses t h e highest scholastic :average for three years of work taken i n this 路university.

A .S.C.E. Membership Award. Junior Membership Award. Junior Membership in t he American Society of Givil Engineers, is awnrded by the Intermou n ta in Section , A .S.C.E., to a graduating senior in Civil Engineering on basis of sch olarshi p, activities, and personality. Selection is made by t he Intermounta in Section upon recomme ndat ion by the Engineering Facul ty.

Alpha Lambda Delta Award to Senior Stutdents. Book Award: An award to a senior woman w h o has been an A lpha Lambda Delta :tmember and w h o carries t he highest grade]poin t during her four years of college.

A.S.C.E. Student Chap ter Award. Junior Members hi p in A.S.C.E. to t he sen ior doing most for the ch apter. Selected by vote of members.

Alpha Zeta Award is m a de annually by JA.lpha Zeta fraternity h onor society of agrie ulture and f orestry students, to the sophomore in Agricu lt ur e or Forestry who made t he highest scholastic record i n his freshma n year. The name of the winner is engraved upon a permanent trophy. American In stitute of Electrical Engineers. Awarded annually to the member of the stu dent chapter who has contributed most to the l.R.E. organ ization, and who has demon.s trated prafessional ability. T h is award cons ists of a certificate of merit and one year's dues as an aSsoc iate member of A.I.E.E.

The Barnes Key. Rey an d Marjorie Barnes award a key annually to an undergraduate student who is aff iliated with the campus rad io or televis ion station . The student must have a cumulative grade point average of 2.5 or above, must have carried at least one radi o class during th e year of th e award, and mus t have demonstrated a deep interest i n furt her in g rad io and television arts at Utah State University. Selection shall be made by the Director of Rad io and Television at USU, the person directly responsible for t h e campus radio station, and R ey L. Barnes. B lue K ey Award. Each year Blue Key Honorary Service Fratern ity awards a uServ ice

308 Student Services and Activities plaque" to a n outst a nding fr es hman o r sophom ore male student. Candi dates a r e j ud ged on Univers ity acti vit ies, s cholarship, service t o the Uni ver s ity, an d m oral character . Applicatio n forms can be obt ained from the o r ga nizatio n a nd must be filed w it h the Blue K ey Awards Comm ittee on or bef o re A p t·il 15. Burpee Award in Horticulture. An ann u a l awa rd of $100 to t h e studen t in H or t icul t ur e w h o r a tes highest in scholarship, practical experience a nd in te r est in flower, vegetable a nd seed growing. Cache Valley Chapter of the Uta h State History Society Award. The Cach e Valley His torical Soc iety offe rs annua1ly a n aw ard of $25 to th e USU student wr iting the bes t acceptable tr·eatise on any phase or field of Cache V a ll ey history. Papers must be s ubmitted on or be fore t he en d of the s prin g q uarter and becom e t he property of t h e Cache Valley Histo ri cal Soc iety. Cardon Jewelry Company Award. A L o nwatc h to the m ost outstandin g seni o r a r t stu de n t for the year.

g in es -~' it t nau e r

Chemical Rubber Publishing Co mpany Freshman Chemistry Award. The Chemica l Rubb e 1· Publis hin g Comp a n y annually a wards to an o uts tandin g fr es hm a n in Gen eral Chemistry, a copy of its h a ndbook of Chemistry and Physics. C hemistry Faculty Award. The staff of the C h e mis try D epa r t m ent a.nnu a ll y awa rds a copy of t he Handbook o f Chemistry and Physics to the outstandin g freshman student co mpletin g C he mis try 10 a nd 11. Chi Omega Fraternity Award . o f $25 is awai'Cled annua1ly to the g irl majoring or minoring in Soc ia l Scien ces w h o g ives evidence of s up eri o r sc h o lars hip an d ab ili ty to make a contribu t ion to organized g r oup life . The Committee o f Awards is appointed by Chi Omega F r·a tel'n ity each year fr om t he t eachin g staffs of t he Sociology and Econom ics Departments. Civil Engineering Faculty Award . Junior membership in the A.S.C.E. o r A .S.A .E. awarded by the Eng ineerin g Faculty to a graduating senior in Engin ee l'ing on t he bas is of s cholars hip, a nd prom ise of s uccess in eng inee rin g . Selection is made by t he En g ineer ing Faculty.

of Family Life. T he award provides for two weeks' s tudy of bus in ess problems in St. Louis, foll owed by two wee ks of leadership tra ining at the American Youth Foundation Gamp on L ake Mi chi ga n. The second is awar ded b y t he Da nfo 1·th F ound at ion to an outstandin g f r es hm a n in home econo mics. The award provides for two weeks' leadersh ip tr a ining at the A m e rican Y outh Foundation Camp. Danforth Summer Award. Awarded to an outsta ndin g freshman in Agriculture. This awa rd covers the expe n ses of two weeks lea dership t rainin g at the American Youth F oundat ion Ca mp on Lake Michigan. Transpor t at ion is up to t he i ndiv idual. Danforth Summer Fellowships. Awarded to ) an outstandin g jun ior in A g ri cultu r e. This ; awa rd covers t h e expe nses o f two weeks marketing and r esearch study a t St. L ou is and at t h e Purin a Resear ch Farm near b y a nd two ) weeks lead e1·ship tra inin g at t he Am erican Y outh Foundation Camp on Lake Michigan . . Delta Beta Chi Award. T en d oll a rs is ; awa rd ed a nnu a lly by t he D elta Beta Chi Chern- · istry Fraternity t o the fres hm a n or sop h o more ~ ch emis try studen t wh o wr ites the b est essay · o n so m e s ubj ect in chem istry . Distingu ished Service Awards. Aw a rds are g iven annually to outsta ndin g~ stude nts in theatre, mu s ic, library, a nd Phys i-· cal Education. Faculty Women's League Democracy Awardl is awaxded to seni o r wom en. Candidates mu stt have evidenced the best unders tanding of th t"~ de moc rati c ideal in its a pplicat ion to Univers ity li fe, as exemplifi ed by the f ollowing co n s id erations : ( 1) Awaren ess of iss ues v ital to uni ve rs ity life, (2) indi v idual r es ponsib ili t Y! fo r theiJ· solu t ion, a nd (3) accommodation o:tf indi v idual in te r es t to w h at seems to be th e com m on good . (U niv e r s ity award win neu· excl uded.) Farm Bureau Agricultural Lead ership Award . A n award of $2 00 to t he senior who has ex hi bited t he greatest measure o f growth a n d exce ll en ce in scholars hip , constru cti ve oTgan ization a nd leadet·ship in the College of Agricul tu r e through ou t his univ e r s ity cou r se. The winne1·'s n a me will be en g ra ved o n th e Ca ine L ead er shi p P laq ue. 1

Virginia Dare Award. A cash award o f $25 to th e outstandin g j unior in Dairy Manufacturing.

Foreign Student Achievement Award. A cert ifi cate o f achievement to a g raduatin g foreign student from a non-English speaking cou ntr y wh o has the hi g h est sch olastic average during his undergraduate stu dy.

Danforth Foundation Home Economics Fellowships. The firs t is award ed jointly by the Danforth Foundation and Ralston Purina Comp a n y to an outstanding junio1· in th e College

The Hawaiian Steamship Company's Challenge Cup. Awarded each year to t h e student wh o s hows the most pro fi ciency in judg ing wool.

Awards and Honors 309 Home Economics Awards. Certificates of merit a1·e confe n·ed annua ll y upon se nior women in Home Econom ics adju dged by faculty and sen iot·s upon the fo1low in g bas is : ta) app lication of H ome Eco n omics ideals to daily li vi n g, 50 p o ints; ( b ) leader s hip in class work and ot h er activities, 50 po ints. The numb e r of awa rd s sha ll not exceed 5o/o of t h e tota l g radu at ing c lass. Candidates shall hav e a grade point average of three or bette r. In stitute of Radio Engineers Award. This award is made each yea r to t h e outstanding se nior Electrical Engineer a nd lRE s tudent member. The award co n sists of one year's dues as associate member of IRE and a certificate of achievement. The .John K. Madsen Ch a llen ge C up. Award ed eac h year to the student who s h ows th e greatest proficiency in judging sheep. Mechanical Engineers Faculty Awa rd . An engineering h andbook award ed ann u ally to the m ech an ical Engineering senior with the hi ghest grade point average. The award is made by the Mechanical Engineering faculty. Merck Award. M e rck and Company, manufactur in g c hemists, award annually a copy of the Merck Index to an outstanding student in organ ic chem ist r y and biochemis try. The Ogden U nion Stockyards Challenge Cup. Awarded each year to the student who shows the m ost profic iency in judging beef cattle. Rolla M. Ri ch Memorial Award. An award of $50 to an outstanding stu den t in agricu lture in t h e u pper divis ion, who is active in the LDS C hurc h. The ROTC Medal, a g ift of t h e institution, is awarded eac h year to the student in Mili tary .Science and Tactics w h o most nearly r epre·se nts the idea l that t h e R eserve Officers ' Training Co rps is stri v ing to develop, upon th e fo ll owing basis: (a) Character, 20 points; (b) Scholars hi p, 15 points; (c) Univers ity :activity, 15 points ; (d ) Leaders hip, 20 points ; ( e) Aptitude for an d interest in Militar y Scien ce, 20 points; (f) Physique and bearin g, 1 0 points. The Sa lt Lake Union Stockyards Company C hallenge Cup . Awarded each year to th e s tudent who s h ows the most proficiency in j udging h ogs. Scholarship A's in the form of gold pins , ar e g iven to students w h o present eviden ce t h at their g1·ades are all "A 's , for t hr ee con secu At least t ive quarters of the ir residence. Hfteen credi ts exclusive of basic P h ys ica l Education and bas ic Military Sc ience must b e ca rri ed. The grades of any quarter can be used but once towards a Scholastic Award .

S igma Tau Award. To t h e outsta ndin g sophomol'e engineering stude n t for sch olars hi p, sociabi l ity and practicability. Selection mad e by the Alpha Delta C hapte r of S igma Tau, an hon orary engineering fr ater ni ty. .1. F ish Sm ith Awa rd. An awa1·d o( $100 for the promotion of inte rnati ona l relations, g- iven to a foreign student in recognition of exce llence in sc h olars hip and. cont ribution to inte rnational understa ndin g and good will.

Son of Paul Awar d. Awa rded to the graduating se nior in the College of Forest, Range, and Wildlife Management, w h o has maintain ed a high academ ic record and sh ows p romi se of ach iev ing outstftnd in g profess ional success. Sw ift a nd Company Award to a stud e nt in Agricultu 1·e who is w inner of an essay contest on lives tock marketing. This award provides an expense paid trip of about one week to C'hicago in ear]y sp1·ing to stu dy m a rketing of livestock a nd livestock products . U nited Business Ed u ca ti on Association. An av.Hu·d prese nted b y the Smead Manufacturin g Company to the sen ior who ha s dist ingu is hed him self in business education. A U niversity Award is conferred annually upon the male st udent of the in stitution who ~hows ev idence of being able, in greatest meas ure, to repay the nation the in vestment whi ch it h as m ade in h im, on the following basis: ( A) The potential vocatio nal or profess ion a l eff ic ienc y of the student as s h ow n by his s c h olarly attainment, ind ustry, and natu1·al ab ili ty and talent (50 points) a nd ( IJ ) His patriotis m, honesty, and good judgment as a student c it izen, a s an indicat ion of his futu1·e attitude as a voter or public se rvant, combining a prog ressive sp irit with a love of country and a concern for the safety a nd dev e lopment of American institutions of libe r ty and justice and his qualities of social leadership as shOwn in stu de nt affairs, b ase d upon physical and mora l cleanliness and s t rength of c h a r acter (50 points). A Unive r s ity A ward is also conferred an nually upon the woma n student of the In stitution who s hows ev ide nce in greatest meas ure of (a) potential vocational or profess ional effici e ncy as show n in sch olars hip, industry, an d natural abil ity (50 poin ts); and (b) womanly qual i ties, develop ment of the socia l graces, n ot necessarily soc ial prominence, and attitude o( mind (50 points ). Uta h Association of Certified Public Acco un ta nts. An award for the purpose of stimu latin g interes t to t h e Outsta nding se nior student majorin g in accounting.

310 Student Services and Activities Utah Feed Manufacturing and Dealers' Association Award. An award of $100 to a n outstand ing senior with a m ajor in some phase of Animal Indu stry, prefer abl y on e interested in a nimal nut rition. Utah Society of Professional Engin eers. A n annual presentation of certificate of m erit to the outstand in g senior engineering student at

usu. The Utah State U niversity Science Medal. A g if t of the late Director Emeritus William Petersen, is g iven each year to the s tudent writ in g the best rev iew of recent scientific research in either mathem atics, ph ys ics, chemistry, geology , zoology, botany 01' astronomy. Wall Str eet Journal Award in Business. A medal and one year's s ubscrip t io n to the Wall Street. J ou rn a l for outstand in g achievement in bus in ess adminis tration . Colonel Joe E. Whitesid'es Award is g iven to t he outst an ding student-ath lete selected by t he Athletic Council on the basis of (1 ) academic achievement, (2) athletic achievem ent, (3) army (ROTC) achievement, (4) adjustment to meet the daily demands in character , social and general culture.

Loans Long T erm Loans: Utah State Univers ity participates in t h e National Defense Student Loan Program. Loans are made available to f ull-time, n eedy students who are progressing sati sfactorily toward a degree. Ordinarily, a grade-point average of 2.5 is requ ired for former students; or the student should be in th e upper half of hi s graduating class for high school graduates. Application forms for th ese lon gterm, low-interest loans may be obtained in Room 102 of the Main Building. Sho1路t T erm Loans. It is the desire of USU that no student fail to complete school because of some temporary financial limitation . As a phase of the program of financial aid to students, small, short-term loans a r e made available on a bu siness - like basis. P ersonal qualifications and need for financi al assistance are the principal criteria.

Except in cases of extreme emergency no loans will be made during the last two weeks of a ny quarter, or a period of time exceeding t h e academic school year except for graduating seniors. Individual financial problems may be discussed with the Chairman, Student Loan s, Main Building, Room 102. The total Student Loan Fund is composed of the following individual loan f unds generously contributed by fri ends of USU: USU Faculty Women's League. A loan fund for women stu den ts. Loa ns may range from $50 to $150. Preference is given seniors. USU Faculty Women's League Revolving Loan Fund provides for s hort time loans, not to exceed $20 , to women studen ts for emergency purposes. Senior Loan Fund, a gift of the class of 1911, and added to by the class of 1922, has h elped man y stu dents complete sch ool.

Rotary Club Senior Loan Fund . The Logan Rotary Club has provided a specia l loan fun di to ass ist students in meeting expenses duringtheir sen ior year. Robert L. Judd Loan Fund was g iven b yMrs. Judd in hon or of her late h usba nd. L oan s a 1路e ava ilable to undergraduate m en w ho have abi li ty an d need financial ass istance. \V. B. Rice Me morial Loan Fund provides loans up to $200 , usually for one year, to des erv ing students in t he College of Forest, Range a nd Wildli fe Management. App licat ion is m a de to the D ean's Off ice. Bureau of La nd Management Loan Fund prov ides loans up to $10 0 to deserving students in t he Coll ege of Forest, Range, a n d Wildlife Management. App licat ion s hou ld be made to the D ean's office. Marjorie Paulsen Loan Fund. A fund prov ided by the fath er o f a fonmer Aggie s tudent acti ve in student body affa irs . Ichel Water Loan Fund. An indi v idual gift to ass ist students in need.

J. Reub en Clark Small Loan Fund. A reserve spec ifically provided for ass istance t1> stud en ts in m eeting school obligations. 0. W. I sraelsen Loan Fund available t ' s enior engineering students only. A pplication is m a.de in th e College of Engineering.

Employment 311 Employment Placement Employment. The office of Stu<dent Employment Placement ass ists ~ st ud ents who are capab le of carryi ing an academic load and need to ~ supplement regular income through ]part-time employment. Students' ' Wives are also assisted in obtainin g ]position s on a nd off campus. All students and students' wives <desiring campus employment mu st 1register with this office and be ;appropriately cleared before bein g lhired. An und ergradua te student \within the colleges of t he Un ivertS ity may not earn more t han $100 ]per month in Un iversity employJment. Students employed on assi stmntships are not eligibl e for work con an hourly basis without the <approval of the President. To extend off-campus services, t.the University has established a c~ oop era tive arrangement with th e ILogan Branch of the Utah State lEmployment Service. Requests for iinformation on employment should be addressed to Chairman, Student lEmployment Placement. Students from foreign countri es nnust obtain a work permit before they may receive employment. Such PJermits may be acquired from t he Foreign Student Advisor, Main ].33, or the Immigration and Naturalization office in Salt Lake City, Utah. Students under eighteen who find employment mu st obtain a work P>ermit. These are controlled by th e Logan City Board of Education. Plac ement. The Employment Placement Office assists a ll seniors and post-graduates to obtain employment. Private employers, as well as governmental agencies, coordinate their r ecruitin g progr ams through the Employment Placem en t Office. The University is a member of

the National Placement Association wh ich li sts many placement opportun iti es for the graduatin g stud ent. Further information is avai lab le in the Office of Student Employment Placement, Room 102, Old Forestry Building.

Counseling In r ecognition of the fact that students are faced with many problems throughout their University career, a broad program of counselin g ser vices has been establi shed to meet individual needs in making and maintaining satisfactory adjustments to the University and life. Under the s upervis ion of the Coordinator of Coun se lin g Services, the coun selin g program provides for a ll students the following services: (1 ) coun selin g with educationa l, vocational, personal, and marital problems; ( 2) individual a nd g roup testing; (3) occupational and ed ucatio nal information; ( 4) assista nce with stud y skills; and ( 5 ) fac ulty advisement in each of t he departments and colleges of the Univers ity. The Un ivers ity strives to give a s tudent the assistance he needs and desires, to help him make wise decisions r egarding educational, vocational, a nd personal problems. According ly, at the time of admission to the Univers ity, a student is ass ig ned a faculty adviser with whom he will meet and have opportunity to discuss hi s academic program. If li vin g in a residence hall, a student is also invited to seek hi s residence counselor, who is in a position to ass ist with many types of problems or to refer the student to the person who can be of most help . When problems require the help of spec ialized counselors, a student will be referred by faculty advisers,

312 Student Services and Activities teachers, residence counselors to the office of Coordinator of Counseling Services. One is also encouraged to request these counseling services directly through the counseling office whenever he has problems with which he would like help. Professional counseling is available, on a limited basis, in such problem areas as speech, study skills, religion, personal and social adjustments, emotional conflicts, courtship, and marriage. Guidance tests related to a student's achievements, abilities, interests and adjustment are also available upon request. Although certain basic tests are given to a ll new lower division students not having taken them whi le in high school, upper division students as well may avail themselves of this information. The data from these tests are used as a basis for counselin g. If a student has not decided upon a course of study he is especially encouraged to seek such information and assistance. A file of current occupational literature dealing with job facts and labor market trends in most occupational fields is maintained in the Counseling Service and is available . Counselors help students use this information to investigate and appraise occupations in which they might have an interest. A close relationship with community and state agencies is maintained so that when a student needs services not provided by t he University he can be helped in obtaining such services by referral to these other agencies.

Health A health service is provided for all registered students on t he campus at the Student Health Center located in the Union Building. Fa-

ci lities consist of r eception, consultation, examining and treatment rooms. The staff consists of one fu ll-time physician, two registered nurses and a receptionist. Services are limited to such care as that customarily rendered in a doctor's office. (1) A medical examination is required of all new students. ( 2 ) The examination should be performed by a private physician of the student's choice and shou ld be accomplished prior to arrival on campus. (3) New students are encouraged to have their family doctor perform the examination and report on a form provided by the University. ( 4 ) It is highly recommended that students purchase the Voluntary Student accident and sickness In surance avai lable to them. A general type of medical care is provided within the limitation of existing facilities under supervision of the University physician. ( 1) The following services are ava ilable to eligible student without extra cost: (a) Medical care for minor illnesses. ( b) Medical advice as to the need of further consultations and specialized treatment in the more difficult problems beyond the scor;e of the Health Service. (c) Office care for minor emergencies. (d) Initial care and first aid treatment for serious emergencieJ. (e) Inoculations and immunizations. (2) The service does not include: (a) Treatment for emergencies occurring off campus. (b) Treatment for chronic illness originating before entrance io school.

Orientation 313 (c) Hosp ital care for any condition. ( d ) Surgery. (e) Medical care for wives or children of students. (f) Definitive treatment for fractures, other types of injuri es â&#x20AC;˘or illn esses of a more serious nature which require specialized types <of treatment. (g) X-ray examinations. (h) Laboratory tests. ( i ) The costs of drugs or medlicine ordered on doctor's prescri pt ions. (3) Hou se ca lls will be made by tthe University physician during cdoctor's office hours, if requested :at the health center and when circ umstances justify precedence over office patients waiting to be seen. Hou se calls also will be made at a c harge of $2 per call, after office h ours by the University physician, w hen available and when a genuine e mergency situation exists. ( 4 ) In case of illness or emergency during office hours call : USU Student Health Service, T elephone SK 2-4100 Extension 435. After hours call: The University physician at his residence, telephon e SK 2-2240, or a private physician of the student's choice. If neither physician is available at the time, and the emergency is of an urgent nature, report directly to the Logan LDSHospital for n ecessary care. The student not covered by insurance should be aware of the fact that the service of a private physician as well as those of the hospital will be at his own expense. ( 5 ) Office hours The Health Center will be open from 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Monday through Friday. Doctor's hours are: 9 :00 a .m. to 12 noon; 1:30 p.m. to 4:30p.m.

Orientation A program of activities has b~en des igned to acquaint students Wit~ the life and environment of the Umvers ity community. Participation in th ese orientation activities is req uired of all new students at th.e beginning of each quarter. In addition to group meetings for instruction in traditions, policies and procedures, there are opportunities for pre-registration interviews with faculty and administrative personnel. Entertainment through movi es, dances, mixers and game rooms of the Student Union all reflect the many purposes for which thi s program is established. At the beginning of each academic quarter each new student in the University who has less than 96 quarter credit hours, is required to take certain standardized tests, unless such tests have been taken at the school last attended . Th e res ults are used by facu lty and counselors to assist in placement and as gu idance aids.

Foreign Student Advisement Students from outside the United States are provided personal counseling and assistance, in matters related to immigration procedures, through the office of the Foreign Student Adviser. All students from a broad must register with the Adviser, in Room 133 Main, at the beginning of each quarter, and must keep him informed concerning such matters as local address, change in student status, acceptance of employment, etc. Requests for extensions of visa, work permits, immigration certifications, an d money exchange letters must be submitted through the office of the Foreign Student Adviser. Students are urged to consult frequently with

314 Student Services and Activities the Adviser, and to keep him apprised of their problems and special needs. The attention of all students is directed to the International Club, a campus organization r epresenting hundreds of students, members of the faculty, and community residents. The "I.C." is truly international, boasting active membership from approximately forty nations, including Cana d a, the United States, South America, Asia, Europe, Africa, and the Middle East.

Speech Clinic The Speech Clinic provides h elp for persons having speech handicaps. Th e services of the speech clinic are available to any student. The types of problems handled include stuttering, delayed speech development, lisping and other articulation di sorder s, cleft palate speech, paralytic speech, "nervous" speech conditions, nasal speech,

voice quality deviations, etc. All University students who have defective speech should regi ster for Speech 75, Remedial Speech. Time and credit are arranged. The instructor is avai lable for individual consultation, Main 79.

Helpful Courses Several courses are taught espe- · cially to help students with such personal affairs as marriage, foods, clothing and finance. The descrip- · tion of these courses is found in t he departments offering them . . They include: Preparation for Mar- · riage and Family Relations, FCD 1 20; Early Childhood, FCD 67; Fam-· ily Finance, HEM 155 ; Home Man-· agement, HEM 149; Principles of' Nutrition, FN 24; Laboratory for · Nutrition and Food Preparation, FN 24a; Basic Clothing Construe-· tion, CT 8; Clothing Selection for · Men, CT 15; Art in Everyday Liv-· ing, FL 5.

315

Student Activities Students are encouraged to participate in one or more of the following activities, dependent upon their available time and academic load: (1 ) Int ercollegiate Athletics. USU's Intercollegiate Athletics program compares favorably with the programs of leading institution s throughout the nation. As a member of t he National Collegiate Athletic Association, Utah State University g uides its intercollegiate program by the policies and regulations of this organization. USU's physical facilities for intercollegiate athletics include Romney Stadium, with a 15,000 spectator capacity; George Nelson Fieldhouse, with a 6,000-capacity basketball arena; a new baseball diamond, t ennis courts, swimming pool, and running track. Major sports are footba ll, basketball, baseball, and track. Minor sports are wrestling, swimming, skiin g, tennis, and golf. To be eli gible for participation jn varsity intercollegiate compet ition, one must maintain at least a "C" average in a minimum of t hirty-six quarter credits in the ithree quarters immediately precedi ng the quarter of proposed part icipation. Generally, the same rule a pplies to participation in freshman sports. General supervision and direction of athletics for men is vested in the Director of Athletics. An Athl etic Council consisting of the President of the University, the Athl etic Director, five members from the University faculty, an Alumni representative, an A-Men representative, and three studentbody officers, exercise faculty control of athletics.

(2) lntrarnurals. This program includes all seasonal sports for which awards are given. (3) Mu sicals. Performances are g iven by band, orchestra, choral g roups, and music clubs. These organizations present several conce rt~ and recitals during the year, and participate in tours to the s urrounding area. (4 ) Theatricals. Numerous production s are staged each year by s tudent groups. Students participate in the lighting, staging, directing, and managing, as well as the acting. ( 5 ) Debating and Public Speaking. The University is a member of the Rocky Mountain Forensic League, and each year meets schools of thi s group in discussion. Participation in debate tournaments in the Intermountain and Pacific Coast Region provides opportunity for experience in tournament debating. Utah State is noted for its MidWinter Speech Meet. (6 ) Student Publications. Students publish a semi-weekly paper, Student Life, a yearbook, The Buzzer, and a literary magazine, Crucible; Blue Book, the official s tudent handbook which contains the Student Directory, avai lable to all regularly registered students. Some campu s organizations sponsor publications of their own such as the Forestry Club's Juniper, and V apm路 Trails, a monthly Air Force ROTC newspaper published by Arnold Air Society. (7 ) Radio-Television. The University operates radio station KUSU-FM which broadcasts six hours of programs daily, prepared a nd broadcast by students. KUSUFM is a member of the National Association of Educational Broad-

316 Student Services and Activities casters. Television studios on the campus are equipped to produce and record complete television programs which are broadcast by Salt Lake City stations. Students assist in all phases of television production. (8) Utah State UniveTsity Lyceum and Cache Valley Civic Music. Th e Lyceum- Civic Music series presents numerous national a nd international artists. ( 9) Dances and Entertainments . In addition to the above, the Student Body Organizations f urni sh extensive entertainment in the for m of dancing, parties, and athletic events. ( 10 ) Assemblies . These are planned and produced by students to provide entertaining, spiritual and cultural programs. (11) Committees. Students are members of virtually every university committee. This includes not only Student Body committees, but also committees set up by the admini stration. ( 12 ) Univ ersity Forum brings internationally famo us speakers to the campus.

Student Government Associated Students. All students of Utah State University upon payment of student activity fees, become members and are therefore entitled to participate in and atten d all activities sponsored by th e association. Ath letic events, musicals, dramas, dances, lyceums, etc., are events to which members of ASUSU are admitted by activity card. Th e E xecutive Council consists of the five elected major officers of Associated Students; viz., presidents, secretary and business manager. The Council plays a major role in directing all studentcon ducted activities on campus.

Th e Student Senat e is the legislative branch of student government an d initiates policies for the welfare of t he entire student body. Membership in the Student Senate includes : the Executive Council, th e president of each of t he four classes, a representative of each of the eight colleges, A WS president, three representatives of independent students, and an international r epresentative chosen by the foreign students on campus. There are fo ur ex-officio members: pres ident of Panhellenic, president of Interfraternity Council, editor of Student Life, and president of Co-Orgs. Associated Women Students. Every woman student properly registered and enrolled in the University is a member of AWS. This organization fosters interest and participation in campu s activities. It is governed by its own elected officers and board. Governing BoaTds and Councils. Boards and counci ls composed of students and fac ulty supervise various activities : Women's Intramural Association, Men's Intramural Association, Civic Music, Ath letic Council, Publications Council , Student Union Board, Student, Union Activity Board, Inter-fra- 路 ternity Counci l and Panhellenic : Council.

Student Organizations Departmental and Professional Agriculture. Ag Clubs Council, Ag EConom ics Club, Ag r onomy Club, Al pha Tau Alpha, Alpha Zeta, Block and Bridle Club, Botany Club, Dairy Club, Horticulture Club, Poultry Club, 4-H Club, Vet Science Club. Bacteriology.

Bacteriology Club.

Business. Alp h a Kappa P s i, STAT (Secretaries Today and Tomorrow) .

Club

Chemistry. American Chemical Society. Education. Phi Delta Kappa, Education Assoc iat ion.

Utah State

Student Organizations 317 Engineering. Engineering Oouncil, Ameri can Society of Civil Engineers, American Welding Society, Industrial Education. Club, Ins titute of Radio Engineers, Sigma Tau, Society of Automotive Engineers, Society of American Military Engineers, Tool Engineers Club. English. English Club. Forestry. Forester's Club. Forestry Wi ves , Xi Sigma Pi. Geology. Geology Club. History. P hi Alpha Theta. Horne Economics. H ome Economics Club, Phi Upsilon Omicron. Landscape Architecture. Landscape Archit ec ture Club. Military. Arnold Air Society, P ershin g Rifles, Scabbard and Blade, Sponsors, Society of Alme rican Military Eng ineers, Sabre Squ ad, Air Force Varsity Rifle Team, ROTC Band. Music. Alpha Eta Mu, Band, Chansonettes, Meistersingers, Orchestra, ROTC Band. Physical Education. Badm inton Club, Dance Club, PEMM (P . E. majors and minors), Ski Club, Square Dance Club, Swimming Club, Women's Intram ural Association, Men's Intramural Association. Political Science. Intern ation a l Club, Pi Sigma Alpha. Pre-Med. Alp ha Epsilon Delta. Psychology. Psychology G-lub. Sociology. Sociology Club. Speech. Tau Kappa Alpha, Theta Alpha

Phi, Utah State University Speech Correction Assoc iation. Zoology. Utazoa Club.

Social and Special Interest Fraternities, Social. Alpha Gamma Rho, Delta S igma Phi, Kappa Sigma, Pi Kappa Alpha, S igma Alpha Epsilon, Sigma Chi, Sigma Nu, Sig ma Phi Epsilon, Sigma Pi. Sororities, Social. Alpha Chi Omega., Alpha Omicron Pi, Chi Omega, Delta Delta Delta, Kappa Delta, Sigma Kappa. Recognition and Honorary. Alpha Sigma Nu , Sigma Xi, Sigma Phi Eta. Regional. Bear Lake Club, Canadian Club, Dixie Club, Sudags, Weber, Arab Student Organization. Religious. Baptist Student Union. Delta Phi Kappa, Lamba Delta Sigma, N ewman Club, Westminster Fellowship, Interreligious Council. Scholarship. Phi Kappa Phi, Alpha Lambda Delta , Phi Eta Sigma. Service. Blue Key, Circle K Club, Intercolleg iate Knights , Spurs, Sponsors. Miscellaneous. International Club, Dames Club, Human Relations Club, Independent Students Association.

318

319

320

USU Alumni Association Co l Joe E. Whites id es, Presidenr

J. Lyn

Larson, Executi ve Secretary

Office in Student Union Building 208 Utah State University Alumni Association now numbers more than 28,000 member s. These members are the g r adu ates and other former students of Utah State, who are now keepin g in touch with the Univers ity and supporting its activities t hrou gh the work of the Association . Pur-pose. It is the purpose of the Alumni Association to promote th e welfare of Utah State Univer sity. M ernbership. (1) R egular M ernbe?路: All persons receiving degrees, diplomas or termina l vocational certificates from Utah State University, College of Southern Utah, or Snow College a re members of th e Association upon payment of dues. (2 ) A ssociate M emb e1路: All students who have been r eg ularly enrolled in on e of the three afo r emention ed in stitutions and have successfull y completed any work therein , may become members of the Association upon payment of du es. (3) Sustaining M ember: A ll parents of graduates or s tudents a nd facu lty members and oth er s who have shown a n inter est in the U ni ver s ity or the Associ ation may become sustainin g members by payment of dues. ( 4) H onm路ary M emb er : P ersons eli gible for honorary membership are those who have don e outstanding se rvice to the In stitution and who a re recommended for this honor by t he Ex ecutive Committee, or the Council. Dues . Annua l du es are $5 per year and joint annual du es (hus-

band a nd wife ) $7.50 per year. Life membership may be obta in ed sin gly at $3 5, or $50 for a joint membership, both payable in $5 annual in stallments. Government. Th e governing powe r of the Associ ation is vested in the Alumni Cou ncil, composed of 15 elected members and ex-offi cio members. The current pres ident of t he Senior class a nd t he pres ident of the Associated Students' organization are both ex-officio members of the Council. The Alumni Executive Secreta r y is the official r epresentative of the Association on campu s. The Pres ident of the Alumni Association is a member of t he Utah State University Board of Tru stees, as provided by Chapter 5, Article 75-5-0, School Laws, State of Utah . F unction. The Alumni Association is th e medium throu gh which fo rm er students of Utah State are kept in contact and are se rved after leav in g th e ca mpu s. Efforts are made to ma inta in a complet e r ecord of eve r y alumnu s throu ghou t li fe , md hi s accompli shments and progr ess a re r ecorded. Member s receive the Utah State Alumnus, a magazine publi shed nin e mon t hs a year, full of Aggie news a nd reports on the Un iver sity. The Association ma intain s Alum ni chapters in all major areas where Aggies are located. Through thi s local organization, Aggies are kept in contact with each other, and they meet and participate in bu sines s and social

University Development 321 acti vities. They likewi se assist the Univer sity with special projects in t h eir a r eas. The Association endeavors to keep in contact with all Aggies and a ssists them in r eference and contact problems. Membership in the Association is the best way for an Aggie to demon strate hi s interest and support of the University and its program after leaving the campus. Th e Alumni Association takes the leadership in sponsoring such campu s events as Homecom ing, Founders' Day, and the Senior

Reception, as well as aiding in a thleti c and other school events.

Alumni A ssociation-Library Endowment Fund. The Library Endowment Tru st Fund is a special f und which has been established by the Associ a tion. This fund was establi shed from popular subscripti ons. Earnin gs from the fund are g iven to the University library to aid it in the purchase of books which ordinarily could not be bou ght from the regular library budget.

University Development Fund J. Lyn

Larson, Fund Director

Office in Student Union Building 208 A key part of USU's Development program is a Development Fund, a non-profit corporat ion (established August 11, 1958 ), to encourage grants, bequests, and gifts of mon ey, property, works of art, historical papers and documents, and museum specimens having educational, artistic or historical value. The Development Fund thus helps the University increa se and improve its educational and other services. A fifteen-man board of direct ors of this non-profit corporation represents five groups: USU Board of Trustees, Alumni Association, the University Administration and Faculty, the Associated Students and General Public. Fund officers are: Rudy Van Kampen, chairman; J. K. Wh eeler, vice-chairman; Dee A. Broadbent, treasurer; J. Lyn Larson, fu nd director. Functions and power s of t he Board of Directors are: ( 1 ) to determine, after consultation with

the President of the University or with a University officer designa ted by him, a nd after consultat ion with th e Alumni Council of the Alumni Association, the specific Univer sity projects for which gifts of money or property will be solicited ; ( 2 ) to obtain from alumni and former students of the Universit y and from other interested per son s, corporations or foundations voluntary contributions to the Univers ity, and to establish such by-laws and policies as are necessar y to carry out the purpose of the Fund; (3) to determine from t ime to time the methods of solicitat ion and publicity and to maintain the active interest of alumni and of the public in the Development Fund; ( 4) to elect and appoint such officers and committees a nd incur necessary expenses wit hin its budget allowance as are needed for the proper accomplishment of its purpose; (5) to coordinate all University efforts relating to the Development Fund.

322

323

324

Utah State University 1962-63 Faculty CHASE, DARYL (1945) Pres ident : P ro fessor. BA 1927 U of U . MA 193 1, P hD 1936 U of Chi cago. ABRAM S. MILTON C. (1949) Librarian: Asso. Pro f. of Libra r y Scien ce. BS 1948 , MS 1952 usu. A CO RD , CLA IR R. t 1947 ) A sso. Prof. , Exten s ion Services: Uta h Co. Ag-en t. BS 1937 USU, MS 1956 U of Ill. ALLRED, A. FULLMER ( 1945 1 Asst. Prof., Extension Ser vices: Box E lder Co. Agent. BS 1 !13~ BYU. ALLRED, E. MALCOLM 11961) Asst. Prof. of Education. BA 1948 So. Idaho C of Ed. , MS 1953 U o f I, Ed D 1961 Colo. State C. ALLRED, J. R. (1958) Univers it y News E dito r : ln str. i n J ou rn a lis m. BA 1950 U of U. ALLRED, KEITH REID ( 1957) Asst. Prof. of Ag r onomy. BS 1951 BYU, PhD 1955 Corn ell

u. ANDERSEN, LADELL ( 1961) Head Basketba ll Coach: l nstr . in P h ys ical Education. BS 1951 usu. ANDERSON, BRUCE ( 195 1 ) Ass t. Prof. of Irr igation Engin eering. BS 1950, MS 1954

usu. ANDERSON, CHESTER H . (1959) Colonel, US Army: Pro f. of Military Science. BS 193 0, Ed M 1935 Ok la homa U. Graduate US A •·m y Com mand an d General Staff College 194 7.

ASHCROFT, GAYLEN L. (1961 ) Asst. Prof. of Ag-ronomy . BS 1953, MS 1955 USU. ATKINSON , SHERWIN J . ( 195 8) Res. A sso. , Pou ltry Hu sbandry. BS 195 5 USU. AXELRAD, ARTH U R M. (196 1 ) Asst. P rof. of Englis h. BA 1955 Bmok ly n C, MA 1957 NYU. BACON, MARY R . ( 1948) Asso. Prof., Exten s ion Services ; W asatch Co. H om e Agent. BS 1928 U o f U. BAGLEY JAY M . (1955 ) Asso. Prof. of Civ il an d Irrigation Engineering. BS 1952, MS 1953

usu . BAHLER, THOMAS L. (1949) Pro f. of Zoology, Phys iology . BA 1943 C o f W ooster , P hD 1949 U o f Wis. BAIRD, GLEN T. (1946) State 4-H L ea de r : A sso. Prof. BS 1935 USU.

Club

BAKER, DORAN J . ( 1959) A sso. Prof. of E lectr ica l Enginee rin g. BSEE 1953 , P hD 1956 U o f U. *BALLARD, J . CLA RK (1959) Prof.: Asst. Director, Exte ns ion Ser vices, BS 1947 USU, P hD 1950 Cornell U. BARDWELL, FLORA H . (1950) Ass t. P r of., Extensio n Services; Garfield Co . Home A ge n t. BS 1940 BYU . BARLOW, JOEL C. 11946) Asst. P•·of., Exte ns io n Ser vices: Uta h Co. Age n t . BS 1938

usu.

ANDERSON, J . LAMAR ( 1961 ) A sst. Prof. of H o rti cul t ure. BS 1955 USU, PhD 19 61 U of W is.

BARLOW , WAY NE K . (1962) Asst. Res. E n g inee r, E lectri ca l Engin eer in g . BS 1960 USU.

ANDERSON, JAY 0. ( 195 1) Prof. of Poultry Hu sba ndry. BS 1943 USU, MS 1948 , P hD 1950 U of Mary land .

BARNARD, JOHN J . ( 1936) Dairy Spec ia list and A sso. Prof., Extens io n Se r v ices. 13S 19 33 USU, MS' 1959 U of Wis .

ANDERSON, ROJ CE H . (1947) Prof. o f Agric u ltura l Eco n omi cs. BS 1939 U of Wyo. , MS 1941, P h D 1943 Cornell U.

BARNES , REY L. ( 1960 ) Producer- D i rector, T e lev is io n: Ma n ao:e r USU-F M Radio. BS 1960

ANDERSON, WENDELL B . ( 1947) A sso. Prof . o f Poli t ica l Scien ce. BS 1935, MS 1940 USU, LLB 1941 Geor ge W ash. U.

BARTEL, CA RL dustr ia l-Tech ni ca l tor of Trade a nd MS 1952 Kansas 1959 U of Mo.

ARGYLE, RELL F. (195 4) A sst. Prof., Exte ns io n Serv ices; San Juan Go. Agent. BS 1940 usu. ARRINGTON, LEONARD J . (1946) Prof. of Economics. BA 1939 U of I daho, PhD 1952 U of No. Carolina . NOTE: Date in parenthesis indicates yea r th e pe rso n j oi ned U SU staff, not n ecessa ril y in present position.

usu. R. (1959) Asst. P r of. o f InE du cat io n; State coo r dina I ndustry Resea r ch . BS 1940 , State C of P itts burg , Ed D

BASTIAN , BETH S. ( 195 8) A sst. Prof., Extension Serv ices; Sev ier Co. H om e Agent. BS 1950 U SU . MS 1955 Kan sas State U . B AUG H , FRANCIS (1952) Purchas ing Agent. BS' 1950 USU, D ip loma 1958 Nat. A sso. of E d. Buyers. *On lea ve.

University Faculty 325 BECKSTRAND, GO RDO N L. (1950) Distr ict Director-Richfield a nd Prof., Extens ion S ervices . BS 1950 USU, MS 195 8, PhD U of Wis.

BLAYLOCK, MARILYN (1961) ln str. in Family a.nd Chil d D eve lopment. BS 1957, MA 1962 BYU .

BEECHER, ASA L. ( 1945 ) Records Offi cer in Office of Admiss ions and Records; Vete ra ns ' Coordinator. Attended Henager's Bu s in ess College.

BLOCK, LOUIS C. ( 1961 ) Asst. R esearch Phys ic is t Engineering Experi ment Station. BS 194 8 Worceste r Polytech ni c lnstit., MS 1950 lloston U.

BE.LL, WILLIAM HAROLD (1924) Prof. or Bus iness Administration. BS 1923, MS 1931

BOENDER, MARY ( 1960 ) Asst. Prof., Exten sio n Se1路vices; Roos e ve lt Co. Home Agent. BS 1933 usu.

usu. BENDI XSEN, K AY R. (1952) Asst Prof., Extension Serv ices; Juab Co. Agent. BS 19-ll, MS 1952 USU. BENNETT, JAMES A. ( 1945) Prof. and H ea d. Dept. of An imal Husbandry. BS 1940. MS 1941 USU, PhD 1957 U of Minn . BENNETT, WILLIAM H . (1937) Directo1路, Extens ion Serv i ces; Prof. of Agronomy. BS 1936, MS 1948 USU, P hD 1957 U of Wis . BENSON, R U TH (1961) Instr. in L a n guages . BA 1955, MA 1959 BYU. BERRYMAN , JACK H . (1959) Wildlife Manage ment Specialist a nd Asso. Prof., Extens ion Services. AA 1940 Westminster C. BS' 1947, MS 1947 U of U. BEUTLER, G. LEON (1954) Asst. Prof. of Scien ce. BS 195 0, MS 1959 USU. BEYERS, JOHN M. ( 1957) Languages and P hilosoph y. 1953 U of U.

Asst. P rof. of BA 1949, MA

BIG GS, ERNEST 0. (1944) Asst. Prof., Extens ion Services; Tooele Co. Agent. BS 1926

usu.

BISHOP, A. ALVIN ( 1946 ) Prof. of C ivil and Irrigation Engineering. BS' 1934, MS 1938

路usu.

BOHIDAR, NEETI R. (1960) Asst. Prof. of Appl ied Statistics and Computer Science. BS 1951 U of Madras, (Indi a) MS 1957 , PhD 1960 Iowa State U. BOOTH, THORNTON Y. (1953) Asst. t o Dean , C of Humani ties and Arts; Coordinator of Liberal Studies; Prof. of E nglis h. AB 194 1 BYU, PhD 1951 Stanford U. BORG, WALTER R. (1957) Prof. of Educat ion. BA 1943 San Di ego State C, MA, PhD 194 8 U of Ca.l if. BOWDEN, JOAN C. (1960 ) Inst r ., E di th Bowe n Lab01路atory School. BS 1942 USU. BOX, T. W. ( 1959) Asst. Prof. o[ Range Management. BS 1956 Southwest Texas State C, MS 1957, P hD 1959 Agricu lt u ra.l-M ec hanical C of Texas. BOYD, RICHARD H. ( 1962) Assa. Prof. of Chemistry . BS 1951 Ohio State U, PhD 1955 MIT. BOYER, FAY W . (1955) Asst. Prof., Extension Services; W eber Co. Agent. BS 1950, MS 1960 usu. BOY LE', WILLIAM S. ( 1945 ) Prof. of Botany. BS 1937 BYU, MS' 1939, PhD 1943 U of Ca.lif. BRASWELL, A. L . (1960) Asst. Prof. of Educatio n . BS 1949 Bethany Nazarene C, MEd 1951 Los Angeles State C, MS 1960 Ore. State

c. lB LACK, THERE.L R. (1950) Asso. Prof. of Sociology; Rural Sociologist. BS, M..A 19 39 lB YU, MA 1941 Louis iana State U, PhlD 195 1 lU of Wis. B LAKE, JOSEPH T. ( 1956 ) Asso. Prof. o f Veterinary Science. BS 1949 BYU, MIS 1950. PhD 1955, DVM 1956 Iowa S'tate C.

BREWE R , COU RTNEY H . (1960) Agricultural Research and Information Editor. BA 1950 BYU, MS 1953 USU. BRILLANTINE, RI CHARD (1961) Instr. in Landscape Archi tecture and Environmental Planning. BS (Forestry) 1951 Rutgers U, BS (Landscape) 1959 USU.

BLANCH, GEORGE T. (1934) Prof. and Head, Dept. of Agricultural Economics. BS 19 30 , MS 1931 USU, PhD 1941 Cornell U.

BRISCOE, RALPH D . (1961) Asst. R es. P hysicist, Electrical E ngineering. BS' 1957 USU.

BLASER, LEROY A. (1952 ) Director of Information Services; Asso. Prof. of Edutcation . BS 1936, MS 1944 USU, E<lD 1955 U off Cali f.

BRITE, .J. D UNCAN (1933) Prof. of History . BA 1922 U of Wyo., MA 1924 , PhD 19 37 U of Ch icago.

326 University Faculty BROADBENT, DEE A. (1938) Vice President of Business Affairs; Prof. of Agricultural Econ omics. BS 1936 USU, MS 1938 U of Ill.

CANNON, LAWRENCE 0. ( 1961) Instr . in Mathematics . BS 1958 USU, MS 1959 U of Wis.

BROADBENT, MARDEN ( 1938) District Director- Provo and Prof., Extension Services . BS 1937 USU, MS 1951, PhD 1960 U of Wi s.

CANNON, MELVIN C. (1947) Prof. and Head, D ept. of Chem istry. BS 1933, MS 1938 U of U, PhD 1941 Boston U.

BROWER, STEPHEN L. (1950) District Director- Salt Lake City and Prof., Extens ion Services . BS 1949, MS 1950 USU, PhD 1961 Cornell U.

CANNON, NORMAN S. (1947) Prof. of Account ing and Business Administration. BS 1938 U of U, MS 1939, PhD 1957 Columbia U . CPA 1950 State of Utah.

BROWN, FON R. (1959) Asst. Res. Engineer, Electrical Engineering. BS 1955 USU.

CANNON, ORSON S. (1948) Prof. a nd Head, Dept. of Botany a nd Plant Pathology. BS' 1935, MS 1937 USU, PhD 1943 Cornell U.

BUCK, RULON W. (1949) Asst. Prof., Extension Serv ices; PiUJte Co. Agent. BS 1948, MS 1953 USU. of

CARLISLE, JOHN C. (1937) Dean, C of Education; Prof. and Head, Dept. of Education. BS 1926 U of U, MA 1935, EdD 1938 U of Calif.

BULLEN, JOHN SAMUEL (1954) Asst. Prof. of Englis h. BS 1950 USU, MA 1955 Stanford

CARSON, J. DAVID (1952) Asso. Prof. of Poultry Husbandry. BS 1947 Colo. State C., PhD 1953 U of Calif.

BUDGE, PEARL S. (1947) Asst. Prof. Education. BS 1927, MS 1956 USU .

u. BURGOYNE, DAVID A . ( 1921) Asst. to Director, Agri . Exp. Station; Prof. BS 1919 USU, MS 1937 U of Ill.

CARTER, DON C. (1948) Prof. and Head, Dept. of Family and Child Developmen t. BS 1940 U of U, MSW 1947 U of So. Calif., EdD 1955 Columbia U.

BURNETT, NOLAN K . ( 1958) Athletic Trainer; Instr. in H ealth Physical Education . BS 19 50 , MS 1958 USU.

CARTER, PAUL B. (1 956) Asst. Prof. of Bacteriology and Public Health. BS 1948 , MS 1950, PhD 1955 U of U.

BURNINGHAM , MELVIN Prof., Extension Services. Agent. BS 1937 USU.

CARTER, PEARL J. (1943) Asst . Prof. of Library Science. BS', MS 1948 USU .

S. (1945) Asso. Weber Co . EXt.

BURTENSHAW, CLAUDE J. (1962) Dean of Students. BS 1946, MS 1948, PhD 1955 U of U. BURTENSHAW, G. RAY (1944) Asso. Prof., Extens ion Services. Cache Co. Ext. Agent. BS 1940 usu. BUTCHER, JOHN E. ( 1955) Asso. Prof. of An im al Husbandry. BS 1950, MS !952 Montana State C路, PhD 1956 USU. CA INE, ANN M. ( 19 43) Science. BS 1945 USU.

Instr.

Library

CALDER, HOWARD BENNION (1956) A sst. Prof. of Business Admin. BS 193 7 USU, MBA 1939 Harvard. CALL, ANSON B., JR. (1928) Asso . Prof. and Horticulture and Vegetable Crop Specialist, Extens ion Services. BS 1927, MS 192 8 BYU. CALL, JAY W. (1958) Asst. Prof. of Veterinary Science. BS 1952 USU , DVM 1956 Colo . State U. CALL, W. VOSCO ( 1955 ) Asst. Prof. of Fine Arts. BS 1951 USU, ~A 1958 U of Wash.

CARTER, WINFRED 0. (196 1 ) Ass t. Prof. of Civil and Irrigation Engineering. BS 1953 U of Maryland , MS 1959 , PhD 1961 Stanford U.

CAZIER, STANFORD 0. (1960) Ins tr. in History. BS 1952, MA 1956 U of U. CHADWICK, DUANE G. (1957) Asst. Prof. of E lectrical Engineering. BS 1952 USU, MSEE 1957 U of Wash. CHAPIN, JEANNE CROCKETT (1961) Instr. in Library Science. BS 1945 USU. CHATELAIN, JACK E. (1957) Asso. Prof. of Physics. BS 1947, MS' 1948 USU, PhD 1957 Lehigh U. CHIDESTER, JOHN L. (1954) Botany and Plant Pathology.

R es . Asst.,

CHILD, RAWSON D. ( 1948) Asst. Prof. of Tool and Manufacturing Engin eering. BS 1949, MS 1953 USU. CHRISTENSEN, PAUL D. (1954) Asso. Prof. of Agronomy; Soil Conservationist, Extension Services . BS 1937 BYU, MS 1948 USU, PhD 1950 Rutgers U.

University Faculty 327 CHRISTENSEN, RONDO A. (1957) Asst. Prof. of Agricultuml Eco nom ics. BS 1951 USU, MS 1955, PhD 1957 Cornell U. C HRISTIANSEN, ARDEN T. ( 1960) Asst., Agronomy. BS 1960 USU .

DAI NES, SPENCER H . ( 1943) Act. Asst. to Dean , C ·of E ngineering; Asso. Prof. of Civ il E ng in eerin g. BS 1942 USU, MS 1950 Kan sas State U.

Res.

CHRISTIANSEN, JERALD E . (19 46) Pmf. of Civil and Irrigation Engineering. BS (AE) 1927 USU, MS (CE) 1928; CE 1935 U of Calif. CH RISTIANSEN, VANCE T. (1960) In str. in Civ il a nd Irrigation Engineering . BS 1959, MS 1960 U of Wyo. CLARK, C. ELMER (1952) A sst . Prof. of Poultry Husban dry ; Poultry Specialist, Extension Serv ices. BS 1950 USU, MS 195 9 U of Ma ryland. CLARK, CLAYTON (1937) Prof. of Electrical Engineering. BS' (P hys ics) 1933 USU, EE 1947, PhD 1957 Sta nford U . CLAYTON, RUTH V. (1961 ) Instr . in Clothing and Textiles. BS 194 7, MS 1953 USU. CLEMENT, LLOYD A . (1951) Asst. Prof. of Agr icultura l Economics and Econom ist, Ext ension Serv ices. BS 1954 USU, MAP 1959 Ha rva rd. COATES, R UT H D. ( 1946) Asst. Prof., Exttens ion Serv ices . Piute Co. Home A gent. BS ll9 43 usu. <COCHRAN, GEORGE W. ( 1948) Prof. of Bo1tany and P la nt Pathology. BS 194 1, MS 1942 lKa n sas State C, P hD 1946 Corn ell U . 'COLE, LARRY S . (1939) Prof. and Head, lDept. of E lectrical Engineering. BS 1940 U <Of U, MS 1945 USU, EE 1950 Stanford U. C OLLIER, ROBERT P. (1958) Dean, C of !B usiness and Social Sciences; Prof. and Head, lDept. of Bus iness Ad ministration. BA 1942 R""d C, P hD 1955 Stanford U. C OOK, C. WAYNE (1940) Prof. of I:•mge Managem ent. BS 1940 Kansas State C., MS 1942 USU, PhD 1950 Texas A. & M.

DALBY, MAX F. (1957) Director of B a nds; Asst. Prof. of Instrumental Music. AB 1942 BYU , MA 1950 San Diego State C. DANIEL, T. W . ( 1944) Prof. of Forest M anagem ent. BS 1934, MS 1936, PhD 1942 U of Calif. DANIELS , PAUL R. (1953) Asst. Prof., Exte nsion Services. Wasatch Co. Agent. BS 1948 usu. DARLEY, ELIZABETH (1954) A sst. Prof., Extens ion Services. Tooel e Co. Home A gen t; BS 1935 USU. Gradu ate work USU, U of Idaho. DAVIS, DONALD W. ( 1944) Asso. P rof. of E ntomology. BS 1941, P hD 1950 U of Calif. DAVIS, LYNN H. (1952) Asso. Agricu ltural Economics. BS 1949, USU, P hD 1961 Ore. State U .

Prof. of MS 19o3

DAVIS, ROBERT ( 1961) R es. A sso., Veterinary Science. BS 1954 BYU. DeHART, WILLIAM A. (1951) Asso. Prof. of Sociology . BS 1937 BYU, MA 1941 U of Minn., PhD 1950 U of Wis . DERKSEN, W. J . (1961) Asst. Prof. of Agro nomy. Cand idate degree 1947, DRS 1953 U of Amsterdam. DEWEY, WADE G. (1956) A sso. P r of. of Ag•·onomy. BS' 1953 USU , PhD 1956 Cor nell

DE WSNUP, HENRY KENT (1961) Instr., Extens ion Services; Beaver Co. Agent. BS 1961 usu. DITTMER, A. L. (1956) Asso. Prof. of Fine Arts. AB 1936 U of U, MA 1938 Teachers C, Columb ia U, PhD Eastman School of Music, U of Roch ester.

CORDON, WILLIAM A. ( 1956) Asso. Prof. of Civil E n g ineerin g. BS 1935 USU.

DI XON, KEITH L. (1959) Asst. Prof. of Zoology. AB 1943 San Diego State C , MA 1948, PhD 1953 U of Calif.

COX, LOIS (1961) A sst . Editor of R esearch Publications . BS 1954 U of Calif.

DIXON, MARTHA (1961 ) Instr. in Library Science. AB 194 5, MA 1949 U of Oalif.

CU LMSEE, CARLTON F. (1945) Dean, C of Hum anities and Ar ts; Prof. of Am erican Civilization. BS 1932 BYU, MA 1937, PhD 1940 State U of I owa.

DOB LER, DONALD W. (1960) A sst. Prof. of Business Administration. BS (IME) 1950 Colo. A & M., MBA 1958, PhD 1960 Stanfo rd U.

CUNKLE, CHARLES H. (1959) Asso. Prof. of Ma thematics. AB 1938 Indiana U . MA 1941 Louisiana State U, PhD 1955 U of Mo.

DOBS ON, DONALD C. (1957) Asst. Prof. of Poultry Husbandry BS 1954 USU, MS 1955 Cornell U.

328

Un~er~~

Facuhy

DOWNS, LOIS (1949) Asso. Prof. of Healt h , Phys ica l E ducat ion and Recreation. BS 1945, MS' 194 9 USU.

F ADA VI, JEAN (1961 ) Instr. in Spanish , Ed it h B owen Laboratory School. BA 195 1 W as h . State C.

DRAKE, ELDON M. (1951) Asso. Prof. of Education . BS 1943 USU, MS 1949 , PhD 1951 Iowa State C.

FARNSWORTH, WILLIAM F. ( 1954) A sst . Prof ., Extens ion Serv ices; Uintah Co. Agent. BA 1952 BYU, MS 1954 USU.

DRAPER, C. I . (19 45) Prof. a nd Hea d, Dept. of P oultry Hus bandry. BS 1939 USU, PhD 1943 I owa State C. DRAPER, RULON (1954) R es. A sso., H orticulture. BS 1949 USU. DUNFORD, LEAH ( 1959) Dean of Women; Asst. Prof . of Business Education and Office Administration. BS 1955 USU, EdM 1959 Ore. State C. DUNN, CAROLYN H. (1960) Asst. Prof ., Extens ion Services; Con s umer Education , Mark eting Information Age nt; BA 1947 U of U . DURTSCHI, REED R. (1958) Asst. Prof. of Economics. BS 1952 USU , PhD 1957 U of W ash .

FIFE, AUSTIN E. (1960) Prof. and Act. H ead, Dept. of Languages. AB 1934, AM 1935 Stanford a nd 1936 H a rv a rd, PhD 1939 Stanford. FINCH, RAY H. ( 1955) Asst. Prof., Extension Serv ices; Box Elder Co. Agent. BS 19 38 USU. F I NCHUM, W. ARNOLD (1961) Asst. Prof. of E lectrical Engineering BS 1949 , MS 1959'

usu. FISCHLE, JOSEPH (1959) Captain, US A ir路 Force; Asst . Prof . of Air Science. BS 19501 U of New Mexico. FLAMMER, GORDON H . (1958) Asso. Prof. of Civil Engineering. BS 1952 , MS 1953! USU, P hD 1958 U of Minn .

EDWARDS, W . FARRELL (1959) Asst. Prof. of Physics. BS 1955 U of U, MS 1957, PhD 1960 Calif. lnst. of Technology.

FLOYD, J. WHITNEY (19 35) Dean , C ol[ Forest, Ran ge and Wildlife Ma nagement ; Prof. a nd Head, Dep t . of Forest Managemen t. BS' 1936 USU, MS F 1942 U of Calif.

EISENSTEIN, IZYDOR (1959) Asso. Prof . of Mech an ical E ng in eerin g. BS 1940, Dip!. Ing. 1942 I s rael Institute of Technology, Hafa.

FOGELBERG, THELMA (19 30) Prof. of Languages. BS 1929 U SU, MA 1933 U of S o. Calif., PhD 1939 L'Universite' de Paris, France.

ELICH, JOE (1946) Prof. of Mathematics. BS 1940 USU, MA 1942 U of Calif. ELLER, JESSIE (1954) Asst. Prof., Exten s ion Services ; Box E lder Co. Hom e Agent. BS' 1940

usu. ELLSWORTH, S. GEORGE (1951) A sso. Prof. of H istory. BS 1941 US U, MA 194 7, PhD 1951 U of Calif. ELSNER, LARRY E. (1960) ln s tr. in F ine Arts . BS 1957 USU, MFA 1958 Columbia U. EMBRY, BERTIS L. (1946) Prof. of E lect rical E n g ineerin g . AS 1934 W eber C, BS 1941 USU , MS' 1949 USU, EE 1954 Sta nford

u. EMENHISER, JeDON A. (1960) lnstr. in Political Science. BA 1955 U of Redlands. ERICKSON, SYLVAN ( 1928) Controller. BS 1928 usu. ESPLIN, GRANT M. (1946) Asst. Prof., Extension Services; Beaver Co. Agent. BS 1943

usu. ESPLIN, JAMES LYNN ( 1958) Instr. Extension Servi ces; Juab Co. Agent. BS 1954

usu.

FOOTE, WARREN C. (1958) Asst . Prof. of Animal Husbandry, BS 1954 USU, MS 1955, P hD 1958 U of Wis. FRANCE, EDWARD LeROY (1940 ) Asst. P rof. of Industrial and Techn ical Education. BS 194 1, MS 1960 USU. FRANDSEN, ARDEN N. ( 1936) Prof. a nd H ead, Dept. of Psychology. BS' 1927, MS 1929 U of U , PhD 1932 U of Minn. FREDRICKSON, CARMEN ( 1945) Asso. Prof. of Sociology. BS 1922, MS 19 35 USU, Social work certifi cate 1938 USU. FRIETZSCHE, ARTHUR H. ( 1956 ) Asso. Prof . of Eng lish. BA 1944, MA 194 5, P hD 1949 U of Calif. FULLER, PAULI NE (1951) A sst. Prof. of H ea lth, Phys ical Education and Recreatior.. BS 1939, MS 1953 USU. FULLMER, JACQUALINE W . (1960) I ns t r. in Health, Phys ica l Education and Recreatior.. BA 1959 U of U. FUNK, C. DENNIS (1953) tens ion Services; S'anpete 1953 usu.

Asst. Prof., E >Coo. Agent. B3

University Faculty 329 GADE, NANCY E. (1959 ) Asst. Prof. of Fine Arts. BA 1957 NY State C for Teachers. MA 1958 Northwes.t ern U. GARDNER, DALE L. (1955) Adm. Asst. of Athletics: lns tr. in Physical Education. BS 1953 usu. GARDNER, ELDON J. (1949 ) Prof. of Zoology. BS 1934, MS 1935 USU, PhD 1939 U of Calif. GARDNER, RE'ID J. (1961) Instr. in Electrical Engineering. BS 1961 USU. GARDNER, RHEA H. (1939) Home Management and Furnish,ings Specialist. Extens ion Services; Asso. Prof. BS 1938 USU, MA 1947 Cornell U. GARDNER, V. D. (1927 ) Prof. of Busin ess Adminiatration. BS 1922 USU, MBA 1927 Harvard U . GERBER, ROBERT K. (1943) Asst. Prof. of Horticulture. BS 1932, MS 1935, USU. GERRIETS, C. JOHN (195 8 ) Asst. Prof. of Mathematics·. BS 1952 U of Kansas, MA 1958 Stanford U. GOODWIN, DUWAYNE L. (1955) Asst. P rof. of Range Managemen~. BS 1942 U of Idaho, MS 1946 U of Wis., PhD 1955 Washington Sta.te C. GORFEIN, DAVID (1961) Asst. Prof. of Psych ology. BA 1956 City C of N ew York, MA 1957, PhD 1962 Colum)Jia U . GREENWOOD, DELBERT A. (1946) Prof . of Biochemistry and Pharmacology. BS' 1926, MS 19•30 BYU, PhD 1946 U of Chicago. GRIMSHAW, PAUL R. (1952) Asso. Prof., Extension Services; Sevier Co. Agent. BS 1948. MS 1949 USU. GROUTAGE, HARRISON T. (1955 ) Aaso . Prof. of Fin.e Arts. BA 1954 BYU, MFA 1955 U of U. GUNNELL, MERRILL H. (1947) Asso. P rof. of Zoology. BS 1930, MS 1948 USU. HAILES, CHARLES W. (1949) Ass t. Prof. of Industrial and Technical Education. BS 1948, MS' 1953 USU. HALL, JAY M. (1956) Asst. Prof., Extens ion Services ; w ·a yne Co. Agent. BS 1947 US U. HALL, MARGARET (1960 ) Instr., Extension Services; Morgan Co. Home Agent. BS 1960 BYU. HAMMOND, DATUS M. (1936) Prof. and Head, Dept. of Zoology. BS 1932 U SU , MA 1934, PhD 1936 U of Calif.

HAMMOND, ROBERT G. (1956) Asst. Prof. of Ma thematics. BS 1948, MS 1952 USU. H AMSON, ALVIN R. (1955 ) Prof. of Horticulture. BS' 1948 USU, PhD 1952 Cornell U. HANSEN, ARLEN L. (1957) University Photographer; In str. in Photography. BS 1952, MS 1958 USU . HANSEN, BASIL C. (1954) Prof. of Educat ion . BA, MA 1933 BYU, EdD Stanford U. HANSEN , BURRELL F. (1948) Chairman, Radio and Televis ion; Coordinator of Broad· casti ng ; Asso. Prof. of Speech. BS 1940 USU, MS 1-942 Purdue U, PhD 1953 U of Minn. HANSEN, VAUGHN E. (1949) Director of Engineering Experiment Station; Prof. of Civ il and Irrigation Engineering. BS 1943, MS 1947 USU, PhD 1949 State U of Iowa. HANS ON, FAY

(1961) Instr. in Music.

HARDER, VIRGINIA H. (1956 ) Asst. Prof. and Head, Dept. of Homemaking Education. BS 1934 BYU, MS 1956 Iowa State C. HARDY, CLYDE, T. (1950) Asso. Prof. of Geology. BA 1943, MS 1948, PhD 1949 Ohio State U. HARMON, M. JUDD (195 1) Asso. Prof. of Political Science BS' 1948 USU, MS 1950. PhD 1953 U of Wis. HARRIS, LORIN E. (1945) Prof. of Animal Husbandry. BS 1937 USU, MS 1938, PhD 1940 U of Ill. HARRISON, GLADYS L. (1936) Editor, Agricultural Experiment Station; Asso. Prof. AB 1922 BYU, Certificate of Librarianship 1936 U of Calif. H A SLEM, DEAN W. (1950) Manager, USU Bookstore. BS 1949 BYU, MS 1957 USU. HASS ELL, ROBERT L. (1947) Asso. Prof., Extens ion Services ; Carbon Co. Agent. BS 194 2 BYU, MS 1957 Cornell U. HATCH, HAROLD CARL (1961) Instr .• Extens ion Services ; Kane Co. Agen.t. BS 1960

usu. HATCH, TERRANCE E . (1954) Asso. Prof. of Ed ucation. BS 1943, MS 1949, USU, EdD 1954 U of Calif. HAWS, B. AUSTIN (1957) Asso. Prof. of E n tom ology. BS 1948, MS 1949 USU, PhD 1955, Iowa State C. HAWS, FRANK W. (1953) R-es. Asst., Civil a nd Irrigation Engineering. BS 1946 USU.

330 University Faculty HELM, WILLIAM T. (1959) Asst. Prof. of Wildlife Resources. BS 1950, MS 1951, PhD 1958 U of Wis.

HURST, REX L. (1952) Prof. and Head, D ept. of Applied Statistics and Computer Science. BS' 1948, MS 1950 USU, PhD 1952 Cornell U.

HENDERSON, GEORGE R . (1944) Prof. of Animal Husbandry ; Animal Husbandry Specialist, Extension Services. BS 1929, MS 1930

INGOLD, KLARA (1961) Asst. in Languages. BS 1961 USU.

usu.

ISRAELSEN, VERNON L. (1947 ) Prof. of Economics. BS 1929 USU, MA 1937 BYU, PhD 1942 U of Wis.

HENDRICKS, KING (1935) Prof. and Head, Dept. of English and Journalism. MA 1926, PhD 1941 Stanford U. HEYBORNE, ROBERT L. (1957) Asst. Prof. of Electrical Engineering. BS 1949, MS 1960 USU. Graduate Naval Electronics School. HIGBEE, ARTHUR L. (1959) Radio-TV Specialist and Asst. Prof., Extension Services. BS 1948 USU. HILL, LEON M. (1957 ) Instr. in Industrial, Technical Education. BS 1952 USU. HIMES, ELLVERT H. (1954) Coordinator of Graduate Programs in Education; Prof. of Education. AA 1929 Kansas City Jr. C., BS 1931 U of U, MA 1937 U of Kansas, PhD 1950 U of U. HOLDREDGE, RUSSELL M. (1959 ) Asst. Prof. of Mechanical Engin.e ering. BS (Bus . ) 1956, BS (ME) 1956, MS 1959 U of Colo. HOLMAN, VALERA G. (1951) Head Teachet·, Child Development Laboratory, Cooperative Nursery School. BS USU. HOLMGREN, ARTHUR H . (1943) Asso. Prof. oJ Botany and Plant Pathology. BA 1936 U of U, MS 1942 USU. HORSLEY, G. SMOOT ( 19 60) Asso. Prof. of Electrical Engineering. BA 1950, MA 1952, PhD 1954 U of U. HUBER, DON (1961 ) Instr., Extens io n Services; Was hington Co. Agent. BS 1960, MS 1962 usu. HUMPHERYS, BOYD (1960) Chief Engineer, Television and Radio. BS 1949 USU. HUNSAKER, H . B. (1935) Prof. and Head, Dept. of Health, Physical Education and Recreation; Director of Athletics. BS 1930 US1J, MS 1932 U of Ore. HUNSAKER, KENNETH B . (1958) Instr. in English. BS 1957, MS 195 9 USU. HUNSAKER, LLOYD R. (1936) District Director.Logan, and Prof., Extension Services. BS 1935 USU, MS 1948, PhD 1957 U of Minn. HUNSAKER, NEVILLE' C. (1941) Prof. and Head, Dept. of Mathematics. BA 1930 U of U, MA 1932 U of Calif., PhD 1948 Rice Institute.

JACKSON, ARTHUR D. (1958) Principal, Edith Bowen Laboratory School; Asst. Prof. of Education. BS 1943 Colo. C, MS 1949 USU. *JACOBSEN, GENE S. (1957) Director of Summer School; Asso. Director, Extension Services; Prof. of Education. BS 1949, MS 1954 USU, EdD 1957 U of Calif. JAMES, RAYMOND (1959) Asst. Prof. of Bu!>iness Administration. BS 1948 USU, MS 1952 New York U . JARRETT, VON H. (1952) Asst. Prof. of Agricultural Engineering. BS 1948, MS 1954

usu. JENSEN, CLAYNE R. (1956) Ass t. Prof. of Health, Physical Education, Recreation ; Recreation Specialist, Extension S'ervices. BS 1952, MS 1956 U of U. JENSEN, JAY 0. (1942) Physics. BS 1940 USU.

Asst.

Prof.

JENSEN, LOUIS A. (1946) Agron<>my Specialist, Extension Services; Asso. Prof. of Agronomy. BS 1939, MS 1960 USU. JENSEN, NAOMI (1944) Asst. Prof., Extens ion S'erv ices; Summit Co. H ome Agent. BS 1938 usu. JOHNSON, ELWIN E. (1958) Captain , US Air Force; A sst. Prof. of Air Science. BS 1951, Texas Tech. C. JOHNSON, THETA (19 43 ) Clothing Specialist, Extension Services; Asso. Prof. BS 1938 USU, MA 1953 Columbia U. JONES, DAVID A . K . ( 1961 ) F.•es. Asso., Chemistry . BSC 1958, MSC 1959, PhD 1961 U of Manchester. JONES, LEWIS W. (1938) Prof. and Acting Head, Dept. of Bacteri<>logy and Public H ealth . BS 1936, MS 1947 USU, PhD 1953 Stanford U. JONES, THOMAS CARSON (1961) Asst. Information Specialis.t and Instr., Extension Services. BS 1961 USU. JONES, WILLIAM L. (1947) Asso. Prof. of Electrical Engineering. BS· 1944 U of Ill., MS' 194g USU, EE 1956 Stanford U. *On leave.

University Faculty 331 K E A RNS , FRAN K W . (1960) Asst. Prof. of Forest Ma n agem ent. BS 1951 U SU, MS 1958 Mi ch . State U . KE A R S LEY, AMY R . ( 1940 ) Asso. State 4-H Club Leader; Asso. Prof. BS 1933 USU, MA 1947 Columb ia U. KE E T CH, R USS ELL R. ( 1929) Sh eep and Wool Spec ia list, Extension Services: Asso. P r of. BS I 929 USU, M A 1951 Colo. State U. KELKER, GEOR GE HILLS (1937 ) Prof. of Wildlife Resou r ces. BA 1928 H iram C, BSF 1931, MSF 1932 , SCD 1946 U of Mich . KELLER, JACK N. (1960) Asst. Prof. uf Oivi! E ngineerin g. BS 1953 (CE) Colo. U, MS 1955 (I E') Oolo. State U . KIEFER , F RED W., JR . (1955) Asst. Prof. of Civil an.d Irrigation Engineel'ing. BS' 1950 USU, MS 1953 Colo. State U. KIJ N E , JACOB WILLEM ( 1960 ) Res . Asst., Agronomy. BS 1959 State Ag. U in the Nether lands, MS 1961 USU. KIRK, ODEAL (1961) Res. Asso., Hor t iculture, BS 1929 BY U . KLA GES, KARL W . (1957) Ath letics News Editor ; Jnstr. in J o urn a li sm . BA 1952 U of Idah o. KLE.EN, RO GER H . (1961) Asst. Res. Physic ist, Engin eering Experiment Stat ion. BS 195 8, MS 1960 U of Ok la homa. KNA P , ANTHON Y J . ( 1959) Asst. Football <Coa ch. BS 1!139, MS 1953 U o f I daho. KNOWLTON , GEORGE F . (1925) Prof. of Entomology ; E:ntomology Specia list, Exten sion Ser vices. BS 1923, MS 1925 U S U, PhD 1932 CO hio State U. !K OTTER, C LEO N M. ( 1958) Agricu ltural Jl nformation Specialist a nd Asst. Prof., Ext e nsion Set· vices . BS 1954 BYU. L AMB , ROBERT C. (1960) Asst. Prof. of Da iry I ndustry. BS 1956 USU, MS 1953 M ich . S'tate U. L AMBERT, CARROLL CARMEN (1961) Superv isor in Child D evelopm.e nt Laborato ry ; lnstr. in Fam ily and Child Developmen.t. BS 1 960, MS 1961. USU.

LARSEN, J . LA MA R ( 1943) Chi ef Accountant. BS 1933 USU. LARSEN, PAU L B . Dairy Industry. BS Mich. State U.

(1948) Asso . Prof. of 1938 USU, MS 1940

LA R SON , G. OL OF (1957) Asst. Prof. of Chemis try. BS 1948, MA 1951 U of U, P hD 1959 Was h ington State 0. LARSON, J ESS I E (194 1 ) Asso. P r of. of Fine Arts. BS 1933 USU, MFA 194 8 U . of W ash. LARSON, J . L YN ( 1960 ) Sec retary, Alumn i Association a nd D irector, Un iversity Develop ment. BS 19H USU. LEE, GA RTH L . ( 1954 ) Prof. of Chemis t r y. BA 1944 , MA 1947 U of U, PhD 1949 U of Toronto. LEMO N, BESS IE K . (1954) Asso . Prof. , Extens ion Services; Cache Co. Home Agent. BA 1933 U of U, MS 196! USU. LEW IS , DOROTH Y B. ( 1953 ) Asso. P r of. of Family a n d Chil d Developmen t . BS 1951 U of New Mex. , MS 1953 Iowa State U, Certificate of Libra1·y Science 1931 Western R~serve U . LEWIS, E VELY N HOD GE S ( 1938) Asso. Prof. of S'ociology a n d Socia l W m· k . BS 1 92~ USU, MA 1938 U of Chicago. LINDSAY, BE N W . (1958) Asst. Prof. , Extens io n Services; Uintah Cou nty A gent. BS 1957, MS 1959 USU . LINDSA Y, H AROLD G. ( 1956) Asst. Prof., Extens ion Services; Garfield Co. Agen t. BS 1947 usu. LIND ST ROM, GAELL ( 1957) Asst. Prof. Fine Arts. BS 1952 U of U.

LINFO RD, GE N E H . ( 194 8) Asso. Prof. of Zoology. BS' 1933 USU, MS 1935 U of U. LOGAN , IDA MARIE ( 1947) Asst. P rof . of Library Science. BS 1938, MS 1956 U SU, MALS 1060 U of Denver. LOVELESS, AUS TIN G. (1952) A sso. Prof. of Eng ineering Grap hi cs; Asst. to D ean , C of Engineeri ng. BS 1947 US U, MS 1952 Ore. State C.

LAMBORN , ELLIS W . ( 1953) Asso. Prof. of Ag ri cul tu r a l Eco nomics. BS 1943 USU , MS 1944 U of Ill. , P hD 1947 Cornell U.

LUNDSTROM, HELEN (1958) Asst. Pt·of. of Bus·in ess Education and Office Adminis tration. BS' 1942 US U , MBA 1957 U of Denver .

LANGER , PHILIP ( 196 1 ) Ass t. Prof. of Psychology. B A 1948 U of M ich ., MA 1951 NY U, P hD 1957 U of Conn .

MADSEN, BRIGHAM D. ( 196 1 ) Asso. Prof. of His tor y. MA 1940, P hD 1948 U of Ca lif. at Berkeley.

332 University Faculty *MADSE N , MILTON A. (1935) Asso. Prof. of Anima l Husbandry. BS 1934, MS 1939 USU, PhD 1958 U of Wis. MARSTON, GLEN F. (1954) A sst. P rof. of E conomics. BS 195 1, MS 1953 U of U . MARTIN, MAUD ( 1940) Asso. Prof., Extens ion Services; W eber Co. H ome A gent. BS 1931 U of U . MARTIN , SUSAN SCOTT ( 1960) F.oes. Asst., W ildlife R esources. BA 1960 U of Calif. MATHESON, ALAN ( 196 1 ) Asst. to President. BA 1953, MS 1957, LLB 1959 U of U. MATTHEWS, DARREL H . ( 1948) Asso. Prof. of Animal Husbandry. BS 1948, MS 1958 USU. MATTHEWS, DOYLE J. ( 1951) Asso. Prof. of Animal Husban dry. BS 1950, MS 19 51 USU, PhD 1959 K a n sas State U. MA UG HAN, J . HOWARD ( 1955) Ass t. to Dean of Agriculture. BS 1916, MS 1924 USU. MAUGHAN, RALPH B. ( 1951) Asst. Football Coach ; Asst. Prof. of Health , Physical Ed ucation a nd Recreation . BS" 1947, MS 1948 USU . MAUGHAN, WESLEY T. (1955) Asst. Prof., Extension Serv ices; R ich Co. Agen t . BS 1951

usu. McALLISTER, DEVERE R. (1950) Prof. of Agronomy . BS 1939, MS 1948 USU, PhD 1950 I owa State C. McCLE.LLAN, LINCOLN H. (1956) Asst. Prof. of H ealth , Physical Education and R ecreation. BS 1937 USU , MS 1941 U of Ore. MclFF, LYLE H . (196G) Asst. Prof. of Accountin g and Business Administration. BS 1948 BYU, M BA 1951 U of Texas . MFILINE, ROBERT I. ( 1960) S'FC, US Army Ins t. in Military Science. MENDINI, ARTH U R H. ( 1955 ) Ass t . Prof. of H ea lth, Physical Education and !:~creation. BS 1952 , MS 1959 USU. MERKLEY, CHARLES N. ( 1947) Asso. Prof. of Industri a l and Technical Education . BS 1936 U SU, MS 1958 N orth Texas State C. MERKLEY, MARGARET B. (1951) Ins tr. in H omemakin g Educatio n, Food and Nutrition. BS 195 1, MS 1952 USU, P hD 1960 Texas Women's U. • On leave.

MERRJLL, M. R. (19·2 6) Vice-Pres id ent of Academic Affairs ; Prof. a nd H ead, Dept. of History and P olitica l Science. BS 1925 USU , MA 1932, PhD 195 1 Columbia U . MERRJLL, MABEL ( 1956) Asst. Prof., Extension Services ; Iron Co. H ome Agent. BS 1948 U of I. MERRILL, SAMUEL W . ( 1956) Instr. in Industrial and Techn ical Education. BS 1942

usu. MEYER·ARENDT, JURGEN R . (1960) Asso. Prof. of Physics. MD 1945 U of Wuerzburg, PhD 1952 U of Hamburg , Germa ny. MICHAELSON , LEON C. (1950) Supervisor of Agricultural Program s, Extens ion Serv·ices ; Asso. Prof. BS 1937 USU, MS 1938 Mont. State U . MICKELSON, CHARLES H . ( 195 3) Asst. Prof. of Da iry I n dus t ry; Superintendent of Dairy R esearch Fanm . BS 195 1 USU. MILLER , AKELEY ( 1960) Asst. Prof. of Physics. BA 1950, MA 1952 U of S . Dak ., PhD 1960 U of Mo. ' MILLER, ELNA (19 28) Foods and Nu tr it ion Specia list , Extension Services; Prof. BS 1921 USU, MS 1926 Columbia U . MILLER, GENE W. (1957) Asst . Prof. of Botany and Plant Pathology . BS 1950, M S" 1954 USU, PhD 1957 No. Carolina State C. MILLER, RAYMOND W. ( 19 56) Asso. Prof. of Agr on omy. BS 1952, MS 1953 U of Ariz. , PhD 1956 C of Wash.. MILLIGAN, CLEVE H. ( 1943) Prof. and H ead, D ept. c:t.f Civ il and Irrigat ion. Engin eering. BS 193·2 USU, MS 1933 U of Calif. MINER, MERTHYR L . ( 1943 ) Prof. and Head, Dept. of V eter in ary Science. BS 1937 USU , DVM 194 1 Iowa State C. MOORE, J . REED (1945 ) Asso. Prof ., Extens ion S'erv ices ; Summit Co. Agent. BS 193 &

usu. MOORE, RAYMOND R. ( 1946 ) Asso. Prof. of Forest Managem ent. BS 193 6 Pen n . State U, MF 1946 Yale U. MOORE , WILLIAM M. ( 1960) Asst. P r of. of Ch emistry. BA 1952 Colo C, P hD 1959 Iowa State U. MORGAN , FLOYD T . ( 194 3) Prof. of Fi ne Arts . BS 1934 USU , M A 1939 S ta t e U. of Iowa.

University Faculty 333 MORRIS, LAVAL S. (1939) Prof. and H ead. Dept. of Landscape Architecture and Environ. mental Planning. BS 1923 USU, MS 1925 Mich. S'tate U, MLA 1933 Harvard U . MORRISON, EARNEST M. (1945) Prof. of Agricultural Economics . BS 1937 US U, MS 1939 U of Calif. MORTENSEN, J . LYNN (1950) Asst. Prof. of English. BS 1949, MS 1950 USU. MORTIMER, WILLIAM E. (1943 ) Prof. a nd Head, Dept. of Industrial and Technical Education. BS 1928 BYU, MS 19 42 Ore. State C·, EdD 1956 U of Mo. MOSER, ALMA P. (1961) Instr. in Mechanical Engineering. BS 1961 USU.

NIGHTIN GALE, HARRY I. (1959) Res. Asst., Bacteriology and Public Health. BS 1953, MS 1957 New Mexico State U. NOBLE, L EE GRANDE (1945) Prof. of Education . BS 1924 BYU, MS 1939, EdD 1944 U of So. Calif. N YMAN, EDITH ( 1955) Asst. Prof. H ead, De1>t. of H ousehold Economics Manageme nt. BS 1943, MS 1958 USU.

and and

NYM AN, ROSS A. (1946 ) Instr. in Mechanical Engin eering. BS 1954 USU. OGDEN, MARVEN J. (1956) Asst. Prof., Extension Services; Millard Co. Agent. BS 1940 usu.

Res .

OGDEN, PHIL REED (1956) Asst. Prof. of Ran ge Man agement. BS 1952 , MS 1956 USU.

MURRAY, EVAN B. (1934) Prof. and Head, Dept. of Econom ics. BS 1927, MS 1930 USU.

OLSE N, DONALD (1955 ) Asso. Prof. of Geology . BS' 1948 USU, MS 1951, PhD 1960 U of U.

MURDOCK, ROLAND GENE (1959) Asst., Agronomy. BS 1958 USU.

MUSSLER, HANS K. (1960 ) Instr. in Languages. Certificate of comp1. music conservatory, Frankfurt-Main, Germany. BA 1958 BYU, MA 1960 Yale. MYERS, CHESTER J. (1926) Prof. of Speech . BS' 1921 U of U, MA 1925 U of Iowa, PhD 1940 U of So. Calif. NEECE, GUS W. MD 1933 U of Ill.

(195 8)

Univ.

Physician.

NELSON, DALE 0. (1947) Asso. Prof. of Health, Physical Education a nd Recreati on. BS 1942, MS 1948 USU, PhD 1957 U of So. Calif. NELSON, MARY (1946) Asso. Prof. of Math•ematics. BA 1933 USU, MS 1938 State U of Iowa. :NEUBERGER, L. MARK (1932) Dean of .Admissions and Records; Prof. of Business Administration; Secretary to t he Board of 'Trustees. BS' 1932, MS 1934 USU. NEUHOLD, JOHN M. (1958) Asst. Prof. of Wildlife Resources. BS 1952, MS 1954, PhD 1959 usu. NIELSEN, H. M. (1941) Asst. Prof. of Chemistry. BS 1933, MS 1936 USU. NIELSEN, VENETA L . (1946) Lecturer in English. BS 1940, MS 1950 USU.

OLSEN, F LORIS S. (1950) Asst. Prof. of Business Educatio·n and Office Administration. BS 1944 U or U, MS 1952 USU. OLSON, ARLAND E. (1954) Res. Asso., Veterinary Science. BS 1951, MS 1953 USU. OLSO N, CHARLES P. (195 2) Lecturer in Politica l S'cience. BS 1939 USU, JD 1946 Geo. Wash. U. OLSON, GERALD RAY (1956) Asst. Prof. , Extens ion Serv ices; Emery Co. Agent. BS 1956 usu. PAHTZ, GE ORGE (1946) Instr. in Music. PALFREYMAN, BERNICE (1944) Asst. Prof., Extension Services; Salt Lake Co. H ome Agent. BS 1940 USU. PARRISH, JOSEPH (1934) Asso. Prof., Extension Services ; S'alt Lake Co. Agent. BS 1933 usu. PATRICK, JOHN M. (1957) Asso. Prof. of E nglis h. AJ1 1942, MA 1947 Southwestern U , PhD 1956 Georgetown U. PEARCE. JANICE (1957) Instr. in Health, Physical Education and Recreation . BS 1952 U of U, MS 1957 State C. of Wash. PEDE RSEN, IVAN (1953) Asst. Prof. of Elementary Edu cation . BS 1950, MS 1955 USU.

NIELSON, F. DWAYNE (1960) Asst. Res . Engineer, Mechanical Engineering. BS 1957, MS 1961 USU.

PENNOCK, JOHN ALBERT (1959) Asst. Prof. of Sociology. BA 1949, MS 1951 U of U, graduate certificate of social work 1950 U of U.

NIELSON , REX F. (1949) Asso Prof. Agronomy. BS 1947, MS' 1949 USU.

PERKES, LAMON (1956) Res. Asst., Dairy Industry. BS' 1954 USU.

334

Un~e~i~

Facuhy

PETERSEN, ANNETTE B. ( 1957) Instr. in Business Education and Office Administration. BS 1956 USU. PETERSEN, PAUL W. (1959) Res. Asso., Civil and Irrigation Engineering. BS 1950

usu. PETERSON, DEAN F ., JR. (1957) Dea n , C of Engineering; Prof. of Civil E ng in eer in g . BS 1934 USU, MCE 1935, DCE 1939 Rensselaer Polytechnic Ins titute.

PETERSON, EDWIN L. (1937) ROTC Coordinator; Asso. Prof. of Social Science. BS 1937, MS' 1941, PhD 1957 USU. PETERSON, HOWARD B. (1940) Prof. and Head, Dept. of Ag ronomy. AB, MA 1935 BYU, PhD 1940 U of Neb. PETERSON, RONALD SKEEN ( 1959 ) Counselor, Student Services; In str. in P sychology. BS 1952, MS 1961 USU. PHIPPEN, JAY WESLEY ( 1961) Asst. Res. Physicist. Engineering BS 1960 USU.

Experiment

Station.

PIERSON, NORMA W. (1960) Instr. in Home Making Education , Clothing and Textiles . BS' 1942, MS 1961 USU. POLLARD, LEONARD H. (1939) Prof. and Head, Dept. of Horticu lture. BS 1932, MS 1934 USU, PhD 1939 U of Calif. POPE, WENDELL L. (1959) Computing Services Supervisor; Asst. Prof. of Mathematics. BS 1956 USU, MS 1958 Stanford U.

*PORTER, GORDON E. (1947) Asst. Prof. of Languages. BS 1943 USU. *P OULSON, JENNIEV J. (1947) District Supervisor of Home Economics Programs ; As so. Prof., Extension Se1路vices. BS 1933 BYU, MS 1954 Iowa State U.

PREATOR,

FREDERICK

RALSTON, JOHN R. (1959) Coach . AB 1951 U of Calif.

H ead FoothalJ

RANSOM, VILATE (1957) Instr. in Library Science. BS 1947 BYU, MSLS 1957 U oi Denver.

RASMUSSEN, HOWARD DALE (1957) Asst. Prof. of Health, Physical Education and Recreation. BS 1949, MS 1956 USU. REESE, L. GRANT (1955) Asst. Prof. Languages. BS 1955, MS 1956 USU.

RESCH, HELMUTH 1960) Asst. Prof. of Forest Management. Dip!. Ingenieur (Hochschule f . Bodenkultur, Vienna, Austria), MS 1960

usu.

REYNOLDS, H. REUBEN (1928) Prof. of Fine Arts. Graduate of Chicago Art Institute. RICE, MOYLE Q. ( 1937 ) Prof. of English. BS 1936 USU, MA 1937 U of Neb. RICH, ELLIOT (1956) Asso. Prof. of Civil Engineering. BS 194 3 USU, ME 1951 U of

u. RICH, WAYNE R. (1955) Asst. Prof. Mathematics. BS 1948, MS' 1949 USU.

RICHENBACH, RODNEY G. (1945) Asso. Prof., Extension Services; Millard Co. Agent. BS 1945 USU. RICHARDS , STUART (1961) Res. Asst., Ag-路 ric-ultural Economics. BS. RICHARDSON, STANLEY S. (1950) ProL and Head, Dept. of Agricultural Education. BS 1925 USU, MS 1938 U of Idaho. RIE.THMANN, OTTO

(1950) lnstr. in Horticu lture. Certifi cates for tra ining i n differen t spec ia lized fi e lds in F lor icu l ture and Landscaping in Sw itzerland, France and Hol-

land.

(1937) Prof. and Head, Dept. of Tool and Manufacturing E n gineering. BS 1935 USU, MS 1947 Wa yne

Enginee.rin g

State U.

1951

RINGER,

WAYNE

Specialist,

(1958) Agricultural Extens ion Services;

Asst. Prof. of Agricultural Eng ineering. BS

usu.

PUGH, LLOYD R., JR. (1960) Major, US Air Force; Prof. of Air Science. MS 1944 Military Academy.

ROBERTS, REED S. (1960) Asst. Prof. of Bacteriology and Public Health. BS 1942, MS

PUGMIRE, DOROTHY JEAN (1956) Asst. Prof. of Elementary Education. BS 1948 USU, MA 1951 U of Mich.

ROBERTS, NORMAN KE I TH ( 1957 ) Asso. Prof. of Agricultural Economics. BS 1948, MS 1949 Iowa State C, PhD 1958 U of Kentucky.

PURDY, MARY K.

ROBERTSON , ARCH I E V. (1961) SFC, US Army ; Asst. Instr. in M ilitary Science.

(1961) Asst. Prof., Extension S'ervices; Was hington Co. Home Agent. BS 1940 BYU.

*On leave.

1948

usu.

ROBINSON, D. E. (1961) Special Lect. in Bus iness Administration BS 1911 USU.

University Faculty 335 ROBINSON, REX E. (1946) Prof. a nrl H ea d, Dept. of Speech. BS 1931 01路e. State C, MS 19 33 State U of I owa, PhD 1947 U of Wis .

SIGLER, WILLIAM F. (1947) Prof. and Head, Dept. of Wildlife Resources. BS 1940, MS 19 41. PhD Iowa State C.

RO GE RS, DEXTER (1960 ) Asst. Prof. of Food and Nutrition. BS 1944, MS' 1946 U of Mich .. PhD 1954 Ore. State C.

SIMMONS, JOHN R . (1961) Asst. Prof. of Zoology. BS 1955, MS' 1957 USU, PhD 1960 Calif. Instit. of Tech.

ROGERS, LEHI S. (1950) Asst. Prof., Ex tension Services; Dav is Co. Agent. BS 1950.

SISSON, DONALD V. (1959) Asst. Prof. of Applied Statistics and Computer Science. BA 1956 Gustavus Adolphus C, MS 1958, PhD 1962 Iowa State U .

ROSE, D. WAYNE (1952) Asso . Prof., Extension Services; Salt Lake Co. Age n t. BS 1952 USU, MS 1959 U of Minn . ROSKELLEY, R. WELLING ( 1947 ) Prof. and Head, D ept. of S'ociology and Social Work. BS, MS 1933 USU, PhD 1938 U of Wis. ROWLAND , PRISCILLA (1945) Asst. Prof. of Food and Nutrition. BS 1923 USU, MS 1938 Ore. State C. SALISBURY, KATHRYN (1960) In str ., Edith Bowen Laboratory School. BS 1948 USU. SALUNKHE, D. K. (1954) Asso. Prof. of Horticulture. BS 1949 Poona U, India, MS 1950, PhD 1953 Mich. State U. SANDE-R S, RAYMOND T. ( 1958) Asst. Prof. of P h ys iology . BS 1949, MS 1950 U of U, PhD 1956 Stanford U. SATO, HENRY M. (1960) SFC, US Arm y ; Instr. in Military Science. SAYIN, FAHRI (196 1 ) Res. Asso ., Zoology. Certificate of Completion in Vet. Medicine 1955, DVM 1958 U of Ankara (Turkey) . SCHERER, ALFRED C. (1961) Asso. Prof. of Languages. AB 1934, Am 1936, PhD 1939 U of Ill. SCHOFIELD, CLARA (196 1) Asst. Prof., Extens io n Services; Carbon Co. Home Agent. BS 19 34 BYU. SCHOULTE, INEZ L. ( 1960) Asso. Prof. and Head, Dept. of Food and Nutrition. BS 1942 So. Dak. State C, MS 1952 UCLA . SHARP , HEBER C. (1946) Prof. of P sychology. BS 1944, MS 1945 , PhD 1955 U of U. SHAW, EDITH SMITH (1942) Asso. Prof. of Education. BS' 19-36 USU, 111A 1954 Northwestern U. SHAW, RICHARD J. (1950) Asso. Prof. of Botany. BS 194 8, MS 1950 USU, PhD 19 61 Claremont Gradu<>te School. SHUPE, OWEN K. (196 1 ) Asst. Prof. of Mechanical Engineering. AA 1947 Weber C, PhD 1959 U of U.

SJOBLOM, WALLACE D. (1952) Asst. Prof., Exte nsion Services; Iron Co. Agent. BS 1952 USU. Cache Co. Asst. Ext. Agent. SKABELUND, DEAN O. ( 1961) Engli sh. BS 1957 , MS' 1959 USU.

Instr.

SKIDMORE, C. JAY ( 1950) Asso. Prof. of Fam ily and Child Development. BS 1943, MS 1944 U of U, EdD 1949 Columbia U. SKIDMORE, WILLIAM (1949) Coordinator of Stu dent Housing. BS 1937 USU. SLAUGH, OWEN ( 1956 ) Asso. Prof. of Indu strial an d Technical Education. BS 1952, MS 1957 USU. SMART, ROSS A. (1957) Asst. Prof. of Veterinary Science. BS 1950 U of Idaho, DVM 1957 Colo. State U. SMITH, ALBERT B. (1952 ) Asst. Prof. of Mechanical Engineering. BS 1951 USU. SMITH, ANNA MARIE (1948) Instr. in Library Science. BA 1928 Park C, BSLS 1948 U of Denver. SMITH, ARTHUR D. (1937 ) Prof. of Range Management. BS 1936 USU, MS 1937 U of Calif ., PhD 1957 U of Mich . SMITH, GRANT GILL (1961) Asso. Prof. of Chemistry. BA 1943 U of U, PhD 1949 U of Minn . SMITH, HUBERT W. (1 947) Prof. of English. AB 1928 Park C, MS 1933 Northwestern U, PhD 1949 U of Penn. SMITH , JAMES D. (1961) Captain, US Army; Asst. Prof. of Military Science. BA 1950 Cent. Wash. C, graduate Advanced Officers Training Course in Ordnance 1959 Aberdeen, Md. Proving Ground. SMITH, R. L. (1955) Asso. Prof. of Agronomy. BS 1951, MS 1952 USU, PhD 1955 UCLA. SMITH, RICHARD W. (1960) Captain, US Air Force; Asst. Prof, of 路 Air Science. BS 1953 West Kentucky State. SMITH, ROY LEE (1959) R es. Ass t., Animal Husbandry. BS 1954 BYU.

336 University Faculty *SMITH, WINSLOW WHITNEY (1946) Prof. and Head, Dept. of Bacteriology and Public Health. BA 1933, MA 1936 U of U, PhD 1939 U of Wis. SMITH, WILLIAM LLOYD (1954) Asst. Prof., Extension Services; Duchesne Co. Agent. BS 1953 Ricks C, MS 1956 USU. SNOW, PHYLLIS (1961) Dean, C of Family Life. BS 1934 U of U , MS 1953, PhD 1956 Cornell U. SOMERS, W. KARL (19 46 ) Asst. Prof. of Tool and Manufacturing Engineering. BS 1948, MS路 1960 USU. Technical courses at Calif. Institute of Tech. and U of Calif. SORENSON, EVAN J. (1955) Asst. Basketball Coach ; Instr. in Health, Physical Education and Recreation. BS 1947, MS 1954 USU. SPENCE, JACK T. (1958) Asst. Prof. Chemistry. BS 1951, PhD 1957 U of U.

SPOERRY, PHILLIP S . (1961) Asst. Prof. of Political Science and History. BA 1949, MA 1952 U of Wash. STEFFEN, HYRUM (1937 ) Asso. Prof. of Animal Husbandry. BS 1937 USU, BS 1950 U of Ill. STENQUIST, LEE B . (1954) Internal Auditor. BS 1947 BYU. STENQUIST, NORRIS J . (1958) Asst. Prof., Extension Services; Roosevelt Co. Agent. BS 1957, MS 1958 USU . STERMITZ, FRANK R. (1961) Asst. Prof. of Chemistry. BS 1950 Notre Dame, MS 1951, PhD 1958 U of Colo. STEVENS, KENNETH R. (1931) Prof. of Bacteriology and Public H ealth. BS 1927 BYU, MS 1929, PhD 1932 Rutgers U. STEVENS, VELYN B. (194 5) Asst. Prof., Extension Services; Juab Co. Home Agen t. BS 1926 BYU. STEVENSON, EVAN N. (1955) Manager, Student Union; Coordinator, Student Activities. BS 1951 BYU. STEWART, J. J. (1947) Editor of University Publications ; Asso. Prof. of English and J ou.rnalism. BS 1949 USU. MS 1957 U of Ore. STOCK, JANET C. (196 0) BS 1959, MS 1961 USU.

Instr . in Speech.

STOCK, REED C. (1959) Asst. Prof. of English. BS 1954 USU, MA 1958 Rutgers U. STODDARD, GEORGE E. (1952) Prof. and Head, Dept. of Dairy Industry. BS 1943 U of Idaho, MS 1948, PhD 1950 U of Wis. *On leave.

STODDART, L . A. (1935) Prof. and Head, Dept. of Range Management. BS 1931, MS 1932 Colo. State U, PhD 1934 U of Neb. STOFFEL, RONALD A. (1960) Asst. Prof. of Fine Arts BA 1956 San Francisco State C, MM 1960 U of Illin.o is. STOKER, GOLDEN L. (1945) Asso. Prof. of Agronomy. BS 1932, MS 1933 USU. STOKES, ALLEN W. (1952 ) Prof. of Wildlife Resources. BS 1936 Haverford C, MA 1941 H arvard U, PhD 1952 U of Wis. STOKES, L. DARRELL (1941) Asso. Prof., Extension S'ervices ; Dav is Co. Agent. BS 1938 usu. STONE, DAVID R. (1946 ) Prof. of Psychology. BA, MA 1943 U of U, PhD 1946 U of Chicago. STORZ, JOHANNES路 (1961) Asst. Prof. of Veterinary Science. DDM 1958 U of Munich, PhD 1961 U of Calif. STREET, JOSEPH C. (1956) Asso. P rof. of Animal Husbandry. BS 1950, MS 1952 Mont. State C, PhD 1954 Oklahoma State U. SUMMERS, LOWELL P. (1946 ) Asso. Prof. of Industrial and Technical Education. BS 1940, MS 195 6 USU. SUPRUNOWICZ, KONRAD (1961 ) Asso. Prof. of Mathematics . BS 1952, MA 1953, PhD 1960 U of Neb. SUPRUNOWICZ, VALENTINE (1961) Lect. in Languages. Oand. phil 1951 Christian Aralbrecht U in Kiel, MA 1955 U of Neb. SWENSON, DAN H. (1948) Asst. Prof. of Industrial and Technical Education. BS 1940, MS 1949 USU. SWINDLE, KARMA P. (1950 ) Asso. Prof .. Extension S'ervices; Davis Co. Home Agent. BA 1929 BYU. TANNE.R , HELEN J. (1960) Instr., Edith Bowen Laboratory School. BS 1949 U of U. TAYLOR, J. GOLDEN (1955) Asso. Prof. of English. BS 1936, MA 1940 BYU, PhD 1958 U of U. TAYLOR, LLOYD R . ( 1959) Asst. Res. Engineer, El.ectrical Engineering. AA 1958 Ven tura C, BS 1962 USU. TAYLOR, MORRIS H. (1945) Prof. of Agricu ltural Economics; Livestock Marketing Specialist, Extension Services. BS 1937 USU, MS 1940, PhD 1958 U of Wis.

University Faculty 337 TAYLOR, STERLING A. (1949) Prof. of Agronomy. BS 1941 USU, PhD 1949 Cornell

u. TAYLOR, THOMAS A. (1951) Asst. Prof. of Ellementary Education. BS 1939, teaching certificate, 1941, MS 1954 USU. TERAS A W A, HARUK0'·""'1955) Asst. Prof. and Act. Head, Dept. of Clothing and Textiles; Asst. Prof. of Household Economics and Management. BA 1953 U of U, MS 1956 Penn. State U. TEZAK, WILLIAM V. (1955) Asst. Prof. of Business Administration. AB 1947 W estern State C. of Colo., MBA 1948 U of Denver. THATCHER, RAY A. (1944) Asst. Prof., Extension Services; Morgan Co·. Agent. BS 1942 USU, MS 1958 U of Calif. THOMAS, DON W . (1954) Asso. Prof. of Poultry Husbandry and Veterinary Science ; Veterinarian , Extension Services. BS 1949 USU, DVM 1953 Iowa State C. THOMAS, JAMES ALAN (1952 ) Asst. Prof . of Veterina.r y Science. DVM 1946 Colo. State

u. THORNE, D. WYNNE (1939) Director of University Research and Agricultural Experiment Station; Prof. of Agronomy. BS 1933 USU, MS 1934, PhD 1936 Iowa State U . THORNLEY, GWENDE.LLA (1947) Asso . Prof. of Speech. BS 1940, MS 1947 USU. THORPE, EVERETT C. (1936) Asso. Prof. of Fine Arts . BS 1940 USU, MFA 1951 U of

u. TINGEY, DELMAR CLIVE (1924) Prof. of Agronomy. BS 1922, MS 1924 USU. TINGEY, WILLIS A. (1946) Asst. Prof. of Civil and Irrigation Engineering. BS 1928

usu. TIPPETTS, RUTH PARRISH (1944) A sso. Prof., Extension Services; Consumer Market:ing Agent, Weber County. BS 1931 USU.

TSCHUDY, JAMES (1961) Foreign Students Adviser; Asst. Prof. of Psychology. BS 1950 U of U, MS 1953 BYU, PhD 1958 U of Calif . at Berkeley. TUELLER, LAMONT E. (1931) Asso . Prof ., Extension Services; Cache Co. Agent. BS 1931

us·u. TURNER, LAVELL W. (1959) Asst. Prof., Extension Services ; Millard Co. Home Agent. BS 1954 BYU, MS 1959 U of Wis. TURNER, R. EYRE (1959) Instr., Edith Bowen Laboratory School; Instr . in Education. BS 1954 USU. TUTTLE, SARAH S. (1947 ) Asso. Prof., Extens ion Services; Sanpete Co. Home Agent. BS 1925 USU. TYLER, EMILY W. (1958) Asst. Prof., Extens ion Services; Utah Co. Home Agent. BS' 1931 BYU. UND ERWOOD, ERNEST 0. (1961 ) Asst. Prof. of Mathematics. BA 1957 Mon t. State U , MA 1961 U of Ill . VALLENTINE, JOHN F. (1958) Forester and Range Management Specialist and Asst. Prof ., Extension Services. BS 1950 Kansas State, MS 1950 USU, PhD 1958 Texas A & M. VAN EPPS, GORDON A. (1952) Asst. Prof. of Agronomy. BS 1942, MS 1948 USU. VAN ORDEN, HARRIS 0. (1946) Prof. of Chemistry. BS 1938 USU, MS 1942 State C of Wash., PhD 1951 Mass. Institute of Tech. VENDELL, EDWARD W., JR. (1960) Asst. Prof. of Mechanical Engineering. BSME 1955, MS 1960 U of U. · WA H, DOROTHY (1961) Instr., Extension Services; Uintah Co. Home Agent. BA 1961 BYU .

TIPPETTS, TWAIN C. (1956) Prof. and Read, Dept. of Fine Arts . BS 1939, MA 1941 :BYU, PhD 1960 UCLA.

WADSWORTH, HAROLD M. (1946) Superintende nt of Plant Operations and Maintenance. BS 1927 USU.

TOCHER, ARLEN CRAIG (1959) Instr. in Landscape Architecture and Environmental Planning. BS 1957 USU.

WAGNER, FREDERIC H. (1961) Asso. Prof. of W ildlife Resources. BS 1949 So. Methodist U, MS' 1953, PhD 1961 U of Wis.

TOCHER, ST EWART ROSS (1952) Asso. Prof. of Forest Management. BS· 1949, MS 1950 U of Calif.

WALKER, DAVID R. (19 60) Asso. Prof. of H orticulture. BS 1951, MS 1952 USU, PhD 1954 Cornell U.

TOVEY, TERREL R. (1960) A sst. Prof. and Irrigation Specialist, Extension Servic es. BS 1951, MS 1952 USU.

WALLIS, CARL R . (1957) Asst. Prof . of Mechanical Engineering. BS 1949, MS 1957

usu.

338 University Faculty WAMSLEY, HELEN J. (1946) Asst. Prof., Extension Services; Rich Co. Home Agent. BS' 1937 USU.

WILLIAMS, BRUCE H. (196 1) Capt., US Army; Asst. Prof. of Military Science. BS 1955 Indiana State Teachers College.

WARDLE, ALVIN (1959) Asst. Prof. of Instrumental Music. BA 1951 BYU, MEd 1955

WILLIAMS, FRANK R. (1960) Head Wrestling and Baseball Coach, Freshman Footba ll Coach. BS 1948, MS 1956 USU.

WARNICK, ROBERT E. (1960) Res. Asst., Animal Husbandry. BS 1955 BYU.

WILLIAMS, J . STEWART (1935) Dean. School of Graduate Studies; Prof. and Head, Dept. of Geology. BS 1923 BYU, MS 1927 Columbia U, PhD 1932 Geo. Wash. U.

usu.

WASSERMAN, IRVING (1955) Asso. Prof. of Fine Arts. ML at U of Cracov, Poland. WATKINS, BRUCE 0. (1953) Prof. of Electrical Engineering. BSEE' 1934, EE 1947 U of Ariz., MSEE 1947 U of Mo., PhD 1954 U of Minn. WATKINS, REYNOLD K. (1947) Prof. and Head, Dept. of Mechanical Engineering . BS 1944 U of U, MS 1947 Mass. Institute of Tech., PhD 1957 Iowa State U. WELKIE, GEORGE W. (1957) Asst. Prof. of Botany and Plant Pathology. BS 1952, MS 1954 Penn. State U, PhD 1957 U of Wis. WELTI, WALTER (1925) Prof. of Fine Arts. BA 1924, MA 1934, MusD 1953 Ithaca College.

WILLIAMS, JOHN R (1961) Asst. to Dean of Students ; Asst. Prof. of Education . BS 1947, MS 1948 BYU. WILLIAMSON, DAVID 0. (1946) Res. A sso., Animal Husbandry. BS 1936 USU. WILSON, LEMOYNE (1937 ) Asso. Prof. of Agronomy. BS 1927, MS 1932 USU . WIPER, ROBERT E. (1961) Asst. Prof. of Business Education and Office Administration. BA 1951, EdM 1953 Willamette U , EdD 1961 Ore. State U. WOFFINDEN, DUARD S . (1961 ) Asst. Res. Eng ineer, Electrica.J Engineering. BS 1955

usu.

WENNERGREN, E. BOYD (1959) Asst. Prof. of Agricultu ral Economics. BS 1951, MS路 1956 USU, PhD 1959 Penn . State U.

WOOD, JOHN K. (1946) P rof. and H ead, Dept. of Physics. BS 1941, MS 1942, PhD 1946 Penn . State U.

WHITE, DAVID GLEN (1961 ) Asso. Prof. of Psychology. PhD 1939 U of Berlin, PhD 1960 U of Maryland.

WOODWORTH, CALVIN K. (1958) Asst. Football Coach. BS 1956 Oklahoma U.

WIEBE, HERMAN H. (1954) Asso. Prof. of Botany. BA 1947 Goshen C, MS 1949 U of I owa, PhD 1953 Duke U. WIGGINS. EVELYN L. (1956) Asst. Prof. of Elementary Education. BS 1947, MS 1958 USU, Utah Elementary Supervisor's certificate 1959. WILCOX, ETHELWYN B. (1943) Prof. of Food and Nutrition. BS 1931, MS 1937, PhD 1942 Iowa State C. WILLEY, LYNN R. (1946 ) Asst. Prof. of Industrial and T echnical Education. Trade certificate 1939, BS 1950, MS 1953 USU.

WRIGHT, E. WAYNE (1957) Coordinator of Counseling Services ; Asst. Prof. of Psychology. BA 1952, MA 1953 BYU , EdD 1957 U of Calif. WYATT, CLAIR L. (1959) Asst. Res. Engin eer, Electrical E ngineering. BS' 1955 USU, Meteorology 1956 UCLA. YANG, SANGFA (1959 ) Res. Asst. , Botany and Plant Pathology. MS 1958 Taiwan U. YARDLEY, SOFIA ANN (1960) lnstr., E:xtension Services; Beaver Co. Home Agent. BS 1957 BYU.

University Faculty 339

Emeritus Faculty

*Hurs t , Cly de In s tructor Eme ri tus, Industria l a nd Technica l Educat ion

Agren, Ellen Professor Emeritus, Exte n s ion Services

Is raelsen, Orson W. , BS, MS', P hD Pro fessor Emeritus of Irrigation and Drainage E n gineering

*A llen , Bert Instructor Emeritus in P h otography *Baker, H. Cecil, BS Professor Emeri tus, H ealth, Physical Educatio n a.nd Recreation

Jacobse n , E. A ., BS, MS , PhD D ean Emeri tus, College of Education Jenni ngs, D. S., BS, PhD Professor Emeritus of Agron omy

Barrows, Effie S. Professo r Emeritus, Extension Services

Jensen, George C., AB, MA Professor Emeritus of Languages

*Bateman, George Q., BS Professor Eme r itus , Dairy Industry

*Kep n er, Harold R ., AB, BS, SM Professor Emeritus, Civil Eng in eering

Boswell, Stephen R . Professor Emeritus, Extension Services

Lu nd, Nettie B., BS Professor Emer itus , Extension Services

Bowen, Edith, BS, MS' Professor E m eritus of Education

*Maeser, Sh erwin , AB, PhD Professor Emeritus of Ch em istry

Brown, A lmed'a P., BS, MA Professor Emeritus of H ome Econom ics

Manni n g, W illiam H .. AB Professor Em.e ritu s of Mus ic

Caine, George B ., BS , MA, Professor Emeritus of Dniry Industry

Martineau , V . L., BS P rofesso r Emeritus, Exte-n s ion Serv ices

Christensen , A. L., BS, MS Professor Emeritus, Extension ServiceS!

*M cBride, C. D., BS', MS Professor Emeritus of Bus iness Administration

*Dall ey, Pa rley, BS, MS, SeD Professor Emeritus, P h ysical Scien ces Dyer, Dorothy T., BS, MA D ean Emeritus, College of Family Life Evans, R. J ., BS, PhD Professor Emeritus of Agronomy Fletcher, Calvin, BPd Professo r Emeritus of Art Frischknecht, Carl, BS, MS', PhD Director Emeritus, Extension Services Gardner, Willard, BS, MS. PhD Professot路 Emeritus of Physics Geddes, Joseph A., AB , AM, PhD Prof essor Emeritus of Sociology Guymon, E . L ee, BS, MS Professor Emeritus, Extension Serv ices Hansen, Reuben, BS Professor Emeritus, Extension Services

McClellan , C harles E., AB. MA P r ofessor Emeritus of Education *Meyer, George A ., BA, STB, PhD P r of esso r Emet;tus of Languages *Morris, A. J ., BS, MS Professor Emeritus of Dairy Industry *Nelson, George Instructor Emeritus i n Physical Ed ucation Nich ols, Delore, BS Pt路ofessor Emeritus, E.xtension Services Peders en, N. Alvin, AB, MA, P hD Dea n Emeritus, College of Humanities and Arts Pittman, Don W., BS, MS Professor Emeritus of Agronomy Rich, Ly man , BS, MS Professor Emeritus , Extensio n Services

*Hayward, Ira N., BS, PhM Professor Emeri t us of English

R ichards, B . L., BS, MS. PhD Professor Emeritus, Botany an d Plant Path ology

*Humpher ys, L . R ., BS Professor Emeritus of Agricultural Education

*Ricks, Joel Ed,ward, BA, MA, P hD Professor Emeritus of History

*Still on current staff.

S harp, David, Jr., BS' Prof esso r Emeritus, Exten sion Services

340 University Faculty S mith , Albert E., BS Professor E meri tus , Extens io n Serv ices

Cooper, Laurence C., BS, MS' Ass istant Prof essor, P h ys ical Sciences

Sorenson, C. J., BS, M S Prof essO'r E merit us of E 'nJt omo logy

Croft, Mary Kay, BS In structor, Family Life

Stanford, J . Sedley, BS , PhD Professo r Emeritus of Zoology and E n tomo logy

Davis, J . Victor, BS Ass istant Professor, Auto Mechani cs

Stewart, Robert H. , BS Professor E m eritus, Extens ion S'ervices Swenson, Dan A., BS Professor Emeritus of Woodwork an d Building Cons truction Thain, Aldyth, MA Professo r Em.eritus of Languages. Tingey, V. H. , BS , MS Professor Emeritus of Mathematics Vermillion , Una, BA, MA Professor E m eritus of Food and Nutrition Wrigley, R. L ., BS Professor Emeritus, Extension Services

College of Southern Utah Braithwaite, Royden C., BS, P hD Director Professor, P sych o logy and Education Adams, Fred C., BA, MA Instructo r , Dramatics and Speech Ashcroft, Theron, BS Professor of P hy s ics and E n g inee ring Co-Chairman, Di v is ion of Eng ineering an d Physical Science Barrus, George S., BS A ssociate Professor, J ourna li sm~ Head, Public Info rmation services Ca rpenter, Ada D ., BS Ass istant Professor, Fam il y Life C h a ir m a n, Divisio n of Fam il y Life Challis, A. Thomas, BA, MS Ass istant Professor, Library Scien ce Chairma n of Library Services *Clark, Gwyn R., BS, MS A ssociate Professor, Elementary Education S upervisor of Teach er Training Cloward, McRay, BS, EdM, EdD A ssociate Professor, Education a n d Social Science Chairman, Adult Education Program1 Cooley, Hazen, BS, MBA Secretary and Treasurer Professor, Bus iness

Eggert, Mary M., BS, MS, EdD A ssociate Professor, Education1 Faux, Franklin J ., BS, MS Ins tru ctor , Chem is try and Mathematics Fillerup , Joseph M., BS, MA , EdD Professor, E du cation C hai rman, Div is ion of Education Gillies, Richard E ., BS , M S Dean of Students A ssociate Professor, Social Science Gordon, D. C., Major USAF, A ssociate ProfÂŁssor, Air Scienc e Halversen, Roy L ., BS Professor, Music an d Education Chairm an, Mus ic Department Hansen, Gerald, BS, MS Assis tant Professo r, P olitical Science Hardy, Eugene, BS Associate Professor, Industrial :Education Ch a irman, Div is ion of Industrial Education Hatch, Conrad V ., BS, MS, P hD Professor, Phys ical Sc ience and Chemistry Co-Ch air m an, Div is ion of E'ng in eerin g and Phys ical S'cience Howard, Bruce, BS, BA, M S. MA Instructor, Education A cting Coo rdinator of Health, Counseling a nd H ous ing Johnson, Blaine, BS, MA, EdD Assoc iate Professo r, Music an d Education Coor dina~to r o f Mili tary Affairs Jones, Eulalia B. , BA Ass istant Pro fesso r, Library Scien ce A ssistan t Libraria n Jones, Kim, BS In structor, P h ys ica l Scie n ce a nd Mathematics Coordin ator, Science Center *Kupfer, Vern K. , BS, M S A ssociate Professor, P s ychology a nd Social Science

*On leave.

University Faculty 341 Larsen, Wesley P., IlS", MS , PhD A ssis tant ProfeBsot·, B io log ical Science LeBaron , George L. , BS , MS Associate Professo r, Phys ics a nd P h ysical Sc ie nce Leek, Thomas, BFA, MA In s tru ctor, Huma nities and F i ne Art s MacDonald , Mary M. , AS lnst 1·uctor, Human it ies a nd F in e Ar ts Magleby, V. R ., BS, MS Assoc iate Professo r, Agriculture an d Biology Matthews, Darrell H ., BS, M S Assoc iate Pro fessor, Anim a l H usband ry *M cA llister, L eRay L., BA, MS. A ss is t a n t Profess or, Bus in ess Moss, Steven A ., BS", MS Intructor, M ath e mat ics and P h ys ical Scie n ce Myers, K ent, BS, MEd Assistant Professor, Eng lis h and S!)e€ch Coordinator of Auditorium Activities Ogden , Phil R., BS, MS Ass istan t Professo·r, Range Management Olsen, Dorothy, BS lns tr·uctor , Secretarial Scien ce Osborne, Bruce H., BS Ass istant Prof essor, P h ys ical Education At hletic Coach Petty, Cleo M., BS, MS A ssociate P 1·ofess<Yr, P h ys ica l Educatio n Athletic Director, Coach C h a irman, Divis io n of Phys ical E du cation P lumm e r, J. H., BA , MA P1·ofesso r, E nglis h , L a.ngua.ge Arts & Humanities. Ch a i rman, Di vis ion of Humanities and F i ne Arts D ea n of Instructi on

S hirts, Morris A., BA, MS, E dD Associate Pl'ofess01·, .Eid.ucat ion Ch a il' man, Su m.m er Sess io n Sou thwick, E.la ine C., BA A ss ista nt Prof esso r, Englis h and L anguage Al'tS Dean of W om.e n S tephenson, A. W ., BS', MB A P r o fessor, Bu s in ess Cha i1·man, D ivis io n of Bu s in ess a nd Soc ia l Sc ience *Stout, Shirley G. Instz·uctor, Secreta rial Science Thompson , Ri ch a rd A., BA, MA , PhD Ass is tant Professor, History a nd Socia l Scie n ce Vorkink, Paul, BS, MEd A ss istant Professor, English and Speech Wahlquist, A. Glenn, BS, MS Associate Professor , Agronom y a nd Biology Watson, James, BS', MBA In structor, Bu s in ess Adminis tratio n Whetten , LaVeve, BS A ss istant Profess or, Phys ical Educat ion Woolf, Eugene T., BA, MA A ss istant Professo r, English a nd Speech

Other Members of Staff-CSU A pplega te, Elverda Superviso r , W om.e n's R esiden ce HaJI App lega t e, George Blaine Bookkeeper B us hn ell, Van L. Cashier Cox, Ca rl T . V a lley Farm A ssistan t

Robb, Ward S., BS' Reg is t r ar Assis tant Prof essor

Cox, R . Reid Chairman of P lant Operat ion s

Roper, Melvin J . , BS A ss istant Professo r , Indu stri a l E ducation

Davis, S her rill Ma n.ager of }1'ood Services

Rowley, Richard M., BS, MA Assoc iate Professor, E n g lis h a nd Speech Chairman, Divis ion of Speech a nd English

Draper, Ca rol, RN Nurse, Hea1th and Cou n selin g Center

Schm utz , D. Clarence, BA, MA Assoc iate Professo r, A g ri cu ltural Econom ics Chair m an, Div ision of Agriculture, Biological Science "and F'orestry >!<Q n l eave.

D un can , Audrey Secr etary to the Director Grant, S heldon Superi ntende n t of Grou nds Grimsh a w , Arlen Busin ess Man ager of Student Center

342 University Faculty Jackson, Douglas Assistant Superintendent, Building and Maintenance

Kelsey, Veri Assistant Superintendent of Grounds Matheson, E'd ward G. Superintendent of Heat Plant Nelson, Barbara, B. Assistant R eg istrar Rigby, Eldro Assistant, Buildings Roberts, Joseph W. Assistant, Buildings Slack, F. Gordon Office Assistant Smith, T. Gordon Valley Farm Assistant Stratton, H. Arwin Assistant, Buildings Wilde, Coral Supervisor, Women's Residence Hall

Associated Instructors Boyce, Harold, BS, MS Band Director Day, Frank Director, LDS Institute of Religion

Gleave, Ray H. Associate Direc tor, LDS Institute of Religion Harman, Rev . E. R. Director, N ewman Study Hall (Cathol ic Cen,ter ) Johnson, Mrs. Blaine S.pecial Instructor in Music Jones, Bern ella Special Instructor in Music

Thorley, Max J. Special Instructor in Music

Aston, James, BA, MA Assistan t Professor of Art Beacham, Ga rth, BS, MS Chainn.an, Division of Education and Social Science A ssistant Professor of Educaticm Bradley, Merritt E ., BS, MS Chairman, Divis ion. of Industrial and Vocational Education Assistant Professor of Building Trades Christensen, H. Reed, BS, MS, PhD Chairman , Division of Physical Sciences and Mathematics Professor of Mathematics , and Physics Clark, Winnie W., BS Women's Counselor Ins tructor in Women's Physical Educatio n Crane, Joseph W., BA, MA Chairman, Div ision of Humanities Associate Professor of Speech Dean, H . A., BS', MS, Profe5sor Emeritus of Mus ic Ericksen, McLoyd, BA Instructor in Music

Findlay, Ross P., BS , MS D ean of Students, Registrar A ssistant Professor of Social Sciences Gray, A. Russell, BS, MS Associate Professor of Social Science and Modern Languages Hansen, Afton, BS, MS Chairman, Division of Agriculture and Life Sciences A ssociate Professor of Biology Jennings, Bruce, BA, MA, Assistant Professor of English

Jensen, Halbert, MBA A ssistant Prof,essor of Business Administration Jensen, LaVar Piano Instructor

Kay, J . Gwendolyn, BS Instructor, Home and Family Living

Snow College F acuity

Mangels.on, Farrin L., BS', MS Associate Professor of Che路mistry

Holm, Floyd S., BS, MS Director Associate Professor of Education

Moore, Blain, AB, MA Acting Chairman, Division of Agriculture and Life Sciences Assistant Professor of Biology

Allred, Fred L., BS', MEd Assistant Professor of English Armstrong, Milton G., BS, M.Si Assistan,t Professor of Chemistry

Olsen, Ruth, BS Lib-rarian Instructor in Library Science

University Faculty 343 Peterson , Rul on , BS Ins tru ctor in Math ematics

Bohart, George E., BS, MS, PhD Ag d cu lt ut·al R esearch Set·v ice

Phillips, Lucy A ., AB, MA Professo r Emeritus of Eng1is h

Ca rl son , .John Wilf<>rd, BS, MS, P hD Ag r icu ltural R esearch Service

Ray, Nellie, BS, MA Acting Chaj rman , Divis ion of Bus iness. Associate Professo-r of Secr etarial Scien ce

Ca r y, .John W ., BS, MS. P hD Ag ri cul t m ·al Resear ch Serv ice

Ryan, Duane, AB, MA Instructor in Speech Stoddard , Robert, BS, MS Instructor in Agriculture and Physica l Education Stout, Clayton In stru ctor in Autom.o tive Tech nology Thompson, Lee R ., BS Bus in ess Manager Ass istant Professor of P hys ical Educat io n Woodbury, Darwin , BS', MS Assis tant ProfessoT of P hys icaJ Educat ion

Croni n , E u gen e H y rum , BS , MS' Ag ri cultu ral R esearch Service Dewey, Douglas R ., BS, MS, P h D Agricultural R esearch Service Dorst, Howard Earl , AB, M A Agricul tura l R esearch Ser vice Erickso n, Austin J., BS Soil Conservation Serv ice Fitzge rald, Paul Ray, BS, MS, PhD Agrie; ultural R esearch Service H a ddock, J ay Lamar, BS, M S', PhD A g ri cu ltural Research Service Hawthorn, Leslie Rushton, BS, MS Agr icultural Resear ch Service

Other Members of Staff Stout, Fonda Man ager of Bookstore Olsen, Goldie M.a.nager of Cafeteria Peterson, Hillmer Sup·t. o f Buildings a nd Grau nds Larsen, D oris Secreta r y to Directors Bailey, Fred Custodian Alder, Ivan Ma inte n a,nce Super visor Shuffler, Betty Clerk-stenograph e r Nicholls, Eric Maintena.nce and Ot>er&tion

Hull, A lvin C., Jr., BS, MS, P hD Agr icu ltural Research Ser v ice J a mes , Ly nn F., BS, MS (L eave) Ag ri cultur a l R esearch Serv ice Jayc ox, Elbert R ., BS, MS. PhD Agricultu ra l Researc h S'ervice Johnson, A. Earl, BS, MS Agl"ic u ltu r al R esearch Service Jorgenson, Edsel C., BS, M!S Agricultural Resear ch Service Kop )an d, David V. , BS Agr icu ltu r a l Resea 1·ch Service Lauritzen , Cyril Walker, BS, MS, PhD Ag ri cul t ura l R esearch Service Levin , Marshall David, AB, MS, PhD Agr icultur al R e<!earch Service l"ei nin ger , Lester N., BS', MS, P hD Agr icultural R esearch Service

Federal <;:":ollaborators at USU

Low, Jesso p Budge, BS, M S, P hD W ildlife Res earch Uni.t

Anderso n, Melvin J ., BS, MS, PhD A g ricultural Research Service

Marti n, Mark W ., BS, MS, PhD Agricu ltural R esear ch Service

Apt, Walter J., BS, MS', PhDI Agricultura.I Research Service

Meeuwig, Richard 0., BS, MS Forest Service

Binns, Waype, MS', DVM A gricu lt ural Research Service

N ye, William Preston, BS, MS A g ri cultural R esearch Service

Bleak, Alvin T. , BS Agricultural Res earch Service

Owen, Forrest Vern, BS, MS', PhD Ag ri cultural R esearch Service

344 University Collaborators Pedersen, Marion Walter, BS, MS, PhD Agricultut~al Research Service

Wadley, Bryce Nephi, BS, MS, PhD Agricultura l Research Service

Ryser, George K., BS Agricultural Research Service

Willardson, Lyman S., BS, MS Agricultural Research Service

Schultz, John D., BS, MF Forest Service

Williams, Coburn , BS, MS, PhD Agr icultural Research Service

Shupe, J. LeGrande, BS, DVM Agr icultural Research Service

W<>odward, Rollo William, BS , MS, PhD AgricultUl路al Research Service

Smith, Clifton H., BS, MS Agricultural Research Se1路vice

Zimmer, David E., BS, MS路, P hD Agricultural Research Service

Stewart, Clyde Everett, BS, MS, PhD Economic Research Service Stout, Myron, BS Agricultural Research Service Stuart, Darrel M., BS, MS Agricultural Research Service Thorne, James Parry, BS, MS Soil Con servation Service Thornley, H eber F., BS, MS A gricultural Research Service Urie, Lee, BS Agricultural Research Service

Guest Lecturers in Department of Bacteriology, Public Health Warren A. Ben nett, Reed M. Broadbent, Omar S. Budge, J ohn H . Carlquist, W . Ezra Cragun, Newel G. Daines, J r ., Vern B. Eyre, Russell S. Fraser, George W. Gasser, L. Keith Gates, D on C. Gunnell, J . Clare H ayward, Harry G. Hick, Clyde F . Hurst, R . N. Malouf, Clair L. Payne, Sidn ey Roskelley, Keith L . Smart, Paul R . Stowell, Wilbur S. Thain, Paul G. Winquist, John C. Worley.

345

Index Academic Departm ents, 5 Accreditation, University, 11 Accou nting, 59 Acti vities, Student, 297, 315 Admi nistration Business , Department of, 58 Business Education and Office, Department of, 64 Officers of University, 4 Admission to University, 18 Admissions and Records, 15 Adult Education Services, 280 Advan ced Degrees , 263 Adviser, 20 Aeronautical Technology, 14~ Agricultural Business, 35 Econom ics, D epartment of, 37 Education, Department of, 85 Engineering, 121 Experiment Station, 289 S'cience, 35 Agriculture College of, 31 Curricula in , 35 General, 36 Two.year Program in, 36: Agronomy, Department of, 39 Air Force ROTC, 250 Air Science, Depar tmen t of, 250 Alumni A ssociation, 319 American Studies , 185 Animal Husbandry, Department of, 43 Applied Statistics and Computer Science, Department of, 218 Army-Air Force Courses and Activities, 248 Art, 197 Arts Fine, Department of, 191 Industrial, 136 Language, 205 Music, 191 Theater, 195 Visual, 197 Assemblies, 316 Assistantships, 315 Associated S'tudents, 315 Women Students, 315 Athletics, 315 Auditing Classes, 22 Automotive Technology, 144 Awards, Honors, and Scholarships, 302, 305

Bachel or of Science Degree, 29 Bacteriology and Public Hea lth, Department of, 221

Band ROTC, 246 University, 293 Bas ic Communication, 25, 187 B iochem istr y and Nutrition, Curriculum in , 268 Biology, 181, 224, 236 Blue Book, Student Handbook, 313 Board of Trustees, 4 Boards and Councils, Student, 316 Botany and Plant Pathology, Depart ment or 224 Branch Colleges, 273 Bureau of Educational R esearch, 296 Busi ness Administration, Department of, 58 Agricultural, 35 Education and Office Administration, Department of, 64 Management, 64 and Social Sciences, College of, 55 Buzzer, Yearbook, 315 Cafeteria , 302 Campus Map, Inside Back Cover Organizations, 316 P hotographs, 8 Cer t ificates of Completion, 28 Terminal, 28 Chem istry, Depat'tment of, 227 Child Development, Department of Family and, 153 Choil路, 193 Chorus, 193 Civil an d Irrigation Engineering, Department of, 115 Class Auditing, 22 Stand ing, 20 Clinic, Speech, 314 Clinical T echnology, 223 Clothing and Textiles, Department of, 152 Collaborators, 343 Colleges Agriculture, 31 Branch, 273 Business and Social Sciences, 55 Education, 81 Engineering, 109 Family Life, 149 Forest, Range and Wildlife Management, 165 Humanities and Arts, 179 Science, 215 Snow, 276 Southern Utah, 275

346 Combination MajoT in Family Life an d Office Administration, 69, 163 Commissions, Army and Air Force, 245 Committees, Student, 316 Communication Basic, 25, 187 Mass, 186.

Completion Certificates, 28 Computer Science, Department of Applied Statistics and, 218 Contents, Table of, 3 Cooperative Extension Service, 279 Correspondence Classes, 280 To USU, Opposite Inside Back Cover Counseling Services, 311 Costs, 6 Credits By Examination, 24 Explanation of, 20 Crop Science, 4(} Crucible, literary magazine, 315 Curriculum in Family Life and Office Administration, 163 General Education, 181 Liberal Studies, 182 Library Science, 102 Animal Nutrition and Biochemistry, 268 Plant Nutrition and Biochemistry, 269

Dairy Industry, Department of, 46 Manufacturing, 47 Production, 46 Da~ces, 314 Debate and Public Speak ing, 313 Degrees Bachelor of Science, 29 Civil Engineer, 265 Doctor of Education, 265 Doctor of Philosophy, 266 Irri~ation Engineer, 265 Master of Business Administration, 264 Master of Education, 264 Master of Forestry, 264 Master of Industrial Education, 265 Master of Science, 263 Dentistry, Pre-, 242 Departments, List of, 5 Development Fund, University, 319r Diesel Technology, 145 Directory, Student, 315 Division of Military and Air Sciences, 245 University Research, 285 Doctor of Education Degree, 265 Philosophy Degree, 266 Dormitories, 299 Drama, 315 Duplicating Center, 284

Economics Department of, 70 Agricultural, Departm e~nt of, 37 Education Adult, 280 Agricultural, Department of, 85 Business, 64 College of, 81 Departme nt of, 86 Elementary, 87 General, 181 Homemaking, Department of, 159 Industrial and Technical, Department of, 134 Off-campus, 280 Secondary, 88 Technical, 141 Vocational (see Agricultural, Industrial and Homemaking) Educational Research Bureau, 296 Ellectrical Engineering, Department of, 124 Emeritus F 'a cu!ty, 339 Employment, 311 Engineering Aeronautical, 142 Agricultural, 121 Civil and Irrigation, Department of, 115 College of, 109 Drainage, 115 Electrical, Department of, 124 Experiment Station , 289 Irrigation, 115 Mechanical, Department of, 128 Tool and Ma nufacturing, Department of, 132

English and Journalism, Department of, 184 Entomology, 239 Entrance Requirements, 18 Expenses, 6 Experiment Station Agricultural, 289 Engineering, 292

Explanation of Symbols Used, 13 Extension Agricultural Agents, 278 Classes, 280 Home Agents, 278 Services, 277 Specialists, 278

Faculty College of Southern Utah, 340 Collaborators, 343 Elmeritus, 339 Snow College, 342 Utah State University, 323 Family and Child Development, Department of, 153 Family Life and Office Administration, Combination Major in, 69, 163 College of, 149 Federal Collaborators, 343

路. i

347 Fees Registration, 6 Special, 6 Tuition, 6 Fellowships, 267 Fine Arts, Department of, 191 Fishery Research Unit, 296 Food and Nutrition, Department of, 156 S'ervices, 3(}2 Foreign Languages, 205 Student Advisor, 313 Technical Assistance Program, 10 Forest Management, Department of, 169 Range and Wildlife Management, College of, 165 Forestry Summer Camp, 168 Forum, University, 316 Four-H Club Work, 278 Fraternities, Honorary and Social, 317 French , 206 General Education, 181 Information, 9 Geology, Department of, 231 Geography, 72 German, 206 Grades, Grading System, 30 Graduate Degrees, 263 Studies, School of, 259 Work, General Policies on, 261 Graduation, 28 Grants-in-aid, 305 Greek Language, 207 Organizations, 314 Group Requirements, 25 Guidance Courses in, 103 Services, 309 Handbook, Student, 315 H ealth Physical Education and Recreation, Department of, 94 Public, 22.1 Service, 310 Helpful Courses, 314 Herbarium, 225 High School Teachers' Certificate, 88 History And Organization of University, 9: and Political Science, Departmen.t of, 72 Homemaking Education, Department of, 159 Home Economics, 278 Home Study Courses, 281 Honors Awards, and Scholarships, 302, 305 Courses, 184

Horticulture, Department of, 48 Household Economics and Management, Department of, 161 Housing, 299 Humanities and Arts, College of, 179

Incomplete Work, 22 Industrial and Technical Education, Department of, 134 Arts Education, 136 Education, Master of 265 Management, 59 Technology, 142. Information Services, 283 Institute of Utah S'tudies, 72 Instrumental Music, 191 Intercollegiate Athletics, 315 Intramural Sports, 315 Irrigation Engineering, 115

Jobs, 311 Journalism, 189 Photographic, 190 Juniper, 315

KUSU Campus Radio Station, 315

Landscape Architecture and Environmental Planning, Department of, 203 Languages, Department of, 205 Late Registration, 20 Latin, 207 Law (Pre-Law Training), 76 Lecture Series, University, 280 Liberal Studies, 182 Libraries, 12 Library Science, 102 Loan. Funds, 310 Low Scholarship and Probation, 23 Lower Division Requirements, 25 Lyceums, 316

Major subjects, 27 Management Business, 59 Forest, Department of, 169 Forest, Range and Wildlife, College of, 165 Household Economics and, Department of, 161 Range, Department of, 173 Industrial, 59 Map, Campus, Inside Back Cover Marketing, 59 Marriage Counseling Service, 309 Mass Communication Media. Courses in, 187 University use of, 281

348 Master of Business Administration D egree, 264 Education D egTee, 264 Forestry Degree, 264 1ndustrial Education Degree, 264 Science Degree, 263 Mathematical Statistics , 233 Ma themat ics. Department of , 232 Mechan ical Engin eer in g, Department of, 12 ~ Medical Tech nology, 223 Merchandising, 59 Microfilming Thesis, 262 Military and A ir Sciences, Div is io n of, 245 Military Science, Departmen t of, 255 Minor Subjects, 27 Monograph Series, 284 Mus ic , 191 M us icals, 315 Newspaper, Student Life, 282, 313 Non-Resident Fees, 6 Num bering System, Explanation of, 13 Nursing, 243 Animal and Plant Nutrition and Biochem istry, Inter-Department Curriculum in, 268, 269

Objectives of University, 9 Office Administration, Department of Business Education a nd, 64 Officers of Administration, 4 Orchestra, 315 Orientation, 313

Parttime Employment, 311 Pershing Rifles , 249 Phi losop hi ca l Literature, 209 P hil osop h y, 20& P h otographic Journalism, 186 Photographs of Campus, 8 Photography, 186 Physical Education, 94 Physics , Depart ment o f, 235 P h ysio logy, 24 1 P lant Pathology, 224 Politica l Science, 74 Portuguese, 207: Poultry Husbandry, D epartment of, 51 PreDen tis try, 24 2 Law, 76 Med ici n e , 242 Veterinary, 52 Private Instructio n in Mus ic, 193 in Speech, 210 Probation, 23 Program Bureau, 283 Psych ology, Department of, 103 Publ i cation~

Student, 315 University, 28 1 Publ ic Heal t h, 284

Qua1路te r, Academ ic, 13

Rad io Cou rses (see Electrica l Engineering, Journa lis m, Speech) S'tation, KUSU. 315 Ran ge Management, Department of, 173 Records, Office of Adm iss ions and, 15 Recreation, 94 R egistration and Credi ts, 20 Chan ge of, 21 Fees, 6 General, 181 Late, 20 Maximum , 22 M inimum, 22 Normal, 22 Religion, 299 Require ments Entrance, 18 Graduation, 28 Group, 25 Lower Div is ion, 25 Upper Divis ion, 27 Researct. Assistantships, 267 Bureau of Educational, 296 Divis ion of Univers ity, 287 Prog rams, 285 Reset路ve Off icers Trai ning Corps (ROTC ) , 245 Resources, Wildlife, Departme nt of, 176 ROTC Band, 248 Russ ian, 207 Scabbard and Blade, 249 Sch edule Bu lletins, 14 Sch ola r s hip, Low, 23 Schola rs hips, Awards, Honors , Assistantshi ps, Grants -in-Aid, 302, 305 School of Graduate Studies, 259 Summer, 271 Science, College of, 215 Secondar y Education, 88 Secretarial Science, 64 Se nate, Student, 316 Serv ices Adult Education, 280 Extensio n, 277 Information, 283 Student, 299 S n ow College, 276 Socia l Science , 77 Scie nces, College o( Bus in ess and, 55 Work, 79 Sociology and Social Work , Department of , 77 Soil Scien ce, 41 Sororities, 317 Southern Utah , College of, 275 Spanish, 207 Special Fees, 6

349 Speech Clinic, 314 Departm ent of, 210 Sponsor Corps , 248 S'ports, 94, 3 15 Station Ag ric ultural Experiment, 289 E n g in eerin g Ex periment, 292 Statistics A pplied, 219 Ma t h em atical, 233 Student Acti vit ies, 297, 315 Boards and Councils, 316 Directory, 315 Emp loyment, 311 Gover nmen t, 3 16

Handbook, Blue Book, 315 Health Service, 310 H ous in1<, 299 Loans, 310 Magaz ine, Cruc ible, 315 Newspaper, Stud ent Life, 315 Organ izatio ns, 316 Publ ications, 315 Radio Station, KUSU, 315 Serv ices and Activities, 297 U ni on Bu ildin g , 316 U ni o n Board, 316 Yearbook, Buzzer, 315 Studies American, 184 Liberal, 182 S tudy, H ome, 280

T heatr ica ls, 195 Tool a nd Manufactur in g E ngineel'ing, D e partmen t of, 132 Trade a nd Industrial Education, 136 Tran s fer Students, 19 Trustees, Boal'd of, 4 Tu itio n , 6

Un ion Board, 216 Bu il ding, Student, 316 Un ivers ity Board of Trustees, 4 Col laborators, 343 Depa rtmen ts of Instruction, List of, 5 Developm ent, 321 Faculty, 323 Forum, 316 Genera l Information, 9 Lecture Series, 280 Library, 12 Monographs , 284 Officers, 4 Press, 284 Pub lications, 284 Resea rch Division, 285 Upper Divis ion Require ments, 27 Utah Agricu ltural Experim ent Statio n , 287 Cooperative Extens io n Service, 277 Cooperative Fis hery Research Un it, 296 Cooperative Wildlife R esearch Un it, 295 Scientific Research Foundatio n, 294 Studies, Institute of, 72

Summer Cam.p

Forestry, 168 ROTC, 255 S ummer S'choo l, 271 Sym bols Used, Exp lanation o f , 13 Table of Contents, 3 Teacher Certifi cation, 84 Ed ucation, 83 Placem ent S'ervice, 84 Teachin g Assis tants hips, 267 Technical Education, Programs in , 141 T echnology Aeronautical, 142 Automotive, 14 4 Industria l, Program in, 142 Welding, 14 6 Terminal Cert ifi cate, 28 Thesis , 262 Theater Arts, 195

Vegetab le Crops, 48 Veterin ary Science, D epartmen t of, 52 Visitor's Permi t, 22 Visua l A ids, 12 Arts, 197 Vocal Mus ic, 191 Vocational Cou nselors , 311 l~ du c ation (see Agricu ltural, Home Economics, or Indus trial Education) W eld ing Technology, 146 Wi ldlife Research Un it, 295 Resoul"ces , Department of, 176 Withdraw al fr om Class, 21 Yearbook, Buzzer, 315 Zoology, Department of, 237

Please bring t his Catalog with you when you come to register. Specific Class Schedule Bulletins are available a few days prior to the beginning of each new quarter.

When Writing to Utah State University concerning any of the fo llowing matters, please address letters as follows:

University Policy: President Daryl Chose. Literature on USU : Director of Informotion Services, LeRoy A. Blaser. Requests for Programs, Speakers, Music, Tours : Director of Informot ion Se rvices, LeRoy A. Blaser. Requests for Films, Movies: Aud io Visua l Aids Lib ra ria n, G. Leon Beutler. Admission, or Transcript of Credits : Dea n of Admissions and Records, L. Mark Neuberger. Housing, Scholarships, Costs, or Student Affairs : Dean of Studen ts, Claude J. Bu rtenshow. Extension Classes or Home Study : Direc tor of Extension Services, Will iam H. Ben nett. Alumni : Exec utive Secretory, Alumni Association, J. Lyn Lorson . University Business Matters : Vice President, Dee A. Broadben t.

John

Stewart, Editor

Utah Sta te U ni versi ty Publications

Pri nted by

OESE~r~~~ESS in the Unit e d States of Amer ica

G-8 3. Amphitheatre, H-8 4.

Information

Services, F-5 President's

Residence, F-5 6. Gymnasium, F-4 7 . Heating Plant, G-3 9. LOS Institute, F-3 10. Family Life Home, H-5 11. Music Center, E-3 12. Sorority Houses, E-3 13. Fraternity, Sorority Houses, E-2 14. Catholic Newman Center, E-1 15. Temporary English Bldgs., E-B 16. Stadium, 0-2 17. Stadium House, 0-3 18. Military, Air Science, E-3 19. Fieldhouse , E-3 20. Student Union Building, E-4 21. Planned Addition to SUB, E-5 22. Chemistry, f-5 23. Animal Industry, E-6 24. Plant Industry, E-7 25. Research Foundation, F-9 26. Research F. Workshop, F-8 27. Old Engineering, F-8 28. Family Life, F-8 29. Library, E-8 30. Planned Addition to library, E-8 31 . Lund Hall, Girls' Dorm , 0-9 32. Moen Hall, Girls' Dorm, D-9

33. 34.

Greaves Hall, Girls' Dorm, 0-9 Reeder Hall, Girls' Dorm, D-9

36. and 37. New Engineering , Physical Science, C-8 38. Automotive, Aeronautics, C-7 39. Rural Arts, 0-7 40. Greenhouses, D-7 41. Agricultural Science, D-6 42. New Forestry, Biological Science, 0-5 43. Addition to F&BS, 0-6 44. Veterinary Science, 0-5 45. Art Barn, 0-4 46. Maintenance Garage, D~5 47. Plant Operations, 0 -6 48. Tennis Courts, 0-4 49. Baseball Diamond, C~4 50. Elementary Laboratory School, C-5 51. Girls' Residence Houses, C-6 52. Richards Hall, Boys' Dorm , C~6 53 . Planned Cafeteria, C-6 54. Planned Dormitory, C~5 55. Radio~ Television Center, B-6 56. Bullen Hall, Boys' Dorm, B-6 57. Crops Research Center, C-7 58. United States Armory, B-8 59. LOS University Stake Center, B-8 60. Trailer Court, 8-7 61 . University Apartments, B-7 62. LOS Housing Center, A-4 63. Trailer Court, A-3 64. Married Housing, B-3 P. Parking Areas